CA2374667C - Synthetic ligation reassembly in directed evolution - Google Patents
Synthetic ligation reassembly in directed evolution Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2374667C CA2374667C CA002374667A CA2374667A CA2374667C CA 2374667 C CA2374667 C CA 2374667C CA 002374667 A CA002374667 A CA 002374667A CA 2374667 A CA2374667 A CA 2374667A CA 2374667 C CA2374667 C CA 2374667C
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- sequence
- polynucleotide
- sequences
- nucleic acid
- block
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Expired - Fee Related
Links
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 488
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 488
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 488
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 380
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 280
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 227
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 227
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 110
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 97
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 51
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims description 240
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 claims description 124
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 claims description 124
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 claims description 80
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 74
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 claims description 43
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 claims description 40
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 claims description 38
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 claims description 33
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 claims description 33
- 108060002716 Exonuclease Proteins 0.000 claims description 32
- 102000013165 exonuclease Human genes 0.000 claims description 32
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 28
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 claims description 27
- -1 haloperoxidase Proteins 0.000 claims description 26
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 claims description 16
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 13
- 102000003960 Ligases Human genes 0.000 claims description 8
- 108090000364 Ligases Proteins 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 108090000371 Esterases Proteins 0.000 claims description 7
- 102000012410 DNA Ligases Human genes 0.000 claims description 6
- 108010061982 DNA Ligases Proteins 0.000 claims description 6
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 claims description 6
- 108090001060 Lipase Proteins 0.000 claims description 5
- 102000004882 Lipase Human genes 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000004367 Lipase Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 101710163270 Nuclease Proteins 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 235000019421 lipase Nutrition 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000002467 phosphate group Chemical group [H]OP(=O)(O[H])O[*] 0.000 claims description 5
- 108700023418 Amidases Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 108010031186 Glycoside Hydrolases Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 102000005744 Glycoside Hydrolases Human genes 0.000 claims description 4
- 102000005922 amidase Human genes 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000005094 computer simulation Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000005291 magnetic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 102000051366 Glycosyltransferases Human genes 0.000 claims description 3
- 108700023372 Glycosyltransferases Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- 102000008109 Mixed Function Oxygenases Human genes 0.000 claims description 3
- 108010074633 Mixed Function Oxygenases Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- 108010033272 Nitrilase Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- 108010024026 Nitrile hydratase Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- 108090000608 Phosphoric Monoester Hydrolases Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- 102000004160 Phosphoric Monoester Hydrolases Human genes 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 102000016680 Dioxygenases Human genes 0.000 claims description 2
- 108010028143 Dioxygenases Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 108010054320 Lignin peroxidase Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 101710155614 Ligninase A Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 101710155621 Ligninase B Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 102100037486 Reverse transcriptase/ribonuclease H Human genes 0.000 claims 2
- 102000005486 Epoxide hydrolase Human genes 0.000 claims 1
- 108020002908 Epoxide hydrolase Proteins 0.000 claims 1
- 102000001253 Protein Kinase Human genes 0.000 claims 1
- 102000003929 Transaminases Human genes 0.000 claims 1
- 108090000340 Transaminases Proteins 0.000 claims 1
- 108060006633 protein kinase Proteins 0.000 claims 1
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 abstract description 73
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 abstract description 36
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 abstract description 20
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 abstract description 16
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 213
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 142
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 119
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 118
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 118
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 107
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 94
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 91
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 90
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 87
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 85
- 238000002703 mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 83
- 231100000350 mutagenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 83
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 69
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 69
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 68
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 66
- 230000006798 recombination Effects 0.000 description 59
- 238000005215 recombination Methods 0.000 description 58
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 50
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 49
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 47
- 101710117290 Aldo-keto reductase family 1 member C4 Proteins 0.000 description 45
- 102100024952 Protein CBFA2T1 Human genes 0.000 description 45
- 239000013615 primer Substances 0.000 description 45
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 40
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 39
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 39
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 38
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 35
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 34
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 32
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 32
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 32
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 32
- 108010047041 Complementarity Determining Regions Proteins 0.000 description 30
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 30
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 30
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 29
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 29
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 29
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 29
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 27
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 25
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 24
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 24
- 241001515965 unidentified phage Species 0.000 description 24
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 23
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 23
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 23
- 102000003915 DNA Topoisomerases Human genes 0.000 description 22
- 108090000323 DNA Topoisomerases Proteins 0.000 description 22
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 22
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 21
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 21
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 21
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 21
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 21
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 21
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 21
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 18
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 18
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 18
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 18
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 17
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 16
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 15
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 15
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 108010052305 exodeoxyribonuclease III Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 108091008053 gene clusters Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 13
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 239000013599 cloning vector Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 13
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 13
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 13
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 13
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 13
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 13
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 230000001568 sexual effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 108091092195 Intron Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 11
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 101710183280 Topoisomerase Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000009897 systematic effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000010396 two-hybrid screening Methods 0.000 description 10
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 9
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 9
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 9
- 231100000219 mutagenic Toxicity 0.000 description 9
- 230000003505 mutagenic effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000002741 site-directed mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 9
- 108010011619 6-Phytase Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 229940085127 phytase Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 8
- 206010059866 Drug resistance Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 102000004157 Hydrolases Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108090000604 Hydrolases Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 241000829100 Macaca mulatta polyomavirus 1 Species 0.000 description 7
- 238000012408 PCR amplification Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 7
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 238000012219 cassette mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000002744 homologous recombination Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000006801 homologous recombination Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 210000002729 polyribosome Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 108010067902 Peptide Library Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 108010030975 Polyketide Synthases Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 6
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000004925 denaturation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000036425 denaturation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000000644 propagated effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 6
- NFGXHKASABOEEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylethyl 11-methoxy-3,7,11-trimethyl-2,4-dodecadienoate Chemical compound COC(C)(C)CCCC(C)CC=CC(C)=CC(=O)OC(C)C NFGXHKASABOEEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 101100226347 Escherichia phage lambda exo gene Proteins 0.000 description 5
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 5
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 101000702488 Rattus norvegicus High affinity cationic amino acid transporter 1 Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 108091081062 Repeated sequence (DNA) Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 238000003314 affinity selection Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000005847 immunogenicity Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 230000000813 microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229920001542 oligosaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 150000002482 oligosaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229930001119 polyketide Natural products 0.000 description 5
- 125000000830 polyketide group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 238000002708 random mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000008707 rearrangement Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 101710132601 Capsid protein Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108090000994 Catalytic RNA Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000053642 Catalytic RNA Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 101710094648 Coat protein Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 230000004568 DNA-binding Effects 0.000 description 4
- 108090000626 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000004163 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108700028146 Genetic Enhancer Elements Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102100021181 Golgi phosphoprotein 3 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N L-asparagine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 4
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N L-isoleucine Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 4
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 101710125418 Major capsid protein Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 101710141454 Nucleoprotein Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 101710083689 Probable capsid protein Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000007056 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010008281 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 241000700618 Vaccinia virus Species 0.000 description 4
- 206010046865 Vaccinia virus infection Diseases 0.000 description 4
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Valine Natural products CC(C)C(N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 235000008206 alpha-amino acids Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000004422 calculation algorithm Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000001415 gene therapy Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000000126 in silico method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229960000310 isoleucine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000008488 polyadenylation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 230000003252 repetitive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 108091092562 ribozyme Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 230000037432 silent mutation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 4
- 108010068698 spleen exonuclease Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 230000003637 steroidlike Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 4
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 4
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 208000007089 vaccinia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000004474 valine Substances 0.000 description 4
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N (2S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxypropansäure Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Asparagine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108090000565 Capsid Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000701489 Cauliflower mosaic virus Species 0.000 description 3
- 102100035360 Cerebellar degeneration-related antigen 1 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102100023321 Ceruloplasmin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108091035707 Consensus sequence Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108020005124 DNA Adducts Proteins 0.000 description 3
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000701959 Escherichia virus Lambda Species 0.000 description 3
- 101710185850 Exodeoxyribonuclease Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000724791 Filamentous phage Species 0.000 description 3
- 108700039691 Genetic Promoter Regions Proteins 0.000 description 3
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101000690301 Homo sapiens Aldo-keto reductase family 1 member C4 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101001116548 Homo sapiens Protein CBFA2T1 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N L-Cysteine Chemical compound SC[C@H](N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 3
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N L-threonine Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 3
- KWYHDKDOAIKMQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N,N',N'-tetramethylethylenediamine Chemical compound CN(C)CCN(C)C KWYHDKDOAIKMQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108700026244 Open Reading Frames Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010010677 Phosphodiesterase I Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108091000080 Phosphotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 3
- 108091081024 Start codon Proteins 0.000 description 3
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004098 Tetracycline Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108020004440 Thymidine kinase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000004357 Transferases Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000992 Transferases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010067390 Viral Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 150000001371 alpha-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000004436 artificial bacterial chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 235000009582 asparagine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229960001230 asparagine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000013601 cosmid vector Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000006471 dimerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 150000002118 epoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000013401 experimental design Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001400 expression cloning Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000003306 harvesting Methods 0.000 description 3
- 102000054751 human RUNX1T1 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 230000033444 hydroxylation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005805 hydroxylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940072221 immunoglobulins Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoleucine Natural products CCC(C)C(N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101150109249 lacI gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000004091 panning Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 102000020233 phosphotransferase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000003334 potential effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000001236 prokaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000006337 proteolytic cleavage Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000004153 renaturation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008521 reorganization Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007423 screening assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000019364 tetracycline Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 150000003522 tetracyclines Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 210000005253 yeast cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- HKZAAJSTFUZYTO-LURJTMIESA-N (2s)-2-[[2-[[2-[[2-[(2-aminoacetyl)amino]acetyl]amino]acetyl]amino]acetyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoic acid Chemical compound NCC(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O HKZAAJSTFUZYTO-LURJTMIESA-N 0.000 description 2
- WBEJYOJJBDISQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane Chemical compound ClCC(Br)CBr WBEJYOJJBDISQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MDSPECLCFVWIGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromoprop-2-enal Chemical compound BrC(=C)C=O MDSPECLCFVWIGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108020005065 3' Flanking Region Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108020005029 5' Flanking Region Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108700028369 Alleles Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091023037 Aptamer Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000023275 Autoimmune disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 241000701022 Cytomegalovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 230000006820 DNA synthesis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 102000052510 DNA-Binding Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101710096438 DNA-binding protein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010014303 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000016928 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010042407 Endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004533 Endonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- ULGZDMOVFRHVEP-RWJQBGPGSA-N Erythromycin Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@H](C)C(=O)O[C@@H]([C@@]([C@H](O)[C@@H](C)C(=O)[C@H](C)C[C@@](C)(O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@H](C[C@@H](C)O2)N(C)C)O)[C@H]1C)(C)O)CC)[C@H]1C[C@@](C)(OC)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 ULGZDMOVFRHVEP-RWJQBGPGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000206602 Eukaryota Species 0.000 description 2
- 108091029865 Exogenous DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108700024394 Exon Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010001515 Galectin 4 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100039556 Galectin-4 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108700007698 Genetic Terminator Regions Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 101710114810 Glycoprotein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010051696 Growth Hormone Proteins 0.000 description 2
- OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrazine Chemical compound NN OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108700005091 Immunoglobulin Genes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000006496 Immunoglobulin Heavy Chains Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010019476 Immunoglobulin Heavy Chains Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000012745 Immunoglobulin Subunits Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010079585 Immunoglobulin Subunits Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010067060 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000017727 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000000589 Interleukin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010002352 Interleukin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 description 2
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-histidine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N L-tryptophane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108700005443 Microbial Genes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000969137 Mus musculus Metallothionein-1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229930193140 Neomycin Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 241000702244 Orthoreovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 101710091688 Patatin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000057297 Pepsin A Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000284 Pepsin A Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010059820 Polygalacturonase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000001218 Rec A Recombinases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010055016 Rec A Recombinases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000014400 SH2 domains Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108050003452 SH2 domains Proteins 0.000 description 2
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 102100038803 Somatotropin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101710167605 Spike glycoprotein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010006785 Taq Polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Threonine Natural products CC(O)C(N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004473 Threonine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108010022394 Threonine synthase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N Thymidine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000006601 Thymidine Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091023040 Transcription factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000040945 Transcription factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- PQYJRMFWJJONBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tris(2,3-dibromopropyl) phosphate Chemical compound BrCC(Br)COP(=O)(OCC(Br)CBr)OCC(Br)CBr PQYJRMFWJJONBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010064978 Type II Site-Specific Deoxyribonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091023045 Untranslated Region Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101150117115 V gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101710135349 Venom phosphodiesterase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960000643 adenine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011543 agarose gel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N ampicillin Chemical compound C1([C@@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]2[C@H]3SC([C@@H](N3C2=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)=CC=CC=C1 AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000723 ampicillin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000000118 anti-neoplastic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940034982 antineoplastic agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000003704 aspartic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-carboxyaspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C(C(O)=O)C(O)=O OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000975 bioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008238 biochemical pathway Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012620 biological material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009395 breeding Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001488 breeding effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000003857 carboxamides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000011712 cell development Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 2
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001627 detrimental effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000001976 enzyme digestion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000006735 epoxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000035558 fertility Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 238000013467 fragmentation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000006062 fragmentation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000004602 germ cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000013595 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000122 growth hormone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000014304 histidine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 108091008039 hormone receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 2
- 101150066555 lacZ gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 150000002596 lactones Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000001638 lipofection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000013011 mating Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000010534 mechanism of action Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102000006240 membrane receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000011987 methylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007069 methylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960004927 neomycin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000009826 neoplastic cell growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002777 nucleoside Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003833 nucleoside derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000006384 oligomerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000816 peptidomimetic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002823 phage display Methods 0.000 description 2
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 150000008300 phosphoramidites Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000003014 phosphoric acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011176 pooling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000029279 positive regulation of transcription, DNA-dependent Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000135 prohibitive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000004252 protein component Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003362 replicative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000010187 selection method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000014639 sexual reproduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960002180 tetracycline Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229930101283 tetracycline Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000014621 translational initiation Effects 0.000 description 2
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 2
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241001529453 unidentified herpesvirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000002255 vaccination Methods 0.000 description 2
- HRANPRDGABOKNQ-ORGXEYTDSA-N (1r,3r,3as,3br,7ar,8as,8bs,8cs,10as)-1-acetyl-5-chloro-3-hydroxy-8b,10a-dimethyl-7-oxo-1,2,3,3a,3b,7,7a,8,8a,8b,8c,9,10,10a-tetradecahydrocyclopenta[a]cyclopropa[g]phenanthren-1-yl acetate Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C2=CC(=O)[C@@H]3C[C@@H]3[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1[C@H](O)C[C@@](C(C)=O)(OC(=O)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HRANPRDGABOKNQ-ORGXEYTDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BEJKOYIMCGMNRB-GRHHLOCNSA-N (2s)-2-amino-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propanoic acid;(2s)-2-amino-3-phenylpropanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1.OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 BEJKOYIMCGMNRB-GRHHLOCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000040650 (ribonucleotides)n+m Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229940100682 1,2-dibromo-3-chloropropane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WKXCGCKYHCZEII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-hydroxy-3-methyl-2h-imidazo[4,5-f]quinolin-2-amine Chemical compound C1=CC2=NC=CC=C2C2=C1N(C)C(N)N2O WKXCGCKYHCZEII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GZCWLCBFPRFLKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-prop-2-ynoxypropan-2-ol Chemical compound CC(O)COCC#C GZCWLCBFPRFLKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JTTIOYHBNXDJOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4,6-triaminopyrimidine Chemical compound NC1=CC(N)=NC(N)=N1 JTTIOYHBNXDJOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MWBWWFOAEOYUST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-aminopurine Chemical compound NC1=NC=C2N=CNC2=N1 MWBWWFOAEOYUST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WTLKTXIHIHFSGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-nitrosoguanidine Chemical compound NC(N)=NN=O WTLKTXIHIHFSGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TWBPWBPGNQWFSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenylaniline Chemical group NC1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 TWBPWBPGNQWFSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KKAJSJJFBSOMGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,6-diamino-10-methylacridinium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=C(N)C=C2[N+](C)=C(C=C(N)C=C3)C3=CC2=C1 KKAJSJJFBSOMGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OSJPPGNTCRNQQC-UWTATZPHSA-N 3-phospho-D-glyceric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)COP(O)(O)=O OSJPPGNTCRNQQC-UWTATZPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IJJWOSAXNHWBPR-HUBLWGQQSA-N 5-[(3as,4s,6ar)-2-oxo-1,3,3a,4,6,6a-hexahydrothieno[3,4-d]imidazol-4-yl]-n-(6-hydrazinyl-6-oxohexyl)pentanamide Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)NCCCCCC(=O)NN)SC[C@@H]21 IJJWOSAXNHWBPR-HUBLWGQQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LQLQRFGHAALLLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-bromouracil Chemical compound BrC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O LQLQRFGHAALLLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QUVSFZCWYBQJJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-(bromomethyl)benzo[a]anthracene Chemical compound C1=CC2=CC=CC=C2C2=C1C(CBr)=C(C=CC=C1)C1=C2 QUVSFZCWYBQJJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- STQGQHZAVUOBTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-Cyan-hept-2t-en-4,6-diinsaeure Natural products C1=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C(OC)=CC=CC=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=2CC(O)(C(C)=O)CC1OC1CC(N)C(O)C(C)O1 STQGQHZAVUOBTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000030507 AIDS Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010051457 Acid Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000013563 Acid Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- NLHHRLWOUZZQLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylonitrile Chemical compound C=CC#N NLHHRLWOUZZQLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000589155 Agrobacterium tumefaciens Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710205573 Alanine aminotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010032595 Antibody Binding Sites Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000203069 Archaea Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710092506 Aspartate aminotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710203251 Aspartate aminotransferase 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710200994 Aspartate aminotransferase, cytoplasmic Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100034193 Aspartate aminotransferase, mitochondrial Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710201058 Aspartate aminotransferase, mitochondrial Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710192252 Aspartate/prephenate aminotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000228212 Aspergillus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000271566 Aves Species 0.000 description 1
- NTTIDCCSYIDANP-UHFFFAOYSA-N BCCP Chemical compound BCCP NTTIDCCSYIDANP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000193830 Bacillus <bacterium> Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000009581 Balanites aegyptiaca Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Beta-D-1-Arabinofuranosylthymine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710201279 Biotin carboxyl carrier protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710180532 Biotin carboxyl carrier protein of acetyl-CoA carboxylase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701822 Bovine papillomavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 240000002791 Brassica napus Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000011293 Brassica napus Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical group [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000004672 Cardiovascular Infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000024172 Cardiovascular disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010001857 Cell Surface Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 1
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chromium Chemical compound [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091028732 Concatemer Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000699802 Cricetulus griseus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710190853 Cruciferin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000195493 Cryptophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010017826 DNA Polymerase I Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004594 DNA Polymerase I Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000004544 DNA amplification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005778 DNA damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000277 DNA damage Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000004543 DNA replication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000010719 DNA-(Apurinic or Apyrimidinic Site) Lyase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010063362 DNA-(Apurinic or Apyrimidinic Site) Lyase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WEAHRLBPCANXCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Daunomycin Natural products CCC1(O)CC(OC2CC(N)C(O)C(C)O2)c3cc4C(=O)c5c(OC)cccc5C(=O)c4c(O)c3C1 WEAHRLBPCANXCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102100024746 Dihydrofolate reductase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000255581 Drosophila <fruit fly, genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000001301 EGF receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060006698 EGF receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100038132 Endogenous retrovirus group K member 6 Pro protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000709661 Enterovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710121417 Envelope glycoprotein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- YQYJSBFKSSDGFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Epihygromycin Natural products OC1C(O)C(C(=O)C)OC1OC(C(=C1)O)=CC=C1C=C(C)C(=O)NC1C(O)C(O)C2OCOC2C1O YQYJSBFKSSDGFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710144188 Epoxide hydrolase A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001524679 Escherichia virus M13 Species 0.000 description 1
- 101150009006 HIS3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000031886 HIV Infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000037357 HIV infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000002812 Heat-Shock Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010004889 Heat-Shock Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000209 Hexadimethrine bromide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100005713 Homo sapiens CD4 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000934338 Homo sapiens Myeloid cell surface antigen CD33 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000724418 Homo sapiens Neutral amino acid transporter B(0) Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000716102 Homo sapiens T-cell surface glycoprotein CD4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000946843 Homo sapiens T-cell surface glycoprotein CD8 alpha chain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000144 Human Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003839 Human Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000713772 Human immunodeficiency virus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090001042 Hydro-Lyases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004867 Hydro-Lyases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxylamine Chemical compound ON AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010058683 Immobilized Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010054477 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001706 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100034349 Integrase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100037850 Interferon gamma Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010074328 Interferon-gamma Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000010789 Interleukin-2 Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010038453 Interleukin-2 Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710184243 Intestinal-type alkaline phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100024319 Intestinal-type alkaline phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000004195 Isomerases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000769 Isomerases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091026898 Leader sequence (mRNA) Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004317 Lyases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000856 Lyases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000007688 Lycopersicon esculentum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000004658 Medicago sativa Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000017587 Medicago sativa ssp. sativa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108060004795 Methyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930191564 Monensin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- GAOZTHIDHYLHMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Monensin A Natural products O1C(CC)(C2C(CC(O2)C2C(CC(C)C(O)(CO)O2)C)C)CCC1C(O1)(C)CCC21CC(O)C(C)C(C(C)C(OC)C(C)C(O)=O)O2 GAOZTHIDHYLHMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000006833 Multifunctional Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010047290 Multifunctional Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010085220 Multiprotein Complexes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007474 Multiprotein Complexes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100025243 Myeloid cell surface antigen CD33 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- QYFQSQCBYZOECM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxy-IQ Chemical compound C1=CC2=NC=CC=C2C2=C1N(C)C(NO)=N2 QYFQSQCBYZOECM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DCVWQAGUQFBCTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-hydroxy-PhIP Chemical compound C1=C2N(C)C(NO)=NC2=NC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 DCVWQAGUQFBCTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100028267 Neutral amino acid transporter B(0) Human genes 0.000 description 1
- IOVCWXUNBOPUCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrous acid Chemical compound ON=O IOVCWXUNBOPUCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020004711 Nucleic Acid Probes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091005461 Nucleic proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000712464 Orthomyxoviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710160107 Outer membrane protein A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004316 Oxidoreductases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000854 Oxidoreductases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091008606 PDGF receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000526 Papain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000711504 Paramyxoviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000157426 Pernis Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010035226 Plasma cell myeloma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000011653 Platelet-Derived Growth Factor Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101710101107 Probable aspartate aminotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710100249 Probable aspartate/prephenate aminotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WDVSHHCDHLJJJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proflavine Chemical compound C1=CC(N)=CC2=NC3=CC(N)=CC=C3C=C21 WDVSHHCDHLJJJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proline Natural products OC(=O)C1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101800004937 Protein C Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000017975 Protein C Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020005067 RNA Splice Sites Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710086015 RNA ligase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000006819 RNA synthesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004570 RNA-binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010091086 Recombinases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000018120 Recombinases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700005075 Regulator Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700008625 Reporter Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100394989 Rhodopseudomonas palustris (strain ATCC BAA-98 / CGA009) hisI gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010003581 Ribulose-bisphosphate carboxylase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091006629 SLC13A2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100084449 Saccharomyces cerevisiae (strain ATCC 204508 / S288c) PRP4 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000293869 Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Typhimurium Species 0.000 description 1
- 101800001700 Saposin-D Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020004682 Single-Stranded DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bisulfite Chemical compound [Na+].OS([O-])=O DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 240000003768 Solanum lycopersicum Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000061456 Solanum tuberosum Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000002595 Solanum tuberosum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 101800001707 Spacer peptide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000256248 Spodoptera Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000239110 Staphylococcus virus K Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000187747 Streptomyces Species 0.000 description 1
- 108700005078 Synthetic Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000006044 T cell activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102100036011 T-cell surface glycoprotein CD4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100034922 T-cell surface glycoprotein CD8 alpha chain Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101150006914 TRP1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091036066 Three prime untranslated region Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010079274 Thrombomodulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000012607 Thrombomodulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700009124 Transcription Initiation Site Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010067022 Type III Site-Specific Deoxyribonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910052770 Uranium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ZVNYJIZDIRKMBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vesnarinone Chemical compound C1=C(OC)C(OC)=CC=C1C(=O)N1CCN(C=2C=C3CCC(=O)NC3=CC=2)CC1 ZVNYJIZDIRKMBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020005202 Viral DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700005077 Viral Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000269370 Xenopus <genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- DFPAKSUCGFBDDF-ZQBYOMGUSA-N [14c]-nicotinamide Chemical compound N[14C](=O)C1=CC=CN=C1 DFPAKSUCGFBDDF-ZQBYOMGUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001241 acetals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940023020 acriflavine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylic acid group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)O NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108091006088 activator proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000009824 affinity maturation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001261 affinity purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001335 aliphatic alkanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001345 alkine derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001409 amidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000006229 amino acid addition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003862 amino acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003277 amino acid sequence analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012870 ammonium sulfate precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000004102 animal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940121363 anti-inflammatory agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002260 anti-inflammatory agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003110 anti-inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000628 antibody-producing cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002518 antifoaming agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940076005 apoptosis modulator Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001483 arginine derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000008430 aromatic amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004507 artificial chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001106 artificial yeast chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000429 assembly Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000712 assembly Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007845 assembly PCR Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003578 bacterial chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000037429 base substitution Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002869 basic local alignment search tool Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003542 behavioural effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005605 benzo group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- DQEPMTIXHXSFOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzo[a]pyrene diol epoxide I Chemical compound C1=C2C(C3OC3C(C3O)O)=C3C=C(C=C3)C2=C2C3=CC=CC2=C1 DQEPMTIXHXSFOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001743 benzylic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-L-thymidine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1OC(CO)C(O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008827 biological function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012472 biological sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000074 biopharmaceutical Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006664 bond formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 244000309466 calf Species 0.000 description 1
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006037 cell lysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003833 cell viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000033077 cellular process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000013351 cheese Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000002962 chemical mutagen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000973 chemotherapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960005091 chloramphenicol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012539 chromatography resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001844 chromium Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011651 chromium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013611 chromosomal DNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002759 chromosomal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003245 coal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010960 commercial process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001942 cyclopropanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- SUYVUBYJARFZHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N dATP Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)O1 SUYVUBYJARFZHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SUYVUBYJARFZHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N dATP Natural products C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1C1CC(O)C(COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)O1 SUYVUBYJARFZHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGWHQCVHVJXOKC-SHYZEUOFSA-J dCTP(4-) Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OP([O-])(=O)OP([O-])([O-])=O)[C@@H](O)C1 RGWHQCVHVJXOKC-SHYZEUOFSA-J 0.000 description 1
- NHVNXKFIZYSCEB-XLPZGREQSA-N dTTP Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)C1 NHVNXKFIZYSCEB-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- STQGQHZAVUOBTE-VGBVRHCVSA-N daunorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(C)=O)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 STQGQHZAVUOBTE-VGBVRHCVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000022811 deglycosylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000593 degrading effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010039178 deoxynucleotide 3'-phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000032 diagnostic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940039227 diagnostic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000004419 dihydrofolate reductase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 125000005594 diketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002009 diols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002016 disaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009510 drug design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009509 drug development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000013399 edible fruits Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005538 encapsulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012407 engineering method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007071 enzymatic hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006047 enzymatic hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003276 erythromycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003527 fibrinolytic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003480 fibrinolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000005194 fractionation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037433 frameshift Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000002538 fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001502 gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005227 gel permeation chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010353 genetic engineering Methods 0.000 description 1
- BRZYSWJRSDMWLG-CAXSIQPQSA-N geneticin Natural products O1C[C@@](O)(C)[C@H](NC)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C(C)O)O2)N)[C@@H](N)C[C@H]1N BRZYSWJRSDMWLG-CAXSIQPQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002414 glycolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002337 glycosamines Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229930182470 glycoside Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000002338 glycosides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003147 glycosyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013537 high throughput screening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000005260 human cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000033519 human immunodeficiency virus infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 1
- 230000003053 immunization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002649 immunization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003125 immunofluorescent labeling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003444 immunosuppressant agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003018 immunosuppressive agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000036512 infertility Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052816 inorganic phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002919 insect venom Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007689 inspection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000138 intercalating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009884 interesterification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009545 invasion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007852 inverse PCR Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- VFQXVTODMYMSMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N isonicotinamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C1=CC=NC=C1 VFQXVTODMYMSMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004715 keto acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000000670 ligand binding assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920005610 lignin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035800 maturation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000021121 meiosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108020004084 membrane receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000003340 mental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000901 mepacrine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000037353 metabolic pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- HPNSFSBZBAHARI-UHFFFAOYSA-N micophenolic acid Natural products OC1=C(CC=C(C)CCC(O)=O)C(OC)=C(C)C2=C1C(=O)OC2 HPNSFSBZBAHARI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000520 microinjection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000033607 mismatch repair Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003470 mitochondria Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002438 mitochondrial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012900 molecular simulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960005358 monensin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GAOZTHIDHYLHMS-KEOBGNEYSA-N monensin A Chemical compound C([C@@](O1)(C)[C@H]2CC[C@@](O2)(CC)[C@H]2[C@H](C[C@@H](O2)[C@@H]2[C@H](C[C@@H](C)[C@](O)(CO)O2)C)C)C[C@@]21C[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)[C@@H]([C@@H](C)[C@@H](OC)[C@H](C)C(O)=O)O2 GAOZTHIDHYLHMS-KEOBGNEYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000869 mutational effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000951 mycophenolic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HPNSFSBZBAHARI-RUDMXATFSA-N mycophenolic acid Chemical compound OC1=C(C\C=C(/C)CCC(O)=O)C(OC)=C(C)C2=C1C(=O)OC2 HPNSFSBZBAHARI-RUDMXATFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000000050 myeloid neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010058731 nopaline synthase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000010606 normalization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000044158 nucleic acid binding protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700020942 nucleic acid binding protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002853 nucleic acid probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005257 nucleotidylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000000287 oocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003463 organelle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000006464 oxidative addition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007248 oxidative elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 244000045947 parasite Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940111202 pepsin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102000014187 peptide receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010011903 peptide receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002263 peptidergic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001322 periplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- IBBMAWULFFBRKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N picolinamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C1=CC=CC=N1 IBBMAWULFFBRKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013600 plasmid vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004180 plasmocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002264 polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005575 polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920000136 polysorbate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004321 preservation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000286 proflavine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009465 prokaryotic expression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019419 proteases Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960000856 protein c Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007065 protein hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006916 protein interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004850 protein–protein interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001938 protoplast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000009305 pseudorabies Diseases 0.000 description 1
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Substances C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GPKJTRJOBQGKQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinacrine Chemical compound C1=C(OC)C=C2C(NC(C)CCCN(CC)CC)=C(C=CC(Cl)=C3)C3=NC2=C1 GPKJTRJOBQGKQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZAHRKKWIAAJSAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N rapamycin Natural products COCC(O)C(=C/C(C)C(=O)CC(OC(=O)C1CCCCN1C(=O)C(=O)C2(O)OC(CC(OC)C(=CC=CC=CC(C)CC(C)C(=O)C)C)CCC2C)C(C)CC3CCC(O)C(C3)OC)C ZAHRKKWIAAJSAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003259 recombinant expression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008929 regeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011069 regeneration method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011945 regioselective hydrolysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108091035233 repetitive DNA sequence Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000053632 repetitive DNA sequence Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108020004418 ribosomal RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000003385 ring cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007142 ring opening reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005070 ripening Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009738 saturating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000010801 sewage sludge Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010008 shearing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005630 sialyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 1
- QFJCIRLUMZQUOT-HPLJOQBZSA-N sirolimus Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](O)[C@H](OC)C[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@H]1OC(=O)[C@@H]2CCCCN2C(=O)C(=O)[C@](O)(O2)[C@H](C)CC[C@H]2C[C@H](OC)/C(C)=C/C=C/C=C/[C@@H](C)C[C@@H](C)C(=O)[C@H](OC)[C@H](O)/C(C)=C/[C@@H](C)C(=O)C1 QFJCIRLUMZQUOT-HPLJOQBZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002930 sirolimus Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000003373 small molecule array Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000010267 sodium hydrogen sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000004988 splenocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000707 stereoselective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010408 sweeping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000814 tetanus toxoid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940040944 tetracyclines Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000007970 thio esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940104230 thymidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000036962 time dependent Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 108091006106 transcriptional activators Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000005809 transesterification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001131 transforming effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011830 transgenic mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006098 transglycosylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005918 transglycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GPRLSGONYQIRFK-MNYXATJNSA-N triton Chemical compound [3H+] GPRLSGONYQIRFK-MNYXATJNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 241000701447 unidentified baculovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000712461 unidentified influenza virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000029812 viral genome replication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013603 viral vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002845 virion Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003643 water by type Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101150097442 xthA gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000001086 yeast two-hybrid system Methods 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/10—Processes for the isolation, preparation or purification of DNA or RNA
- C12N15/1034—Isolating an individual clone by screening libraries
- C12N15/1058—Directional evolution of libraries, e.g. evolution of libraries is achieved by mutagenesis and screening or selection of mixed population of organisms
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P33/00—Antiparasitic agents
- A61P33/02—Antiprotozoals, e.g. for leishmaniasis, trichomoniasis, toxoplasmosis
- A61P33/06—Antimalarials
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- C07K14/44—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from protozoa
- C07K14/445—Plasmodium
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/10—Processes for the isolation, preparation or purification of DNA or RNA
- C12N15/102—Mutagenizing nucleic acids
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/10—Processes for the isolation, preparation or purification of DNA or RNA
- C12N15/102—Mutagenizing nucleic acids
- C12N15/1027—Mutagenizing nucleic acids by DNA shuffling, e.g. RSR, STEP, RPR
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/10—Processes for the isolation, preparation or purification of DNA or RNA
- C12N15/1034—Isolating an individual clone by screening libraries
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N9/00—Enzymes; Proenzymes; Compositions thereof; Processes for preparing, activating, inhibiting, separating or purifying enzymes
- C12N9/14—Hydrolases (3)
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Y—ENZYMES
- C12Y308/00—Hydrolases acting on halide bonds (3.8)
- C12Y308/01—Hydrolases acting on halide bonds (3.8) in C-halide substances (3.8.1)
- C12Y308/01002—(S)-2-Haloacid dehalogenase (3.8.1.2)
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
- A61K2039/51—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising whole cells, viruses or DNA/RNA
- A61K2039/53—DNA (RNA) vaccination
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
- Plant Pathology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
- Ecology (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Computational Biology (AREA)
- Toxicology (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
- Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
- Micro-Organisms Or Cultivation Processes Thereof (AREA)
- Preparation Of Compounds By Using Micro-Organisms (AREA)
- Investigating Or Analysing Biological Materials (AREA)
Abstract
The invention is directed to a process of preparing nucleic acid and poly nucleotide libraries by cloning non-randomly generated nucleotide fragments having ligatable ends into an expression vector. The expression of the polynucleotide provides an indirect means by which to screen the polynucleotide library.
Description
SYNTHETIC LIGATION REASSEMBLY
IN DIRECTED EVOLUTION
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
This invention relates to the field of protein engineering. Specifically, this invention relates to a directed evolution method for preparing a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide. More specifically, this invention relates to a method of using mutagenesis to generate a novel polynucleotide encoding a novel polypeptide, which novel polypeptide is itself an improved biological molecule &/or contributes to the generation of another improved biological molecule. More specifically still, this invention relates to a method of performing both non-stochastic polynucleotide chimerization and non-stochastic site-directed point mutagenesis.
Thus, in one aspect, this invention relates to a method of generating a progeny set of chimeric polynucleotide(s) by means that are synthetic and non-stochastic, and where the design of the progeny polynucleotide(s) is derived by analysis of a parental set of polynucleotides &/or of the polypeptides correspondingly encoded by the parental polynucleotides. In another aspect this invention relates to a method of performing site-directed mutagenesis using means that are exhaustive, systematic, and non-stochastic.
Furthermore this invention relates to a step of selecting from among a generated set of progeny molecules a subset comprised of particularly desirable species, including by a process termed end-selection, which subset may then be screened further. This invention also relates to the step of screening a set of polynucleotides for the production of a polypeptide &/or of another expressed biological molecule having a useful property.
Novel biological molecules whose manufacture is taught by this invention include genes, gene pathways, and any molecules whose expression is affected thereby, including directly encoded polypetides &/or any molecules affected by such polypeptides. Said novel biological molecules include those that contain a carbohydrate, a lipid, a nucleic acid, &/or a protein component, and specific but non-limiting examples of these include antibiotics, antibodies, enzymes, and steroidal and non-steroidal hormones.
In a particular non-limiting aspect, the present invention relates to enzymes, particularly to thermostable enzymes, and to their generation by directed evolution.
More particularly, the present invention relates to thermostable enzymes which are stable at high temperatures and which have improved activity at lower temperatures.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
General Overview of the Problem to Be Solved Brief Summary: It is instantly appreciated that harvesting the full potential of nature's diversity can include both the step of discovery and the step of optimizing what is discovered. For example, the step of discovery allows one to mine biological molecules that have commercial utility. It is instantly appreciated that the ability to harvest the full richness of biodiversity, i.e. to mine biological molecules from a wide range of environmental conditions, is critical to the ability to discover novel molecules adapted to funtion under a wide variety of conditions, including extremes of conditions, such as may be found in a commercial application.
However, it is also instantly appreciated that only occassionally are there criteria for selection &/or survival in nature that point in the exact direction of particular commercial needs. Instead, it is often the case that a naturally occurring molecule will require a certain amount of change - from fine tuning to sweeping modification - in order to fulfill a particular unmet commercial need. Thus, to meet certain commercial needs (e.g., a need for a molecule that is fucntional under a specific set of commercial processing conditions) it is sometimes advantageous to experimentally modify a naturally expresed molecule to achieve properties beyond what natural evolution has provided &/or is likely to provide in the near future.
The approach, termed directed evolution, of experimentally modifying a biological molecule towards a desirable property, can be achieved by mutagenizing one or more parental molecular templates and by idendifying any desirable molecules among the progeny molecules. Currently available technologies in directed evolution include methods for achieving stochastic (i.e. random) mutagenesis and methods for achieving non-stochastic (non-random) mutagenesis. However, critical shortfalls in both types of methods are identified in the instant disclosure.
In prelude, it is noteworthy that it may be argued philosophically by some that all mutagenesis - if considered from an objective point of view - is non-stochastic; and furthermore that the entire universe is undergoing a process that - if considered from an objective point of view - is non-stochastic. Whether this is true is outside of the scope of the instant consideration. Accordingly, as used herein, the terms "randomness", "uncertainty", and "unpredictability" have subjective meanings, and the knowledge, particularly the predictive knowledge, of the designer of an experimental process is a determinant of whether the process is stochastic or non-stochastic.
By way of illustration, stochastic or random mutagenesis is exemplified by a situation in which a progenitor molecular template is mutated (modified or changed) to yield a set of progeny molecules having mutation(s) that are not predetermined. Thus, in an in vitro stochastic mutagenesis reaction, for example, there is not a particular predetermined product whose production is intended; rather there is an uncertainty -hence randomness - regarding the exact nature of the mutations achieved, and thus also regarding the products generated. In contrast, non-stochastic or non-random mutagenesis is exemplified by a situation in which a progenitor molecular template is mutated (modified or changed) to yield a progeny molecule having one or more predetermined mutations. It is appreciated that the presence of background products in some quantity is a reality in many reactions where molecular processing occurs, and the presence of these background products does not detract from the non-stochastic nature of a mutagenesis process having a predetermined product.
Thus, as used herein, stochastic mutagenesis is manifested in processes such as error-prone PCR and stochastic shuffling, where the mutation(s) achieved are random or not predetermined. In contrast, as used herein, non-stochastic mutagenesis is manifested in instantly disclosed processes such as gene site-saturation mutagenesis and synthetic ligation reassembly, where the exact chemical structure(s) of the intended product(s) are predetermined.
In brief, existing mutagenesis methods that are non-stochastic have been serviceable in generating from one to only a very small number of predetermined mutations per method application, and thus produce per method application from one to only a few progeny molecules that have predetermined molecular structures.
Moreover, the types of mutations currently available by the application of these non-stochastic methods are also limited, and thus so are the types of progeny mutant molecules.
In contrast, existing methods for mutagenesis that are stochastic in nature have been serviceable for generating somewhat larger numbers of mutations per method application - though in a random fashion & usually with a large but unavoidable contingency of undesirable background products. Thus, these existing stochastic methods can produce per method application larger numbers of progeny molecules, but that have undetermined molecular structures. The types of mutations that can be achieved by application of these current stochastic methods are also limited, and thus so are the types of progeny mutant molecules.
IN DIRECTED EVOLUTION
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
This invention relates to the field of protein engineering. Specifically, this invention relates to a directed evolution method for preparing a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide. More specifically, this invention relates to a method of using mutagenesis to generate a novel polynucleotide encoding a novel polypeptide, which novel polypeptide is itself an improved biological molecule &/or contributes to the generation of another improved biological molecule. More specifically still, this invention relates to a method of performing both non-stochastic polynucleotide chimerization and non-stochastic site-directed point mutagenesis.
Thus, in one aspect, this invention relates to a method of generating a progeny set of chimeric polynucleotide(s) by means that are synthetic and non-stochastic, and where the design of the progeny polynucleotide(s) is derived by analysis of a parental set of polynucleotides &/or of the polypeptides correspondingly encoded by the parental polynucleotides. In another aspect this invention relates to a method of performing site-directed mutagenesis using means that are exhaustive, systematic, and non-stochastic.
Furthermore this invention relates to a step of selecting from among a generated set of progeny molecules a subset comprised of particularly desirable species, including by a process termed end-selection, which subset may then be screened further. This invention also relates to the step of screening a set of polynucleotides for the production of a polypeptide &/or of another expressed biological molecule having a useful property.
Novel biological molecules whose manufacture is taught by this invention include genes, gene pathways, and any molecules whose expression is affected thereby, including directly encoded polypetides &/or any molecules affected by such polypeptides. Said novel biological molecules include those that contain a carbohydrate, a lipid, a nucleic acid, &/or a protein component, and specific but non-limiting examples of these include antibiotics, antibodies, enzymes, and steroidal and non-steroidal hormones.
In a particular non-limiting aspect, the present invention relates to enzymes, particularly to thermostable enzymes, and to their generation by directed evolution.
More particularly, the present invention relates to thermostable enzymes which are stable at high temperatures and which have improved activity at lower temperatures.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
General Overview of the Problem to Be Solved Brief Summary: It is instantly appreciated that harvesting the full potential of nature's diversity can include both the step of discovery and the step of optimizing what is discovered. For example, the step of discovery allows one to mine biological molecules that have commercial utility. It is instantly appreciated that the ability to harvest the full richness of biodiversity, i.e. to mine biological molecules from a wide range of environmental conditions, is critical to the ability to discover novel molecules adapted to funtion under a wide variety of conditions, including extremes of conditions, such as may be found in a commercial application.
However, it is also instantly appreciated that only occassionally are there criteria for selection &/or survival in nature that point in the exact direction of particular commercial needs. Instead, it is often the case that a naturally occurring molecule will require a certain amount of change - from fine tuning to sweeping modification - in order to fulfill a particular unmet commercial need. Thus, to meet certain commercial needs (e.g., a need for a molecule that is fucntional under a specific set of commercial processing conditions) it is sometimes advantageous to experimentally modify a naturally expresed molecule to achieve properties beyond what natural evolution has provided &/or is likely to provide in the near future.
The approach, termed directed evolution, of experimentally modifying a biological molecule towards a desirable property, can be achieved by mutagenizing one or more parental molecular templates and by idendifying any desirable molecules among the progeny molecules. Currently available technologies in directed evolution include methods for achieving stochastic (i.e. random) mutagenesis and methods for achieving non-stochastic (non-random) mutagenesis. However, critical shortfalls in both types of methods are identified in the instant disclosure.
In prelude, it is noteworthy that it may be argued philosophically by some that all mutagenesis - if considered from an objective point of view - is non-stochastic; and furthermore that the entire universe is undergoing a process that - if considered from an objective point of view - is non-stochastic. Whether this is true is outside of the scope of the instant consideration. Accordingly, as used herein, the terms "randomness", "uncertainty", and "unpredictability" have subjective meanings, and the knowledge, particularly the predictive knowledge, of the designer of an experimental process is a determinant of whether the process is stochastic or non-stochastic.
By way of illustration, stochastic or random mutagenesis is exemplified by a situation in which a progenitor molecular template is mutated (modified or changed) to yield a set of progeny molecules having mutation(s) that are not predetermined. Thus, in an in vitro stochastic mutagenesis reaction, for example, there is not a particular predetermined product whose production is intended; rather there is an uncertainty -hence randomness - regarding the exact nature of the mutations achieved, and thus also regarding the products generated. In contrast, non-stochastic or non-random mutagenesis is exemplified by a situation in which a progenitor molecular template is mutated (modified or changed) to yield a progeny molecule having one or more predetermined mutations. It is appreciated that the presence of background products in some quantity is a reality in many reactions where molecular processing occurs, and the presence of these background products does not detract from the non-stochastic nature of a mutagenesis process having a predetermined product.
Thus, as used herein, stochastic mutagenesis is manifested in processes such as error-prone PCR and stochastic shuffling, where the mutation(s) achieved are random or not predetermined. In contrast, as used herein, non-stochastic mutagenesis is manifested in instantly disclosed processes such as gene site-saturation mutagenesis and synthetic ligation reassembly, where the exact chemical structure(s) of the intended product(s) are predetermined.
In brief, existing mutagenesis methods that are non-stochastic have been serviceable in generating from one to only a very small number of predetermined mutations per method application, and thus produce per method application from one to only a few progeny molecules that have predetermined molecular structures.
Moreover, the types of mutations currently available by the application of these non-stochastic methods are also limited, and thus so are the types of progeny mutant molecules.
In contrast, existing methods for mutagenesis that are stochastic in nature have been serviceable for generating somewhat larger numbers of mutations per method application - though in a random fashion & usually with a large but unavoidable contingency of undesirable background products. Thus, these existing stochastic methods can produce per method application larger numbers of progeny molecules, but that have undetermined molecular structures. The types of mutations that can be achieved by application of these current stochastic methods are also limited, and thus so are the types of progeny mutant molecules.
It is instantly appreciated that there is a need for the development of non-stochastic mutagenesis methods that:
1) Can be used to generate large numbers of progeny molecules that have predetermined molecular structures;
2) Can be used to readily generate more types of mutations;
3) Can produce a correspondingly larger variety of progeny mutant molecules;
4) Produce decreased unwanted background products;
5) Can be used in a manner that is exhaustive of all possibilities; and 6) Can produce progeny molecules in a systematic & non-repetitive way.
The instant invention satisfies all of these needs.
Directed Evolution Supplements Natural Evolution: Natural evolution has been a springboard for directed or experimental evolution, serving both as a reservoir of methods to be mimicked and of molecular templates to be mutagenized. It is appreciated that, despite its intrinsic process-related limitations (in the types of favored &/or allowed mutagenesis processes) and in its speed, natural evolution has had the advantage of having been in process for millions of years & and throughout a wide diversity of environments. Accordingly, natural evolution (molecular mutagenesis and selection in nature) has resulted in the generation of a wealth of biological compounds that have shown usefulness in certain commercial applications.
However, it is instantly appreciated that many unmet commercial needs are discordant with any evolutionary pressure &/or direction that can be found in nature.
Moreover, it is often the case that when commercially useful mutations would otherwise be favored at the molecular level in nature, natural evolution often overrides the positive selection of such mutations, e.g. when there is a concurrent detriment to an organism as a whole (such as when a favorable mutation is accompanied by a detrimental mutation).
Additionally, natural evolution is often slow, and favors fidelity in many types of replication. Additionally still, natural evolution often favors a path paved mainly by consecutive beneficial mutations while tending to avoid a plurality of successive negative mutations, even though such negative mutations may prove beneficial when combined, or may lead - through a circuitous route - to final state that is beneficial.
Moreover, natural evolution advances through specific steps (e.g. specific mutagenesis and selection processes), with avoidance of less favored steps.
For example, many nucleic acids do not reach close enough proximity to each other in a operative environment to undergo chimerization or incorporation or other types of transfers from one species to another. Thus, e.g., when sexual intercourse between 2 particular species is avoided in nature, the chimerization of nucleic acids from these 2 species is likewise unlikely, with parasites common to the two species serving as an example of a very slow passageway for inter-molecular encounters and exchanges of DNA. For another example, the generation of a molecule causing self-toxicity or self-lethality or sexual sterility is avoided in nature. For yet another example, the propagation of a molecule having no particular immediate benefit to an organism is prone to vanish in subsequent generations of the organism. Furthermore, e.g., there is no selection pressure for improving the performance of molecule under conditions other than those to which it is exposed in its endogenous environment; e.g. a cytoplasmic molecule is not likely to acquire functional features extending beyond what is required of it in the cytoplasm. Furthermore still, the propagation of a biological molecule is susceptible to any global detrimental effects - whether caused by itself or not - on its ecosystem. These and other characteristics greatly limit the types of mutations that can be propagated in nature.
On the other hand, directed (or experimental) evolution - particularly as provided herein - can be performed much more rapidly and can be directed in a more streamlined manner at evolving a predetermined molecular property that is commercially desirable where nature does not provide one &/or is not likely to provide. Moreover, the directed evolution invention provided herein can provide more wide-ranging possibilities in the types of steps that can be used in mutagenesis and selection processes.
Accordingly, using templates harvested from nature, the instant directed evolution invention provides more wide-ranging possibilities in the types of progeny molecules that can be generated and in the speed at which they can be generated than often nature itself might be expected to in the same length of time.
In a particular exemplification, the instantly disclosed directed evolution methods can be applied iteratively to produce a lineage of progeny molecules (e.g.
comprising successive sets of progeny molecules) that would not likely be propagated (i.e., generated &/or selected for) in nature, but that could lead to the generation of a desirable downstream mutagenesis product that is not achievable by natural evolution.
Previous Directed Evolution Methods Are Suboptimal:
Mutagenesis has been attempted in the past on many occasions, but by methods that are inadequate for the purpose of this invention. For example, previously described non-stochastic methods have been serviceable in the generation of only very small sets of progeny molecules (comprised often of merely a solitary progeny molecule).
By way of illustration, a chimeric gene has been made by joining 2 polynucleotide fragments using compatible sticky ends generated by restriction enzyme(s), where each fragment is derived from a separate progenitor (or parental) molecule. Another example might be the mutagenesis of a single codon position (i.e. to achieve a codon substitution, addition, or deletion) in a parental polynucleotide to generate a single progeny polynucleotide encoding for a single site-mutagenized polypeptide.
Previous non-stochastic approaches have only been serviceable in the generation of but one to a few mutations per method application. Thus, these previously described non-stochastic methods thus fail to address one of the central goals of this invention, namely the exhaustive and non-stochastic chimerization of nucleic acids.
Accordingly previous non-stochastic methods leave untapped the vast majority of the possible point mutations, chimerizations, and combinations thereof, which may lead to the generation of highly desirable progeny molecules.
1) Can be used to generate large numbers of progeny molecules that have predetermined molecular structures;
2) Can be used to readily generate more types of mutations;
3) Can produce a correspondingly larger variety of progeny mutant molecules;
4) Produce decreased unwanted background products;
5) Can be used in a manner that is exhaustive of all possibilities; and 6) Can produce progeny molecules in a systematic & non-repetitive way.
The instant invention satisfies all of these needs.
Directed Evolution Supplements Natural Evolution: Natural evolution has been a springboard for directed or experimental evolution, serving both as a reservoir of methods to be mimicked and of molecular templates to be mutagenized. It is appreciated that, despite its intrinsic process-related limitations (in the types of favored &/or allowed mutagenesis processes) and in its speed, natural evolution has had the advantage of having been in process for millions of years & and throughout a wide diversity of environments. Accordingly, natural evolution (molecular mutagenesis and selection in nature) has resulted in the generation of a wealth of biological compounds that have shown usefulness in certain commercial applications.
However, it is instantly appreciated that many unmet commercial needs are discordant with any evolutionary pressure &/or direction that can be found in nature.
Moreover, it is often the case that when commercially useful mutations would otherwise be favored at the molecular level in nature, natural evolution often overrides the positive selection of such mutations, e.g. when there is a concurrent detriment to an organism as a whole (such as when a favorable mutation is accompanied by a detrimental mutation).
Additionally, natural evolution is often slow, and favors fidelity in many types of replication. Additionally still, natural evolution often favors a path paved mainly by consecutive beneficial mutations while tending to avoid a plurality of successive negative mutations, even though such negative mutations may prove beneficial when combined, or may lead - through a circuitous route - to final state that is beneficial.
Moreover, natural evolution advances through specific steps (e.g. specific mutagenesis and selection processes), with avoidance of less favored steps.
For example, many nucleic acids do not reach close enough proximity to each other in a operative environment to undergo chimerization or incorporation or other types of transfers from one species to another. Thus, e.g., when sexual intercourse between 2 particular species is avoided in nature, the chimerization of nucleic acids from these 2 species is likewise unlikely, with parasites common to the two species serving as an example of a very slow passageway for inter-molecular encounters and exchanges of DNA. For another example, the generation of a molecule causing self-toxicity or self-lethality or sexual sterility is avoided in nature. For yet another example, the propagation of a molecule having no particular immediate benefit to an organism is prone to vanish in subsequent generations of the organism. Furthermore, e.g., there is no selection pressure for improving the performance of molecule under conditions other than those to which it is exposed in its endogenous environment; e.g. a cytoplasmic molecule is not likely to acquire functional features extending beyond what is required of it in the cytoplasm. Furthermore still, the propagation of a biological molecule is susceptible to any global detrimental effects - whether caused by itself or not - on its ecosystem. These and other characteristics greatly limit the types of mutations that can be propagated in nature.
On the other hand, directed (or experimental) evolution - particularly as provided herein - can be performed much more rapidly and can be directed in a more streamlined manner at evolving a predetermined molecular property that is commercially desirable where nature does not provide one &/or is not likely to provide. Moreover, the directed evolution invention provided herein can provide more wide-ranging possibilities in the types of steps that can be used in mutagenesis and selection processes.
Accordingly, using templates harvested from nature, the instant directed evolution invention provides more wide-ranging possibilities in the types of progeny molecules that can be generated and in the speed at which they can be generated than often nature itself might be expected to in the same length of time.
In a particular exemplification, the instantly disclosed directed evolution methods can be applied iteratively to produce a lineage of progeny molecules (e.g.
comprising successive sets of progeny molecules) that would not likely be propagated (i.e., generated &/or selected for) in nature, but that could lead to the generation of a desirable downstream mutagenesis product that is not achievable by natural evolution.
Previous Directed Evolution Methods Are Suboptimal:
Mutagenesis has been attempted in the past on many occasions, but by methods that are inadequate for the purpose of this invention. For example, previously described non-stochastic methods have been serviceable in the generation of only very small sets of progeny molecules (comprised often of merely a solitary progeny molecule).
By way of illustration, a chimeric gene has been made by joining 2 polynucleotide fragments using compatible sticky ends generated by restriction enzyme(s), where each fragment is derived from a separate progenitor (or parental) molecule. Another example might be the mutagenesis of a single codon position (i.e. to achieve a codon substitution, addition, or deletion) in a parental polynucleotide to generate a single progeny polynucleotide encoding for a single site-mutagenized polypeptide.
Previous non-stochastic approaches have only been serviceable in the generation of but one to a few mutations per method application. Thus, these previously described non-stochastic methods thus fail to address one of the central goals of this invention, namely the exhaustive and non-stochastic chimerization of nucleic acids.
Accordingly previous non-stochastic methods leave untapped the vast majority of the possible point mutations, chimerizations, and combinations thereof, which may lead to the generation of highly desirable progeny molecules.
In contrast, stochastic methods have been used to achieve larger numbers of point mutations and/or chimerizations than non-stochastic methods; for this reason, stochastic methods have comprised the predominant approach for generating a set of progeny molecules that can be subjected to screening, and amongst which a desirable molecular species might hopefully be found. However, a major drawback of these approaches is that - because of their stochastic nature - there is a randomness to the exact components in each set of progeny molecules that is produced. Accordingly, the experimentalist typically has little or no idea what exact progeny molecular species are represented in a particular reaction vessel prior to their generation. Thus, when a stochastic procedure is repeated (e.g. in a continuation of a search for a desirable progeny molecule), the re-generation and re-screening of previously discarded undesirable molecular species becomes a labor-intensive obstruction to progress, causing a circuitous - if not circular -path to be taken. The drawbacks of such a highly suboptimal path can be addressed by subjecting a stochastically generated set of progeny molecules to a labor-incurring process, such as sequencing, in order to identify their molecular structures, but even this is an incomplete remedy.
Moreover, current stochastic approaches are highly unsuitable for comprehensively or exhaustively generating all the molecular species within a particular grouping of mutations, for attributing functionality to specific structural groups in a template molecule (e.g. a specific single amino acid position or a sequence comprised of two or more amino acids positions), and for categorizing and comparing specific grouping of mutations. Accordingly, current stochastic approaches do not inherently enable the systematic elimination of unwanted mutagenesis results, and are, in sum, burdened by too many inherently shortcomings to be optimal for directed evolution.
In a non-limiting aspect, the instant invention addresses these problems by providing non-stochastic means for comprehensively and exhaustively generating all possible point mutations in a parental template. In another non-limiting aspect, the instant invention further provides means for exhaustively generating all possible chimerizations within a group of chimerizations. Thus, the aforementioned problems are solved by the instant invention.
Specific shortfalls in the technological landscape addressed by this invention include:
1) Site-directed mutagenesis technologies, such as sloppy or low-fidelity PCR, are ineffective for systematically achieving at each position (site) along a polypeptide sequence the full (saturated) range of possible mutations (i.e. all possible amino acid substitutions).
2) There is no relatively easy systematic means for rapidly analyzing the large amount of information that can be contained in a molecular sequence and in the potentially colossal number or progeny molecules that could be conceivably obtained by the directed evolution of one or more molecular templates.
3) There is no relatively easy systematic means for providing comprehensive empirical information relating structure to function for molecular positions.
4) There is no easy systematic means for incorporating internal controls, such as positive controls, for key steps in certain mutagenesis (e.g. chimerization) procedures.
5) There is no easy systematic means to select for a specific group of progeny molecules, such as full-length chimeras, from among smaller partial sequences.
An exceedingly large number of possibilities exist for the purposeful and random combination of amino acids within a protein to produce useful hybrid proteins and their corresponding biological molecules encoding for these hybrid proteins, i.e., DNA, RNA.
Accordingly, there is a need to produce and screen a wide variety of such hybrid proteins for a desirable utility, particularly widely varying random proteins.
The complexity of an active sequence of a biological macromolecule (e.g., polynucleotides, polypeptides, and molecules that are comprised of both polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences) has been called its information content ("IC"), which has been defined as the resistance of the active protein to amino acid sequence variation (calculated from the minimum number of invariable amino acids (bits) required to describe a family of related sequences with the same function). Proteins that are more sensitive to random mutagenesis have a high information content.
Molecular biology developments, such as molecular libraries, have allowed the identification of quite a large number of variable bases, and even provide ways to select functional sequences from random libraries. In such libraries, most residues can be varied (although typically not all at the same time) depending on compensating changes in the context. Thus, while a 100 amino acid protein can contain only 2,000 different mutations, 20100 sequence combinations are possible.
Information density is the IC per unit length of a sequence. Active sites of enzymes tend to have a high information density. By contrast, flexible linkers of information in enzymes have a low information density.
Current methods in widespread use for creating alternative proteins in a library format are error-prone polymerase chain reactions and cassette mutagenesis, in which the specific region to be optimized is replaced with a synthetically mutagenized oligonucleotide. In both cases, a substantial number of mutant sites are generated around certain sites in the original sequence.
Error-prone PCR uses low-fidelity polymerization conditions to introduce a low level of point mutations randomly over a long sequence. In a mixture of fragments of unknown sequence, error-prone PCR can be used to mutagenize the mixture. The published error-prone PCR protocols suffer from a low processivity of the polymerase. Therefore, the protocol is unable to result in the random mutagenesis of an average-sized gene. This inability limits the practical application of error-prone PCR. Some computer simulations have suggested that point mutagenesis alone may often be too gradual to allow the large-scale block changes that are required for continued and dramatic sequence evolution. Further, the published error-prone PCR
protocols do not allow for amplification of DNA fragments greater than 0.5 to 1.0 kb, limiting their practical application. In addition, repeated cycles of error-prone PCR
can lead to an accumulation of neutral mutations with undesired results, such as affecting a protein's immunogenicity but not its binding affinity.
In oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis, a short sequence is replaced with a synthetically mutagenized oligonucleotide. This approach does not generate combinations of distant mutations and is thus not combinatorial. The limited library size relative to the vast sequence length means that many rounds of selection are unavoidable for protein optimization. Mutagenesis with synthetic oligonucleotides requires sequencing of individual clones after each selection round followed by grouping them into families, arbitrarily choosing a single family, and reducing it to a consensus motif. Such motif is re-synthesized and reinserted into a single gene followed by additional selection. This step process constitutes a statistical bottleneck, is labor intensive, and is not practical for many rounds of mutagenesis.
Error-prone PCR and oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis are thus useful for single cycles of sequence fine tuning, but rapidly become too limiting when they are applied for multiple cycles.
Another limitation of error-prone PCR is that the rate of down-mutations grows with the information content of the sequence. As the information content, library size, and mutagenesis rate increase, the balance of down-mutations to up-mutations will statistically prevent the selection of further improvements (statistical ceiling).
In cassette mutagenesis, a sequence block of a single template is typically replaced by a (partially) randomized sequence. Therefore, the maximum information content that can be obtained is statistically limited by the number of random sequences (i.e., library size). This eliminates other sequence families which are not currently best, but which may have greater long term potential.
Also, mutagenesis with synthetic oligonucleotides requires sequencing of individual clones after each selection round. Thus, such an approach is tedious and impractical for many rounds of mutagenesis.
Thus, error-prone PCR and cassette mutagenesis are best suited, and have been widely used, for fine-tuning areas of comparatively low information content.
One apparent exception is the selection of an RNA ligase ribozyme from a random library using many rounds of amplification by error-prone PCR and selection.
In nature, the evolution of most organisms occurs by natural selection and sexual reproduction. Sexual reproduction ensures mixing and combining of the genes in the offspring of the selected individuals. During meiosis, homologous chromosomes from the parents line up with one another and cross-over part way along their length, thus randomly swapping genetic material. Such swapping or shuffling of the DNA allows organisms to evolve more rapidly.
In recombination, because the inserted sequences were of proven utility in a homologous environment, the inserted sequences are likely to still have substantial information content once they are inserted into the new sequence.
Theoretically there are 2,000 different single mutants of a 100 amino acid protein. However, a protein of 100 amino acids has 20100 possible sequence combinations, a number which is too large to exhaustively explore by conventional methods. It would be advantageous to develop a system which would allow generation and screening of all of these possible combination mutations.
Moreover, current stochastic approaches are highly unsuitable for comprehensively or exhaustively generating all the molecular species within a particular grouping of mutations, for attributing functionality to specific structural groups in a template molecule (e.g. a specific single amino acid position or a sequence comprised of two or more amino acids positions), and for categorizing and comparing specific grouping of mutations. Accordingly, current stochastic approaches do not inherently enable the systematic elimination of unwanted mutagenesis results, and are, in sum, burdened by too many inherently shortcomings to be optimal for directed evolution.
In a non-limiting aspect, the instant invention addresses these problems by providing non-stochastic means for comprehensively and exhaustively generating all possible point mutations in a parental template. In another non-limiting aspect, the instant invention further provides means for exhaustively generating all possible chimerizations within a group of chimerizations. Thus, the aforementioned problems are solved by the instant invention.
Specific shortfalls in the technological landscape addressed by this invention include:
1) Site-directed mutagenesis technologies, such as sloppy or low-fidelity PCR, are ineffective for systematically achieving at each position (site) along a polypeptide sequence the full (saturated) range of possible mutations (i.e. all possible amino acid substitutions).
2) There is no relatively easy systematic means for rapidly analyzing the large amount of information that can be contained in a molecular sequence and in the potentially colossal number or progeny molecules that could be conceivably obtained by the directed evolution of one or more molecular templates.
3) There is no relatively easy systematic means for providing comprehensive empirical information relating structure to function for molecular positions.
4) There is no easy systematic means for incorporating internal controls, such as positive controls, for key steps in certain mutagenesis (e.g. chimerization) procedures.
5) There is no easy systematic means to select for a specific group of progeny molecules, such as full-length chimeras, from among smaller partial sequences.
An exceedingly large number of possibilities exist for the purposeful and random combination of amino acids within a protein to produce useful hybrid proteins and their corresponding biological molecules encoding for these hybrid proteins, i.e., DNA, RNA.
Accordingly, there is a need to produce and screen a wide variety of such hybrid proteins for a desirable utility, particularly widely varying random proteins.
The complexity of an active sequence of a biological macromolecule (e.g., polynucleotides, polypeptides, and molecules that are comprised of both polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences) has been called its information content ("IC"), which has been defined as the resistance of the active protein to amino acid sequence variation (calculated from the minimum number of invariable amino acids (bits) required to describe a family of related sequences with the same function). Proteins that are more sensitive to random mutagenesis have a high information content.
Molecular biology developments, such as molecular libraries, have allowed the identification of quite a large number of variable bases, and even provide ways to select functional sequences from random libraries. In such libraries, most residues can be varied (although typically not all at the same time) depending on compensating changes in the context. Thus, while a 100 amino acid protein can contain only 2,000 different mutations, 20100 sequence combinations are possible.
Information density is the IC per unit length of a sequence. Active sites of enzymes tend to have a high information density. By contrast, flexible linkers of information in enzymes have a low information density.
Current methods in widespread use for creating alternative proteins in a library format are error-prone polymerase chain reactions and cassette mutagenesis, in which the specific region to be optimized is replaced with a synthetically mutagenized oligonucleotide. In both cases, a substantial number of mutant sites are generated around certain sites in the original sequence.
Error-prone PCR uses low-fidelity polymerization conditions to introduce a low level of point mutations randomly over a long sequence. In a mixture of fragments of unknown sequence, error-prone PCR can be used to mutagenize the mixture. The published error-prone PCR protocols suffer from a low processivity of the polymerase. Therefore, the protocol is unable to result in the random mutagenesis of an average-sized gene. This inability limits the practical application of error-prone PCR. Some computer simulations have suggested that point mutagenesis alone may often be too gradual to allow the large-scale block changes that are required for continued and dramatic sequence evolution. Further, the published error-prone PCR
protocols do not allow for amplification of DNA fragments greater than 0.5 to 1.0 kb, limiting their practical application. In addition, repeated cycles of error-prone PCR
can lead to an accumulation of neutral mutations with undesired results, such as affecting a protein's immunogenicity but not its binding affinity.
In oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis, a short sequence is replaced with a synthetically mutagenized oligonucleotide. This approach does not generate combinations of distant mutations and is thus not combinatorial. The limited library size relative to the vast sequence length means that many rounds of selection are unavoidable for protein optimization. Mutagenesis with synthetic oligonucleotides requires sequencing of individual clones after each selection round followed by grouping them into families, arbitrarily choosing a single family, and reducing it to a consensus motif. Such motif is re-synthesized and reinserted into a single gene followed by additional selection. This step process constitutes a statistical bottleneck, is labor intensive, and is not practical for many rounds of mutagenesis.
Error-prone PCR and oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis are thus useful for single cycles of sequence fine tuning, but rapidly become too limiting when they are applied for multiple cycles.
Another limitation of error-prone PCR is that the rate of down-mutations grows with the information content of the sequence. As the information content, library size, and mutagenesis rate increase, the balance of down-mutations to up-mutations will statistically prevent the selection of further improvements (statistical ceiling).
In cassette mutagenesis, a sequence block of a single template is typically replaced by a (partially) randomized sequence. Therefore, the maximum information content that can be obtained is statistically limited by the number of random sequences (i.e., library size). This eliminates other sequence families which are not currently best, but which may have greater long term potential.
Also, mutagenesis with synthetic oligonucleotides requires sequencing of individual clones after each selection round. Thus, such an approach is tedious and impractical for many rounds of mutagenesis.
Thus, error-prone PCR and cassette mutagenesis are best suited, and have been widely used, for fine-tuning areas of comparatively low information content.
One apparent exception is the selection of an RNA ligase ribozyme from a random library using many rounds of amplification by error-prone PCR and selection.
In nature, the evolution of most organisms occurs by natural selection and sexual reproduction. Sexual reproduction ensures mixing and combining of the genes in the offspring of the selected individuals. During meiosis, homologous chromosomes from the parents line up with one another and cross-over part way along their length, thus randomly swapping genetic material. Such swapping or shuffling of the DNA allows organisms to evolve more rapidly.
In recombination, because the inserted sequences were of proven utility in a homologous environment, the inserted sequences are likely to still have substantial information content once they are inserted into the new sequence.
Theoretically there are 2,000 different single mutants of a 100 amino acid protein. However, a protein of 100 amino acids has 20100 possible sequence combinations, a number which is too large to exhaustively explore by conventional methods. It would be advantageous to develop a system which would allow generation and screening of all of these possible combination mutations.
Some workers in the art have utilized an in vivo site specific recombination system to generate hybrids of combine light chain antibody genes with heavy chain antibody genes for expression in a phage system. However, their system relies on specific sites of recombination and is limited accordingly. Simultaneous mutagenesis of antibody CDR regions in single chain antibodies (scFv) by overlapping extension and PCR have been reported.
Others have described a method for generating a large population of multiple hybrids using random in vivo recombination. This method requires the recombination of two different libraries of plasmids, each library having a different selectable marker. The method is limited to a finite number of recombinations equal to the number of selectable markers existing, and produces a concomitant linear increase in the number of marker genes linked to the selected sequence(s).
In vivo recombination between two homologous, but truncated, insect-toxin genes on a plasmid has been reported as a method of producing a hybrid gene.
The in vivo recombination of substantially mismatched DNA sequences in a host cell having defective mismatch repair enzymes, resulting in hybrid molecule formation has been reported.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
This invention relates generally to the field of nucleic acid engineering and correspondingly encoded recombinant protein engineering. More particularly, the invention relates to the directed evolution of nucleic acids and screening of clones containing the evolved nucleic acids for resultant activity(ies) of interest, such nucleic acid activity(ies) &/or specified protein, particularly enzyme, activity(ies) of interest.
Others have described a method for generating a large population of multiple hybrids using random in vivo recombination. This method requires the recombination of two different libraries of plasmids, each library having a different selectable marker. The method is limited to a finite number of recombinations equal to the number of selectable markers existing, and produces a concomitant linear increase in the number of marker genes linked to the selected sequence(s).
In vivo recombination between two homologous, but truncated, insect-toxin genes on a plasmid has been reported as a method of producing a hybrid gene.
The in vivo recombination of substantially mismatched DNA sequences in a host cell having defective mismatch repair enzymes, resulting in hybrid molecule formation has been reported.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
This invention relates generally to the field of nucleic acid engineering and correspondingly encoded recombinant protein engineering. More particularly, the invention relates to the directed evolution of nucleic acids and screening of clones containing the evolved nucleic acids for resultant activity(ies) of interest, such nucleic acid activity(ies) &/or specified protein, particularly enzyme, activity(ies) of interest.
Mutagenized molecules provided by this invention may have chimeric molecules and molecules with point mutations, including biological molecules that contain a carbohydrate, a lipid, a nucleic acid, &/or a protein component, and specific but non-limiting examples of these include antibiotics, antibodies, enzymes, and steroidal and non-steroidal hormones.
This invention relates generally to a method of: 1) preparing a progeny generation of molecule(s) (including a molecule that is comprised of a polynucleotide sequence, a molecule that is comprised of a polypeptide sequence, and a molecules that is comprised in part of a polynucleotide sequence and in part of a polypeptide sequence), that is mutagenized to achieve at least one point mutation, addition, deletion, &/or chimerization, from one or more ancestral or parental generation template(s); 2) screening the progeny generation molecule(s) - preferably using a high throughput method - for at least one property of interest (such as an improvement in an enzyme activity or an increase in stability or a novel chemotherapeutic effect); 3) optionally obtaining &/or cataloguing structural &/or and functional information regarding the parental &/or progeny generation molecules; and 4) optionally repeating any of steps 1) to 3).
In a preferred embodiment, there is generated (e.g. from a parent polynucleotide template) - in what is termed "codon site-saturation mutagenesis" - a progeny generation of polynucleotides, each having at least one set of up to three contiguous point mutations (i.e. different bases comprising a new codon), such that every codon (or every family of degenerate codons encoding the same amino acid) is represented at each codon position. Corresponding to - and encoded by - this progeny generation of polynucleotides, there is also generated a set of progeny polypeptides, each having at least one single amino acid point mutation. In a preferred aspect, there is generated - in what is termed "amino acid site-saturation mutagenesis" -one such mutant polypeptide for each of the 19 naturally, encoded polypeptide-forming alpha-amino acid substitutions at each and every amino acid position along the polypeptide.
This yields - for each and every amino acid position along the parental polypeptide - a total of 20 distinct progeny polypeptides including the original amino acid, or potentially more than 21 distinct progeny polypeptides if additional amino acids are used either instead of or in addition to the 20 naturally encoded amino acids Thus, in another aspect, this approach is also serviceable for generating mutants containing - in addition to &/or in combination with the 20 naturally encoded polypeptide-forming alpha-amino acids - other rare &/or not naturally-encoded amino acids and amino acid derivatives. In yet another aspect, this approach is also serviceable for generating mutants by the use of - in addition to &/or in combination with natural or unaltered codon recognition systems of suitable hosts -altered, mutagenized, &/or designer codon recognition systems (such as in a host cell with one or more altered tRNA molecules).
In yet another aspect, this invention relates to recombination and more specifically to a method for preparing polynucleotides encoding a polypeptide by a method of in vivo re-assortment of polynucleotide sequences containing regions of partial homology, assembling the polynucleotides to form at least one polynucleotide and screening the polynucleotides for the production of polypeptide(s) having a useful property.
In yet another preferred embodiment, this invention is serviceable for analyzing and cataloguing - with respect to any molecular property (e.g. an enzymatic activity) or combination of properties allowed by current technology - the effects of any mutational change achieved (including particularly saturation mutagenesis). Thus, a comprehensive method is provided for determining the effect of changing each amino acid in a parental polypeptide into each of at least 19 possible substitutions. This allows each amino acid in a parental polypeptide to be characterized and catalogued according to its spectrum of potential effects on a measurable property of the polypeptide.
In another aspect, the method of the present invention utilizes the natural property of cells to recombine molecules and/or to mediate reductive processes that reduce the complexity of sequences and extent of repeated or consecutive sequences possessing regions of homology.
It is an object of the present invention to provide a method for generating hybrid polynucleotides encoding biologically active hybrid polypeptides with enhanced activities. In accomplishing these and other objects, there has been provided, in accordance with one aspect of the invention, a method for introducing polynucleotides into a suitable host cell and growing the host cell under conditions that produce a hybrid polynucleotide.
In another aspect of the invention, the invention provides a method for screening for biologically active hybrid polypeptides encoded by hybrid polynucleotides. The present method allows for the identification of biologically active hybrid polypeptides with enhanced biological activities.
According to another aspect of this invention is provided that an important advantage of the synthetic ligation reassembly methods provided herein is that the starting templates that can be aligned and subjected to ligation reassembly are not limited to full length genes. In fact when working with genomic sequences it is often the case that partial gene sequences are obtained, and these can be subjected to ligation reassembly according to this invention.
In an important aspect of this invention, it is appreciated herein that nucleic acid building blocks that are serviceable for this invention can be generated by synthetic means or alternatively by polymerase-based methods either in vivo or in vitro or alternatively by a combination of synthetic means and polymerase-based means. The likelihood of nucleotide incorporation errors is different for each method.
Among such errors some may be undesirable at times. For example the presence of a single nucleotide mistake in the generation of up a nucleic acid building block can lead to the undesirable introduction of a stop codon. It is appreciated that several prescreening methods can be used to filter out to undesirable nucleotide incorporation errors. For example the finalized construct can be a fusion product that includes a reporter sequence, such as GFP or a 6xHis tag, that is only generated in the absence of unwanted internal stop codons. It is also appreciated that the selection all of the method by which nucleic acid building blocks are generated can be based upon consideration of the error rates of each method considered.
Furthermore, it is provided that, according to this invention, nucleic acid building blocks may be single-stranded or double-stranded polynucleotides.
Thus, ligation reassembly according to this invention may be performed using synthetic as well as non-synthetic nucleic acid building blocks up, or a combination thereof.
Moreover both single-stranded and double-stranded polynucleotides may be used in ligation reassembly, either mutually exclusively or in combination.
In another aspect of this invention of, it is provided that blunt ended acid building blocks may be used without alteration of the blunt ends or alternatively may be subjected to treatment with an exonuclease, such as Exonuclease III, to create serviceable overhangs up for synthetic ligation couplings of. Such a treatment may be brief and controlled, e.g., by subjecting the working sample of to a temperature at which the Exonuclease III is operable, and then quickly chilling. In all aspects of ligation reassembly, treatment with a ligase such as T4 DNA Ligase is an optional step.
In specific embodiments, the invention provides a method of non-stochastically producing a library of chimeric nucleic acid molecules having an overall assembly order that is chosen by design, which method is comprised of (a) generating by design a plurality of specific synthetic nucleic acid building blocks having serviceable mutually compatible ligatable ends, and (b) assembling these nucleic acid building blocks, such that a designed overall assembly order is achieved;
whereby a set of progenitor templates, such as genes (e.g. a family of esterase genes) or genes pathways (e.g. encoding antibiotics) can be shuffled to generate a sizable library of progeny polynucleotide molecules (e.g. 10100) and correspondingly encoded polypeptides, and whereby the expression screening of the progeny polynucleotide library provides a means to identify a desirable species that has a desirable property, such as a specific enzymatic activity serviceable for a commercial application.
Also included is a method of non-stochastically producing a library comprised of a defined number of groupings comprised of one or more groupings of chimeric nucleic acid molecules having an overall assembly order that is chosen by design, which method is comprised of (a) generating by design for each grouping a set of specific nucleic acid building blocks having serviceable mutually compatible ligatable ends, and (b) assembling these nucleic acid building blocks according to said groupings, such that a designed overall assembly order is achieved; whereby a set of progenitor templates, such as genes (e.g. a family of esterase genes) or genes pathways (e.g. encoding antibiotics) can be shuffled to generate a sizable library of progeny polynucleotide molecules (e.g. 10100) and correspondingly encoded polypeptides, and whereby the expression screening of the progeny polynucleotide library provides a means to identify a desirable species that has a desirable property, such as a specific enzymatic activity serviceable for a commercial application.
Other objects, features and advantages of the present invention will become apparent from the following detailed description. It should be understood, however, that the detailed description and the specific examples, while indicating preferred embodiments of the invention, are given by way of illustration only, since various changes and modifications within the spirit and scope of the invention will become apparent to those skilled in the art from this detailed description.
This invention relates generally to a method of: 1) preparing a progeny generation of molecule(s) (including a molecule that is comprised of a polynucleotide sequence, a molecule that is comprised of a polypeptide sequence, and a molecules that is comprised in part of a polynucleotide sequence and in part of a polypeptide sequence), that is mutagenized to achieve at least one point mutation, addition, deletion, &/or chimerization, from one or more ancestral or parental generation template(s); 2) screening the progeny generation molecule(s) - preferably using a high throughput method - for at least one property of interest (such as an improvement in an enzyme activity or an increase in stability or a novel chemotherapeutic effect); 3) optionally obtaining &/or cataloguing structural &/or and functional information regarding the parental &/or progeny generation molecules; and 4) optionally repeating any of steps 1) to 3).
In a preferred embodiment, there is generated (e.g. from a parent polynucleotide template) - in what is termed "codon site-saturation mutagenesis" - a progeny generation of polynucleotides, each having at least one set of up to three contiguous point mutations (i.e. different bases comprising a new codon), such that every codon (or every family of degenerate codons encoding the same amino acid) is represented at each codon position. Corresponding to - and encoded by - this progeny generation of polynucleotides, there is also generated a set of progeny polypeptides, each having at least one single amino acid point mutation. In a preferred aspect, there is generated - in what is termed "amino acid site-saturation mutagenesis" -one such mutant polypeptide for each of the 19 naturally, encoded polypeptide-forming alpha-amino acid substitutions at each and every amino acid position along the polypeptide.
This yields - for each and every amino acid position along the parental polypeptide - a total of 20 distinct progeny polypeptides including the original amino acid, or potentially more than 21 distinct progeny polypeptides if additional amino acids are used either instead of or in addition to the 20 naturally encoded amino acids Thus, in another aspect, this approach is also serviceable for generating mutants containing - in addition to &/or in combination with the 20 naturally encoded polypeptide-forming alpha-amino acids - other rare &/or not naturally-encoded amino acids and amino acid derivatives. In yet another aspect, this approach is also serviceable for generating mutants by the use of - in addition to &/or in combination with natural or unaltered codon recognition systems of suitable hosts -altered, mutagenized, &/or designer codon recognition systems (such as in a host cell with one or more altered tRNA molecules).
In yet another aspect, this invention relates to recombination and more specifically to a method for preparing polynucleotides encoding a polypeptide by a method of in vivo re-assortment of polynucleotide sequences containing regions of partial homology, assembling the polynucleotides to form at least one polynucleotide and screening the polynucleotides for the production of polypeptide(s) having a useful property.
In yet another preferred embodiment, this invention is serviceable for analyzing and cataloguing - with respect to any molecular property (e.g. an enzymatic activity) or combination of properties allowed by current technology - the effects of any mutational change achieved (including particularly saturation mutagenesis). Thus, a comprehensive method is provided for determining the effect of changing each amino acid in a parental polypeptide into each of at least 19 possible substitutions. This allows each amino acid in a parental polypeptide to be characterized and catalogued according to its spectrum of potential effects on a measurable property of the polypeptide.
In another aspect, the method of the present invention utilizes the natural property of cells to recombine molecules and/or to mediate reductive processes that reduce the complexity of sequences and extent of repeated or consecutive sequences possessing regions of homology.
It is an object of the present invention to provide a method for generating hybrid polynucleotides encoding biologically active hybrid polypeptides with enhanced activities. In accomplishing these and other objects, there has been provided, in accordance with one aspect of the invention, a method for introducing polynucleotides into a suitable host cell and growing the host cell under conditions that produce a hybrid polynucleotide.
In another aspect of the invention, the invention provides a method for screening for biologically active hybrid polypeptides encoded by hybrid polynucleotides. The present method allows for the identification of biologically active hybrid polypeptides with enhanced biological activities.
According to another aspect of this invention is provided that an important advantage of the synthetic ligation reassembly methods provided herein is that the starting templates that can be aligned and subjected to ligation reassembly are not limited to full length genes. In fact when working with genomic sequences it is often the case that partial gene sequences are obtained, and these can be subjected to ligation reassembly according to this invention.
In an important aspect of this invention, it is appreciated herein that nucleic acid building blocks that are serviceable for this invention can be generated by synthetic means or alternatively by polymerase-based methods either in vivo or in vitro or alternatively by a combination of synthetic means and polymerase-based means. The likelihood of nucleotide incorporation errors is different for each method.
Among such errors some may be undesirable at times. For example the presence of a single nucleotide mistake in the generation of up a nucleic acid building block can lead to the undesirable introduction of a stop codon. It is appreciated that several prescreening methods can be used to filter out to undesirable nucleotide incorporation errors. For example the finalized construct can be a fusion product that includes a reporter sequence, such as GFP or a 6xHis tag, that is only generated in the absence of unwanted internal stop codons. It is also appreciated that the selection all of the method by which nucleic acid building blocks are generated can be based upon consideration of the error rates of each method considered.
Furthermore, it is provided that, according to this invention, nucleic acid building blocks may be single-stranded or double-stranded polynucleotides.
Thus, ligation reassembly according to this invention may be performed using synthetic as well as non-synthetic nucleic acid building blocks up, or a combination thereof.
Moreover both single-stranded and double-stranded polynucleotides may be used in ligation reassembly, either mutually exclusively or in combination.
In another aspect of this invention of, it is provided that blunt ended acid building blocks may be used without alteration of the blunt ends or alternatively may be subjected to treatment with an exonuclease, such as Exonuclease III, to create serviceable overhangs up for synthetic ligation couplings of. Such a treatment may be brief and controlled, e.g., by subjecting the working sample of to a temperature at which the Exonuclease III is operable, and then quickly chilling. In all aspects of ligation reassembly, treatment with a ligase such as T4 DNA Ligase is an optional step.
In specific embodiments, the invention provides a method of non-stochastically producing a library of chimeric nucleic acid molecules having an overall assembly order that is chosen by design, which method is comprised of (a) generating by design a plurality of specific synthetic nucleic acid building blocks having serviceable mutually compatible ligatable ends, and (b) assembling these nucleic acid building blocks, such that a designed overall assembly order is achieved;
whereby a set of progenitor templates, such as genes (e.g. a family of esterase genes) or genes pathways (e.g. encoding antibiotics) can be shuffled to generate a sizable library of progeny polynucleotide molecules (e.g. 10100) and correspondingly encoded polypeptides, and whereby the expression screening of the progeny polynucleotide library provides a means to identify a desirable species that has a desirable property, such as a specific enzymatic activity serviceable for a commercial application.
Also included is a method of non-stochastically producing a library comprised of a defined number of groupings comprised of one or more groupings of chimeric nucleic acid molecules having an overall assembly order that is chosen by design, which method is comprised of (a) generating by design for each grouping a set of specific nucleic acid building blocks having serviceable mutually compatible ligatable ends, and (b) assembling these nucleic acid building blocks according to said groupings, such that a designed overall assembly order is achieved; whereby a set of progenitor templates, such as genes (e.g. a family of esterase genes) or genes pathways (e.g. encoding antibiotics) can be shuffled to generate a sizable library of progeny polynucleotide molecules (e.g. 10100) and correspondingly encoded polypeptides, and whereby the expression screening of the progeny polynucleotide library provides a means to identify a desirable species that has a desirable property, such as a specific enzymatic activity serviceable for a commercial application.
Other objects, features and advantages of the present invention will become apparent from the following detailed description. It should be understood, however, that the detailed description and the specific examples, while indicating preferred embodiments of the invention, are given by way of illustration only, since various changes and modifications within the spirit and scope of the invention will become apparent to those skilled in the art from this detailed description.
4. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
FIGURE 1. Exonuclease Activity. Figure 1 shows the activity of the enzyme exonuclease III. This is an exemplary enzyme that can be used to shuffle, assemble, reassemble, recombine, and/or concatenate polynucleotide building blocks. The asterisk indicates that the enzyme acts from the 3' direction towards the 5' direction of the polynucleotide substrate.
FIGURE 2. Generation of A Nucleic Acid Building Block by Polymerase-Based Amplification. Figure 2 illustrates a method of generating a double-stranded nucleic acid building block with two overhangs using a polymerase-based amplification reaction (e.g., PCR). As illustrated, a first polymerase-based amplification reaction using a first set of primers, F2 and RI, is used to generate a blunt-ended product (labeled Reaction 1, Product 1), which is essentially identical to Product A.
A second polymerase-based amplification reaction using a second set of primers, F1 and R2, is used to generate a blunt-ended product (labeled Reaction 2, Product 2), which is essentially identical to Product B. These two products are then mixed and allowed to melt and anneal, generating a potentially useful double-stranded nucleic acid building block with two overhangs. In the example of Fig. 1, the product with the 3' overhangs (Product C) is selected for by nuclease-based degradation of the other 3 products using a 3' acting exonuclease, such as exonuclease III. Alternate primers are shown in parenthesis to illustrate serviceable primers may overlap, and additionally that serviceable primers may be of different lengths, as shown.
FIGURE 3. Unique Overhangs And Unique Couplings. Figure 3 illustrates the point that the number of unique overhangs of each size (e.g. the total number of unique overhangs composed of 1 or 2 or 3, etc. nucleotides) exceeds the number of unique couplings that can result from the use of all the unique overhangs of that size.
For example, there are 4 unique 3' overhangs composed of a single nucleotide, and 4 unique 5' overhangs composed of a single nucleotide. Yet the total number of unique couplings that can be made using all the 8 unique single-nucleotide 3' overhangs and single-nucleotide 5' overhangs is 4.
Figure 3 also illustrates that the number of unique overhangs of each size (e.g. the total number of unique overhangs composed of 1 or 2 or 3, etc. nucleotides) exceeds the number of unique couplings that can result from the use of all the unique overhangs of that size. For example, the total number of unique couplings that can be made using all the 8 unique single-nucleotide 3' overhangs and single-nucleotide 5' overhangs is 4.
PANEL A. 4 unique single-nucleotide 3' overhangs are possible (i.e., A, C, G, & T).
For each of these there is a complementary 3' overhang with which it can pair (i.e., T, G, C, & A, respectively), as shown.
PANEL B. However, the number of unique single-nucleotide 3' overhangs is greater than the number of unique couplings. Thus, only 2 intrinsically unique couplings exist using single-nucleotide 3' overhangs as shown.
PANEL C. Likewise, 4 unique-single nucleotide 5' overhangs are possible (i.e., A, C, G, & T). For each of these there is a complementary 5' overhang with which it can pair (i.e., T, G, C, & A, respectively), as shown.
PANEL D. However, the number of unique single-nucleotide 5' overhangs is greater than the number of unique couplings. Thus, only 2 intrinsically unique couplings exist using single-nucleotide 5' overhangs as shown.
FIGURE 1. Exonuclease Activity. Figure 1 shows the activity of the enzyme exonuclease III. This is an exemplary enzyme that can be used to shuffle, assemble, reassemble, recombine, and/or concatenate polynucleotide building blocks. The asterisk indicates that the enzyme acts from the 3' direction towards the 5' direction of the polynucleotide substrate.
FIGURE 2. Generation of A Nucleic Acid Building Block by Polymerase-Based Amplification. Figure 2 illustrates a method of generating a double-stranded nucleic acid building block with two overhangs using a polymerase-based amplification reaction (e.g., PCR). As illustrated, a first polymerase-based amplification reaction using a first set of primers, F2 and RI, is used to generate a blunt-ended product (labeled Reaction 1, Product 1), which is essentially identical to Product A.
A second polymerase-based amplification reaction using a second set of primers, F1 and R2, is used to generate a blunt-ended product (labeled Reaction 2, Product 2), which is essentially identical to Product B. These two products are then mixed and allowed to melt and anneal, generating a potentially useful double-stranded nucleic acid building block with two overhangs. In the example of Fig. 1, the product with the 3' overhangs (Product C) is selected for by nuclease-based degradation of the other 3 products using a 3' acting exonuclease, such as exonuclease III. Alternate primers are shown in parenthesis to illustrate serviceable primers may overlap, and additionally that serviceable primers may be of different lengths, as shown.
FIGURE 3. Unique Overhangs And Unique Couplings. Figure 3 illustrates the point that the number of unique overhangs of each size (e.g. the total number of unique overhangs composed of 1 or 2 or 3, etc. nucleotides) exceeds the number of unique couplings that can result from the use of all the unique overhangs of that size.
For example, there are 4 unique 3' overhangs composed of a single nucleotide, and 4 unique 5' overhangs composed of a single nucleotide. Yet the total number of unique couplings that can be made using all the 8 unique single-nucleotide 3' overhangs and single-nucleotide 5' overhangs is 4.
Figure 3 also illustrates that the number of unique overhangs of each size (e.g. the total number of unique overhangs composed of 1 or 2 or 3, etc. nucleotides) exceeds the number of unique couplings that can result from the use of all the unique overhangs of that size. For example, the total number of unique couplings that can be made using all the 8 unique single-nucleotide 3' overhangs and single-nucleotide 5' overhangs is 4.
PANEL A. 4 unique single-nucleotide 3' overhangs are possible (i.e., A, C, G, & T).
For each of these there is a complementary 3' overhang with which it can pair (i.e., T, G, C, & A, respectively), as shown.
PANEL B. However, the number of unique single-nucleotide 3' overhangs is greater than the number of unique couplings. Thus, only 2 intrinsically unique couplings exist using single-nucleotide 3' overhangs as shown.
PANEL C. Likewise, 4 unique-single nucleotide 5' overhangs are possible (i.e., A, C, G, & T). For each of these there is a complementary 5' overhang with which it can pair (i.e., T, G, C, & A, respectively), as shown.
PANEL D. However, the number of unique single-nucleotide 5' overhangs is greater than the number of unique couplings. Thus, only 2 intrinsically unique couplings exist using single-nucleotide 5' overhangs as shown.
FIGURE 4. Unique Overall Assembly Order Achieved by Sequentially Coupling the Building Blocks Figure 4 illustrates the fact that in order to assemble a total of "n" nucleic acid building blocks, "n-I" couplings are needed. Yet it is sometimesthe case that the number of unique couplings available for use is fewer that the "n-1" value.
Under these, and other, circumstances a stringent non-stochastic overall assembly order can still be achieved by performing the assembly process in sequential steps. In this example, 2 sequential steps are used to achieve a designed overall assembly order for five nucleic acid building blocks. In this illustration the designed overall assembly order for the five nucleic acid building blocks is: 5'-(#1-#2-#3-#4-#5)-3', where #1 represents building block uumber 1, etc.
Awareness of the degeneracy (between the number of unique overhangs and the number of unique couplings) is important in order to avoid the production of degeneracy in the overall assembly order of the finalized nucleic acid. However, a unique overall assembly order can also be achieved - despite the use of non-unique couplings - by using building blocks having distinct combinations of couplings, and/or by stepping the assembly of the building blocks in a deliberately chosen sequence.
PANEL A. For example, one could attempt to assemble the following nucleic acid product using the 5 nucleic acid building clocks as shown.
PANEL B. However, degeneracy in the overall assembly order of the 5 nucleic acid building blocks would be present if the assembly process were carried out in one step.
For example, building clock #2 and building block #3 could both couple to building block #1 as shown.
PANEL C. However, a unique overall assembly order could be achieved by sequentially coupling the building blocks in 2 steps (rather than all at once) as shown.
-21a-FIGURE S. Unique Couplings Available Using a Two-Nucleotide 3' Overhang.
Figure 5 further illustrates the point that the number of unique overhangs of each size (here, e.g. the total number of unique overhangs composed of 2 nucleotides) exceeds the number of unique couplings that can result from the use of all the unique overhangs of that size. For example, there are 16 unique 3' overhangs composed of two nucleotides, and another 16 unique 5' overhangs composed of two nucleotides, for a total of 32 as shown. Yet the total number of couplings that are unique and not self-binding that can be made using all the 32 unique double-nucleotide 3' overhangs and double-nucleotide 5' overhangs is 12. Sotne apparently unique couplings have "identical twins" (marked in the same shading), which are visually obvious in this illustration. Still other overhangs contain nucleotide sequences that can self-bind in a palindromic fashion, as shown and labeled in this figure; thus they not contribute the high stringency to the overall assembly order.
FIGURE 6. (SEQ ID NOS:13-21) Generation of an Exhaustive Set of Chimeric Combinations by Synthetic Ligation Reassembly.
Figure 6 showcases the power of this invention in its ability to generate exhaustively and systematically all possible combinations of the nucleic acid building blocks designed in this example. Particularly large sets (or libraries) of progeny chimeric molecules can be generated. Because this method can be performed exhaustively and systematically, the method application can be repeated by choosing new demarcation points and with correspondingly newly designed nucleic acid building blocks, bypassing the burden of re-generating and re-screening previously examined and rejected molecular species. It is appreciated that, codon wobble can be used to advantage to increase the frequency of a demarcation point. In other words, a particular base can often be substituted into a nucleic acid building block without altering the amino acid encoded by progenitor codon (that is now altered codon) because of codon degeneracy. As illustrated, demarcation points are chosen upon alignment of 8 progenitor templates. Nucleic acid building blocks including their overhangs (which are serviceable for the formation of ordered couplings) are then designed and synthesized. In this instance, 18 nucleic acid building blocks are generated based on the sequence of each of the 8 progenitor templates, for a total of 144 nucleic acid building blocks (or double-stranded oligos).
Performing the ligation synthesis procedure will then produce a library of progeny molecules comprised of yield of 818 (or over 1.8 x 1016) chimeras.
FIGURE 7. (SEQ ID NOS:22-24) Synthetic genes from oligos:. According to one embodiment of this invcntion, double-stranded nucleic acid building blocks are designed by aligning a plurality of progenitor nucleic acid templates. Preferably these templates contain some homology and some heterology. The nucleic acids may encode related proteins, such as related enzymes, which relationship may be based on function or structure or both. Figure 7 shows the alignment of three polynucleotide progenitor templates and the selection of demarcation points (boxed) shared by all the progenitor molecules. In this particular example, the nucleic acid building blocks derived from each of the progenitor templates were chosen to be approximately 30 to 50 nucleotides in length.
FIGURE 8. Nucleic acid building blocks for synthetic ligation gene reassembly.
Figure 8 shows the nucleic acid building blocks from the example in Figure 7.
The nucleic acid building blocks are shown here in generic cartoon form, with their compatible overhangs, including both 5' and 3' overhangs. There are 22 total nucleic acid building blocks derived from each of the 3 progenitor templates. Thus, the ligation synthesis procedure can produce a library of progeny molecules comprised of yield of 322 (or over 3.1 x 1010) chimeras.
FIGURE 9. Addition of Introns by Synthetic Ligation Reassembly. Figure 9 shows in generic cartoon form that an intron may be introduced into a chimeric progeny molecule by way of a nucleic acid building block. It is appreciated that introns often have consensus sequences at both termini in order to render them operational. It is also appreciated that, in addition to enabling gene splicing, introns may serve an additional purpose by providing sites of homology to other nucleic acids to enable homologous recombination. For this purpose, and potentially others, it may be sometimes desirable to generate a large nucleic acid building block for introducing an intron. If the size is overly large easily genrating by direct chemical synthesis of two single stranded oligos, such a specialized nucleic acid building block may also be generated by direct chemical synthesis of more than two single stranded oligos or by using a polymerase-based amplification reaction as shown in Figure 2.
FIGURE 10. Ligation Reassembly Using Fewer Than All The Nucleotides Of An Overhang. Figure 10 shows that coupling can occur in a manner that does not make use of every nucleotide in a participating overhang. The coupling is particularly lively to survive (e.g. in a transformed host) if the coupling reinforced by treatment with a ligase enzyme to form what may be referred to as a "gap ligation" or a "gapped ligation". It is appreciated that, as shown, this type of coupling can contribute to generation of unwanted background product(s), but it can also be used advantageously increase the diversity of the progeny library generated by the designed ligation reassembly.
FIGURE 11. Avoidance of unwanted self-ligation in palindromic couplings. As mentioned before and shown in Figure 5, certain overhangs are able to undergo self-coupling to form a palindromic coupling. A coupling is strengthened substantially if it is reinforced by treatment with a ligase enzyme. Accordingly, it is appreciated that the lack of 5' phosphates on these overhangs, as shown, can be used advantageously to prevent this type of palindromic self-ligation. Accordingly, this invention provides that nucleic acid building blocks can be chemically made (or ordered) that lack a 5' phosphate group (or alternatively they can be remove - e.g. by treatment with a phosphatase enzyme such as a calf intestinal alkaline phosphatase (CIAP) - in order to prevent palindromic self-ligations in ligation reassembly processes.
FIGURE 12. Pathway Engineering. It is a goal of this invention to provide ways of making new gene pathways using ligation reassembly, optionally with other directed evolution methods such as saturation mutagenesis. Figure 12 illustrates a preferred approach that may be taken to achieve this goal. It is appreciated that naturally-occurring microbial gene pathways are linked more often than naturally-occurring eukaryotic (e.g. plant) gene pathways, which are sometime only partially linked. In a particular embodiment, this invention provides that regulatory gene sequences (including promoters) can be introduced in the form of nucleic acid building blocks into progeny gene pathways generated by ligation reassembly processes. Thus, originally linked microbial gene pathways, as well as originally unlinked genes and gene pathways, can be thus converted to acquire operability in plants and other eukaryotes.
FIGURE 13. Avoidance of unwanted self-ligation in palindromic couplings.
Figure 13 illustrates that another goal of this invention, in addition to the generation of novel gene pathways, is the subjection of gene pathways - both naturally occurring and man-made - to mutagenesis and selection in order to achieve improved progeny molecules using the instantly disclosed methods of directed evolution (including saturation mutagenesis and synthetic ligation reassembly). In a particular embodiment, as provided by the instant invention, both microbial and plant pathways can be improved by directed evolution, and as shown, the directed evolution process can be performed both on genes prior to linking them into pathways, and on gene pathways themselves.
FIGURE 14. Conversion of Microbial Pathways to Eukaryotic Pathways. In a particular embodiment, this invention provides that microbial pathways can be converted to pathways operable in plants and other eukaryotic species by the introduction of regulatory sequences that function in those species. Preferred regulatory sequences include promoters, operators, and activator binding sites. As shown, a preferred method of achieving the introduction of such serviceable regulatory sequences is in the form of nucleic acid building blocks, particularly through the use of couplings in ligation reassembly processes. These couplings in Fig. 14 are marked with the letters A, B, C, D and F.
FIGURE 15. Evolution of polypeptides by synthesizing (in vivo or in vitro) corresponding deduced polynucleotides and subjecting the deduced polynucleotides to directed evolution and expression screening subsequently expressed polypeptides. This invention provides that ligation reassembly and site saturation mutagenesis are each serviceable for introducing nucleotide substitutions as well as nucleotide deletions and nucleotide additions and combinations thereof.
Furthermore synthetic ligation reassembly can be performed on a plurality of starting templates as well as on a single template to rearrange the order of the nucleotide cassettes in a non-stochastic predetermined manner. Additionally, when subjecting a plurality of starting templates to ligation reassembly, it is not necessary that the same number of nucleic acid building blocks be generated from each template (e.g.
to participate to in each coupling). Thus for example if three templates are used, then a different number of nucleic acid building blocks may be generated corresponding to each template.
FIGURE 16: In Silico Triage. This figure illustrates the grouping of potential products and the ranking of the groupings according to "structure-function"
Under these, and other, circumstances a stringent non-stochastic overall assembly order can still be achieved by performing the assembly process in sequential steps. In this example, 2 sequential steps are used to achieve a designed overall assembly order for five nucleic acid building blocks. In this illustration the designed overall assembly order for the five nucleic acid building blocks is: 5'-(#1-#2-#3-#4-#5)-3', where #1 represents building block uumber 1, etc.
Awareness of the degeneracy (between the number of unique overhangs and the number of unique couplings) is important in order to avoid the production of degeneracy in the overall assembly order of the finalized nucleic acid. However, a unique overall assembly order can also be achieved - despite the use of non-unique couplings - by using building blocks having distinct combinations of couplings, and/or by stepping the assembly of the building blocks in a deliberately chosen sequence.
PANEL A. For example, one could attempt to assemble the following nucleic acid product using the 5 nucleic acid building clocks as shown.
PANEL B. However, degeneracy in the overall assembly order of the 5 nucleic acid building blocks would be present if the assembly process were carried out in one step.
For example, building clock #2 and building block #3 could both couple to building block #1 as shown.
PANEL C. However, a unique overall assembly order could be achieved by sequentially coupling the building blocks in 2 steps (rather than all at once) as shown.
-21a-FIGURE S. Unique Couplings Available Using a Two-Nucleotide 3' Overhang.
Figure 5 further illustrates the point that the number of unique overhangs of each size (here, e.g. the total number of unique overhangs composed of 2 nucleotides) exceeds the number of unique couplings that can result from the use of all the unique overhangs of that size. For example, there are 16 unique 3' overhangs composed of two nucleotides, and another 16 unique 5' overhangs composed of two nucleotides, for a total of 32 as shown. Yet the total number of couplings that are unique and not self-binding that can be made using all the 32 unique double-nucleotide 3' overhangs and double-nucleotide 5' overhangs is 12. Sotne apparently unique couplings have "identical twins" (marked in the same shading), which are visually obvious in this illustration. Still other overhangs contain nucleotide sequences that can self-bind in a palindromic fashion, as shown and labeled in this figure; thus they not contribute the high stringency to the overall assembly order.
FIGURE 6. (SEQ ID NOS:13-21) Generation of an Exhaustive Set of Chimeric Combinations by Synthetic Ligation Reassembly.
Figure 6 showcases the power of this invention in its ability to generate exhaustively and systematically all possible combinations of the nucleic acid building blocks designed in this example. Particularly large sets (or libraries) of progeny chimeric molecules can be generated. Because this method can be performed exhaustively and systematically, the method application can be repeated by choosing new demarcation points and with correspondingly newly designed nucleic acid building blocks, bypassing the burden of re-generating and re-screening previously examined and rejected molecular species. It is appreciated that, codon wobble can be used to advantage to increase the frequency of a demarcation point. In other words, a particular base can often be substituted into a nucleic acid building block without altering the amino acid encoded by progenitor codon (that is now altered codon) because of codon degeneracy. As illustrated, demarcation points are chosen upon alignment of 8 progenitor templates. Nucleic acid building blocks including their overhangs (which are serviceable for the formation of ordered couplings) are then designed and synthesized. In this instance, 18 nucleic acid building blocks are generated based on the sequence of each of the 8 progenitor templates, for a total of 144 nucleic acid building blocks (or double-stranded oligos).
Performing the ligation synthesis procedure will then produce a library of progeny molecules comprised of yield of 818 (or over 1.8 x 1016) chimeras.
FIGURE 7. (SEQ ID NOS:22-24) Synthetic genes from oligos:. According to one embodiment of this invcntion, double-stranded nucleic acid building blocks are designed by aligning a plurality of progenitor nucleic acid templates. Preferably these templates contain some homology and some heterology. The nucleic acids may encode related proteins, such as related enzymes, which relationship may be based on function or structure or both. Figure 7 shows the alignment of three polynucleotide progenitor templates and the selection of demarcation points (boxed) shared by all the progenitor molecules. In this particular example, the nucleic acid building blocks derived from each of the progenitor templates were chosen to be approximately 30 to 50 nucleotides in length.
FIGURE 8. Nucleic acid building blocks for synthetic ligation gene reassembly.
Figure 8 shows the nucleic acid building blocks from the example in Figure 7.
The nucleic acid building blocks are shown here in generic cartoon form, with their compatible overhangs, including both 5' and 3' overhangs. There are 22 total nucleic acid building blocks derived from each of the 3 progenitor templates. Thus, the ligation synthesis procedure can produce a library of progeny molecules comprised of yield of 322 (or over 3.1 x 1010) chimeras.
FIGURE 9. Addition of Introns by Synthetic Ligation Reassembly. Figure 9 shows in generic cartoon form that an intron may be introduced into a chimeric progeny molecule by way of a nucleic acid building block. It is appreciated that introns often have consensus sequences at both termini in order to render them operational. It is also appreciated that, in addition to enabling gene splicing, introns may serve an additional purpose by providing sites of homology to other nucleic acids to enable homologous recombination. For this purpose, and potentially others, it may be sometimes desirable to generate a large nucleic acid building block for introducing an intron. If the size is overly large easily genrating by direct chemical synthesis of two single stranded oligos, such a specialized nucleic acid building block may also be generated by direct chemical synthesis of more than two single stranded oligos or by using a polymerase-based amplification reaction as shown in Figure 2.
FIGURE 10. Ligation Reassembly Using Fewer Than All The Nucleotides Of An Overhang. Figure 10 shows that coupling can occur in a manner that does not make use of every nucleotide in a participating overhang. The coupling is particularly lively to survive (e.g. in a transformed host) if the coupling reinforced by treatment with a ligase enzyme to form what may be referred to as a "gap ligation" or a "gapped ligation". It is appreciated that, as shown, this type of coupling can contribute to generation of unwanted background product(s), but it can also be used advantageously increase the diversity of the progeny library generated by the designed ligation reassembly.
FIGURE 11. Avoidance of unwanted self-ligation in palindromic couplings. As mentioned before and shown in Figure 5, certain overhangs are able to undergo self-coupling to form a palindromic coupling. A coupling is strengthened substantially if it is reinforced by treatment with a ligase enzyme. Accordingly, it is appreciated that the lack of 5' phosphates on these overhangs, as shown, can be used advantageously to prevent this type of palindromic self-ligation. Accordingly, this invention provides that nucleic acid building blocks can be chemically made (or ordered) that lack a 5' phosphate group (or alternatively they can be remove - e.g. by treatment with a phosphatase enzyme such as a calf intestinal alkaline phosphatase (CIAP) - in order to prevent palindromic self-ligations in ligation reassembly processes.
FIGURE 12. Pathway Engineering. It is a goal of this invention to provide ways of making new gene pathways using ligation reassembly, optionally with other directed evolution methods such as saturation mutagenesis. Figure 12 illustrates a preferred approach that may be taken to achieve this goal. It is appreciated that naturally-occurring microbial gene pathways are linked more often than naturally-occurring eukaryotic (e.g. plant) gene pathways, which are sometime only partially linked. In a particular embodiment, this invention provides that regulatory gene sequences (including promoters) can be introduced in the form of nucleic acid building blocks into progeny gene pathways generated by ligation reassembly processes. Thus, originally linked microbial gene pathways, as well as originally unlinked genes and gene pathways, can be thus converted to acquire operability in plants and other eukaryotes.
FIGURE 13. Avoidance of unwanted self-ligation in palindromic couplings.
Figure 13 illustrates that another goal of this invention, in addition to the generation of novel gene pathways, is the subjection of gene pathways - both naturally occurring and man-made - to mutagenesis and selection in order to achieve improved progeny molecules using the instantly disclosed methods of directed evolution (including saturation mutagenesis and synthetic ligation reassembly). In a particular embodiment, as provided by the instant invention, both microbial and plant pathways can be improved by directed evolution, and as shown, the directed evolution process can be performed both on genes prior to linking them into pathways, and on gene pathways themselves.
FIGURE 14. Conversion of Microbial Pathways to Eukaryotic Pathways. In a particular embodiment, this invention provides that microbial pathways can be converted to pathways operable in plants and other eukaryotic species by the introduction of regulatory sequences that function in those species. Preferred regulatory sequences include promoters, operators, and activator binding sites. As shown, a preferred method of achieving the introduction of such serviceable regulatory sequences is in the form of nucleic acid building blocks, particularly through the use of couplings in ligation reassembly processes. These couplings in Fig. 14 are marked with the letters A, B, C, D and F.
FIGURE 15. Evolution of polypeptides by synthesizing (in vivo or in vitro) corresponding deduced polynucleotides and subjecting the deduced polynucleotides to directed evolution and expression screening subsequently expressed polypeptides. This invention provides that ligation reassembly and site saturation mutagenesis are each serviceable for introducing nucleotide substitutions as well as nucleotide deletions and nucleotide additions and combinations thereof.
Furthermore synthetic ligation reassembly can be performed on a plurality of starting templates as well as on a single template to rearrange the order of the nucleotide cassettes in a non-stochastic predetermined manner. Additionally, when subjecting a plurality of starting templates to ligation reassembly, it is not necessary that the same number of nucleic acid building blocks be generated from each template (e.g.
to participate to in each coupling). Thus for example if three templates are used, then a different number of nucleic acid building blocks may be generated corresponding to each template.
FIGURE 16: In Silico Triage. This figure illustrates the grouping of potential products and the ranking of the groupings according to "structure-function"
predictions, which steps are aspects of what is referred to herein as "triaging", and specifically "in silico triage" if performed using the aid of a computer.
FIGiTRE 17: (SEQ ID NOS:25-26) Solid Phase Ligation Reassembly FIGURE 18. Polynucleotide reassembly.
Figure 18 illustrates non-stochastic polynucleotide reassembly in combination with non-stochastic polynucleotide site-saturation mutagenesis.
Shown in Figure 18 is a non-limiting example of a permutation of the directed evolution methods described herein.
n different strains of a virus are used in this illustration, but the technique is applicable to any single nucleic acid as well as to any nucleic acid for which different strains, species, or gene families have homologous nucleic acids that have one or more nucleotide changes compared to other homologous nucleic acids. The different variant nucleic acids are experimentally generated, preferably non-stochastically, as described herein, and screened or selected to identify those variants that exhibit the desired property. The directed evolution method(s) and screening can be repeated one or more times to obtain further improvement. Panel B shows that successive rounds of directed evolution can produce progressively enhanced properties, and that the combination of individual beneficial mutations can lead to an enhance improvement ccfmpared to the improvement achieved by an individual beneficial mutation.
FIGURES 19A-C. (SEQ ID NOS:27-28) An alignment of two CMV-derived nucleotide sequences from human and primate species.
Shown here is an alignment of two CMV-derived nucleotide sequences of human and primate strains. This alignment is serviceable for performing non-stochastic polynucleotide reassembly. Nucleotide sequences shared by 2 sequences are in red lettering to illustrate preferred but non-limiting examples of reassembly points.
-26a-FIGURE 20 (SEQ ID NOS:29-31): An alignment of the IFN-gamma nucleotide sequences from human, cat, rodent species. Shown here is an alignment of the IFN-gama nucleotide sequences from human, cat, and rodent species. This alignment is serviceable for perforn2ing non-stochastic polynucleotide reassembly. Nucleotide sequences shared by 2 sequences are in blue lettering & nucleotide sequences shared by 3 sequences are in red lettering to illustrate preferred but non-limiting examples of reassembly points.
5. DEFINITIONS OF TERMS
In order to facilitate understanding of the examples provided herein, certain frequently occurring methods and/or terms will be described.
The term "agent" is used herein to denote a chemical compound, a mixture of chemical compounds, an array of spatially localized compounds (e.g., a VLSIPS
peptide array, polynucleotide array, and/or combinatorial small molecule array), biological macromolecule, a bacteriophage peptide display library, a bacteriophage antibody (e.g., scFv) display library, a polysome peptide display library, or an extract made form biological materials such as bacteria, plants, fungi, or animal (particular mammalian) cells or tissues. Agents are evaluated for potential activity as anti-neoplastics, anti-inflammatories or apoptosis modulators by inclusion in screening assays described hereinbelow. Agents are evaluated for potential activity as specific protein interaction inhibitors (i.e., an agent which selectively inhibits a binding interaction between two predetermined polypeptides but which doe snot substantially interfere with cell viability) by inclusion in screening assays described hereinbelow.
An "ambiguous base requirement" in a restriction site refers to a nucleotide base requirement that is not specified to the fullest extent, i.e. that is not a specific base (such as, in a non-limiting exemplification, a specific base selected from A, C, G, and T), but rather may be any one of at least two or more bases. Commonly accepted abbreviations that are used in the art as well as herein to represent ambiguity in bases include the following: R= G or A; Y= C or T; M= A or C; K= G or T; S=
GorC;W=AorT;H=AorCorT;B=GorTorC;V=GorCorA;D=GorA
orT;N=AorCorGorT.
FIGiTRE 17: (SEQ ID NOS:25-26) Solid Phase Ligation Reassembly FIGURE 18. Polynucleotide reassembly.
Figure 18 illustrates non-stochastic polynucleotide reassembly in combination with non-stochastic polynucleotide site-saturation mutagenesis.
Shown in Figure 18 is a non-limiting example of a permutation of the directed evolution methods described herein.
n different strains of a virus are used in this illustration, but the technique is applicable to any single nucleic acid as well as to any nucleic acid for which different strains, species, or gene families have homologous nucleic acids that have one or more nucleotide changes compared to other homologous nucleic acids. The different variant nucleic acids are experimentally generated, preferably non-stochastically, as described herein, and screened or selected to identify those variants that exhibit the desired property. The directed evolution method(s) and screening can be repeated one or more times to obtain further improvement. Panel B shows that successive rounds of directed evolution can produce progressively enhanced properties, and that the combination of individual beneficial mutations can lead to an enhance improvement ccfmpared to the improvement achieved by an individual beneficial mutation.
FIGURES 19A-C. (SEQ ID NOS:27-28) An alignment of two CMV-derived nucleotide sequences from human and primate species.
Shown here is an alignment of two CMV-derived nucleotide sequences of human and primate strains. This alignment is serviceable for performing non-stochastic polynucleotide reassembly. Nucleotide sequences shared by 2 sequences are in red lettering to illustrate preferred but non-limiting examples of reassembly points.
-26a-FIGURE 20 (SEQ ID NOS:29-31): An alignment of the IFN-gamma nucleotide sequences from human, cat, rodent species. Shown here is an alignment of the IFN-gama nucleotide sequences from human, cat, and rodent species. This alignment is serviceable for perforn2ing non-stochastic polynucleotide reassembly. Nucleotide sequences shared by 2 sequences are in blue lettering & nucleotide sequences shared by 3 sequences are in red lettering to illustrate preferred but non-limiting examples of reassembly points.
5. DEFINITIONS OF TERMS
In order to facilitate understanding of the examples provided herein, certain frequently occurring methods and/or terms will be described.
The term "agent" is used herein to denote a chemical compound, a mixture of chemical compounds, an array of spatially localized compounds (e.g., a VLSIPS
peptide array, polynucleotide array, and/or combinatorial small molecule array), biological macromolecule, a bacteriophage peptide display library, a bacteriophage antibody (e.g., scFv) display library, a polysome peptide display library, or an extract made form biological materials such as bacteria, plants, fungi, or animal (particular mammalian) cells or tissues. Agents are evaluated for potential activity as anti-neoplastics, anti-inflammatories or apoptosis modulators by inclusion in screening assays described hereinbelow. Agents are evaluated for potential activity as specific protein interaction inhibitors (i.e., an agent which selectively inhibits a binding interaction between two predetermined polypeptides but which doe snot substantially interfere with cell viability) by inclusion in screening assays described hereinbelow.
An "ambiguous base requirement" in a restriction site refers to a nucleotide base requirement that is not specified to the fullest extent, i.e. that is not a specific base (such as, in a non-limiting exemplification, a specific base selected from A, C, G, and T), but rather may be any one of at least two or more bases. Commonly accepted abbreviations that are used in the art as well as herein to represent ambiguity in bases include the following: R= G or A; Y= C or T; M= A or C; K= G or T; S=
GorC;W=AorT;H=AorCorT;B=GorTorC;V=GorCorA;D=GorA
orT;N=AorCorGorT.
The term "amino acid" as used herein refers to any organic compound that contains an amino group (-NH2) and a carboxyl group (-COOH); preferably either as free groups or alternatively after condensation as part of peptide bonds. The "twenty naturally encoded polypeptide-forming alpha-amino acids" are understood in the art and refer to: alanine (ala or A), arginine (arg or R), asparagine (asn or N), aspartic acid (asp or D), cysteine (cys or C), gluatamic acid (glu or E), glutamine (gln or Q), glycine (gly or G), histidine (his or H), isoleucine (ile or I), leucine (leu or L), lysine (lys or K), methionine (met or M), phenylalanine (phe or F), proline (pro or P), serine (ser or S), threonine (thr or T), tryptophan (trp or W), tyrosine (tyr or Y), and valine (val or V).
The term "amplification" means that the number of copies of a polynucleotide is increased.
The term "antibody", as used herein, refers to intact immunoglobulin molecules, as well as fragments of immunoglobulin molecules, such as Fab, Fab', (Fab')2, Fv, and SCA fragments, that are capable of binding to an epitope of an antigen. These antibody fragments, which retain some ability to selectively bind to an antigen (e.g., a polypeptide antigen) of the antibody from which they are derived, can be made using well known methods in the art (see, e.g., Harlow and Lane, supra), and are described further, as follows.
(1) An Fab fragment consists of a monovalent antigen-binding fragment of an antibody molecule, and can be produced by digestion of a whole antibody molecule with the enzyme papain, to yield a fragment consisting of an intact light chain and a portion of a heavy chain.
(2) An Fab' fragment of an antibody molecule can be obtained by treating a whole antibody molecule with pepsin, followed by reduction, to yield a molecule consisting of an intact light chain and a portion of a heavy chain. Two Fab' fragments are obtained per antibody molecule treated in this manner.
(3) An (Fab')Z fragment of an antibody can be obtained by treating a whole antibody molecule with the enzyme pepsin, without subsequent reduction.
A (Fab')2fragment is a dimer of two Fab' fragments, held together by two disulfide bonds.
(4) An Fv fragment is defined as a genetically engineered fragment containing the variable region of a light chain and the variable region of a heavy chain expressed as two chains.
(5) An single chain antibody ("SCA") is a genetically engineered single chain molecule containing the variable region of a light chain and the variable region of a heavy chain, linked by a suitable, flexible polypeptide linker.
The term "Applied Molecular Evolution" ("AME") means the application of an evolutionary design algorithm to a specific, useful goal. While many different library formats for AME have been reported for polynucleotides, peptides and proteins (phage, lacI and polysomes), none of these formats have provided for recombination by random cross-overs to deliberately create a combinatorial library.
A molecule that has a "chimeric property" is a molecule that is: 1) in part homologous and in part heterologous to a first reference molecule; while 2) at the same time being in part homologous and in part heterologous to a second reference molecule; without 3) precluding the possibility of being at the same time in part homologous and in part heterologous to still one or more additional reference molecules. In a non-limiting embodiment, a chimeric molecule may be prepared by assemblying a reassortment of partial molecular sequences: In a non-limiting aspect, a chimeric polynucleotide molecule may be prepared by synthesizing the chimeric polynucleotide using plurality of molecular templates, such that the resultant chimeric polynucleotide has properties of a plurality of templates.
The term "cognate" as used herein refers to a gene sequence that is evolutionarily and functionally related between species. For example, but not limitation, in the human genome the human CD4 gene is the cognate gene to the mouse 3d4 gene, since the sequences and structures of these two genes indicate that they are highly homologous and both genes encode a protein which functions in signaling T cell activation through MHC class II-restricted antigen recognition.
A "comparison window," as used herein, refers to a conceptual segment of at least 20 contiguous nucleotide positions wherein a polynucleotide sequence may be compared to a reference sequence of at least 20 contiguous nucleotides and wherein the portion of the polynucleotide sequence in the comparison window may comprise additions or deletions (i.e., gaps) of 20 percent or less as compared to the reference sequence (which does not comprise additions or deletions) for optimal alignment of the two sequences. Optimal alignment of sequences for aligning a comparison window may be conducted by the local homology algorithm of Smith (Smith and Waterman, Adv Appl Math, 1981; Smith and Waterman, J Teor Biol, 1981; Smith and Waterman, JMol Biol, 1981; Smith et al, JMol Evol, 1981), by the homology alignment algorithm of Needleman (Needleman and Wuncsch, 1970), by the search of similarity method of Pearson (Pearson and Lipman, 1988), by computerized implementations of these algorithms (GAP, BESTFIT, FASTA, and TFASTA in the Wisconsin Genetics Software Package Release 7.0, Genetics Computer Group, 575 Science Dr., Madison, WI), or by inspection, and the best alignment (i.e., resulting in the highest percentage of homology over the comparison window) generated by the various methods is selected.
The term "amplification" means that the number of copies of a polynucleotide is increased.
The term "antibody", as used herein, refers to intact immunoglobulin molecules, as well as fragments of immunoglobulin molecules, such as Fab, Fab', (Fab')2, Fv, and SCA fragments, that are capable of binding to an epitope of an antigen. These antibody fragments, which retain some ability to selectively bind to an antigen (e.g., a polypeptide antigen) of the antibody from which they are derived, can be made using well known methods in the art (see, e.g., Harlow and Lane, supra), and are described further, as follows.
(1) An Fab fragment consists of a monovalent antigen-binding fragment of an antibody molecule, and can be produced by digestion of a whole antibody molecule with the enzyme papain, to yield a fragment consisting of an intact light chain and a portion of a heavy chain.
(2) An Fab' fragment of an antibody molecule can be obtained by treating a whole antibody molecule with pepsin, followed by reduction, to yield a molecule consisting of an intact light chain and a portion of a heavy chain. Two Fab' fragments are obtained per antibody molecule treated in this manner.
(3) An (Fab')Z fragment of an antibody can be obtained by treating a whole antibody molecule with the enzyme pepsin, without subsequent reduction.
A (Fab')2fragment is a dimer of two Fab' fragments, held together by two disulfide bonds.
(4) An Fv fragment is defined as a genetically engineered fragment containing the variable region of a light chain and the variable region of a heavy chain expressed as two chains.
(5) An single chain antibody ("SCA") is a genetically engineered single chain molecule containing the variable region of a light chain and the variable region of a heavy chain, linked by a suitable, flexible polypeptide linker.
The term "Applied Molecular Evolution" ("AME") means the application of an evolutionary design algorithm to a specific, useful goal. While many different library formats for AME have been reported for polynucleotides, peptides and proteins (phage, lacI and polysomes), none of these formats have provided for recombination by random cross-overs to deliberately create a combinatorial library.
A molecule that has a "chimeric property" is a molecule that is: 1) in part homologous and in part heterologous to a first reference molecule; while 2) at the same time being in part homologous and in part heterologous to a second reference molecule; without 3) precluding the possibility of being at the same time in part homologous and in part heterologous to still one or more additional reference molecules. In a non-limiting embodiment, a chimeric molecule may be prepared by assemblying a reassortment of partial molecular sequences: In a non-limiting aspect, a chimeric polynucleotide molecule may be prepared by synthesizing the chimeric polynucleotide using plurality of molecular templates, such that the resultant chimeric polynucleotide has properties of a plurality of templates.
The term "cognate" as used herein refers to a gene sequence that is evolutionarily and functionally related between species. For example, but not limitation, in the human genome the human CD4 gene is the cognate gene to the mouse 3d4 gene, since the sequences and structures of these two genes indicate that they are highly homologous and both genes encode a protein which functions in signaling T cell activation through MHC class II-restricted antigen recognition.
A "comparison window," as used herein, refers to a conceptual segment of at least 20 contiguous nucleotide positions wherein a polynucleotide sequence may be compared to a reference sequence of at least 20 contiguous nucleotides and wherein the portion of the polynucleotide sequence in the comparison window may comprise additions or deletions (i.e., gaps) of 20 percent or less as compared to the reference sequence (which does not comprise additions or deletions) for optimal alignment of the two sequences. Optimal alignment of sequences for aligning a comparison window may be conducted by the local homology algorithm of Smith (Smith and Waterman, Adv Appl Math, 1981; Smith and Waterman, J Teor Biol, 1981; Smith and Waterman, JMol Biol, 1981; Smith et al, JMol Evol, 1981), by the homology alignment algorithm of Needleman (Needleman and Wuncsch, 1970), by the search of similarity method of Pearson (Pearson and Lipman, 1988), by computerized implementations of these algorithms (GAP, BESTFIT, FASTA, and TFASTA in the Wisconsin Genetics Software Package Release 7.0, Genetics Computer Group, 575 Science Dr., Madison, WI), or by inspection, and the best alignment (i.e., resulting in the highest percentage of homology over the comparison window) generated by the various methods is selected.
As used herein, the term "complementarity-determining region" and "CDR"
refer to the art-recognized term as exemplified by the Kabat and Chothia CDR
definitions also generally known as supervariable regions or hypervariable loops (Chothia and Lesk, 1987; Clothia et al, 1989; Kabat et al, 1987; and Tramontano et al, 1990). Variable region domains typically comprise the amino-terminal approximately 105-115 amino acids of a naturally-occurring immunoglobulin chain (e.g., amino acids 1-110), although variable domains somewhat shorter or longer are also suitable for forming single-chain antibodies.
"Conservative amino acid substitutions" refer to the interchangeability of residues having similar side chains. For example, a group of amino acids having aliphatic side chains is glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, and isoleucine; a group of amino acids having aliphatic-hydroxyl side chains is serine and threonine; a group of amino acids having amide-containing side chains is asparagine and glutamine; a group of amino acids having aromatic side chains is phenylalanine, tyrosine, and tryptophan; a group of amino acids having basic side chains is lysine, arginine, and histidine; and a group of amino acids having sulfur-containing side chains is cysteine and methionine. Preferred conservative amino acids substitution groups are :
valine-leucine-isoleucine, phenylalanine-tyrosine, lysine-arginine, alanine-valine, and asparagine-glutamine.
The term "corresponds to" is used herein to mean that a polynucleotide sequence is homologous (i.e., is identical, not strictly evolutionarily related) to all or a portion of a reference polynucleotide sequence, or that a polypeptide sequence is identical to a reference polypeptide sequence. In contradistinction, the term "complementary to" is used herein to mean that the complementary sequence is homologous to all or a portion of a reference polynucleotide sequence. For illustration, the nucleotide sequence "TATAC" corresponds to a reference "TATAC"
and is complementary to a reference sequence "GTATA."
refer to the art-recognized term as exemplified by the Kabat and Chothia CDR
definitions also generally known as supervariable regions or hypervariable loops (Chothia and Lesk, 1987; Clothia et al, 1989; Kabat et al, 1987; and Tramontano et al, 1990). Variable region domains typically comprise the amino-terminal approximately 105-115 amino acids of a naturally-occurring immunoglobulin chain (e.g., amino acids 1-110), although variable domains somewhat shorter or longer are also suitable for forming single-chain antibodies.
"Conservative amino acid substitutions" refer to the interchangeability of residues having similar side chains. For example, a group of amino acids having aliphatic side chains is glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, and isoleucine; a group of amino acids having aliphatic-hydroxyl side chains is serine and threonine; a group of amino acids having amide-containing side chains is asparagine and glutamine; a group of amino acids having aromatic side chains is phenylalanine, tyrosine, and tryptophan; a group of amino acids having basic side chains is lysine, arginine, and histidine; and a group of amino acids having sulfur-containing side chains is cysteine and methionine. Preferred conservative amino acids substitution groups are :
valine-leucine-isoleucine, phenylalanine-tyrosine, lysine-arginine, alanine-valine, and asparagine-glutamine.
The term "corresponds to" is used herein to mean that a polynucleotide sequence is homologous (i.e., is identical, not strictly evolutionarily related) to all or a portion of a reference polynucleotide sequence, or that a polypeptide sequence is identical to a reference polypeptide sequence. In contradistinction, the term "complementary to" is used herein to mean that the complementary sequence is homologous to all or a portion of a reference polynucleotide sequence. For illustration, the nucleotide sequence "TATAC" corresponds to a reference "TATAC"
and is complementary to a reference sequence "GTATA."
The term "degrading effective" amount refers to the amount of enzyme which is required to process at least 50% of the substrate, as compared to substrate not contacted with the enzyme. Preferably, at least 80% of the substrate is degraded.
As used herein, the term "defined sequence framework" refers to a set of defined sequences that are selected on a non-random basis, generally on the basis of experimental data or structural data; for example, a defined sequence framework may comprise a set of amino acid sequences that are predicted to form a B-sheet structure or may comprise a leucine zipper heptad repeat motif, a zinc-finger domain, among other variations. A "defined sequence kernal" is a set of sequences which encompass a limited scope of variability. Whereas (1) a completely random 10-mer sequence of the 20 conventional amino acids can be any of (20)10 sequences, and (2) a pseudorandom 10-mer sequence of the 20 conventional amino acids can be any of (20)10 sequences but will exhibit a bias for certain residues at certain positions and/or overall, (3) a defined sequence kernal is a subset of sequences if each residue position was allowed to be any of the allowable 20 conventional amino acids (and/or allowable unconventional amino/imino acids). A defined sequence kemal generally comprises variant and invariant residue positions and/or comprises variant residue positions which can comprise a residue selected from a defined subset of amino acid residues), and the like, either segmentally or over the entire length of the individual selected library member sequence. Defined sequence kernels can refer to either amino acid sequences or polynucleotide sequences. Of illustration and not limitation, the sequences (SEQ ID 1vOS:] & 2) (NNK)lo and (NNM)Io, wherein N represents A, T, G, or C; K represents G or T; and M represents A or C, are defmed sequence kemels.
"Digestion" of DNA refers to catalytic cleavage of the DNA with a restriction enzyme that acts only at certain sequences in the DNA. The various restriction enzymes used herein are commercially available and their reaction conditions, cofactors and other requirements were used as would be known to the ordinarily skilled artisan. For analytical purposes, typically 1 g of plasmid or DNA
fragment is used with about 2 units of enzyme in about 20 l of buffer solution. For the purpose of isolating DNA fragments for plasmid construction, typically 5 to 50 g of DNA are digested with 20 to 250 units of enzyme in a larger volume. Appropriate buffers and substrate amounts for particular restriction enzymes are specified by the manufacturer. Incubation times of about 1 hour at 37 C are ordinarily used, but may vary in accordance with the supplier's instructions. After digestion the reaction is electrophoresed directly on a gel to isolate the desired fragment.
"Directional ligation" refers to a ligation in which a 5' end and a 3' end of a polynuclotide are different enough to specify a preferred ligation orientation. For example, an otherwise untreated and undigested PCR product that has two blunt ends will typically not have a preferred ligation orientation when ligated into a cloning vector digested to produce blunt ends in its multiple cloning site; thus, directional ligation will typically not be displayed under these circumstances. In contrast, directional ligation will typically displayed when a digested PCR product having a 5' EcoR I-treated end and a 3' BamH I-is ligated into a cloning vector that has a multiple cloning site digested with EcoR I and BamH I.
The term "DNA shuffling" is used herein to indicate recombination between substantially homologous but non-identical sequences, in some embodiments DNA
shuffling may involve crossover via non-homologous recombination, such as via cer/lox and/or flp/frt systems and the like.
As used in this invention, the term "epitope" refers to an antigenic determinant on an antigen, such as a phytase polypeptide, to which the paratope of an antibody, such as an phytase-specific antibody, binds. Antigenic determinants usually consist of chemically active surface groupings of molecules, such as amino acids or sugar side chains, and can have specific three-dimensional structural characteristics, as well as specific charge characteristics. As used herein "epitope" refers to that portion of an antigen or other macromolecule capable of forming a binding interaction that interacts with the variable region binding body of an antibody. Typically, such binding interaction is manifested as an intermolecular contact with one or more amino acid residues of a CDR.
The terms "fragment", "derivative" and "analog" when referring to a reference polypeptide comprise a polypeptide which retains at least one biological function or activity that is at least essentially same as that of the reference polypeptide. Furthermore, the terms "fragment", "derivative" or "analog" are exemplified by a "pro-form" molecule, such as a low activity proprotein that can be modified by cleavage to produce a mature enzyme with significantly higher activity.
A method is provided herein for producing from a template polypeptide a set of progeny polypeptides in which a "full range of single amino acid substitutions"
is represented at each amino acid position. As used herein, "full range of single amino acid substitutions" is in reference to the naturally encoded 20 naturally encoded polypeptide-forming alpha-amino acids, as described herein.
The term "gene" means the segment of DNA involved in producing a polypeptide chain; it includes regions preceding and following the coding region (leader and trailer) as well as intervening sequences (introns) between individual coding segments (exons).
"Genetic instability", as used herein, refers to the natural tendency of highly repetitive sequences to be lost through a process of reductive events generally involving sequence simplification through the loss of repeated sequences.
Deletions tend to involve the loss of one copy of a repeat .and everything between the repeats.
As used herein, the term "defined sequence framework" refers to a set of defined sequences that are selected on a non-random basis, generally on the basis of experimental data or structural data; for example, a defined sequence framework may comprise a set of amino acid sequences that are predicted to form a B-sheet structure or may comprise a leucine zipper heptad repeat motif, a zinc-finger domain, among other variations. A "defined sequence kernal" is a set of sequences which encompass a limited scope of variability. Whereas (1) a completely random 10-mer sequence of the 20 conventional amino acids can be any of (20)10 sequences, and (2) a pseudorandom 10-mer sequence of the 20 conventional amino acids can be any of (20)10 sequences but will exhibit a bias for certain residues at certain positions and/or overall, (3) a defined sequence kernal is a subset of sequences if each residue position was allowed to be any of the allowable 20 conventional amino acids (and/or allowable unconventional amino/imino acids). A defined sequence kemal generally comprises variant and invariant residue positions and/or comprises variant residue positions which can comprise a residue selected from a defined subset of amino acid residues), and the like, either segmentally or over the entire length of the individual selected library member sequence. Defined sequence kernels can refer to either amino acid sequences or polynucleotide sequences. Of illustration and not limitation, the sequences (SEQ ID 1vOS:] & 2) (NNK)lo and (NNM)Io, wherein N represents A, T, G, or C; K represents G or T; and M represents A or C, are defmed sequence kemels.
"Digestion" of DNA refers to catalytic cleavage of the DNA with a restriction enzyme that acts only at certain sequences in the DNA. The various restriction enzymes used herein are commercially available and their reaction conditions, cofactors and other requirements were used as would be known to the ordinarily skilled artisan. For analytical purposes, typically 1 g of plasmid or DNA
fragment is used with about 2 units of enzyme in about 20 l of buffer solution. For the purpose of isolating DNA fragments for plasmid construction, typically 5 to 50 g of DNA are digested with 20 to 250 units of enzyme in a larger volume. Appropriate buffers and substrate amounts for particular restriction enzymes are specified by the manufacturer. Incubation times of about 1 hour at 37 C are ordinarily used, but may vary in accordance with the supplier's instructions. After digestion the reaction is electrophoresed directly on a gel to isolate the desired fragment.
"Directional ligation" refers to a ligation in which a 5' end and a 3' end of a polynuclotide are different enough to specify a preferred ligation orientation. For example, an otherwise untreated and undigested PCR product that has two blunt ends will typically not have a preferred ligation orientation when ligated into a cloning vector digested to produce blunt ends in its multiple cloning site; thus, directional ligation will typically not be displayed under these circumstances. In contrast, directional ligation will typically displayed when a digested PCR product having a 5' EcoR I-treated end and a 3' BamH I-is ligated into a cloning vector that has a multiple cloning site digested with EcoR I and BamH I.
The term "DNA shuffling" is used herein to indicate recombination between substantially homologous but non-identical sequences, in some embodiments DNA
shuffling may involve crossover via non-homologous recombination, such as via cer/lox and/or flp/frt systems and the like.
As used in this invention, the term "epitope" refers to an antigenic determinant on an antigen, such as a phytase polypeptide, to which the paratope of an antibody, such as an phytase-specific antibody, binds. Antigenic determinants usually consist of chemically active surface groupings of molecules, such as amino acids or sugar side chains, and can have specific three-dimensional structural characteristics, as well as specific charge characteristics. As used herein "epitope" refers to that portion of an antigen or other macromolecule capable of forming a binding interaction that interacts with the variable region binding body of an antibody. Typically, such binding interaction is manifested as an intermolecular contact with one or more amino acid residues of a CDR.
The terms "fragment", "derivative" and "analog" when referring to a reference polypeptide comprise a polypeptide which retains at least one biological function or activity that is at least essentially same as that of the reference polypeptide. Furthermore, the terms "fragment", "derivative" or "analog" are exemplified by a "pro-form" molecule, such as a low activity proprotein that can be modified by cleavage to produce a mature enzyme with significantly higher activity.
A method is provided herein for producing from a template polypeptide a set of progeny polypeptides in which a "full range of single amino acid substitutions"
is represented at each amino acid position. As used herein, "full range of single amino acid substitutions" is in reference to the naturally encoded 20 naturally encoded polypeptide-forming alpha-amino acids, as described herein.
The term "gene" means the segment of DNA involved in producing a polypeptide chain; it includes regions preceding and following the coding region (leader and trailer) as well as intervening sequences (introns) between individual coding segments (exons).
"Genetic instability", as used herein, refers to the natural tendency of highly repetitive sequences to be lost through a process of reductive events generally involving sequence simplification through the loss of repeated sequences.
Deletions tend to involve the loss of one copy of a repeat .and everything between the repeats.
The term "heterologous" means that one single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is unable to hybridize to another single-stranded nucleic acid sequence or its complement. Thus areas of heterology means that areas of polynucleotides or polynucleotides have areas or regions within their sequence which are unable to hybridize to another nucleic acid or polynucleotide. Such regions or areas are for example areas of mutations.
The terrn "homologous" or "homeologous" means that one single-stranded nucleic acid nucleic acid sequence may hybridize to a complementary single-stranded nucleic acid sequence. The degree of hybridization may depend on a number of factors including the amount of identity between the sequences and the hybridization conditions such as temperature and salt concentrations as discussed later.
Preferably the region of identity is greater than about 5 bp, more preferably the region of identity is greater than 10 bp.
An immunoglobulin light or heavy chain variable region consists of a "framework" region interrupted by three hypervariable regions, also called CDR's.
The extent of the framework region and CDR's have been precisely defined; see "Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest" (Kabat et al, 1987). The sequences of the framework regions of different light or heavy chains are relatively conserved within a specie. As used herein, a "human framework region" is a framework region that is substantially identical (about 85 or more, usually 90-95 or more) to the framework region of a naturally occurring human immunoglobulin.
the framework region of an antibody, that is the combined framework regions of the constituent light and heavy chains, serves to position and align the CDR's.
The CDR's are primarily responsible for binding to an epitope of an antigen.
The benefits of this invention extend to "commercial applications" (or commercial processes), which term is used to include applications in commercial industry proper (or simply industry) as well as non-commercial commercial applications (e.g. biomedical research at a non-profit institution). Relevant applications include those in areas of diagnosis, medicine, agriculture, manufacturing, and academia.
The term "identical" or "identity" means that two nucleic acid sequences have the same sequence or a complementary sequence. Thus, "areas of identity" means that regions or areas of a polynucleotide or the overall polynucleotide are identical or complementary to areas of another polynucleotide or the polynucleotide.
The term "isolated" means that the material is removed from its original environment (e.g., the natural environment if it is naturally occurring). For example, a naturally-occurring polynucleotide or enzyme present in a living animal is not isolated, but the same polynucleotide or enzyme, separated from some or all of the coexisting materials in the natural system, is isolated. Such polynucleotides could be part of a vector and/or such polynucleotides or enzymes could be part of a composition, and still be isolated in that such vector or composition is not part of its natural environment.
By "isolated nucleic acid" is meant a nucleic acid, e.g., a DNA or RNA
molecule, that is not immediately contiguous with the 5' and 3' flanking sequences with which it normally is immediately contiguous when present in the naturally occurring genome of the organism from which it is derived. The term thus describes, for example, a nucleic acid that is incorporated into a vector, such as a plasmid or viral vector; a nucleic acid that is incorporated into the genome of a heterologous cell (or the genome of a homologous cell, but at a site different from that at which it naturally occurs); and a nucleic acid that exists as a separate molecule, e.g., a DNA
fragment produced by PCR amplification or restriction enzyme digestion, or an RNA
molecule produced by in vitro transcription. The term also describes a recombinant nucleic acid that forms part of a hybrid gene encoding additional polypeptide sequences that can be used, for example, in the production of a fusion protein.
The terrn "homologous" or "homeologous" means that one single-stranded nucleic acid nucleic acid sequence may hybridize to a complementary single-stranded nucleic acid sequence. The degree of hybridization may depend on a number of factors including the amount of identity between the sequences and the hybridization conditions such as temperature and salt concentrations as discussed later.
Preferably the region of identity is greater than about 5 bp, more preferably the region of identity is greater than 10 bp.
An immunoglobulin light or heavy chain variable region consists of a "framework" region interrupted by three hypervariable regions, also called CDR's.
The extent of the framework region and CDR's have been precisely defined; see "Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest" (Kabat et al, 1987). The sequences of the framework regions of different light or heavy chains are relatively conserved within a specie. As used herein, a "human framework region" is a framework region that is substantially identical (about 85 or more, usually 90-95 or more) to the framework region of a naturally occurring human immunoglobulin.
the framework region of an antibody, that is the combined framework regions of the constituent light and heavy chains, serves to position and align the CDR's.
The CDR's are primarily responsible for binding to an epitope of an antigen.
The benefits of this invention extend to "commercial applications" (or commercial processes), which term is used to include applications in commercial industry proper (or simply industry) as well as non-commercial commercial applications (e.g. biomedical research at a non-profit institution). Relevant applications include those in areas of diagnosis, medicine, agriculture, manufacturing, and academia.
The term "identical" or "identity" means that two nucleic acid sequences have the same sequence or a complementary sequence. Thus, "areas of identity" means that regions or areas of a polynucleotide or the overall polynucleotide are identical or complementary to areas of another polynucleotide or the polynucleotide.
The term "isolated" means that the material is removed from its original environment (e.g., the natural environment if it is naturally occurring). For example, a naturally-occurring polynucleotide or enzyme present in a living animal is not isolated, but the same polynucleotide or enzyme, separated from some or all of the coexisting materials in the natural system, is isolated. Such polynucleotides could be part of a vector and/or such polynucleotides or enzymes could be part of a composition, and still be isolated in that such vector or composition is not part of its natural environment.
By "isolated nucleic acid" is meant a nucleic acid, e.g., a DNA or RNA
molecule, that is not immediately contiguous with the 5' and 3' flanking sequences with which it normally is immediately contiguous when present in the naturally occurring genome of the organism from which it is derived. The term thus describes, for example, a nucleic acid that is incorporated into a vector, such as a plasmid or viral vector; a nucleic acid that is incorporated into the genome of a heterologous cell (or the genome of a homologous cell, but at a site different from that at which it naturally occurs); and a nucleic acid that exists as a separate molecule, e.g., a DNA
fragment produced by PCR amplification or restriction enzyme digestion, or an RNA
molecule produced by in vitro transcription. The term also describes a recombinant nucleic acid that forms part of a hybrid gene encoding additional polypeptide sequences that can be used, for example, in the production of a fusion protein.
As used herein "ligand" refers to a molecule, such as a random peptide or variable segment sequence, that is recognized by a particular receptor. As one of skill in the art will recognize, a molecule (or macromolecular complex) can be both a receptor and a ligand. In general, the binding partner having a smaller molecular weight is referred to as the ligand and the binding partner having a greater molecular weight is referred to as a receptor.
"Ligation" refers to the process of forming phosphodiester bonds between two double stranded nucleic acid fragments (Sambrook et al, 1982, p. 146;
Sambrook, 1989). Unless otherwise provided, ligation may be accomplished using known buffers and conditions with 10 units of T4 DNA ligase ("ligase") per 0.5 g of approximately equimolar amounts of the DNA fragments to be ligated.
As used herein, "linker" or "spacer" refers to a molecule or group of molecules that connects two molecules, such as a DNA binding protein and a random peptide, and serves to place the two molecules in a preferred configuration, e.g., so that the random peptide can bind to a receptor with minimal steric hindrance from the DNA binding protein.
As used herein, a "molecular property to be evolved" includes reference to molecules comprised of a polynucleotide sequence, molecules comprised of a polypeptide sequence, and molecules comprised in part of a polynucleotide sequence and in part of a polypeptide sequence. Particularly relevant - but by no means limiting - examples of molecular properties to be evolved include enzymatic activities at specified conditions, such as related to temperature; salinity; pressure;
pH; and concentration of glycerol, DMSO, detergent, &/or any other molecular species with which contact is made in a reaction environment. Additional particularly relevant -but by no means limiting - examples of molecular properties to be evolved include stabilities - e.g. the amount of a residual molecular property that is present after a specified exposure time to a specified environment, such as may be encountered during storage.
The term "mutations" includes changes in the sequence of a wild-type or parental nucleic acid sequence or changes in the sequence of a peptide. Such mutations may be point mutations such as transitions or transversions. The mutations may be deletions, insertions or duplications. A mutation can also be a "chimerization", which is exemplified in a progeny molecule that is generated to contain part or all of a sequence of one parental molecule as well as part or all of a sequence of at least one other parental molecule. This invention provides for both chimeric polynucleotides and chimeric polypeptides.
As used herein, the degenerate "N,N,G/T" nucleotide sequence represents 32 possible triplets, where "N" can be A, C, G or T.
The term "naturally-occurring" as used herein as applied to the object refers to the fact that an object can be found in nature. For example, a polypeptide or polynucleotide sequence that is present in an organism (including viruses) that can be isolated from a source in nature and which has not been intentionally modified by man in the laboratory is naturally occurring. Generally, the term naturally occurring refers to an object as present in a non-pathological (un-diseased) individual, such as would be typical for the species.
As used herein, a "nucleic acid molecule" is comprised of at least one base or one base pair, depending on whether it is single-stranded or double-stranded, respectively. Furthermore, a nucleic acid molecule may belong exclusively or chimerically to any group of nucleotide-containing molecules, as exemplified by, but not limited to, the following groups of nucleic acid molecules: RNA, DNA, genomic nucleic acids, non-genomic nucleic acids, naturally occurring and not naturally occurring nucleic acids, and synthetic nucleic acids. This includes, by way of non-limiting example, nucleic acids associated with any organelle, such as the mitochondria, ribosomal RNA, and nucleic acid molecules comprised chimerically of one or more components that are not naturally occurring along with naturally occurring components.
Additionally, a "nucleic acid molecule" may contain in part one or more non-nucleotide-based components as exemplified by, but not limited to, amino acids and sugars. Thus, by way of example, but not limitation, a ribozyme that is in part nucleotide-based and in part protein-based is considered a "nucleic acid molecule".
In addition, by way of example, but not limitation, a nucleic acid molecule that is labeled with a detectable moiety, such as a radioactive or alternatively a non-radioactive label, is likewise considered a "nucleic acid molecule".
The terms "nucleic acid sequence coding for" or a "DNA coding sequence of' or a "nucleotide sequence encoding" a particular enzyme - as well as other synonymous terms - refer to a DNA sequence which is transcribed and translated into an enzyme when placed under the control of appropriate regulatory sequences. A
"promotor sequence" is a DNA regulatory region capable of binding RNA
polymerase in a cell and initiating transcription of a downstream (3' direction) coding sequence.
The promoter is part of the DNA sequence. This sequence region has a start codon at its 3' terminus. The promoter sequence does include the minimum number of bases where elements necessary to initiate transcription at levels detectable above background. However, after the RNA polymerase binds the sequence and transcription is initiated at the start codon (3' terminus with a promoter), transcription proceeds downstream in the 3' direction. Within the promotor sequence will be found a transcription initiation site (conveniently defined by mapping with nuclease S 1) as well as protein binding domains (consensus sequences) responsible for the binding of RNA polymerase.
"Ligation" refers to the process of forming phosphodiester bonds between two double stranded nucleic acid fragments (Sambrook et al, 1982, p. 146;
Sambrook, 1989). Unless otherwise provided, ligation may be accomplished using known buffers and conditions with 10 units of T4 DNA ligase ("ligase") per 0.5 g of approximately equimolar amounts of the DNA fragments to be ligated.
As used herein, "linker" or "spacer" refers to a molecule or group of molecules that connects two molecules, such as a DNA binding protein and a random peptide, and serves to place the two molecules in a preferred configuration, e.g., so that the random peptide can bind to a receptor with minimal steric hindrance from the DNA binding protein.
As used herein, a "molecular property to be evolved" includes reference to molecules comprised of a polynucleotide sequence, molecules comprised of a polypeptide sequence, and molecules comprised in part of a polynucleotide sequence and in part of a polypeptide sequence. Particularly relevant - but by no means limiting - examples of molecular properties to be evolved include enzymatic activities at specified conditions, such as related to temperature; salinity; pressure;
pH; and concentration of glycerol, DMSO, detergent, &/or any other molecular species with which contact is made in a reaction environment. Additional particularly relevant -but by no means limiting - examples of molecular properties to be evolved include stabilities - e.g. the amount of a residual molecular property that is present after a specified exposure time to a specified environment, such as may be encountered during storage.
The term "mutations" includes changes in the sequence of a wild-type or parental nucleic acid sequence or changes in the sequence of a peptide. Such mutations may be point mutations such as transitions or transversions. The mutations may be deletions, insertions or duplications. A mutation can also be a "chimerization", which is exemplified in a progeny molecule that is generated to contain part or all of a sequence of one parental molecule as well as part or all of a sequence of at least one other parental molecule. This invention provides for both chimeric polynucleotides and chimeric polypeptides.
As used herein, the degenerate "N,N,G/T" nucleotide sequence represents 32 possible triplets, where "N" can be A, C, G or T.
The term "naturally-occurring" as used herein as applied to the object refers to the fact that an object can be found in nature. For example, a polypeptide or polynucleotide sequence that is present in an organism (including viruses) that can be isolated from a source in nature and which has not been intentionally modified by man in the laboratory is naturally occurring. Generally, the term naturally occurring refers to an object as present in a non-pathological (un-diseased) individual, such as would be typical for the species.
As used herein, a "nucleic acid molecule" is comprised of at least one base or one base pair, depending on whether it is single-stranded or double-stranded, respectively. Furthermore, a nucleic acid molecule may belong exclusively or chimerically to any group of nucleotide-containing molecules, as exemplified by, but not limited to, the following groups of nucleic acid molecules: RNA, DNA, genomic nucleic acids, non-genomic nucleic acids, naturally occurring and not naturally occurring nucleic acids, and synthetic nucleic acids. This includes, by way of non-limiting example, nucleic acids associated with any organelle, such as the mitochondria, ribosomal RNA, and nucleic acid molecules comprised chimerically of one or more components that are not naturally occurring along with naturally occurring components.
Additionally, a "nucleic acid molecule" may contain in part one or more non-nucleotide-based components as exemplified by, but not limited to, amino acids and sugars. Thus, by way of example, but not limitation, a ribozyme that is in part nucleotide-based and in part protein-based is considered a "nucleic acid molecule".
In addition, by way of example, but not limitation, a nucleic acid molecule that is labeled with a detectable moiety, such as a radioactive or alternatively a non-radioactive label, is likewise considered a "nucleic acid molecule".
The terms "nucleic acid sequence coding for" or a "DNA coding sequence of' or a "nucleotide sequence encoding" a particular enzyme - as well as other synonymous terms - refer to a DNA sequence which is transcribed and translated into an enzyme when placed under the control of appropriate regulatory sequences. A
"promotor sequence" is a DNA regulatory region capable of binding RNA
polymerase in a cell and initiating transcription of a downstream (3' direction) coding sequence.
The promoter is part of the DNA sequence. This sequence region has a start codon at its 3' terminus. The promoter sequence does include the minimum number of bases where elements necessary to initiate transcription at levels detectable above background. However, after the RNA polymerase binds the sequence and transcription is initiated at the start codon (3' terminus with a promoter), transcription proceeds downstream in the 3' direction. Within the promotor sequence will be found a transcription initiation site (conveniently defined by mapping with nuclease S 1) as well as protein binding domains (consensus sequences) responsible for the binding of RNA polymerase.
The terms "nucleic acid encoding an enzyme (protein)" or "DNA encoding an enzyme (protein)" or "polynucleotide encoding an enzyme (protein)" and other synonymous terms encompasses a polynucleotide which includes only coding sequence for the enzyme as well as a polynucleotide which includes additional coding and/or non-coding sequence.
In one preferred embodiment, a "specific nucleic acid molecule species" is defined by its chemical structure, as exemplified by, but not limited to, its primary sequence. In another preferred embodiment, a specific "nucleic acid molecule species" is defined by a function of the nucleic acid species or by a function of a product derived from the nucleic acid species. Thus, by way of non-limiting example, a"specific nucleic acid molecule species" may be defined by one or more activities or properties attributable to it, including activities or properties attributable its expressed product.
The instant definition of "assembling a working nucleic acid sample into a nucleic acid library" includes the process of incorporating a nucleic acid sample into a vector-based collection, such as by ligation into a vector and transformation of a host. A description of relevant vectors, hosts, and other reagents as well as specific non-limiting examples thereof are provided hereinafter. The instant definition of "assembling a working nucleic acid sample into a nucleic acid library" also includes the process of incorporating a nucleic acid sample into a non-vector-based collection, such as by ligation to adaptors. Preferably the adaptors can anneal to PCR
primers to facilitate amplification by PCR.
Accordingly, in a non-limiting embodiment, a "nucleic acid library" is comprised of a vector-based collection of one or more nucleic acid molecules.
In another preferred embodiment a "nucleic acid library" is comprised of a non-vector-based collection of nucleic acid molecules. In yet another preferred embodiment a "nucleic acid library" is comprised of a combined collection of nucleic acid molecules that is in part vector-based and in part non-vector-based.
Preferably, the collection of molecules comprising a library is searchable and separable according to individual nucleic acid molecule species.
The present invention provides a "nucleic acid construct" or alternatively a "nucleotide construct" or alternatively a "DNA construct". The term "construct" is used herein to describe a molecule, such as a polynucleotide (e.g., a phytase polynucleotide) may optionally be chemically bonded to one or more additional molecular moieties, such as a vector, or parts of a vector. In a specific -but by no means limiting - aspect, a nucleotide construct is exemplified by a DNA
expression DNA expression constructs suitable for the transformation of a host cell.
An "oligonucleotide" (or synonymously an "oligo") refers to either a single stranded polydeoxynucleotide or two complementary polydeoxynucleotide strands which may be chemically synthesized. Such synthetic oligonucleotides may or may not have a 5' phosphate. Those that do not will not ligate to another oligonucleotide without adding a phosphate with an ATP in the presence of a kinase. A
synthetic oligonucleotide will ligate to a fragment that has not been dephosphorylated.
To achieve polymerase-based amplification (such as with PCR), a "32-fold degenerate oligonucleotide that is comprised of, in series, at least a first homologous sequence, a degenerate N,N,G/T sequence, and a second homologous sequence" is mentioned. As used in this context, "homologous" is in reference to homology between the oligo and the parental polynucleotide that is subjected to the polymerase-based amplification.
As used herein, the term "operably linked" refers to a linkage of polynucleotide elements in a functional relationship. A nucleic acid is "operably linked" when it is placed into a functional relationship with another nucleic acid sequence. For instance, a promoter or enhancer is operably linked to a coding sequence if it affects the transcription of the coding sequence. Operably linked means that the DNA sequences being linked are typically contiguous and, where necessary to join two protein coding regions, contiguous and in reading frame.
A coding sequence is "operably I'inked to" another coding sequence when RNA polymerase will transcribe the two coding sequences into a single mRNA, which is then translated into a single polypeptide having amino acids derived from both coding sequences. The coding sequences need not be contiguous to one another so long as the expressed sequences are ultimately processed to produce the desired protein.
As used herein the term "parental polynucleotide set" is a set comprised of one or more distinct polynucleotide species. Usually this term fis used in reference to a progeny polynucleotide set which is preferably obtained by mutagenization of the parental set, in which case the terms "parental', "starting" and "template"
are used interchangeably.
As used herein the term "physiological conditions" refers to temperature, pH, ionic strength, viscosity, and like biochemical parameters which are compatible with a viable organism, and/or which typically exist intracellularly in a viable cultured yeast cell or mammalian cell. For example, the intracellular conditions in a yeast cell grown under typical laboratory culture conditions are physiological conditions.
Suitable in vitro reaction conditions for in vitro transcription cocktails are generally physiological conditions. In general, in vitro physiological conditions comprise 50-200 mM NaCI or KCI, pH 6.5-8.5, 20-45 C and 0.001-10 mM divalent cation (e.g., Mg~, Ca++); preferably about 150 mM NaC1 or KCI, pH 7.2-7.6, 5 mM divalent cation, and often include 0.01-1.0 percent nonspecific protein (e.g., BSA). A
non-ionic detergent (Tween , NP-40, Triton X- 100) can often be present, usually at about 0.001 to 2%, typically 0.05-0.2% (v/v). Particular aqueous conditions may be selected by the practitioner according to conventional methods. For general guidance, the following buffered aqueous conditions may be applicable: 10-250 mM NaCI, 5-50 mM Tris HCI, pH 5-8, with optional addition of divalent cation(s) and/or metal chelators and/or non-ionic detergents and/or membrane fractions and/or anti-foam agents and/or scintillants.
Standard convention (5' to 3') is used herein to describe the sequence of double standed polynucleotides.
The term "population" as used herein means a collection of components such as polynucleotides, portions or polynucleotides or proteins. A "mixed population:
means a collection of components which belong to the same family of nucleic acids or proteins (i.e., are related) but which differ in their sequence (i.e., are not identical) and hence in their biological activity.
A molecule having a "pro-form" refers to a molecule that undergoes any combination of one or more covalent and noncovalent chemical modifications (e.g.
glycosylation, proteolytic cleavage, dimerization or oligomerization, temperature-induced or pH-induced conforrnational change, association with a co-factor, etc.) en route to attain a more mature molecular form having a property difference (e.g. an increase in activity) in comparison with the reference pro-form molecule. When two or more chemical modification (e.g. two proteolytic cleavages, or a proteolytic cleavage and a deglycosylation) can be distinguished en route to the production of a mature molecule, the referemce precursor molecule may be termed a"pre-pro-form"
molecule.
As used herein, the term "pseudorandom" refers to a set of sequences that have limited variability, such that, for example, the degree of residue variability at another position, but any pseudorandom position is allowed some degree of residue variation, however circumscribed.
In one preferred embodiment, a "specific nucleic acid molecule species" is defined by its chemical structure, as exemplified by, but not limited to, its primary sequence. In another preferred embodiment, a specific "nucleic acid molecule species" is defined by a function of the nucleic acid species or by a function of a product derived from the nucleic acid species. Thus, by way of non-limiting example, a"specific nucleic acid molecule species" may be defined by one or more activities or properties attributable to it, including activities or properties attributable its expressed product.
The instant definition of "assembling a working nucleic acid sample into a nucleic acid library" includes the process of incorporating a nucleic acid sample into a vector-based collection, such as by ligation into a vector and transformation of a host. A description of relevant vectors, hosts, and other reagents as well as specific non-limiting examples thereof are provided hereinafter. The instant definition of "assembling a working nucleic acid sample into a nucleic acid library" also includes the process of incorporating a nucleic acid sample into a non-vector-based collection, such as by ligation to adaptors. Preferably the adaptors can anneal to PCR
primers to facilitate amplification by PCR.
Accordingly, in a non-limiting embodiment, a "nucleic acid library" is comprised of a vector-based collection of one or more nucleic acid molecules.
In another preferred embodiment a "nucleic acid library" is comprised of a non-vector-based collection of nucleic acid molecules. In yet another preferred embodiment a "nucleic acid library" is comprised of a combined collection of nucleic acid molecules that is in part vector-based and in part non-vector-based.
Preferably, the collection of molecules comprising a library is searchable and separable according to individual nucleic acid molecule species.
The present invention provides a "nucleic acid construct" or alternatively a "nucleotide construct" or alternatively a "DNA construct". The term "construct" is used herein to describe a molecule, such as a polynucleotide (e.g., a phytase polynucleotide) may optionally be chemically bonded to one or more additional molecular moieties, such as a vector, or parts of a vector. In a specific -but by no means limiting - aspect, a nucleotide construct is exemplified by a DNA
expression DNA expression constructs suitable for the transformation of a host cell.
An "oligonucleotide" (or synonymously an "oligo") refers to either a single stranded polydeoxynucleotide or two complementary polydeoxynucleotide strands which may be chemically synthesized. Such synthetic oligonucleotides may or may not have a 5' phosphate. Those that do not will not ligate to another oligonucleotide without adding a phosphate with an ATP in the presence of a kinase. A
synthetic oligonucleotide will ligate to a fragment that has not been dephosphorylated.
To achieve polymerase-based amplification (such as with PCR), a "32-fold degenerate oligonucleotide that is comprised of, in series, at least a first homologous sequence, a degenerate N,N,G/T sequence, and a second homologous sequence" is mentioned. As used in this context, "homologous" is in reference to homology between the oligo and the parental polynucleotide that is subjected to the polymerase-based amplification.
As used herein, the term "operably linked" refers to a linkage of polynucleotide elements in a functional relationship. A nucleic acid is "operably linked" when it is placed into a functional relationship with another nucleic acid sequence. For instance, a promoter or enhancer is operably linked to a coding sequence if it affects the transcription of the coding sequence. Operably linked means that the DNA sequences being linked are typically contiguous and, where necessary to join two protein coding regions, contiguous and in reading frame.
A coding sequence is "operably I'inked to" another coding sequence when RNA polymerase will transcribe the two coding sequences into a single mRNA, which is then translated into a single polypeptide having amino acids derived from both coding sequences. The coding sequences need not be contiguous to one another so long as the expressed sequences are ultimately processed to produce the desired protein.
As used herein the term "parental polynucleotide set" is a set comprised of one or more distinct polynucleotide species. Usually this term fis used in reference to a progeny polynucleotide set which is preferably obtained by mutagenization of the parental set, in which case the terms "parental', "starting" and "template"
are used interchangeably.
As used herein the term "physiological conditions" refers to temperature, pH, ionic strength, viscosity, and like biochemical parameters which are compatible with a viable organism, and/or which typically exist intracellularly in a viable cultured yeast cell or mammalian cell. For example, the intracellular conditions in a yeast cell grown under typical laboratory culture conditions are physiological conditions.
Suitable in vitro reaction conditions for in vitro transcription cocktails are generally physiological conditions. In general, in vitro physiological conditions comprise 50-200 mM NaCI or KCI, pH 6.5-8.5, 20-45 C and 0.001-10 mM divalent cation (e.g., Mg~, Ca++); preferably about 150 mM NaC1 or KCI, pH 7.2-7.6, 5 mM divalent cation, and often include 0.01-1.0 percent nonspecific protein (e.g., BSA). A
non-ionic detergent (Tween , NP-40, Triton X- 100) can often be present, usually at about 0.001 to 2%, typically 0.05-0.2% (v/v). Particular aqueous conditions may be selected by the practitioner according to conventional methods. For general guidance, the following buffered aqueous conditions may be applicable: 10-250 mM NaCI, 5-50 mM Tris HCI, pH 5-8, with optional addition of divalent cation(s) and/or metal chelators and/or non-ionic detergents and/or membrane fractions and/or anti-foam agents and/or scintillants.
Standard convention (5' to 3') is used herein to describe the sequence of double standed polynucleotides.
The term "population" as used herein means a collection of components such as polynucleotides, portions or polynucleotides or proteins. A "mixed population:
means a collection of components which belong to the same family of nucleic acids or proteins (i.e., are related) but which differ in their sequence (i.e., are not identical) and hence in their biological activity.
A molecule having a "pro-form" refers to a molecule that undergoes any combination of one or more covalent and noncovalent chemical modifications (e.g.
glycosylation, proteolytic cleavage, dimerization or oligomerization, temperature-induced or pH-induced conforrnational change, association with a co-factor, etc.) en route to attain a more mature molecular form having a property difference (e.g. an increase in activity) in comparison with the reference pro-form molecule. When two or more chemical modification (e.g. two proteolytic cleavages, or a proteolytic cleavage and a deglycosylation) can be distinguished en route to the production of a mature molecule, the referemce precursor molecule may be termed a"pre-pro-form"
molecule.
As used herein, the term "pseudorandom" refers to a set of sequences that have limited variability, such that, for example, the degree of residue variability at another position, but any pseudorandom position is allowed some degree of residue variation, however circumscribed.
"Quasi-repeated units", as used herein, refers to the repeats to be re-assorted and are by definition not identical. Indeed the method is proposed not only for practically identical encoding units produced by mutagenesis of the identical starting sequence, but also the reassortment of similar or related sequences which may diverge significantly in some regions. Nevertheless, if the sequences contain sufficient homologies to be reassorted by this approach, they can be referred to as "quasi-repeated" units.
As used herein "random peptide library" refers to a set of polynucleotide sequences that encodes a set of random peptides, and to the set of random peptides encoded by those polynucleotide sequences, as well as the fusion proteins contain those random peptides.
As used herein, "random peptide sequence" refers to an amino acid sequence composed of two or more amino acid monomers and constructed by a stochastic or random process. A random peptide can include framework or scaffolding motifs, which may comprise invariant sequences.
As used herein, "receptor" refers to a molecule that has an affinity for a given ligand. Receptors can be naturally occurring or synthetic molecules. Receptors can be employed in an unaltered state or as aggregates with other species.
Receptors can be attached, covalently or non-covalently, to a binding member, either directly or via a specific binding substance. Examples of receptors include, but are not limited to, antibodies, including monoclonal antibodies and antisera reactive with specific antigenic determinants (such as on viruses, cells, or other materials), cell membrane receptors, complex carbohydrates and glycoproteins, enzymes, and hormone receptors.
"Recombinant" enzymes refer to enzymes produced by recombinant DNA
techniques, i.e., produced from cells transformed by an exogenous DNA
construct encoding the desired enzyme. "Synthetic" enzymes are those prepared by chemical synthesis.
The term "related polynucleotides" means that regions or areas of the polynucleotides are identical and regions or areas of the polynucleotides are heterologous.
"Reductive reassortment", as used herein, refers to the increase in molecular diversity that is accrued through deletion (and/or insertion) events that are mediated by repeated sequences.
The following terms are used to describe the sequence relationships between two or more polynucleotides: "reference sequence," "comparison window,"
"sequence identity," "percentage of sequence identity," and "substantial identity."
A "reference sequence" is a defined sequence used as a basis for a sequence comparison; a reference sequence may be a subset of a larger sequence, for example, as a segment of a full-length cDNA or gene sequence given in a sequence listing, or may comprise a complete cDNA or gene sequence. Generally, a reference sequence is at least 20 nucleotides in length, frequently at least 25 nucleotides in length, and often at least 50 nucleotides in length. Since two polynucleotides may each (1) comprise a sequence (i.e., a portion of the complete polynucleotide sequence) that is similar between the two polynucleotides and (2) may further comprise a sequence that is divergent between the two polynucleotides, sequence comparisons between two (or more) polynucleotides are typically performed by comparing sequences of the two polynucleotides over a "comparison window" to identify and compare local regions of sequence similarity.
"Repetitive Index (RI)", as used herein, is the average number of copies of the quasi-repeated units contained in the cloning vector.
As used herein "random peptide library" refers to a set of polynucleotide sequences that encodes a set of random peptides, and to the set of random peptides encoded by those polynucleotide sequences, as well as the fusion proteins contain those random peptides.
As used herein, "random peptide sequence" refers to an amino acid sequence composed of two or more amino acid monomers and constructed by a stochastic or random process. A random peptide can include framework or scaffolding motifs, which may comprise invariant sequences.
As used herein, "receptor" refers to a molecule that has an affinity for a given ligand. Receptors can be naturally occurring or synthetic molecules. Receptors can be employed in an unaltered state or as aggregates with other species.
Receptors can be attached, covalently or non-covalently, to a binding member, either directly or via a specific binding substance. Examples of receptors include, but are not limited to, antibodies, including monoclonal antibodies and antisera reactive with specific antigenic determinants (such as on viruses, cells, or other materials), cell membrane receptors, complex carbohydrates and glycoproteins, enzymes, and hormone receptors.
"Recombinant" enzymes refer to enzymes produced by recombinant DNA
techniques, i.e., produced from cells transformed by an exogenous DNA
construct encoding the desired enzyme. "Synthetic" enzymes are those prepared by chemical synthesis.
The term "related polynucleotides" means that regions or areas of the polynucleotides are identical and regions or areas of the polynucleotides are heterologous.
"Reductive reassortment", as used herein, refers to the increase in molecular diversity that is accrued through deletion (and/or insertion) events that are mediated by repeated sequences.
The following terms are used to describe the sequence relationships between two or more polynucleotides: "reference sequence," "comparison window,"
"sequence identity," "percentage of sequence identity," and "substantial identity."
A "reference sequence" is a defined sequence used as a basis for a sequence comparison; a reference sequence may be a subset of a larger sequence, for example, as a segment of a full-length cDNA or gene sequence given in a sequence listing, or may comprise a complete cDNA or gene sequence. Generally, a reference sequence is at least 20 nucleotides in length, frequently at least 25 nucleotides in length, and often at least 50 nucleotides in length. Since two polynucleotides may each (1) comprise a sequence (i.e., a portion of the complete polynucleotide sequence) that is similar between the two polynucleotides and (2) may further comprise a sequence that is divergent between the two polynucleotides, sequence comparisons between two (or more) polynucleotides are typically performed by comparing sequences of the two polynucleotides over a "comparison window" to identify and compare local regions of sequence similarity.
"Repetitive Index (RI)", as used herein, is the average number of copies of the quasi-repeated units contained in the cloning vector.
The term "restriction site" refers to a recognition sequence that is necessary for the manifestation of the action of a restriction enzyme, and includes a site of catalytic cleavage. It is appreciated that a site of cleavage may or may not be contained within a portion of a restriction site that comprises a low ambiguity sequence (i.e. a sequence containing the principal determinant of the frequency of occurrence of the restriction site). Thus, in many cases, relevant restriction sites contain only a low ambiguity sequence with an internal cleavage site (e.g.
G/AATTC
in the EcoR I site) or an immediately adjacent cleavage site (e.g. /CCWGG in the EcoR II site). In other cases, relevant restriction enzymes [e.g. the Eco57 I
site or CTGAAG(16/14)] contain a low ambiguity sequence (e.g. the CTGAAG sequence in the Eco57 I site) with an external cleavage site (e.g. in the N16 portion of the Eco57 I
site). When an enzyme (e.g. a restriction enzyme) is said to "cleave" a polynucleotide, it is understood to mean that the restriction enzyme catalyzes or facilitates a cleavage of a polynucleotide.
In a non-limiting aspect, a "selectable polynucleotide" is comprised of a 5' terminal region (or end region), an intermediate region (i.e. an internal or central region), and a 3' terminal region (or end region). As used in this aspect, a 5' terminal region is a region that is located towards a 5' polynucleotide terminus (or a 5' polynucleotide end); thus it is either partially or entirely in a 5' half of a polynucleotide. Likewise, a 3' terminal region is a region that is located towards a 3' polynucleotide terminus (or a 3' polynucleotide end); thus it is either partially or entirely in a 3' half of a polynucleotide. As used in this non-limiting exemplification, there may be sequence overlap between any two regions or even among all three regions.
The term "sequence identity" means that two polynucleotide sequences are identical (i.e., on a nucleotide-by-nucleotide basis) over the window of comparison.
The term "percentage of sequence identity" is calculated by comparing two optimally aligned sequences over the window of comparison, determining the number of positions at which the identical nucleic acid base (e.g., A, T, C, G, U, or I) occurs in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the window of comparison (i.e., the window size), and multiplying the result by 100 to yield the percentage of sequence identity. This "substantial identity", as used herein, denotes a characteristic of a polynucleotide sequence, wherein the polynucleotide comprises a sequence having at least 80 percent sequence identity, preferably at least 85 percent identity, often 90 to 95 percent sequence identity, and most commonly at least 99 percent sequence identity as compared to a reference sequence of a comparison window of at least 25-50 nucleotides, wherein the percentage of sequence identity is calculated by comparing the reference sequence to the polynucleotide sequence which may include deletions or additions which tota120 percent or less of the reference sequence over the window of comparison.
As known in the art "similarity" between two enzymes is determined by comparing the amino acid sequence and its conserved amino acid substitutes of one enzyme to the sequence of a second enzyme. Similarity may be determined by procedures which are well-known in the art, for example, a BLAST program (Basic Local Alignment Search Tool at the National Center for Biological Information).
As used herein, the term "single-chain antibody" refers to a polypeptide comprising a VH domain and a VL domain in polypeptide linkage, generally liked via a spacer peptide (e.g., [Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Ser]X), and which may comprise additional amino acid sequences at the amino- and/or carboxy- termini. For example, a single-chain antibody may comprise a tether segment for linking to the encoding polynucleotide. As an example, a scFv is a single-chain antibody. Single-chain antibodies are generally proteins consisting of one or more polypeptide segments of at least 10 contiguous amino substantially encoded by genes of the immunoglobulin superfamily (e.g., see Williams and Barclay, 1989, pp. 361-368 ), most frequently encoded by a rodent, non-human primate, avian, porcine bovine, ovine, goat, or human heavy chain or light chain gene sequence. A functional single-chain antibody generally contains a sufficient portion of an immunoglobulin superfamily gene product so as to retain the property of binding to a specific target molecule, typically a receptor or antigen (epitope).
The members of a pair of molecules (e.g., an antibody-antigen pair or a nucleic acid pair) are said to "specifically bind" to each other if they bind to each other with greater affinity than to other, non-specific molecules. For example, an antibody raised against an antigen to which it binds more efficiently than to a non-specific protein can be described as specifically binding to the antigen.
(Similarly, a nucleic acid probe can be described as specifically binding to a nucleic acid target if it forms a specific duplex with the target by base pairing interactions (see above).) "Specific hybridization" is defined herein as the formation of hybrids between a first polynucleotide and a second polynucleotide (e.g., a polynucleotide having a distinct but substantially identical sequence to the first polynucleotide), wherein substantially unrelated polynucleotide sequences do not form hybrids in the mixture.
The term "specific polynucleotide" means a polynucleotide having certain end points and having a certain nucleic acid sequence. Two polynucleotides wherein one polynucleotide has the identical sequence as a portion of the second polynucleotide but different ends comprises two different specific polynucleotides.
"Stringent hybridization conditions" means hybridization will occur only if there is at least 90% identity, preferably at least 95% identity and most preferably at least 97% identity between the sequences. See Sambrook et al, 1989.
G/AATTC
in the EcoR I site) or an immediately adjacent cleavage site (e.g. /CCWGG in the EcoR II site). In other cases, relevant restriction enzymes [e.g. the Eco57 I
site or CTGAAG(16/14)] contain a low ambiguity sequence (e.g. the CTGAAG sequence in the Eco57 I site) with an external cleavage site (e.g. in the N16 portion of the Eco57 I
site). When an enzyme (e.g. a restriction enzyme) is said to "cleave" a polynucleotide, it is understood to mean that the restriction enzyme catalyzes or facilitates a cleavage of a polynucleotide.
In a non-limiting aspect, a "selectable polynucleotide" is comprised of a 5' terminal region (or end region), an intermediate region (i.e. an internal or central region), and a 3' terminal region (or end region). As used in this aspect, a 5' terminal region is a region that is located towards a 5' polynucleotide terminus (or a 5' polynucleotide end); thus it is either partially or entirely in a 5' half of a polynucleotide. Likewise, a 3' terminal region is a region that is located towards a 3' polynucleotide terminus (or a 3' polynucleotide end); thus it is either partially or entirely in a 3' half of a polynucleotide. As used in this non-limiting exemplification, there may be sequence overlap between any two regions or even among all three regions.
The term "sequence identity" means that two polynucleotide sequences are identical (i.e., on a nucleotide-by-nucleotide basis) over the window of comparison.
The term "percentage of sequence identity" is calculated by comparing two optimally aligned sequences over the window of comparison, determining the number of positions at which the identical nucleic acid base (e.g., A, T, C, G, U, or I) occurs in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the window of comparison (i.e., the window size), and multiplying the result by 100 to yield the percentage of sequence identity. This "substantial identity", as used herein, denotes a characteristic of a polynucleotide sequence, wherein the polynucleotide comprises a sequence having at least 80 percent sequence identity, preferably at least 85 percent identity, often 90 to 95 percent sequence identity, and most commonly at least 99 percent sequence identity as compared to a reference sequence of a comparison window of at least 25-50 nucleotides, wherein the percentage of sequence identity is calculated by comparing the reference sequence to the polynucleotide sequence which may include deletions or additions which tota120 percent or less of the reference sequence over the window of comparison.
As known in the art "similarity" between two enzymes is determined by comparing the amino acid sequence and its conserved amino acid substitutes of one enzyme to the sequence of a second enzyme. Similarity may be determined by procedures which are well-known in the art, for example, a BLAST program (Basic Local Alignment Search Tool at the National Center for Biological Information).
As used herein, the term "single-chain antibody" refers to a polypeptide comprising a VH domain and a VL domain in polypeptide linkage, generally liked via a spacer peptide (e.g., [Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Ser]X), and which may comprise additional amino acid sequences at the amino- and/or carboxy- termini. For example, a single-chain antibody may comprise a tether segment for linking to the encoding polynucleotide. As an example, a scFv is a single-chain antibody. Single-chain antibodies are generally proteins consisting of one or more polypeptide segments of at least 10 contiguous amino substantially encoded by genes of the immunoglobulin superfamily (e.g., see Williams and Barclay, 1989, pp. 361-368 ), most frequently encoded by a rodent, non-human primate, avian, porcine bovine, ovine, goat, or human heavy chain or light chain gene sequence. A functional single-chain antibody generally contains a sufficient portion of an immunoglobulin superfamily gene product so as to retain the property of binding to a specific target molecule, typically a receptor or antigen (epitope).
The members of a pair of molecules (e.g., an antibody-antigen pair or a nucleic acid pair) are said to "specifically bind" to each other if they bind to each other with greater affinity than to other, non-specific molecules. For example, an antibody raised against an antigen to which it binds more efficiently than to a non-specific protein can be described as specifically binding to the antigen.
(Similarly, a nucleic acid probe can be described as specifically binding to a nucleic acid target if it forms a specific duplex with the target by base pairing interactions (see above).) "Specific hybridization" is defined herein as the formation of hybrids between a first polynucleotide and a second polynucleotide (e.g., a polynucleotide having a distinct but substantially identical sequence to the first polynucleotide), wherein substantially unrelated polynucleotide sequences do not form hybrids in the mixture.
The term "specific polynucleotide" means a polynucleotide having certain end points and having a certain nucleic acid sequence. Two polynucleotides wherein one polynucleotide has the identical sequence as a portion of the second polynucleotide but different ends comprises two different specific polynucleotides.
"Stringent hybridization conditions" means hybridization will occur only if there is at least 90% identity, preferably at least 95% identity and most preferably at least 97% identity between the sequences. See Sambrook et al, 1989.
Also included in the invention are polypeptides having sequences that are "substantially identical" to the sequence of a phytase polypeptide, such as one of SEQ ID 1. A "substantially identical" amino acid sequence is a sequence that differs from a reference sequence only by conservative amino acid substitutions, for example, substitutions of one amino acid for another of the same class (e.g., substitution of one hydrophobic amino acid, such as isoleucine, valine, leucine, or methionine, for another, or substitution of one polar amino acid for another, such as substitution of arginine for lysine, glutamic acid for aspartic acid, or glutamine for asparagine).
Additionally a "substantially identical" amino acid sequence is a sequence that differs from a reference sequence or by one or more non-conservative substitutions, deletions, or insertions, particularly when such a substitution occurs at a site that is not the active site the molecule, and provided that the polypeptide essentially retains its behavioural properties. For example, one or more amino acids can be deleted from a phytase polypeptide, resulting in modification of the structure of the polypeptide, without significantly altering its biological activity.
For example, amino- or carboxyl-terminal amino acids that are not required for phytase biological activity can be removed. Such modifications can result in the development of smaller active phytase polypeptides.
The present invention provides a "substantially pure enzyme". The term "substantially pure enzyme" is used herein to describe a molecule, such as a polypeptide (e.g., a phytase polypeptide, or a fragment thereof) that is substantially free of other proteins, lipids, carbohydrates, nucleic acids, and other biological materials with which it is naturally associated. For example, a substantially pure molecule, such as a polypeptide, can be at least 60%, by dry weight, the molecule of interest. The purity of the polypeptides can be determined using standard methods including, e.g., polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (e.g., SDS-PAGE), column chromatography (e.g., high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC)), and amino-terminal amino acid sequence analysis.
As used herein, "substantially pure" means an object species is the predominant species present (i.e., on a molar basis it is more abundant than any other individual macromolecular species in the composition), and preferably substantially purified fraction is a composition wherein the object species comprises at least about 50 percent (on a molar basis) of all macromolecular species present.
Generally, a substantially pure composition will comprise more than about 80 to 90 percent of all macromolecular species present in the composition. Most preferably, the object species is purified to essential homogeneity (contaminant species cannot be detected in the composition by conventional detection methods) wherein the composition consists essentially of a single macromolecular species. Solvent species, small molecules (<500 Daltons), and elemental ion species are not considered macromolecular species.
As used herein, the term "variable segment" refers to a portion of a nascent peptide which comprises a random, pseudorandom, or defined kemal sequence. A
variable segment" refers to a portion of a nascent peptide which comprises a random pseudorandom, or defined kemal sequence. A variable segment can comprise both variant and invariant residue positions, and the degree of residue variation at a variant residue position may be limited: both options are selected at the discretion of the practitioner. Typically, variable segments are about 5 to 20 amino acid residues in length (e.g., 8 to 10), although variable segments may be longer and may comprise antibody portions or receptor proteins, such as an antibody fragment, a nucleic acid binding protein, a receptor protein, and the like.
The term "wild-type" means that the polynucleotide does not comprise any mutations. A "wild type" protein means that the protein will be active at a level of activity found in nature and will comprise the amino acid sequence found in nature.
Additionally a "substantially identical" amino acid sequence is a sequence that differs from a reference sequence or by one or more non-conservative substitutions, deletions, or insertions, particularly when such a substitution occurs at a site that is not the active site the molecule, and provided that the polypeptide essentially retains its behavioural properties. For example, one or more amino acids can be deleted from a phytase polypeptide, resulting in modification of the structure of the polypeptide, without significantly altering its biological activity.
For example, amino- or carboxyl-terminal amino acids that are not required for phytase biological activity can be removed. Such modifications can result in the development of smaller active phytase polypeptides.
The present invention provides a "substantially pure enzyme". The term "substantially pure enzyme" is used herein to describe a molecule, such as a polypeptide (e.g., a phytase polypeptide, or a fragment thereof) that is substantially free of other proteins, lipids, carbohydrates, nucleic acids, and other biological materials with which it is naturally associated. For example, a substantially pure molecule, such as a polypeptide, can be at least 60%, by dry weight, the molecule of interest. The purity of the polypeptides can be determined using standard methods including, e.g., polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (e.g., SDS-PAGE), column chromatography (e.g., high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC)), and amino-terminal amino acid sequence analysis.
As used herein, "substantially pure" means an object species is the predominant species present (i.e., on a molar basis it is more abundant than any other individual macromolecular species in the composition), and preferably substantially purified fraction is a composition wherein the object species comprises at least about 50 percent (on a molar basis) of all macromolecular species present.
Generally, a substantially pure composition will comprise more than about 80 to 90 percent of all macromolecular species present in the composition. Most preferably, the object species is purified to essential homogeneity (contaminant species cannot be detected in the composition by conventional detection methods) wherein the composition consists essentially of a single macromolecular species. Solvent species, small molecules (<500 Daltons), and elemental ion species are not considered macromolecular species.
As used herein, the term "variable segment" refers to a portion of a nascent peptide which comprises a random, pseudorandom, or defined kemal sequence. A
variable segment" refers to a portion of a nascent peptide which comprises a random pseudorandom, or defined kemal sequence. A variable segment can comprise both variant and invariant residue positions, and the degree of residue variation at a variant residue position may be limited: both options are selected at the discretion of the practitioner. Typically, variable segments are about 5 to 20 amino acid residues in length (e.g., 8 to 10), although variable segments may be longer and may comprise antibody portions or receptor proteins, such as an antibody fragment, a nucleic acid binding protein, a receptor protein, and the like.
The term "wild-type" means that the polynucleotide does not comprise any mutations. A "wild type" protein means that the protein will be active at a level of activity found in nature and will comprise the amino acid sequence found in nature.
The term "working", as in "working sample", for example, is simply a sample with which one is working. Likewise, a "working molecule", for example is a molecule with which one is working.
6. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The invention described herein is directed to the use of repeated cycles of reductive reassortment, recombination and selection which allow for the directed molecular evolution of highly complex linear sequences, such as DNA, RNA or proteins thorough recombination.
In vivo shuffling of molecules can be performed utilizing the natural property 15, of cells to recombine multimers. While recombination in vivo has provided the major natural route to molecular diversity, genetic recombination remains a relatively complex process that involves 1) the recognition of homologies; 2) strand cleavage, strand invasion, and metabolic steps leading to the production of recombinant chiasma; and finally 3) the resolution of chiasma into discrete recombined molecules.
The formation of the chiasma requires the recognition of homologous sequences.
In a preferred embodiment, the invention relates to a method for producing a hybrid polynucleotide from at least a first polynucleotide and a second polynucleotide. The present invention can be used to produce a hybrid polynucleotide by introducing at least a first polynucleotide and a second polynucleotide which share at least one region of partial sequence homology into a suitable host cell.
The regions of partial sequence homology promote processes which result in sequence reorganization producing a hybrid polynucleotide. The term "hybrid polynucleotide", as used herein, is any nucleotide sequence which results from the method of the present invention and contains sequence from at least two original polynucleotide sequences. Such hybrid polynucleotides can result from intermolecular recombination events which promote sequence integration between DNA molecules.
In addition, such hybrid polynucleotides can result from intramolecular reductive reassortment processes which utilize repeated sequences to alter a nucleotide sequence within a DNA molecule.
The invention provides a means for generating hybrid polynucleotides which may encode biologically active hybrid polypeptides. In one aspect, the original polynucleotides encode biologically active polypeptides. The method of the invention produces new hybrid polypeptides by utilizing cellular processes which integrate the sequence of the original polynucleotides such that the resulting hybrid polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide demonstrating activities derived from the original biologically active polypeptides. For example, the original polynucleotides may encode a particular enzyme from different microorganisms. An enzyme encoded by a first polynucleotide from one organism may, for example, function effectively under a particular environmental condition, e.g. high salinity. An enzyme encoded by a second polynucleotide from a different organism may function effectively under a different environmental condition, such as extremely high temperatures. A
hybrid polynucleotide containing sequences from the first and second original polynucleotides may encode an enzyme which exhibits characteristics of both enzymes encoded by the original polynucleotides. Thus, the enzyme encoded by the hybrid polynucleotide may function effectively under environmental conditions shared by each of the enzymes encoded by the first and second polynucleotides, e.g., high salinity and extreme temperatures.
Enzymes encoded by the original polynucleotides of the invention include, but are not limited to; oxidoreductases, transferases, hydrolases, lyases, isomerases and ligases. A hybrid polypeptide resulting from the method of the invention may exhibit specialized enzyme activity not displayed in the original enzymes. For example, following recombination and/or reductive reassortment of polynucleotides encoding hydrolase activities, the resulting hybrid polypeptide encoded by a hybrid polynucleotide can be screened for specialized hydrolase activities obtained from each of the original enzymes, i.e. the type of bond on which the hydrolase acts and the temperature at which the hydrolase functions. Thus, for example, the hydrolase may be screened to ascertain those chemical functionalities which distinguish the hybrid hydrolase from the original hydrolyases, such as: (a) amide (peptide bonds), i.e.
proteases; (b) ester bonds, i.e. esterases and lipases; (c) acetals, i.e., glycosidases and, for example, the temperature, pH or salt concentration at which the hybrid polypeptide functions.
Sources of the original polynucleotides may be isolated from individual organisms ("isolates"), collections of organisms that have been grown in defined media ("enrichment cultures"), or, most preferably, uncultivated organisms ("environmental samples"). The use of a culture-independent approach to derive polynucleotides encoding novel bioactivities from environmental samples is most preferable since it allows one to access untapped resources of biodiversity.
"Environmental libraries" are generated from environmental samples and represent the collective genomes of naturally occurring organisms archived in cloning vectors that can be propagated in suitable prokaryotic hosts. Because the cloned DNA
is initially extracted directly from environmental samples, the libraries are not limited to the small fraction of prokaryotes that can be grown in pure culture.
Additionally, a normalization of the environmental DNA present in these samples could allow more equal representation of the DNA from all of the species present in the original sample.
This can dramatically increase the efficiency of finding interesting genes from minor constituents of the sample which may be under-represented by several orders of magnitude compared to the dominant species.
For example, gene libraries generated from one or more uncultivated microorganisms are screened for an activity of interest. Potential pathways encoding bioactive molecules of interest are first captured in prokaryotic cells in the form of gene expression libraries. Polynucleotides encoding activities of interest are isolated from such libraries and introduced into a host cell. The host cell is grown under conditions which promote recombination and/or reductive reassortment creating potentially active biomolecules with novel or enhanced activities.
The microorganisms from which the polynucleotide may be prepared include prokaryotic microorganisms, such as Eubacteria and Archaebacteria, and lower eukaryotic microorganisms such as fungi, some algae and protozoa.
Polynucleotides may be isolated from environmental samples in which case the nucleic acid may be recovered without culturing of an organism or recovered from one or more cultured organisms. In one aspect, such microorganisms may be extremophiles, such as hyperthermophiles, psychrophiles, psychrotrophs, halophiles, barophiles and acidophiles. Polynucleotides encoding enzymes isolated from extremophilic microorganisms are particularly preferred. Such enzymes may function at temperatures above 100 C in terrestrial hot springs and deep sea thermal vents, at temperatures below 0 C in arctic waters, in the saturated salt environment of the Dead Sea, at pH values around 0 in coal deposits and geothermal sulfur-rich springs, or at pH values greater than 11 in sewage sludge. For example, several esterases and lipases cloned and expressed from extremophilic organisms show high activity throughout a wide range of temperatures and pHs.
Polynucleotides selected and isolated as hereinabove described are introduced into a suitable host cell. A suitable host cell is any cell which is capable of promoting recombination and/or reductive reassortment. The selected polynucleotides are preferably already in a vector which includes appropriate control sequences.
The host cell can be a higher eukaryotic cell, such as a mammalian cell, or a lower eukaryotic cell, such as a yeast cell, or preferably, the host cell can be a prokaryotic cell, such as a bacterial cell. Introduction of the construct into the host cell can be effected by calcium phosphate transfection, DEAE-Dextran mediated transfection, or electroporation (Davis et al, 1986).
As representative examples of appropriate hosts, there may be mentioned:
bacterial cells, such as E. coli, Streptomyces, Salmonella typhimurium; fungal cells, such as yeast; insect cells such as Drosophila S2 and Spodoptera Sf9; animal cells such as CHO, COS or Bowes melanoma; adenoviruses; and plant cells. The selection of an appropriate host is deemed to be within the scope of those skilled in the art from the teachings herein.
With particular references to various mammalian cell culture systems that can be employed to express recombinant protein, examples of mammalian expression systems include the COS-7 lines of monkey kidney fibroblasts, described in "SV40-transformed simian cells support the replication of early SV40 mutants"
(Gluzman, 1981), and other cell lines capable of expressing a compatible vector, for example, the C127, 3T3, CHO, HeLa and BHK cell lines. Mammalian expression vectors will comprise an origin of replication, a suitable promoter and enhancer, and also any necessary ribosome binding sites, polyadenylation site, splice donor and acceptor sites, transcriptional termination sequences, and 5' flanking nontranscribed sequences.
DNA sequences derived from the SV40 splice, and polyadenylation sites may be used to provide the required nontranscribed genetic elements.
Host cells containing the polynucleotides of interest can be cultured in conventional nutrient media modified as appropriate for activating promoters, selecting transformants or amplifying genes. The culture conditions, such as temperature, pH and the like, are those previously used with the host cell selected for expression, and will be apparent to the ordinarily skilled artisan. The clones which are identified as having the specified enzyme activity may then be sequenced to identify the polynucleotide sequence encoding an enzyme having the enhanced activity.
6. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The invention described herein is directed to the use of repeated cycles of reductive reassortment, recombination and selection which allow for the directed molecular evolution of highly complex linear sequences, such as DNA, RNA or proteins thorough recombination.
In vivo shuffling of molecules can be performed utilizing the natural property 15, of cells to recombine multimers. While recombination in vivo has provided the major natural route to molecular diversity, genetic recombination remains a relatively complex process that involves 1) the recognition of homologies; 2) strand cleavage, strand invasion, and metabolic steps leading to the production of recombinant chiasma; and finally 3) the resolution of chiasma into discrete recombined molecules.
The formation of the chiasma requires the recognition of homologous sequences.
In a preferred embodiment, the invention relates to a method for producing a hybrid polynucleotide from at least a first polynucleotide and a second polynucleotide. The present invention can be used to produce a hybrid polynucleotide by introducing at least a first polynucleotide and a second polynucleotide which share at least one region of partial sequence homology into a suitable host cell.
The regions of partial sequence homology promote processes which result in sequence reorganization producing a hybrid polynucleotide. The term "hybrid polynucleotide", as used herein, is any nucleotide sequence which results from the method of the present invention and contains sequence from at least two original polynucleotide sequences. Such hybrid polynucleotides can result from intermolecular recombination events which promote sequence integration between DNA molecules.
In addition, such hybrid polynucleotides can result from intramolecular reductive reassortment processes which utilize repeated sequences to alter a nucleotide sequence within a DNA molecule.
The invention provides a means for generating hybrid polynucleotides which may encode biologically active hybrid polypeptides. In one aspect, the original polynucleotides encode biologically active polypeptides. The method of the invention produces new hybrid polypeptides by utilizing cellular processes which integrate the sequence of the original polynucleotides such that the resulting hybrid polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide demonstrating activities derived from the original biologically active polypeptides. For example, the original polynucleotides may encode a particular enzyme from different microorganisms. An enzyme encoded by a first polynucleotide from one organism may, for example, function effectively under a particular environmental condition, e.g. high salinity. An enzyme encoded by a second polynucleotide from a different organism may function effectively under a different environmental condition, such as extremely high temperatures. A
hybrid polynucleotide containing sequences from the first and second original polynucleotides may encode an enzyme which exhibits characteristics of both enzymes encoded by the original polynucleotides. Thus, the enzyme encoded by the hybrid polynucleotide may function effectively under environmental conditions shared by each of the enzymes encoded by the first and second polynucleotides, e.g., high salinity and extreme temperatures.
Enzymes encoded by the original polynucleotides of the invention include, but are not limited to; oxidoreductases, transferases, hydrolases, lyases, isomerases and ligases. A hybrid polypeptide resulting from the method of the invention may exhibit specialized enzyme activity not displayed in the original enzymes. For example, following recombination and/or reductive reassortment of polynucleotides encoding hydrolase activities, the resulting hybrid polypeptide encoded by a hybrid polynucleotide can be screened for specialized hydrolase activities obtained from each of the original enzymes, i.e. the type of bond on which the hydrolase acts and the temperature at which the hydrolase functions. Thus, for example, the hydrolase may be screened to ascertain those chemical functionalities which distinguish the hybrid hydrolase from the original hydrolyases, such as: (a) amide (peptide bonds), i.e.
proteases; (b) ester bonds, i.e. esterases and lipases; (c) acetals, i.e., glycosidases and, for example, the temperature, pH or salt concentration at which the hybrid polypeptide functions.
Sources of the original polynucleotides may be isolated from individual organisms ("isolates"), collections of organisms that have been grown in defined media ("enrichment cultures"), or, most preferably, uncultivated organisms ("environmental samples"). The use of a culture-independent approach to derive polynucleotides encoding novel bioactivities from environmental samples is most preferable since it allows one to access untapped resources of biodiversity.
"Environmental libraries" are generated from environmental samples and represent the collective genomes of naturally occurring organisms archived in cloning vectors that can be propagated in suitable prokaryotic hosts. Because the cloned DNA
is initially extracted directly from environmental samples, the libraries are not limited to the small fraction of prokaryotes that can be grown in pure culture.
Additionally, a normalization of the environmental DNA present in these samples could allow more equal representation of the DNA from all of the species present in the original sample.
This can dramatically increase the efficiency of finding interesting genes from minor constituents of the sample which may be under-represented by several orders of magnitude compared to the dominant species.
For example, gene libraries generated from one or more uncultivated microorganisms are screened for an activity of interest. Potential pathways encoding bioactive molecules of interest are first captured in prokaryotic cells in the form of gene expression libraries. Polynucleotides encoding activities of interest are isolated from such libraries and introduced into a host cell. The host cell is grown under conditions which promote recombination and/or reductive reassortment creating potentially active biomolecules with novel or enhanced activities.
The microorganisms from which the polynucleotide may be prepared include prokaryotic microorganisms, such as Eubacteria and Archaebacteria, and lower eukaryotic microorganisms such as fungi, some algae and protozoa.
Polynucleotides may be isolated from environmental samples in which case the nucleic acid may be recovered without culturing of an organism or recovered from one or more cultured organisms. In one aspect, such microorganisms may be extremophiles, such as hyperthermophiles, psychrophiles, psychrotrophs, halophiles, barophiles and acidophiles. Polynucleotides encoding enzymes isolated from extremophilic microorganisms are particularly preferred. Such enzymes may function at temperatures above 100 C in terrestrial hot springs and deep sea thermal vents, at temperatures below 0 C in arctic waters, in the saturated salt environment of the Dead Sea, at pH values around 0 in coal deposits and geothermal sulfur-rich springs, or at pH values greater than 11 in sewage sludge. For example, several esterases and lipases cloned and expressed from extremophilic organisms show high activity throughout a wide range of temperatures and pHs.
Polynucleotides selected and isolated as hereinabove described are introduced into a suitable host cell. A suitable host cell is any cell which is capable of promoting recombination and/or reductive reassortment. The selected polynucleotides are preferably already in a vector which includes appropriate control sequences.
The host cell can be a higher eukaryotic cell, such as a mammalian cell, or a lower eukaryotic cell, such as a yeast cell, or preferably, the host cell can be a prokaryotic cell, such as a bacterial cell. Introduction of the construct into the host cell can be effected by calcium phosphate transfection, DEAE-Dextran mediated transfection, or electroporation (Davis et al, 1986).
As representative examples of appropriate hosts, there may be mentioned:
bacterial cells, such as E. coli, Streptomyces, Salmonella typhimurium; fungal cells, such as yeast; insect cells such as Drosophila S2 and Spodoptera Sf9; animal cells such as CHO, COS or Bowes melanoma; adenoviruses; and plant cells. The selection of an appropriate host is deemed to be within the scope of those skilled in the art from the teachings herein.
With particular references to various mammalian cell culture systems that can be employed to express recombinant protein, examples of mammalian expression systems include the COS-7 lines of monkey kidney fibroblasts, described in "SV40-transformed simian cells support the replication of early SV40 mutants"
(Gluzman, 1981), and other cell lines capable of expressing a compatible vector, for example, the C127, 3T3, CHO, HeLa and BHK cell lines. Mammalian expression vectors will comprise an origin of replication, a suitable promoter and enhancer, and also any necessary ribosome binding sites, polyadenylation site, splice donor and acceptor sites, transcriptional termination sequences, and 5' flanking nontranscribed sequences.
DNA sequences derived from the SV40 splice, and polyadenylation sites may be used to provide the required nontranscribed genetic elements.
Host cells containing the polynucleotides of interest can be cultured in conventional nutrient media modified as appropriate for activating promoters, selecting transformants or amplifying genes. The culture conditions, such as temperature, pH and the like, are those previously used with the host cell selected for expression, and will be apparent to the ordinarily skilled artisan. The clones which are identified as having the specified enzyme activity may then be sequenced to identify the polynucleotide sequence encoding an enzyme having the enhanced activity.
In another aspect, it is envisioned the method of the present invention can be used to generate novel polynucleotides encoding biochemical pathways from one or more operons or gene clusters or portions thereof. For example, bacteria and many eukaryotes have a coordinated mechanism for regulating genes whose products are involved in related processes. The genes are clustered, in structures referred to as "gene clusters," on a single chromosome and are transcribed together under the control of a single regulatory sequence, including a single promoter which initiates transcription of the entire cluster. Thus, a gene cluster is a group of adjacent genes that are either identical or related, usually as to their function. An example of a biochemical pathway encoded by gene clusters are polyketides. Polyketides are molecules which are an extremely rich source of bioactivities, including antibiotics (such as tetracyclines and erythromycin), anti-cancer agents (daunomycin), immunosuppressants (FK506 and rapamycin), and veterinary products (monensin).
Many polyketides (produced by polyketide synthases) are valuable as therapeutic agents. Polyketide synthases are multifunctional enzymes that catalyze the biosynthesis of an enormous variety of carbon chains differing in length and pattems of functionality and cyclization. Polyketide synthase genes fall into gene clusters and at least one type (designated type I) of polyketide synthases have large size genes and enzymes, complicating genetic manipulation and in vitro studies of these genes/proteins.
The ability to select and combine desired components from a library of polyketides, or fragments thereof, and postpolyketide biosynthesis genes for generation of novel polyketides for study is appealing. The method of the present invention makes it possible to facilitate the production of novel polyketide synthases through intermolecular recombination.
Preferably, gene cluster DNA can be isolated from different organisms and ligated into vectors, particularly vectors containing expression regulatory sequences which can control and regulate the production of a detectable protein or protein-related array activity from the ligated gene clusters. Use of vectors which have an exceptionally large capacity for exogenous DNA introduction are particularly appropriate for use with such gene clusters and are described by way of example herein to include the f-factor (or fertility factor) of E. coli. This f-factor of E. coli is a plasmid which affect high-frequency transfer of itself during conjugation and is ideal to achieve and stably propagate large DNA fragments, such as gene clusters from mixed microbial samples. Once ligated into an appropriate vector, two or more vectors containing different polyketide synthase gene clusters can be introduced into a suitable host cell. Regions of partial sequence homology shared by the gene clusters will promote processes which result in sequence reorganization resulting in a hybrid gene cluster. The novel hybrid gene cluster can then be screened for enhanced activities not found in the original gene clusters.
Therefore, in a preferred embodiment, the present invention relates to a method for producing a biologically active hybrid polypeptide and screening such a polypeptide for enhanced activity by:
1) introducing at least a first polynucleotide in operable linkage and a second polynucleotide in operable linkage, said at least first polynucleotide and second polynucleotide sharing at least one region of partial sequence homology, into a suitable host cell;
2) growing the host cell under conditions which promote sequence reorganization resulting in a hybrid polynucleotide in operable linkage;
3) expressing a hybrid polypeptide encoded by the hybrid polynucleotide;
4) screening the hybrid polypeptide under conditions which promote identification of enhanced biological activity; and 5) isolating the a polynucleotide encoding the hybrid polypeptide.
Methods for screening for various enzyme activities are known to those of skill in the art and discussed throughout the present specification. Such methods may be employed when isolating the polypeptides and polynucleotides of the present invention.
As representative examples of expression vectors which may be used there may be mentioned viral particles, baculovirus, phage, plasmids, phagemids, cosmids, fosmids, bacterial artificial chromosomes, viral DNA (e.g. vaccinia, adenovirus, foul pox virus, pseudorabies and derivatives of SV40), Pl-based artificial chromosomes, yeast plasmids, yeast artificial chromosomes, and any other vectors specific for specific hosts of interest (such as bacillus, aspergillus and yeast). Thus, for example, the DNA may be included in any one of a variety of expression vectors for expressing a polypeptide. Such vectors include chromosomal, nonchromosomal and synthetic DNA sequences. Large numbers of suitable vectors are known to those of skill in the art, and are commercially available. The following vectors are provided by way of example; Bacterial: pQE vectors (Qiagen), pBluescript plasmids, pNH vectors, (lambda-ZAP vectors (Stratagene); ptrc99a, pKK223-3, pDR540, pRIT2T
(Pharmacia); Eukaryotic: pXT1, pSG5 (Stratagene), pSVK3, pBPV, pMSG, pSVLSV40 (Pharmacia). However, any other plasmid or other vector may be used as long as they are replicable and viable in the host. Low copy number or high copy number vectors may be employed with the present invention.
A preferred type of vector for use in the present invention contains an f-factor origin replication. The f-factor (or fertility factor) in E. coli is a plasmid which effects high frequency transfer of itself during conjugation and less frequent transfer of the bacterial chromosome itself. A particularly preferred embodiment is to use cloning vectors, referred to as "fosmids" or bacterial artificial chromosome (BAC) vectors.
These are derived from E. coli f-factor which is able to stably integrate large segments of genomic DNA. When integrated with DNA from a mixed uncultured environmental sample, this makes it possible to achieve large genomic fragments in the form of a stable "environmental DNA library."
Many polyketides (produced by polyketide synthases) are valuable as therapeutic agents. Polyketide synthases are multifunctional enzymes that catalyze the biosynthesis of an enormous variety of carbon chains differing in length and pattems of functionality and cyclization. Polyketide synthase genes fall into gene clusters and at least one type (designated type I) of polyketide synthases have large size genes and enzymes, complicating genetic manipulation and in vitro studies of these genes/proteins.
The ability to select and combine desired components from a library of polyketides, or fragments thereof, and postpolyketide biosynthesis genes for generation of novel polyketides for study is appealing. The method of the present invention makes it possible to facilitate the production of novel polyketide synthases through intermolecular recombination.
Preferably, gene cluster DNA can be isolated from different organisms and ligated into vectors, particularly vectors containing expression regulatory sequences which can control and regulate the production of a detectable protein or protein-related array activity from the ligated gene clusters. Use of vectors which have an exceptionally large capacity for exogenous DNA introduction are particularly appropriate for use with such gene clusters and are described by way of example herein to include the f-factor (or fertility factor) of E. coli. This f-factor of E. coli is a plasmid which affect high-frequency transfer of itself during conjugation and is ideal to achieve and stably propagate large DNA fragments, such as gene clusters from mixed microbial samples. Once ligated into an appropriate vector, two or more vectors containing different polyketide synthase gene clusters can be introduced into a suitable host cell. Regions of partial sequence homology shared by the gene clusters will promote processes which result in sequence reorganization resulting in a hybrid gene cluster. The novel hybrid gene cluster can then be screened for enhanced activities not found in the original gene clusters.
Therefore, in a preferred embodiment, the present invention relates to a method for producing a biologically active hybrid polypeptide and screening such a polypeptide for enhanced activity by:
1) introducing at least a first polynucleotide in operable linkage and a second polynucleotide in operable linkage, said at least first polynucleotide and second polynucleotide sharing at least one region of partial sequence homology, into a suitable host cell;
2) growing the host cell under conditions which promote sequence reorganization resulting in a hybrid polynucleotide in operable linkage;
3) expressing a hybrid polypeptide encoded by the hybrid polynucleotide;
4) screening the hybrid polypeptide under conditions which promote identification of enhanced biological activity; and 5) isolating the a polynucleotide encoding the hybrid polypeptide.
Methods for screening for various enzyme activities are known to those of skill in the art and discussed throughout the present specification. Such methods may be employed when isolating the polypeptides and polynucleotides of the present invention.
As representative examples of expression vectors which may be used there may be mentioned viral particles, baculovirus, phage, plasmids, phagemids, cosmids, fosmids, bacterial artificial chromosomes, viral DNA (e.g. vaccinia, adenovirus, foul pox virus, pseudorabies and derivatives of SV40), Pl-based artificial chromosomes, yeast plasmids, yeast artificial chromosomes, and any other vectors specific for specific hosts of interest (such as bacillus, aspergillus and yeast). Thus, for example, the DNA may be included in any one of a variety of expression vectors for expressing a polypeptide. Such vectors include chromosomal, nonchromosomal and synthetic DNA sequences. Large numbers of suitable vectors are known to those of skill in the art, and are commercially available. The following vectors are provided by way of example; Bacterial: pQE vectors (Qiagen), pBluescript plasmids, pNH vectors, (lambda-ZAP vectors (Stratagene); ptrc99a, pKK223-3, pDR540, pRIT2T
(Pharmacia); Eukaryotic: pXT1, pSG5 (Stratagene), pSVK3, pBPV, pMSG, pSVLSV40 (Pharmacia). However, any other plasmid or other vector may be used as long as they are replicable and viable in the host. Low copy number or high copy number vectors may be employed with the present invention.
A preferred type of vector for use in the present invention contains an f-factor origin replication. The f-factor (or fertility factor) in E. coli is a plasmid which effects high frequency transfer of itself during conjugation and less frequent transfer of the bacterial chromosome itself. A particularly preferred embodiment is to use cloning vectors, referred to as "fosmids" or bacterial artificial chromosome (BAC) vectors.
These are derived from E. coli f-factor which is able to stably integrate large segments of genomic DNA. When integrated with DNA from a mixed uncultured environmental sample, this makes it possible to achieve large genomic fragments in the form of a stable "environmental DNA library."
Another preferred type of vector for use in the present invention is a cosmid vector. Cosmid vectors were originally designed to clone and propagate large segments of genomic DNA. Cloning into cosmid vectors is described in detail in "Molecular Cloning: A laboratory Manual" (Sambrook et al, 1989).
The DNA sequence in the expression vector is operatively linked to an appropriate expression control sequence(s) (promoter) to direct RNA synthesis.
Particular named bacterial promoters include lacI, lacZ, T3, T7, gpt, lambda PR, PL
and trp. Eukaryotic promoters include CMV immediate early, HSV thymidine kinase, early and late SV40, LTRs from retrovirus, and mouse metallothionein-I.
Selection of the appropriate vector and promoter is well within the level of ordinary skill in the art.
The expression vector also contains a ribosome binding site for translation initiation and a transcription terminator. The vector may also include appropriate sequences for amplifying expression. Promoter regions can be selected from any desired gene using CAT (chloramphenicol transferase) vectors or other vectors with selectable markers.
In addition, the expression vectors preferably contain one or more selectable marker genes to provide a phenotypic trait for selection of transformed host cells such as dihydrofolate reductase or neomycin resistance for eukaryotic cell culture, or such as tetracycline or ampicillin resistance in E. coli.
Generally, recombinant expression vectors will include origins of replication and selectable markers permitting transformation of the host cell, e.g., the ampicillin resistance gene of E. coli and S. cerevisiae TRP 1 gene, and a promoter derived from a highly-expressed gene to direct transcription of a downstream structural sequence.
Such promoters can be derived from operons encoding glycolytic enzymes such as 3-phosphoglycerate kinase (PGK), a-factor, acid phosphatase, or heat shock proteins, among others. The heterologous structural sequence is assembled in appropriate phase with translation initiation and termination sequences, and preferably, a leader sequence capable of directing secretion of translated protein into the periplasmic space or extracellular medium.
The cloning strategy permits expression via both vector driven and endogenous promoters; vector promotion may be important with expression of genes whose endogenous promoter will not function in E. coli.
The DNA isolated or derived from microorganisms can preferably be inserted into a vector or a plasmid prior to probing for selected DNA. Such vectors or plasmids are preferably those containing expression regulatory sequences, including promoters, enhancers and the like. Such polynucleotides can be part of a vector and/or a composition and still be isolated, in that such vector or composition is not part of its natural environment. Particularly preferred phage or plasmid and methods for introduction and packaging into them are described in detail in the protocol set forth herein.
The selection of the cloning vector depends upon the approach taken, for example, the vector can be any cloning vector with an adequate capacity for multiply repeated copies of a sequence, or multiple sequences that can be successfully transformed and selected in a host cell. One example of such a vector is described in "Polycos vectors: a system for packaging filamentous phage and phagemid vectors using lambda phage packaging extracts" (Alting-Mecs and Short, 1993).
Propagation/maintenance can be by an antibiotic resistance carried by the cloning vector. After a period of growth, the naturally abbreviated molecules are recovered and identified by size fractionation on a gel or column, or amplified directly. The cloning vector utilized may contain a selectable gene that is disrupted by the insertion of the lengthy construct. As reductive reassortment progresses, the number of repeated units is reduced and the interrupted gene is again expressed and hence selection for the processed construct can be applied. The vector may be an expression/selection vector which will allow for the selection of an expressed product possessing desirable biologically properties. The insert may be positioned downstream of a functional promotor and the desirable property screened by appropriate means.
In vivo reassortment is focused on "inter-molecular" processes collectively referred to as "recombination" which in bacteria, is generally viewed as a "RecA-dependent" phenomenon. The present invention can rely on recombination processes of a host cell to recombine and re-assort sequences, or the cells' ability to mediate reductive processes to decrease the complexity of quasi-repeated sequences in the cell by deletion. This process of "reductive reassortment" occurs by an "intra-molecular", RecA-independent process.
Therefore, in another aspect of the present invention, novel polynucleotides can be generated by the process of reductive reassortment. The method involves the generation of constructs containing consecutive sequences (original encoding sequences), their insertion into an appropriate vector, and their subsequent introduction into an appropriate host cell. The reassortment of the individual molecular identities occurs by combinatorial processes between the consecutive sequences in the construct possessing regions of homology, or between quasi-repeated units. The reassortment process recombines and/or reduces the complexity and extent of the repeated sequences, and results in the production of novel molecular species.
Various treatments may be applied to enhance the rate of reassortment. These could include treatment with ultra-violet light, or DNA damaging chemicals, and/or the use of host cell lines displaying enhanced levels of "genetic instability". Thus the reassortment process may involve homologous recombination or the natural property of quasi-repeated sequences to direct their own evolution.
Repeated or "quasi-repeated" sequences play a role in genetic instability. In the present invention, "quasi-repeats" are repeats that are not restricted to their original unit structure. Quasi-repeated units can be presented as an array of sequences in a construct; consecutive units of similar sequences. Once ligated, the junctions between the consecutive sequences become essentially invisible and the quasi-repetitive nature of the resulting construct is now continuous at the molecular level.
The deletion process the cell performs to reduce the complexity of the resulting construct operates between the quasi-repeated sequences. The quasi-repeated units provide a practically limitless repertoire of templates upon which slippage events can occur. The constructs containing the quasi-repeats thus effectively provide sufficient molecular elasticity that deletion (and potentially insertion) events can occur virtually anywhere within the quasi-repetitive units.
When the quasi-repeated sequences are all ligated in the same orientation, for instance head to tail or vice versa, the cell cannot distinguish individual units.
Consequently, the reductive process can occur throughout the sequences. In contrast, when for example, the units are presented head to head, rather than head to tail, the inversion delineates the endpoints of the adjacent unit so that deletion formation will favor the loss of discrete units. Thus, it is preferable with the present method that the sequences are in the same orientation. Random orientation of quasi-repeated sequences will result in the loss of reassortment efficiency, while consistent orientation of the sequences will offer the highest efficiency. However, while having fewer of the contiguous sequences in the same orientation decreases the efficiency, it may still provide sufficient elasticity for the effective recovery of novel molecules.
Constructs can be made with the quasi-repeated sequences in the same orientation to allow higher efficiency.
Sequences can be assembled in a head to tail orientation using any of a variety of methods, including the following:
a) Primers that include a poly-A head and poly-T tail which when made single-stranded would provide orientation can be utilized. This is accomplished by having the first few bases of the primers made from RNA and hence easily removed RNAseH.
The DNA sequence in the expression vector is operatively linked to an appropriate expression control sequence(s) (promoter) to direct RNA synthesis.
Particular named bacterial promoters include lacI, lacZ, T3, T7, gpt, lambda PR, PL
and trp. Eukaryotic promoters include CMV immediate early, HSV thymidine kinase, early and late SV40, LTRs from retrovirus, and mouse metallothionein-I.
Selection of the appropriate vector and promoter is well within the level of ordinary skill in the art.
The expression vector also contains a ribosome binding site for translation initiation and a transcription terminator. The vector may also include appropriate sequences for amplifying expression. Promoter regions can be selected from any desired gene using CAT (chloramphenicol transferase) vectors or other vectors with selectable markers.
In addition, the expression vectors preferably contain one or more selectable marker genes to provide a phenotypic trait for selection of transformed host cells such as dihydrofolate reductase or neomycin resistance for eukaryotic cell culture, or such as tetracycline or ampicillin resistance in E. coli.
Generally, recombinant expression vectors will include origins of replication and selectable markers permitting transformation of the host cell, e.g., the ampicillin resistance gene of E. coli and S. cerevisiae TRP 1 gene, and a promoter derived from a highly-expressed gene to direct transcription of a downstream structural sequence.
Such promoters can be derived from operons encoding glycolytic enzymes such as 3-phosphoglycerate kinase (PGK), a-factor, acid phosphatase, or heat shock proteins, among others. The heterologous structural sequence is assembled in appropriate phase with translation initiation and termination sequences, and preferably, a leader sequence capable of directing secretion of translated protein into the periplasmic space or extracellular medium.
The cloning strategy permits expression via both vector driven and endogenous promoters; vector promotion may be important with expression of genes whose endogenous promoter will not function in E. coli.
The DNA isolated or derived from microorganisms can preferably be inserted into a vector or a plasmid prior to probing for selected DNA. Such vectors or plasmids are preferably those containing expression regulatory sequences, including promoters, enhancers and the like. Such polynucleotides can be part of a vector and/or a composition and still be isolated, in that such vector or composition is not part of its natural environment. Particularly preferred phage or plasmid and methods for introduction and packaging into them are described in detail in the protocol set forth herein.
The selection of the cloning vector depends upon the approach taken, for example, the vector can be any cloning vector with an adequate capacity for multiply repeated copies of a sequence, or multiple sequences that can be successfully transformed and selected in a host cell. One example of such a vector is described in "Polycos vectors: a system for packaging filamentous phage and phagemid vectors using lambda phage packaging extracts" (Alting-Mecs and Short, 1993).
Propagation/maintenance can be by an antibiotic resistance carried by the cloning vector. After a period of growth, the naturally abbreviated molecules are recovered and identified by size fractionation on a gel or column, or amplified directly. The cloning vector utilized may contain a selectable gene that is disrupted by the insertion of the lengthy construct. As reductive reassortment progresses, the number of repeated units is reduced and the interrupted gene is again expressed and hence selection for the processed construct can be applied. The vector may be an expression/selection vector which will allow for the selection of an expressed product possessing desirable biologically properties. The insert may be positioned downstream of a functional promotor and the desirable property screened by appropriate means.
In vivo reassortment is focused on "inter-molecular" processes collectively referred to as "recombination" which in bacteria, is generally viewed as a "RecA-dependent" phenomenon. The present invention can rely on recombination processes of a host cell to recombine and re-assort sequences, or the cells' ability to mediate reductive processes to decrease the complexity of quasi-repeated sequences in the cell by deletion. This process of "reductive reassortment" occurs by an "intra-molecular", RecA-independent process.
Therefore, in another aspect of the present invention, novel polynucleotides can be generated by the process of reductive reassortment. The method involves the generation of constructs containing consecutive sequences (original encoding sequences), their insertion into an appropriate vector, and their subsequent introduction into an appropriate host cell. The reassortment of the individual molecular identities occurs by combinatorial processes between the consecutive sequences in the construct possessing regions of homology, or between quasi-repeated units. The reassortment process recombines and/or reduces the complexity and extent of the repeated sequences, and results in the production of novel molecular species.
Various treatments may be applied to enhance the rate of reassortment. These could include treatment with ultra-violet light, or DNA damaging chemicals, and/or the use of host cell lines displaying enhanced levels of "genetic instability". Thus the reassortment process may involve homologous recombination or the natural property of quasi-repeated sequences to direct their own evolution.
Repeated or "quasi-repeated" sequences play a role in genetic instability. In the present invention, "quasi-repeats" are repeats that are not restricted to their original unit structure. Quasi-repeated units can be presented as an array of sequences in a construct; consecutive units of similar sequences. Once ligated, the junctions between the consecutive sequences become essentially invisible and the quasi-repetitive nature of the resulting construct is now continuous at the molecular level.
The deletion process the cell performs to reduce the complexity of the resulting construct operates between the quasi-repeated sequences. The quasi-repeated units provide a practically limitless repertoire of templates upon which slippage events can occur. The constructs containing the quasi-repeats thus effectively provide sufficient molecular elasticity that deletion (and potentially insertion) events can occur virtually anywhere within the quasi-repetitive units.
When the quasi-repeated sequences are all ligated in the same orientation, for instance head to tail or vice versa, the cell cannot distinguish individual units.
Consequently, the reductive process can occur throughout the sequences. In contrast, when for example, the units are presented head to head, rather than head to tail, the inversion delineates the endpoints of the adjacent unit so that deletion formation will favor the loss of discrete units. Thus, it is preferable with the present method that the sequences are in the same orientation. Random orientation of quasi-repeated sequences will result in the loss of reassortment efficiency, while consistent orientation of the sequences will offer the highest efficiency. However, while having fewer of the contiguous sequences in the same orientation decreases the efficiency, it may still provide sufficient elasticity for the effective recovery of novel molecules.
Constructs can be made with the quasi-repeated sequences in the same orientation to allow higher efficiency.
Sequences can be assembled in a head to tail orientation using any of a variety of methods, including the following:
a) Primers that include a poly-A head and poly-T tail which when made single-stranded would provide orientation can be utilized. This is accomplished by having the first few bases of the primers made from RNA and hence easily removed RNAseH.
b) Primers that include unique restriction cleavage sites can be utilized.
Multiple sites, a battery of unique sequences, and repeated synthesis and ligation steps would be required.
c) The inner few bases of the primer could be thiolated and an exonuclease used to produce properly tailed molecules.
The recovery of the re-assorted sequences relies on the identification of cloning vectors with a reduced RI. The re-assorted encoding sequences can then be recovered by amplification. The products are re-cloned and expressed. The recovery of cloning vectors with reduced RI can be effected by:
1) The use of vectors only stably maintained when the construct is reduced in complexity.
2) The physical recovery of shortened vectors by physical procedures. In this case, the cloning vector would be recovered using standard plasmid isolation procedures and size fractionated on either an agarose gel, or column with a low molecular weight cut off utilizing standard procedures.
3) The recovery of vectors containing interrupted genes which can be selected when insert size decreases.
4) The use of direct selection techniques with an expression vector and the appropriate selection.
Encoding sequences (for example, genes) from related organisms may demonstrate a high degree of homology and encode quite diverse protein products.
These types of sequences are particularly useful in the present invention as quasi-repeats. However, while the examples illustrated below demonstrate the reassortment of nearly identical original encoding sequences (quasi-repeats), this process is not limited to such nearly identical repeats.
The following example demonstrates the method of the invention. Encoding nucleic acid sequences (quasi-repeats) derived from three (3) unique species are depicted. Each sequence encodes a protein with a distinct set of properties.
Each of the sequences differs by a single or a few base pairs at a unique position in the sequence which are designated "A", "B" and "C". The quasi-repeated sequences are separately or collectively amplified and ligated into random assemblies such that all possible permutations and combinations are available in the population of ligated molecules. The number of quasi-repeat units can be controlled by the assembly conditions. The average number of quasi-repeated units in a construct is defined as the repetitive index (RI).
Once formed, the constructs may, or may not be size fractionated on an agarose gel according to published protocols, inserted into a cloning vector, and transfected into an appropriate host cell. The cells are then propagated and "reductive reassortment" is effected. The rate of the reductive reassortment process may be stimulated by the introduction of DNA damage if desired. Whether the reduction in RI is mediated by deletion formation between repeated sequences by an "intra-molecular" mechanism, or mediated by recombination-like events through "inter-molecular" mechanisms is immaterial. The end result is a reassortment of the molecules into all possible combinations.
Optionally, the method comprises the additional step of screening the library members of the shuffled pool to identify individual shuffled library members having the ability to bind or otherwise interact (e.g., such as catalytic antibodies) with a predetermined macromolecule, such as for example a proteinaceous receptor, peptide oligosaccharide, viron, or other predetermined compound or structure.
The displayed polypeptides, antibodies, peptidomimetic antibodies, and variable region sequences that are identified from such libraries can be used for therapeutic, diagnostic, research and related purposes (e.g., catalysts, solutes for increasing osmolarity of an aqueous solution, and the like), and/or can be subjected to one or more additional cycles of shuffling and/or affinity selection. The method can be modified such that the step of selecting for a phenotypic characteristic can be other than of binding affinity for a predetermined molecule (e.g., for catalytic activity, stability oxidation resistance, drug resistance, or detectable phenotype conferred upon a host cell).
The present invention provides a method for generating libraries of displayed antibodies suitable for affinity interactions screening. The method comprises (1) obtaining first a plurality of selected library members comprising a displayed antibody and an associated polynucleotide encoding said displayed antibody, and obtaining said associated polynucleotide encoding for said displayed antibody and obtaining said associated polynucleotides or copies thereof, wherein said associated polynucleotides comprise a region of substantially identical variable region framework sequence, and (2) introducing said polynucleotides into a suitable host cell and growing the cells under conditions which promote recombination and reductive reassortment resulting in shuffled polynucleotides. CDR combinations comprised by the shuffled pool are not present in the first plurality of selected library members, said shuffled pool composing a library of displayed antibodies comprising CDR
permutations and suitable for affinity interaction screening. Optionally, the shuffled pooi is subjected to affinity screening to select shuffled library members which bind to a predetermined epitope (antigen) and thereby selecting a plurality of selected shuffled library members. Further, the plurality of selectively shuffled library members can be shuffled and screened iteratively, from 1 to about 1000 cycles or as desired until library members having a desired binding affinity are obtained.
In another aspect of the invention, it is envisioned that prior to or during recombination or reassortment, polynucleotides generated by the method of the present invention can be subjected to agents or processes which promote the introduction of mutations into the original polynucleotides. The introduction of such mutations would increase the diversity of resulting hybrid polynucleotides and polypeptides encoded therefrom. The agents or processes which promote mutagenesis can include, but are not limited to: (+)-CC-1065, or a synthetic analog such as (+)-CC-1065-(N3-Adenine, see Sun and Hurley, 1992); an N-acelylated or deacetylated 4'-fluro-4-aminobiphenyl adduct capable of inhibiting DNA
synthesis (see, for example, van de Poll et al, 1992); or a N-acetylated or deacetylated aminobiphenyl adduct capable of inhibiting DNA synthesis (see also, van de Poll et al, 1992, pp. 751-758); trivalent chromium, a trivalent chromium salt, a polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ("PAH") DNA adduct capable of inhibiting DNA replication, such as 7-bromomethyl-benz[a]anthracene ("BMA"), tris(2,3-dibromopropyl)phosphate ("Tris-BP"), 1,2-dibromo-3-chloropropane ("DBCP"), 2-bromoacrolein (2BA), benzo[a]pyrene-7,8-dihydrodiol-9-10-epoxide ("BPDE"), a platinum(II) halogen salt, N-hydroxy-2-amino-3-methylimidazo[4,5 f]-quinoline ("N-hydroxy-IQ"), and N-hydroxy-2-amino-l-methyl-6-phenylimidazo[4,5 f]-pyridine ("N-hydroxy-PhIP"). Especially preferred "means for slowing or halting PCR
amplification consist of UV light (+)-CC-1065 and (+)-CC-1065-(N3-Adenine).
Particularly encompassed means are DNA adducts or polynucleotides comprising the DNA adducts from the polynucleotides or polynucleotides pool, which can be released or removed by a process including heating the solution comprising the polynucleotides prior to further processing.
In another aspect the present invention is directed to a method of producing recombinant proteins having biological activity by treating a sample comprising double-stranded template polynucleotides encoding a wild-type protein under conditions according to the present invention which provide for the production of hybrid or re-assorted polynucleotides.
The invention also provides the use of polynucleotide shuffling to shuffle a population of viral genes (e.g., capsid proteins, spike glycoproteins, polymerases, and proteases) or viral genomes (e.g., paramyxoviridae, orthomyxoviridae, herpesviruses, retroviruses, reoviruses and rhinoviruses). In an embodiment, the invention provides a method for shuffling sequences encoding all or portions of immunogenic viral proteins to generate novel combinations of epitopes as well as novel epitopes created by recombination; such shuffled viral proteins may comprise epitopes or combinations of epitopes as well as novel epitopes created by recombination;
such shuffled viral proteins may comprise epitopes or combinations of epitopes which are likely to arise in the natural environment as a consequence of viral evolution; (e.g., such as recombination of influenza virus strains).
The invention also provides a method suitable for shuffling polynucleotide sequences for generating gene therapy vectors and replication-defective gene therapy constructs, such as may be used for human gene therapy, including but not limited to vaccination vectors for DNA-based vaccination, as well as anti-neoplastic gene therapy and other general therapy formats.
In the polypeptide notation used herein, the left-hand direction is the amino terminal direction and the right-hand direction is the carboxy-terminal direction, in accordance with standard usage and convention. Similarly, unless specified otherwise, the left-hand end of single-stranded polynucleotide sequences is the 5' end;
the left-hand direction of double-stranded polynucleotide sequences is referred to as the 5' direction. The direction of 5' to 3' addition of nascent RNA
transcripts is referred to as the transcription direction; sequence regions on the DNA strand having the same sequence as the RNA and which are 5' to the 5' end of the RNA
transcript are referred to as "upstream sequences"; sequence regions on the DNA strand having the same sequence as the RNA and which are 3' to the 3' end of the coding RNA
transcript are referred to as "downstream sequences".
Methodoloev Nucleic acid shuffling is a method for in vitro or in vivo homologous recombination of pools of shorter or smaller polynucleotides to produce a polynucleotide or polynucleotides. Mixtures of related nucleic acid sequences or polynucleotides are subjected to sexual PCR to provide random polynucleotides, and reassembled to yield a library or mixed population of recombinant hybrid nucleic acid molecules or polynucleotides.
In contrast to cassette mutagenesis, only shuffling and error-prone PCR allow one to mutate a pool of sequences blindly (without sequence information other than primers).
The advantage of the mutagenic shuffling of this invention over error-prone PCR alone for repeated selection can best be explained with an example from antibody engineering. Consider DNA shuffling as compared with error-prone PCR
(not sexual PCR). The initial library of selected pooled sequences can consist of related sequences of diverse origin (i.e. antibodies from naive mRNA) or can be derived by any type of mutagenesis (including shuffling) of a single antibody gene. A
collection of selected complementarity determining regions ("CDRs") is obtained after the first round of affinity selection. In the diagram the thick CDRs confer onto the antibody molecule increased affinity for the antigen. Shuffling allows the free combinatorial association of all of the CDR1 s with all of the CDR2s with all of the CDR3s, for example.
This method differs from error-prone PCR, in that it is an inverse chain reaction. In error-prone PCR, the number of polymerase start sites and the number of molecules grows exponentially. However, the sequence of the polymerase start sites and the sequence of the molecules remains essentially the same. In contrast, in nucleic acid reassembly or shuffling of random polynucleotides the number of start sites and the number (but not size) of the random polynucleotides decreases over time.
For polynucleotides derived from whole plasmids the theoretical endpoint is a single, large concatemeric molecule.
Since cross-overs occur at regions of homology, recombination will primarily occur between members of the same sequence family. This discourages combinations of CDRs that are grossly incompatible (e.g., directed against different epitopes of the same antigen). It is contemplated that multiple families of sequences can be shuffled in the same reaction. Further, shuffling generally conserves the relative order, such that, for example, CDR1 will not be found in the position of CDR2.
Rare shufflants will contain a large number of the best (eg. highest affinity) CDRs and these rare shufflants may be selected based on their superior affinity.
CDRs from a pool of 100 different selected antibody sequences can be permutated in up to 1006 different ways. This large number of permutations cannot be represented in a single library of DNA sequences. Accordingly, it is contemplated that multiple cycles of DNA shuffling and selection may be required depending on the length of the sequence and the sequence diversity desired.
Error-prone PCR, in contrast, keeps all the selected CDRs in the same relative sequence, generating a much smaller mutant cloud.
The template polynucleotide which may be used in the methods of this invention may be DNA or RNA. It may be of various lengths depending on the size of the gene or shorter or smaller polynucleotide to be recombined or reassembled.
Preferably, the template polynucleotide is from 50 bp to 50 kb. It is contemplated that entire vectors containing the nucleic acid encoding the protein of interest can be used in the methods of this invention, and in fact have been successfully used.
The template polynucleotide may be obtained by amplification using the PCR
reaction (USPN 4,683,202 and USPN 4,683,195) or other amplification or cloning methods. However, the removal of free primers from the PCR products before subjecting them to pooling of the PCR products and sexual PCR may provide more efficient results. Failure to adequately remove the primers from the original pool before sexual PCR can lead to a low frequency of crossover clones.
Multiple sites, a battery of unique sequences, and repeated synthesis and ligation steps would be required.
c) The inner few bases of the primer could be thiolated and an exonuclease used to produce properly tailed molecules.
The recovery of the re-assorted sequences relies on the identification of cloning vectors with a reduced RI. The re-assorted encoding sequences can then be recovered by amplification. The products are re-cloned and expressed. The recovery of cloning vectors with reduced RI can be effected by:
1) The use of vectors only stably maintained when the construct is reduced in complexity.
2) The physical recovery of shortened vectors by physical procedures. In this case, the cloning vector would be recovered using standard plasmid isolation procedures and size fractionated on either an agarose gel, or column with a low molecular weight cut off utilizing standard procedures.
3) The recovery of vectors containing interrupted genes which can be selected when insert size decreases.
4) The use of direct selection techniques with an expression vector and the appropriate selection.
Encoding sequences (for example, genes) from related organisms may demonstrate a high degree of homology and encode quite diverse protein products.
These types of sequences are particularly useful in the present invention as quasi-repeats. However, while the examples illustrated below demonstrate the reassortment of nearly identical original encoding sequences (quasi-repeats), this process is not limited to such nearly identical repeats.
The following example demonstrates the method of the invention. Encoding nucleic acid sequences (quasi-repeats) derived from three (3) unique species are depicted. Each sequence encodes a protein with a distinct set of properties.
Each of the sequences differs by a single or a few base pairs at a unique position in the sequence which are designated "A", "B" and "C". The quasi-repeated sequences are separately or collectively amplified and ligated into random assemblies such that all possible permutations and combinations are available in the population of ligated molecules. The number of quasi-repeat units can be controlled by the assembly conditions. The average number of quasi-repeated units in a construct is defined as the repetitive index (RI).
Once formed, the constructs may, or may not be size fractionated on an agarose gel according to published protocols, inserted into a cloning vector, and transfected into an appropriate host cell. The cells are then propagated and "reductive reassortment" is effected. The rate of the reductive reassortment process may be stimulated by the introduction of DNA damage if desired. Whether the reduction in RI is mediated by deletion formation between repeated sequences by an "intra-molecular" mechanism, or mediated by recombination-like events through "inter-molecular" mechanisms is immaterial. The end result is a reassortment of the molecules into all possible combinations.
Optionally, the method comprises the additional step of screening the library members of the shuffled pool to identify individual shuffled library members having the ability to bind or otherwise interact (e.g., such as catalytic antibodies) with a predetermined macromolecule, such as for example a proteinaceous receptor, peptide oligosaccharide, viron, or other predetermined compound or structure.
The displayed polypeptides, antibodies, peptidomimetic antibodies, and variable region sequences that are identified from such libraries can be used for therapeutic, diagnostic, research and related purposes (e.g., catalysts, solutes for increasing osmolarity of an aqueous solution, and the like), and/or can be subjected to one or more additional cycles of shuffling and/or affinity selection. The method can be modified such that the step of selecting for a phenotypic characteristic can be other than of binding affinity for a predetermined molecule (e.g., for catalytic activity, stability oxidation resistance, drug resistance, or detectable phenotype conferred upon a host cell).
The present invention provides a method for generating libraries of displayed antibodies suitable for affinity interactions screening. The method comprises (1) obtaining first a plurality of selected library members comprising a displayed antibody and an associated polynucleotide encoding said displayed antibody, and obtaining said associated polynucleotide encoding for said displayed antibody and obtaining said associated polynucleotides or copies thereof, wherein said associated polynucleotides comprise a region of substantially identical variable region framework sequence, and (2) introducing said polynucleotides into a suitable host cell and growing the cells under conditions which promote recombination and reductive reassortment resulting in shuffled polynucleotides. CDR combinations comprised by the shuffled pool are not present in the first plurality of selected library members, said shuffled pool composing a library of displayed antibodies comprising CDR
permutations and suitable for affinity interaction screening. Optionally, the shuffled pooi is subjected to affinity screening to select shuffled library members which bind to a predetermined epitope (antigen) and thereby selecting a plurality of selected shuffled library members. Further, the plurality of selectively shuffled library members can be shuffled and screened iteratively, from 1 to about 1000 cycles or as desired until library members having a desired binding affinity are obtained.
In another aspect of the invention, it is envisioned that prior to or during recombination or reassortment, polynucleotides generated by the method of the present invention can be subjected to agents or processes which promote the introduction of mutations into the original polynucleotides. The introduction of such mutations would increase the diversity of resulting hybrid polynucleotides and polypeptides encoded therefrom. The agents or processes which promote mutagenesis can include, but are not limited to: (+)-CC-1065, or a synthetic analog such as (+)-CC-1065-(N3-Adenine, see Sun and Hurley, 1992); an N-acelylated or deacetylated 4'-fluro-4-aminobiphenyl adduct capable of inhibiting DNA
synthesis (see, for example, van de Poll et al, 1992); or a N-acetylated or deacetylated aminobiphenyl adduct capable of inhibiting DNA synthesis (see also, van de Poll et al, 1992, pp. 751-758); trivalent chromium, a trivalent chromium salt, a polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ("PAH") DNA adduct capable of inhibiting DNA replication, such as 7-bromomethyl-benz[a]anthracene ("BMA"), tris(2,3-dibromopropyl)phosphate ("Tris-BP"), 1,2-dibromo-3-chloropropane ("DBCP"), 2-bromoacrolein (2BA), benzo[a]pyrene-7,8-dihydrodiol-9-10-epoxide ("BPDE"), a platinum(II) halogen salt, N-hydroxy-2-amino-3-methylimidazo[4,5 f]-quinoline ("N-hydroxy-IQ"), and N-hydroxy-2-amino-l-methyl-6-phenylimidazo[4,5 f]-pyridine ("N-hydroxy-PhIP"). Especially preferred "means for slowing or halting PCR
amplification consist of UV light (+)-CC-1065 and (+)-CC-1065-(N3-Adenine).
Particularly encompassed means are DNA adducts or polynucleotides comprising the DNA adducts from the polynucleotides or polynucleotides pool, which can be released or removed by a process including heating the solution comprising the polynucleotides prior to further processing.
In another aspect the present invention is directed to a method of producing recombinant proteins having biological activity by treating a sample comprising double-stranded template polynucleotides encoding a wild-type protein under conditions according to the present invention which provide for the production of hybrid or re-assorted polynucleotides.
The invention also provides the use of polynucleotide shuffling to shuffle a population of viral genes (e.g., capsid proteins, spike glycoproteins, polymerases, and proteases) or viral genomes (e.g., paramyxoviridae, orthomyxoviridae, herpesviruses, retroviruses, reoviruses and rhinoviruses). In an embodiment, the invention provides a method for shuffling sequences encoding all or portions of immunogenic viral proteins to generate novel combinations of epitopes as well as novel epitopes created by recombination; such shuffled viral proteins may comprise epitopes or combinations of epitopes as well as novel epitopes created by recombination;
such shuffled viral proteins may comprise epitopes or combinations of epitopes which are likely to arise in the natural environment as a consequence of viral evolution; (e.g., such as recombination of influenza virus strains).
The invention also provides a method suitable for shuffling polynucleotide sequences for generating gene therapy vectors and replication-defective gene therapy constructs, such as may be used for human gene therapy, including but not limited to vaccination vectors for DNA-based vaccination, as well as anti-neoplastic gene therapy and other general therapy formats.
In the polypeptide notation used herein, the left-hand direction is the amino terminal direction and the right-hand direction is the carboxy-terminal direction, in accordance with standard usage and convention. Similarly, unless specified otherwise, the left-hand end of single-stranded polynucleotide sequences is the 5' end;
the left-hand direction of double-stranded polynucleotide sequences is referred to as the 5' direction. The direction of 5' to 3' addition of nascent RNA
transcripts is referred to as the transcription direction; sequence regions on the DNA strand having the same sequence as the RNA and which are 5' to the 5' end of the RNA
transcript are referred to as "upstream sequences"; sequence regions on the DNA strand having the same sequence as the RNA and which are 3' to the 3' end of the coding RNA
transcript are referred to as "downstream sequences".
Methodoloev Nucleic acid shuffling is a method for in vitro or in vivo homologous recombination of pools of shorter or smaller polynucleotides to produce a polynucleotide or polynucleotides. Mixtures of related nucleic acid sequences or polynucleotides are subjected to sexual PCR to provide random polynucleotides, and reassembled to yield a library or mixed population of recombinant hybrid nucleic acid molecules or polynucleotides.
In contrast to cassette mutagenesis, only shuffling and error-prone PCR allow one to mutate a pool of sequences blindly (without sequence information other than primers).
The advantage of the mutagenic shuffling of this invention over error-prone PCR alone for repeated selection can best be explained with an example from antibody engineering. Consider DNA shuffling as compared with error-prone PCR
(not sexual PCR). The initial library of selected pooled sequences can consist of related sequences of diverse origin (i.e. antibodies from naive mRNA) or can be derived by any type of mutagenesis (including shuffling) of a single antibody gene. A
collection of selected complementarity determining regions ("CDRs") is obtained after the first round of affinity selection. In the diagram the thick CDRs confer onto the antibody molecule increased affinity for the antigen. Shuffling allows the free combinatorial association of all of the CDR1 s with all of the CDR2s with all of the CDR3s, for example.
This method differs from error-prone PCR, in that it is an inverse chain reaction. In error-prone PCR, the number of polymerase start sites and the number of molecules grows exponentially. However, the sequence of the polymerase start sites and the sequence of the molecules remains essentially the same. In contrast, in nucleic acid reassembly or shuffling of random polynucleotides the number of start sites and the number (but not size) of the random polynucleotides decreases over time.
For polynucleotides derived from whole plasmids the theoretical endpoint is a single, large concatemeric molecule.
Since cross-overs occur at regions of homology, recombination will primarily occur between members of the same sequence family. This discourages combinations of CDRs that are grossly incompatible (e.g., directed against different epitopes of the same antigen). It is contemplated that multiple families of sequences can be shuffled in the same reaction. Further, shuffling generally conserves the relative order, such that, for example, CDR1 will not be found in the position of CDR2.
Rare shufflants will contain a large number of the best (eg. highest affinity) CDRs and these rare shufflants may be selected based on their superior affinity.
CDRs from a pool of 100 different selected antibody sequences can be permutated in up to 1006 different ways. This large number of permutations cannot be represented in a single library of DNA sequences. Accordingly, it is contemplated that multiple cycles of DNA shuffling and selection may be required depending on the length of the sequence and the sequence diversity desired.
Error-prone PCR, in contrast, keeps all the selected CDRs in the same relative sequence, generating a much smaller mutant cloud.
The template polynucleotide which may be used in the methods of this invention may be DNA or RNA. It may be of various lengths depending on the size of the gene or shorter or smaller polynucleotide to be recombined or reassembled.
Preferably, the template polynucleotide is from 50 bp to 50 kb. It is contemplated that entire vectors containing the nucleic acid encoding the protein of interest can be used in the methods of this invention, and in fact have been successfully used.
The template polynucleotide may be obtained by amplification using the PCR
reaction (USPN 4,683,202 and USPN 4,683,195) or other amplification or cloning methods. However, the removal of free primers from the PCR products before subjecting them to pooling of the PCR products and sexual PCR may provide more efficient results. Failure to adequately remove the primers from the original pool before sexual PCR can lead to a low frequency of crossover clones.
The template polynucleotide often should be double-stranded. A
double-stranded nucleic acid molecule is recommended to ensure that regions of the resulting single-stranded polynucleotides are complementary to each other and thus can hybridize to form a double-stranded molecule.
It is contemplated that single-stranded or double-stranded nucleic acid polynucleotides having regions of identity to the template polynucleotide and regions of heterology to the template polynucleotide may be added to the template polynucleotide, at this step. It is also contemplated that two different but related polynucleotide templates can be mixed at this step.
The double-stranded polynucleotide template and any added double-or single-stranded polynucleotides are subjected to sexual PCR which includes slowing or halting to provide a mixture of from about 5 bp to 5 kb or more. Preferably the size of the random polynucleotides is from about 10 bp to 1000 bp, more preferably the size of the polynucleotides is from about 20 bp to 500 bp.
Alternatively, it is also contemplated that double-stranded nucleic acid having multiple nicks may be used in the methods of this invention. A nick is a break in one strand of the double-stranded nucleic acid. The distance between such nicks is preferably 5 bp to 5 kb, more preferably between 10 bp to 1000 bp. This can provide areas of self-priming to produce shorter or smaller polynucleotides to be included with the polynucleotides resulting from random primers, for example.
The concentration of any one specific polynucleotide will not be greater than 1% by weight of the total polynucleotides, more preferably the concentration of any one specific nucleic acid sequence will not be greater than 0.1% by weight of the total nucleic acid.
double-stranded nucleic acid molecule is recommended to ensure that regions of the resulting single-stranded polynucleotides are complementary to each other and thus can hybridize to form a double-stranded molecule.
It is contemplated that single-stranded or double-stranded nucleic acid polynucleotides having regions of identity to the template polynucleotide and regions of heterology to the template polynucleotide may be added to the template polynucleotide, at this step. It is also contemplated that two different but related polynucleotide templates can be mixed at this step.
The double-stranded polynucleotide template and any added double-or single-stranded polynucleotides are subjected to sexual PCR which includes slowing or halting to provide a mixture of from about 5 bp to 5 kb or more. Preferably the size of the random polynucleotides is from about 10 bp to 1000 bp, more preferably the size of the polynucleotides is from about 20 bp to 500 bp.
Alternatively, it is also contemplated that double-stranded nucleic acid having multiple nicks may be used in the methods of this invention. A nick is a break in one strand of the double-stranded nucleic acid. The distance between such nicks is preferably 5 bp to 5 kb, more preferably between 10 bp to 1000 bp. This can provide areas of self-priming to produce shorter or smaller polynucleotides to be included with the polynucleotides resulting from random primers, for example.
The concentration of any one specific polynucleotide will not be greater than 1% by weight of the total polynucleotides, more preferably the concentration of any one specific nucleic acid sequence will not be greater than 0.1% by weight of the total nucleic acid.
The number of different specific polynucleotides in the mixture will be at least about 100, preferably at least about 500, and more preferably at least about 1000.
At this step single-stranded or double-stranded polynucleotides, either synthetic or natural, may be added to the random double-stranded shorter or smaller polynucleotides in order to increase the heterogeneity of the mixture of polynucleotides.
It is also contemplated that populations of double-stranded randomly broken polynucleotides may be mixed or combined at this step with the polynucleotides from the sexual PCR process and optionally subjected to one or more additional sexual PCR cycles.
Where insertion of mutations into the template polynucleotide is desired, single-stranded or double-stranded polynucleotides having a region of identity to the template polynucleotide and a region of heterology to the template polynucleotide may be added in a 20 fold excess by weight as compared to the total nucleic acid, more preferably the single-stranded polynucleotides may be added in a 10 fold excess by weight as compared to the total nucleic acid.
Where a mixture of different but related template polynucleotides is desired, populations of polynucleotides from each of the templates may be combined at a ratio of less than about 1:100, more preferably the ratio is less than about 1:40.
For example, a backcross of the wild-type polynucleotide with a population of mutated polynucleotide may be desired to eliminate neutral mutations (e.g., mutations yielding an insubstantial alteration in the phenotypic property being selected for). In such an example, the ratio of randomly provided wild-type polynucleotides which may be added to the randomly provided sexual PCR cycle hybrid polynucleotides is approximately 1:1 to about 100:1, and more preferably from 1:1 to 40:1.
At this step single-stranded or double-stranded polynucleotides, either synthetic or natural, may be added to the random double-stranded shorter or smaller polynucleotides in order to increase the heterogeneity of the mixture of polynucleotides.
It is also contemplated that populations of double-stranded randomly broken polynucleotides may be mixed or combined at this step with the polynucleotides from the sexual PCR process and optionally subjected to one or more additional sexual PCR cycles.
Where insertion of mutations into the template polynucleotide is desired, single-stranded or double-stranded polynucleotides having a region of identity to the template polynucleotide and a region of heterology to the template polynucleotide may be added in a 20 fold excess by weight as compared to the total nucleic acid, more preferably the single-stranded polynucleotides may be added in a 10 fold excess by weight as compared to the total nucleic acid.
Where a mixture of different but related template polynucleotides is desired, populations of polynucleotides from each of the templates may be combined at a ratio of less than about 1:100, more preferably the ratio is less than about 1:40.
For example, a backcross of the wild-type polynucleotide with a population of mutated polynucleotide may be desired to eliminate neutral mutations (e.g., mutations yielding an insubstantial alteration in the phenotypic property being selected for). In such an example, the ratio of randomly provided wild-type polynucleotides which may be added to the randomly provided sexual PCR cycle hybrid polynucleotides is approximately 1:1 to about 100:1, and more preferably from 1:1 to 40:1.
The mixed population of random polynucleotides are denatured to form single-stranded polynucleotides and then re-annealed. Only those single-stranded polynucleotides having regions of homology with other single-stranded polynucleotides will re-anneal.
The random polynucleotides may be denatured by heating. One skilled in the art could determine the conditions necessary to completely denature the double-stranded nucleic acid. Preferably the temperature is from 80 C to 100 C, more preferably the temperature is from 90 C to 96 C. other methods which may be used to denature the polynucleotides include pressure (36) and pH.
The polynucleotides may be re-annealed by cooling. Preferably the temperature is from 20 C to 75 C, more preferably the temperature is from 40 C to 65 C. If a high frequency of crossovers is needed based on an average of only consecutive bases of homology, recombination can be forced by using a low annealing temperature, although the process becomes more difficult. The degree of renaturation which occurs will depend on the degree of homology between the population of single-stranded polynucleotides.
Renaturation can be accelerated by the addition of polyethylene glycol ("PEG") or salt. The salt concentration is preferably from 0 mM to 200 mM, more preferably the salt concentration is from 10 mM to 100 mm. The salt may be KCl or NaCl. The concentration of PEG is preferably from 0% to 20%, more preferably from 5% to 10%.
The annealed polynucleotides are next incubated in the presence of a nucleic acid polymerase and dNTP's (i.e. dATP, dCTP, DGTP and dTTP). The nucleic acid polymerase may be the Klenow fragment, the Taq polymerase or any other DNA
polymerase known in the art.
The random polynucleotides may be denatured by heating. One skilled in the art could determine the conditions necessary to completely denature the double-stranded nucleic acid. Preferably the temperature is from 80 C to 100 C, more preferably the temperature is from 90 C to 96 C. other methods which may be used to denature the polynucleotides include pressure (36) and pH.
The polynucleotides may be re-annealed by cooling. Preferably the temperature is from 20 C to 75 C, more preferably the temperature is from 40 C to 65 C. If a high frequency of crossovers is needed based on an average of only consecutive bases of homology, recombination can be forced by using a low annealing temperature, although the process becomes more difficult. The degree of renaturation which occurs will depend on the degree of homology between the population of single-stranded polynucleotides.
Renaturation can be accelerated by the addition of polyethylene glycol ("PEG") or salt. The salt concentration is preferably from 0 mM to 200 mM, more preferably the salt concentration is from 10 mM to 100 mm. The salt may be KCl or NaCl. The concentration of PEG is preferably from 0% to 20%, more preferably from 5% to 10%.
The annealed polynucleotides are next incubated in the presence of a nucleic acid polymerase and dNTP's (i.e. dATP, dCTP, DGTP and dTTP). The nucleic acid polymerase may be the Klenow fragment, the Taq polymerase or any other DNA
polymerase known in the art.
The approach to be used for the assembly depends on the minimum degree of homology that should still yield crossovers. If the areas of identity are large, Taq polymerase can be used with an annealing temperature of between 45-65 C. If the areas of identity are small, Klenow polymerase can be used with an annealing temperature of between 20-30 C. One skilled in the art could vary the temperature of annealing to increase the number of cross-overs achieved.
The polymerase may be added to the random polynucleotides prior to annealing, simultaneously with annealing or after annealing.
The cycle of denaturation, renaturation and incubation in the presence of polymerase is referred to herein as shuffling or reassembly of the nucleic acid. This cycle is repeated for a desired number of times. Preferably the cycle is repeated from 2 to 50 times, more preferably the sequence is repeated from 10 to 40 times.
The resulting nucleic acid is a larger double-stranded polynucleotide of from about 50 bp to about 100 kb, preferably the larger polynucleotide is from 500 bp to 50 kb.
This larger polynucleotides may contain a number of copies of a polynucleotide having the same size as the template polynucleotide in tandem.
This concatemeric polynucleotide is then denatured into single copies of the template polynucleotide. The result will be a population of polynucleotides of approximately the same size as the template polynucleotide. The population will be a mixed population where single or double-stranded polynucleotides having an area of identity and an area of heterology have been added to the template polynucleotide prior to shuffling.
These polynucleotides are then cloned into the appropriate vector and the ligation mixture used to transform bacteria.
The polymerase may be added to the random polynucleotides prior to annealing, simultaneously with annealing or after annealing.
The cycle of denaturation, renaturation and incubation in the presence of polymerase is referred to herein as shuffling or reassembly of the nucleic acid. This cycle is repeated for a desired number of times. Preferably the cycle is repeated from 2 to 50 times, more preferably the sequence is repeated from 10 to 40 times.
The resulting nucleic acid is a larger double-stranded polynucleotide of from about 50 bp to about 100 kb, preferably the larger polynucleotide is from 500 bp to 50 kb.
This larger polynucleotides may contain a number of copies of a polynucleotide having the same size as the template polynucleotide in tandem.
This concatemeric polynucleotide is then denatured into single copies of the template polynucleotide. The result will be a population of polynucleotides of approximately the same size as the template polynucleotide. The population will be a mixed population where single or double-stranded polynucleotides having an area of identity and an area of heterology have been added to the template polynucleotide prior to shuffling.
These polynucleotides are then cloned into the appropriate vector and the ligation mixture used to transform bacteria.
It is contemplated that the single polynucleotides may be obtained from the larger concatemeric polynucleotide by amplification of the single polynucleotide prior to cloning by a variety of methods including PCR (USPN 4,683,195 and USPN
4,683,202), rather than by digestion of the concatemer.
The vector used for cloning is not critical provided that it will accept a polynucleotide of the desired size. If expression of the particular polynucleotide is desired, the cloning vehicle should further comprise transcription and translation signals next to the site of insertion of the polynucleotide to allow expression of the polynucleotide in the host cell. Preferred vectors include the pUC series and the pBR
series of plasmids.
The resulting bacterial population will include a number of recombinant polynucleotides having random mutations. This mixed population may be tested to identify the desired recombinant polynucleotides. The method of selection will depend on the polynucleotide desired.
For example, if a polynucleotide which encodes a protein with increased binding efficiency to a ligand is desired, the proteins expressed by each of the portions of the polynucleotides in the population or library may be tested for their ability to bind to the ligand by methods known in the art (i.e. panning, affinity chromatography). If a polynucleotide which encodes for a protein with increased drug resistance is desired, the proteins expressed by each of the polynucleotides in the population or library may be tested for their ability to confer drug resistance to the host organism. One skilled in the art, given knowledge of the desired protein, could readily test the population to identify polynucleotides which confer the desired properties onto the protein.
It is contemplated that one skilled in the art could use a phage display system in which fragments of the protein are expressed as fusion proteins on the phage surface (Pharmacia, Milwaukee WI). The recombinant DNA molecules are cloned into the phage DNA at a site which results in the transcription of a fusion protein a portion of which is encoded by the recombinant DNA molecule. The phage containing the recombinant nucleic acid molecule undergoes replication and transcription in the cell. The leader sequence of the fusion protein directs the transport of the fusion protein to the tip of the phage particle. Thus the fusion protein which is partially encoded by the recombinant DNA molecule is displayed on the phage particle for detection and selection by the methods described above.
It is further contemplated that a number of cycles of nucleic acid shuffling may be conducted with polynucleotides from a sub-population of the first population, which sub-population contains DNA encoding the desired recombinant protein. In this manner, proteins with even higher binding affinities or enzymatic activity could be achieved.
It is also contemplated that a number of cycles of nucleic acid shuffling may be conducted with a mixture of wild-type polynucleotides and a sub-population of nucleic acid from the first or subsequent rounds of nucleic acid shuffling in order to remove any silent mutations from the sub-population.
Any source of nucleic acid, in purified form can be utilized as the starting nucleic acid. Thus the process may employ DNA or RNA including messenger RNA, which DNA or RNA may be single or double stranded. In addition, a DNA-RNA
hybrid which contains one strand of each may be utilized. The nucleic acid sequence may be of various lengths depending on the size of the nucleic acid sequence to be mutated. Preferably the specific nucleic acid sequence is from 50 to 50000 base pairs.
It is contemplated that entire vectors containing the nucleic acid encoding the protein of interest may be used in the methods of this invention.
4,683,202), rather than by digestion of the concatemer.
The vector used for cloning is not critical provided that it will accept a polynucleotide of the desired size. If expression of the particular polynucleotide is desired, the cloning vehicle should further comprise transcription and translation signals next to the site of insertion of the polynucleotide to allow expression of the polynucleotide in the host cell. Preferred vectors include the pUC series and the pBR
series of plasmids.
The resulting bacterial population will include a number of recombinant polynucleotides having random mutations. This mixed population may be tested to identify the desired recombinant polynucleotides. The method of selection will depend on the polynucleotide desired.
For example, if a polynucleotide which encodes a protein with increased binding efficiency to a ligand is desired, the proteins expressed by each of the portions of the polynucleotides in the population or library may be tested for their ability to bind to the ligand by methods known in the art (i.e. panning, affinity chromatography). If a polynucleotide which encodes for a protein with increased drug resistance is desired, the proteins expressed by each of the polynucleotides in the population or library may be tested for their ability to confer drug resistance to the host organism. One skilled in the art, given knowledge of the desired protein, could readily test the population to identify polynucleotides which confer the desired properties onto the protein.
It is contemplated that one skilled in the art could use a phage display system in which fragments of the protein are expressed as fusion proteins on the phage surface (Pharmacia, Milwaukee WI). The recombinant DNA molecules are cloned into the phage DNA at a site which results in the transcription of a fusion protein a portion of which is encoded by the recombinant DNA molecule. The phage containing the recombinant nucleic acid molecule undergoes replication and transcription in the cell. The leader sequence of the fusion protein directs the transport of the fusion protein to the tip of the phage particle. Thus the fusion protein which is partially encoded by the recombinant DNA molecule is displayed on the phage particle for detection and selection by the methods described above.
It is further contemplated that a number of cycles of nucleic acid shuffling may be conducted with polynucleotides from a sub-population of the first population, which sub-population contains DNA encoding the desired recombinant protein. In this manner, proteins with even higher binding affinities or enzymatic activity could be achieved.
It is also contemplated that a number of cycles of nucleic acid shuffling may be conducted with a mixture of wild-type polynucleotides and a sub-population of nucleic acid from the first or subsequent rounds of nucleic acid shuffling in order to remove any silent mutations from the sub-population.
Any source of nucleic acid, in purified form can be utilized as the starting nucleic acid. Thus the process may employ DNA or RNA including messenger RNA, which DNA or RNA may be single or double stranded. In addition, a DNA-RNA
hybrid which contains one strand of each may be utilized. The nucleic acid sequence may be of various lengths depending on the size of the nucleic acid sequence to be mutated. Preferably the specific nucleic acid sequence is from 50 to 50000 base pairs.
It is contemplated that entire vectors containing the nucleic acid encoding the protein of interest may be used in the methods of this invention.
The nucleic acid may be obtained from any source, for example, from plasmids such a pBR322, from cloned DNA or RNA or from natural DNA or RNA
from any source including bacteria, yeast, viruses and higher organisms such as plants or animals. DNA or RNA may be extracted from blood or tissue material. The template polynucleotide may be obtained by amplification using the polynucleotide chain reaction (PCR, see USPN 4,683,202 and USPN 4,683,195). Alternatively, the polynucleotide may be present in a vector present in a cell and sufficient nucleic acid may be obtained by culturing the cell and extracting the nucleic acid from the cell by methods known in the art.
Any specific nucleic acid sequence can be used to produce the population of hybrids by the present process. It is only necessary that a small population of hybrid sequences of the specific nucleic acid sequence exist or be created prior to the present process.
The initial small population of the specific nucleic acid sequences having mutations may be created by a number of different methods. Mutations may be created by error-prone PCR. Error-prone PCR uses low-fidelity polymerization conditions to introduce a low level of point mutations randomly over a long sequence.
Alternatively, mutations can be introduced into the template polynucleotide by oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis. In oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis, a short sequence of the polynucleotide is removed from the polynucleotide using restriction enzyme digestion and is replaced with a synthetic polynucleotide in which various bases have been altered from the original sequence. The polynucleotide sequence can also be altered by chemical mutagenesis. Chemical mutagens include, for example, sodium bisulfite, nitrous acid, hydroxylamine, hydrazine or formic acid.
other agents which are analogues of nucleotide precursors include nitrosoguanidine, 5-bromouracil, 2-aminopurine, or acridine. Generally, these agents are added to the PCR reaction in place of the nucleotide precursor thereby mutating the sequence.
Intercalating agents such as proflavine, acriflavine, quinacrine and the like can also be used. Random mutagenesis of the polynucleotide sequence can also be achieved by irradiation with X-rays or ultraviolet light. Generally, plasmid polynucleotides so mutagenized are introduced into E. coli and propagated as a pool or library of hybrid plasmids.
Alternatively the small mixed population of specific nucleic acids may be found in nature in that they may consist of different alleles of the same gene or the same gene from different related species (i.e., cognate genes). Alternatively, they may be related DNA sequences found within one species, for example, the immunoglobulin genes.
Once the mixed population of the specific nucleic acid sequences is generated, the polynucleotides can be used directly or inserted into an appropriate cloning vector, using techniques well-known in,the art.
The choice of vector depends on the size of the polynucleotide sequence and the host cell to be employed in the methods of this invention. The templates of this invention may be plasmids, phages, cosmids, phagemids, viruses (e.g., retroviruses, parainfluenzavirus, herpesviruses, reoviruses, paramyxoviruses, and the like), or selected portions thereof (e.g., coat protein, spike glycoprotein, capsid protein). For example, cosmids and phagemids are preferred where the specific nucleic acid sequence to be mutated is larger because these vectors are able to stably propagate large polynucleotides.
If the mixed population of the specific nucleic acid sequence is cloned into a vector it can be clonally amplified by inserting each vector into a host cell and allowing the host cell to amplify the vector. This is referred to as clonal amplification because while the absolute number of nucleic acid sequences increases, the number of hybrids does not increase. Utility can be readily determined by screening expressed polypeptides.
from any source including bacteria, yeast, viruses and higher organisms such as plants or animals. DNA or RNA may be extracted from blood or tissue material. The template polynucleotide may be obtained by amplification using the polynucleotide chain reaction (PCR, see USPN 4,683,202 and USPN 4,683,195). Alternatively, the polynucleotide may be present in a vector present in a cell and sufficient nucleic acid may be obtained by culturing the cell and extracting the nucleic acid from the cell by methods known in the art.
Any specific nucleic acid sequence can be used to produce the population of hybrids by the present process. It is only necessary that a small population of hybrid sequences of the specific nucleic acid sequence exist or be created prior to the present process.
The initial small population of the specific nucleic acid sequences having mutations may be created by a number of different methods. Mutations may be created by error-prone PCR. Error-prone PCR uses low-fidelity polymerization conditions to introduce a low level of point mutations randomly over a long sequence.
Alternatively, mutations can be introduced into the template polynucleotide by oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis. In oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis, a short sequence of the polynucleotide is removed from the polynucleotide using restriction enzyme digestion and is replaced with a synthetic polynucleotide in which various bases have been altered from the original sequence. The polynucleotide sequence can also be altered by chemical mutagenesis. Chemical mutagens include, for example, sodium bisulfite, nitrous acid, hydroxylamine, hydrazine or formic acid.
other agents which are analogues of nucleotide precursors include nitrosoguanidine, 5-bromouracil, 2-aminopurine, or acridine. Generally, these agents are added to the PCR reaction in place of the nucleotide precursor thereby mutating the sequence.
Intercalating agents such as proflavine, acriflavine, quinacrine and the like can also be used. Random mutagenesis of the polynucleotide sequence can also be achieved by irradiation with X-rays or ultraviolet light. Generally, plasmid polynucleotides so mutagenized are introduced into E. coli and propagated as a pool or library of hybrid plasmids.
Alternatively the small mixed population of specific nucleic acids may be found in nature in that they may consist of different alleles of the same gene or the same gene from different related species (i.e., cognate genes). Alternatively, they may be related DNA sequences found within one species, for example, the immunoglobulin genes.
Once the mixed population of the specific nucleic acid sequences is generated, the polynucleotides can be used directly or inserted into an appropriate cloning vector, using techniques well-known in,the art.
The choice of vector depends on the size of the polynucleotide sequence and the host cell to be employed in the methods of this invention. The templates of this invention may be plasmids, phages, cosmids, phagemids, viruses (e.g., retroviruses, parainfluenzavirus, herpesviruses, reoviruses, paramyxoviruses, and the like), or selected portions thereof (e.g., coat protein, spike glycoprotein, capsid protein). For example, cosmids and phagemids are preferred where the specific nucleic acid sequence to be mutated is larger because these vectors are able to stably propagate large polynucleotides.
If the mixed population of the specific nucleic acid sequence is cloned into a vector it can be clonally amplified by inserting each vector into a host cell and allowing the host cell to amplify the vector. This is referred to as clonal amplification because while the absolute number of nucleic acid sequences increases, the number of hybrids does not increase. Utility can be readily determined by screening expressed polypeptides.
The DNA shuffling method of this invention can be performed blindly on a pool of unknown sequences. By adding to the reassembly mixture oligonucleotides (with ends that are homologous to the sequences being reassembled) any sequence mixture can be incorporated at any specific position into another sequence mixture.
Thus, it is contemplated that mixtures of synthetic oligonucleotides, PCR
polynucleotides or even whole genes can be mixed into another sequence library at defined positions. The insertion of one sequence (mixture) is independent from the insertion of a sequence in another part of the template. Thus, the degree of recombination, the homology required, and the diversity of the library can be independently and simultaneously varied along the length of the reassembled DNA.
This approach of mixing two genes may be useful for the humanization of antibodies from murine hybridomas. The approach of mixing two genes or inserting alternative sequences into genes may be useful for any therapeutically used protein, for example, interleukin I, antibodies, tPA and growth hormone. The approach may also be useful in any nucleic acid for example, promoters or introns or 31 untranslated region or 51 untranslated regions of genes to increase expression or alter specificity of expression of proteins. The approach may also be used to mutate ribozymes or aptamers.
Shuffling requires the presence of homologous regions separating regions of diversity. Scaffold-like protein structures may be particularly suitable for shuffling.
The conserved scaffold determines the overall folding by self-association, while displaying relatively unrestricted loops that mediate the specific binding.
Examples of such scaffolds are the immunoglobulin beta-barrel, and the four-helix bundle which are well-known in the art. This shuffling can be used to create scaffold-like proteins with various combinations of mutated sequences for binding.
Thus, it is contemplated that mixtures of synthetic oligonucleotides, PCR
polynucleotides or even whole genes can be mixed into another sequence library at defined positions. The insertion of one sequence (mixture) is independent from the insertion of a sequence in another part of the template. Thus, the degree of recombination, the homology required, and the diversity of the library can be independently and simultaneously varied along the length of the reassembled DNA.
This approach of mixing two genes may be useful for the humanization of antibodies from murine hybridomas. The approach of mixing two genes or inserting alternative sequences into genes may be useful for any therapeutically used protein, for example, interleukin I, antibodies, tPA and growth hormone. The approach may also be useful in any nucleic acid for example, promoters or introns or 31 untranslated region or 51 untranslated regions of genes to increase expression or alter specificity of expression of proteins. The approach may also be used to mutate ribozymes or aptamers.
Shuffling requires the presence of homologous regions separating regions of diversity. Scaffold-like protein structures may be particularly suitable for shuffling.
The conserved scaffold determines the overall folding by self-association, while displaying relatively unrestricted loops that mediate the specific binding.
Examples of such scaffolds are the immunoglobulin beta-barrel, and the four-helix bundle which are well-known in the art. This shuffling can be used to create scaffold-like proteins with various combinations of mutated sequences for binding.
Saturation mutagenesis In one aspect, this invention provides for the use of proprietary codon primers (containing a degenerate N,N,G/T sequence) to introduce point mutations into a polynucleotide, so as to generate a set of progeny polypeptides in which a full range of single amino acid substitutions is represented at each amino acid position.
The oligos used are comprised contiguously of a first homologous sequence, a degenerate N,N,G/T sequence, and preferably but not necessarily a second homologous sequence.
The downstream progeny translational products from the use of such oligos include all possible amino acid changes at each amino acid site along the polypeptide, because the degeneracy of the N,N,G/T sequence includes codons for all 20 amino acids.
In one aspect, one such degenerate oligo (comprised of one degenerate N,N,G/T cassette) is used for subjecting each original codon in a parental polynucleotide template to a full range of codon substitutions. In another aspect, at least two degenerate N,N,G/T cassettes are used - either in the same oligo or not, for subjecting at least two original codons in a parental polynucleotide template to a full range of codon substitutions. Thus, more than one N,N,G/T sequence can be contained in one oligo to introduce amino acid mutations at more than one site. This plurality of N,N,G/T sequences can be directly contiguous, or separated by one or more additional nucleotide sequence(s). In another aspect, oligos serviceable for introducing additions and deletions can be used either alone or in combination with the codons containing an N,N,G/T sequence, to introduce any combination or permutation of amino acid additions, deletions, and/or substitutions.
In a particular exemplification, it is possible to simultaneously mutagenize two or more contiguous amino acid positions using an oligo that contains contiguous N,N,G/T triplets, i.e. a degenerate (N,N,G/T)n sequence.
The oligos used are comprised contiguously of a first homologous sequence, a degenerate N,N,G/T sequence, and preferably but not necessarily a second homologous sequence.
The downstream progeny translational products from the use of such oligos include all possible amino acid changes at each amino acid site along the polypeptide, because the degeneracy of the N,N,G/T sequence includes codons for all 20 amino acids.
In one aspect, one such degenerate oligo (comprised of one degenerate N,N,G/T cassette) is used for subjecting each original codon in a parental polynucleotide template to a full range of codon substitutions. In another aspect, at least two degenerate N,N,G/T cassettes are used - either in the same oligo or not, for subjecting at least two original codons in a parental polynucleotide template to a full range of codon substitutions. Thus, more than one N,N,G/T sequence can be contained in one oligo to introduce amino acid mutations at more than one site. This plurality of N,N,G/T sequences can be directly contiguous, or separated by one or more additional nucleotide sequence(s). In another aspect, oligos serviceable for introducing additions and deletions can be used either alone or in combination with the codons containing an N,N,G/T sequence, to introduce any combination or permutation of amino acid additions, deletions, and/or substitutions.
In a particular exemplification, it is possible to simultaneously mutagenize two or more contiguous amino acid positions using an oligo that contains contiguous N,N,G/T triplets, i.e. a degenerate (N,N,G/T)n sequence.
In another aspect, the present invention provides for the use of degenerate cassettes having less degeneracy than the N,N,G/T sequence. For example, it may be desirable in some instances to use (e.g. in an oligo) a degenerate triplet sequence comprised of only one N, where said N can be in the first second or third position of the triplet. Any other bases including any combinations and permutations thereof can be used in the remaining two positions of the triplet. Alternatively, it may be desirable in some instances to use (e.g. in an oligo) a degenerate N,N,N
triplet sequence, or an N,N, G/C triplet sequence.
It is appreciated, however, that the use of a degenerate triplet (such as N,N,G/T or an N,N, G/C triplet sequence) as disclosed in the instant invention is advantageous for several reasons. In one aspect, this invention provides a means to systematically and fairly easily generate the substitution of the full range of possible amino acids (for a total of 20 amino acids) into each and every amino acid position in a polypeptide. Thus, for a 100 amino acid polypeptide, the instant invention provides a way to systematically and fairly easily generate 2000 distinct species (i.e.
possible amino acids per position X 100 amino acid positions). It is appreciated that there is provided, through the use of an oligo containing a degenerate N,N,G/T
or an N,N, G/C triplet sequence, 32 individual sequences that code for 20 possible amino acids. Thus, in a reaction vessel in which a parental polynucleotide sequence is subjected to saturation mutagenesis using one such oligo, there are generated distinct progeny polynucleotides encoding 20 distinct polypeptides. In contrast, the use of a non-degenerate oligo in site-directed mutagenesis leads to only one progeny polypeptide product per reaction vessel.
This invention also provides for the use of nondegenerate oligos, which can optionally be used in combination with degenerate primers disclosed. It is appreciated that in some situations, it is advantageous to use nondegenerate oligos to generate specific point mutations in a working polynucleotide. This provides a means to generate specific silent point mutations, point mutations leading to corresponding amino acid changes, and point mutations that cause the generation of stop codons and the corresponding expression of polypeptide fragments.
Thus, in a preferred embodiment of this invention, each saturation mutagenesis reaction vessel contains polynucleotides encoding at least 20 progeny polypeptide molecules such that al120 amino acids are represented at the one specific amino acid position corresponding to the codon position mutagenized in the parental polynucleotide. The 32-fold degenerate progeny polypeptides generated from each saturation mutagenesis reaction vessel can be subjected to clonal amplification (e.g.
cloned into a suitable E. coli host using an expression vector) and subjected to expression screening. When an individual progeny polypeptide is identified by screening to display a favorable change in property (when compared to the parental polypeptide), it can be sequenced to identify the correspondingly favorable amino acid substitution contained therein.
It is appreciated that upon mutagenizing each and every amino acid position in a parental polypeptide using saturation mutagenesis as disclosed herein, favorable amino acid changes may be identified at more than one amino acid position. One or more new progeny molecules can be generated that contain a combination of all or part of these favorable amino acid substitutions. For example, if 2 specific favorable amino acid changes are identified in each of 3 amino acid positions in a polypeptide, the permutations include 3 possibilities at each position (no change from the original amino acid, and each of two favorable changes) and 3 positions. Thus, there are 3 x 3 x 3 or 27 total possibilities, including 7 that were previously examined - 6 single point mutations (i.e. 2 at each of three positions) and no change at any position.
In yet another aspect, site-saturation mutagenesis can be used together with shuffling, chimerization, recombination and other mutagenizing processes, along with screening. This invention provides for the use of any mutagenizing process(es), including saturation mutagenesis, in an iterative manner. In one exemplification, the iterative use of any mutagenizing process(es) is used in combination with screening.
Thus, in a non-limiting exemplification, this invention provides for the use of saturation mutagenesis in combination with additional mutagenization processes, such as process where two or more related polynucleotides are introduced into a suitable host cell such that a hybrid polynucleotide is generated by recombination and reductive reassortment.
In addition to performing mutagenesis along the entire sequence of a gene, the instant invention provides that mutagenesis can be use to replace each of any number of bases in a polynucleotide sequence, wherein the number of bases to be mutagenized is preferably every integer from 15 to 100,000. Thus, instead of mutagenizing every position along a molecule, one can subject every a discrete number of bases (preferably a subset totaling from 15 to 100,000) to mutagenesis.
Preferably, a separate nucleotide is used for mutagenizing each position or group of positions along a polynucleotide sequence. A group of 3 positions to be mutagenized may be a codon. The mutations are preferably introduced using a mutagenic primer, containing a heterologous cassette, also referred to as a mutagenic cassette.
Preferred cassettes can have from 1 to 500 bases. Each nucleotide position in such heterologous cassettes be N, A, C, G, T, A/C, A/G, A/T, C/G, C/T, G/T, C/G/T, A/G/T, A/C/T, A/C/G, or E, where E is any base that is not A, C, G, or T (E can be referred to as a designer oligo). The tables below show exemplary tri-nucleotide cassettes (there are over 3000 possibilities in addition to N,N,G/T and N,N,N and N,N,A/C).
In a general sense, saturation mutagenesis is comprised of mutagenizing a complete set of mutagenic cassettes (wherein each cassette is preferably 1-500 bases in length) in defined polynucleotide sequence to be mutagenized (wherein the sequence to be mutagenized is preferably from 15 to 100,000 bases in length).
Thusly, a group of mutations (ranging from 1 to 100 mutations) is introduced into each cassette to be mutagenized. A grouping of mutations to be introduced into one cassette can be different or the same from a second grouping of mutations to be introduced into a second cassette during the application of one round of saturation mutagenesis. Such groupings are exemplified by deletions, additions, groupings of particular codons, and groupings of particular nucleotide cassettes.
Defined sequences to be mutagenized (see Fig. 20) include preferably a whole gene, pathway, cDNA, an entire open reading frame (ORF), and intire promoter, enhancer, repressor/transactivator, origin of replication, intron, operator, or any polynucleotide functional group. Generally, a preferred "defined sequences"
for this purpose may be any polynucleotide that a 15 base-polynucleotide sequence, and polynucleotide sequences of lengths between 15 bases and 15,000 bases (this invention specifically names every integer in between). Considerations in choosing groupings of codons include types of amino acids encoded by a degenerate mutagenic cassette.
In a particularly preferred exemplification a grouping of mutations that can be introduced into a mutagenic cassette, this invention specifically provides for degenerate codon substitutions (using degenerate oligos) that code for 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, and 20 amino acids at each position, and a library of polypeptides encoded thereby.
Chimerizations In vitro Shuffling The equivalents of some standard genetic matings may also be performed by shuffling in vitro. For example, a "molecular backcross" can be performed by repeatedly mixing the hybrid's nucleic acid with the wild-type nucleic acid while selecting for the mutations of interest. As in traditional breeding, this approach can be used to combine phenotypes from different sources into a background of choice.
It is useful, for example, for the removal of neutral mutations that affect unselected characteristics (i.e. immunogenicity). Thus it can be useful to determine which mutations in a protein are involved in the enhanced biological activity and which are not, an advantage which cannot be achieved by error-prone mutagenesis or cassette mutagenesis methods.
Large, functional genes can be assembled correctly from a mixture of small random polynucleotides. This reaction may be of use for the reassembly of genes from the highly fragmented DNA of fossils. In addition random nucleic acid fragments from fossils may be combined with polynucleotides from similar genes from related species.
It is also contemplated that the method of this invention can be used for the in vitro amplification of a whole genome from a single cell as is needed for a variety of research and diagnostic applications. DNA amplification by PCR is in practice limited to a length of about 40 kb. Amplification of a whole genome such as that of E. coli (5, 000 kb) by PCR would require about 250 primers yielding 125 forty kb polynucleotides. This approach is not practical due to the unavailability of sufficient sequence data. On the other hand, random production of polynucleotides of the genome with sexual PCR cycles, followed by gel purification of small polynucleotides will provide a multitude of possible primers. Use of this mix of random small polynucleotides as primers in a PCR reaction alone or with the whole genome as the template should result in an inverse chain reaction with the theoretical endpoint of a single concatamer containing many copies of the genome.
100 fold amplification in the copy number and an average polynucleotide size of greater than 50 kb may be obtained when only random polynucleotides are used. It is thought that the larger concatamer is generated by overlap of many smaller polynucleotides. The quality of specific PCR products obtained using synthetic primers will be indistinguishable from the product obtained from unamplified DNA.
It is expected that this approach will be useful for the mapping of genomes.
triplet sequence, or an N,N, G/C triplet sequence.
It is appreciated, however, that the use of a degenerate triplet (such as N,N,G/T or an N,N, G/C triplet sequence) as disclosed in the instant invention is advantageous for several reasons. In one aspect, this invention provides a means to systematically and fairly easily generate the substitution of the full range of possible amino acids (for a total of 20 amino acids) into each and every amino acid position in a polypeptide. Thus, for a 100 amino acid polypeptide, the instant invention provides a way to systematically and fairly easily generate 2000 distinct species (i.e.
possible amino acids per position X 100 amino acid positions). It is appreciated that there is provided, through the use of an oligo containing a degenerate N,N,G/T
or an N,N, G/C triplet sequence, 32 individual sequences that code for 20 possible amino acids. Thus, in a reaction vessel in which a parental polynucleotide sequence is subjected to saturation mutagenesis using one such oligo, there are generated distinct progeny polynucleotides encoding 20 distinct polypeptides. In contrast, the use of a non-degenerate oligo in site-directed mutagenesis leads to only one progeny polypeptide product per reaction vessel.
This invention also provides for the use of nondegenerate oligos, which can optionally be used in combination with degenerate primers disclosed. It is appreciated that in some situations, it is advantageous to use nondegenerate oligos to generate specific point mutations in a working polynucleotide. This provides a means to generate specific silent point mutations, point mutations leading to corresponding amino acid changes, and point mutations that cause the generation of stop codons and the corresponding expression of polypeptide fragments.
Thus, in a preferred embodiment of this invention, each saturation mutagenesis reaction vessel contains polynucleotides encoding at least 20 progeny polypeptide molecules such that al120 amino acids are represented at the one specific amino acid position corresponding to the codon position mutagenized in the parental polynucleotide. The 32-fold degenerate progeny polypeptides generated from each saturation mutagenesis reaction vessel can be subjected to clonal amplification (e.g.
cloned into a suitable E. coli host using an expression vector) and subjected to expression screening. When an individual progeny polypeptide is identified by screening to display a favorable change in property (when compared to the parental polypeptide), it can be sequenced to identify the correspondingly favorable amino acid substitution contained therein.
It is appreciated that upon mutagenizing each and every amino acid position in a parental polypeptide using saturation mutagenesis as disclosed herein, favorable amino acid changes may be identified at more than one amino acid position. One or more new progeny molecules can be generated that contain a combination of all or part of these favorable amino acid substitutions. For example, if 2 specific favorable amino acid changes are identified in each of 3 amino acid positions in a polypeptide, the permutations include 3 possibilities at each position (no change from the original amino acid, and each of two favorable changes) and 3 positions. Thus, there are 3 x 3 x 3 or 27 total possibilities, including 7 that were previously examined - 6 single point mutations (i.e. 2 at each of three positions) and no change at any position.
In yet another aspect, site-saturation mutagenesis can be used together with shuffling, chimerization, recombination and other mutagenizing processes, along with screening. This invention provides for the use of any mutagenizing process(es), including saturation mutagenesis, in an iterative manner. In one exemplification, the iterative use of any mutagenizing process(es) is used in combination with screening.
Thus, in a non-limiting exemplification, this invention provides for the use of saturation mutagenesis in combination with additional mutagenization processes, such as process where two or more related polynucleotides are introduced into a suitable host cell such that a hybrid polynucleotide is generated by recombination and reductive reassortment.
In addition to performing mutagenesis along the entire sequence of a gene, the instant invention provides that mutagenesis can be use to replace each of any number of bases in a polynucleotide sequence, wherein the number of bases to be mutagenized is preferably every integer from 15 to 100,000. Thus, instead of mutagenizing every position along a molecule, one can subject every a discrete number of bases (preferably a subset totaling from 15 to 100,000) to mutagenesis.
Preferably, a separate nucleotide is used for mutagenizing each position or group of positions along a polynucleotide sequence. A group of 3 positions to be mutagenized may be a codon. The mutations are preferably introduced using a mutagenic primer, containing a heterologous cassette, also referred to as a mutagenic cassette.
Preferred cassettes can have from 1 to 500 bases. Each nucleotide position in such heterologous cassettes be N, A, C, G, T, A/C, A/G, A/T, C/G, C/T, G/T, C/G/T, A/G/T, A/C/T, A/C/G, or E, where E is any base that is not A, C, G, or T (E can be referred to as a designer oligo). The tables below show exemplary tri-nucleotide cassettes (there are over 3000 possibilities in addition to N,N,G/T and N,N,N and N,N,A/C).
In a general sense, saturation mutagenesis is comprised of mutagenizing a complete set of mutagenic cassettes (wherein each cassette is preferably 1-500 bases in length) in defined polynucleotide sequence to be mutagenized (wherein the sequence to be mutagenized is preferably from 15 to 100,000 bases in length).
Thusly, a group of mutations (ranging from 1 to 100 mutations) is introduced into each cassette to be mutagenized. A grouping of mutations to be introduced into one cassette can be different or the same from a second grouping of mutations to be introduced into a second cassette during the application of one round of saturation mutagenesis. Such groupings are exemplified by deletions, additions, groupings of particular codons, and groupings of particular nucleotide cassettes.
Defined sequences to be mutagenized (see Fig. 20) include preferably a whole gene, pathway, cDNA, an entire open reading frame (ORF), and intire promoter, enhancer, repressor/transactivator, origin of replication, intron, operator, or any polynucleotide functional group. Generally, a preferred "defined sequences"
for this purpose may be any polynucleotide that a 15 base-polynucleotide sequence, and polynucleotide sequences of lengths between 15 bases and 15,000 bases (this invention specifically names every integer in between). Considerations in choosing groupings of codons include types of amino acids encoded by a degenerate mutagenic cassette.
In a particularly preferred exemplification a grouping of mutations that can be introduced into a mutagenic cassette, this invention specifically provides for degenerate codon substitutions (using degenerate oligos) that code for 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, and 20 amino acids at each position, and a library of polypeptides encoded thereby.
Chimerizations In vitro Shuffling The equivalents of some standard genetic matings may also be performed by shuffling in vitro. For example, a "molecular backcross" can be performed by repeatedly mixing the hybrid's nucleic acid with the wild-type nucleic acid while selecting for the mutations of interest. As in traditional breeding, this approach can be used to combine phenotypes from different sources into a background of choice.
It is useful, for example, for the removal of neutral mutations that affect unselected characteristics (i.e. immunogenicity). Thus it can be useful to determine which mutations in a protein are involved in the enhanced biological activity and which are not, an advantage which cannot be achieved by error-prone mutagenesis or cassette mutagenesis methods.
Large, functional genes can be assembled correctly from a mixture of small random polynucleotides. This reaction may be of use for the reassembly of genes from the highly fragmented DNA of fossils. In addition random nucleic acid fragments from fossils may be combined with polynucleotides from similar genes from related species.
It is also contemplated that the method of this invention can be used for the in vitro amplification of a whole genome from a single cell as is needed for a variety of research and diagnostic applications. DNA amplification by PCR is in practice limited to a length of about 40 kb. Amplification of a whole genome such as that of E. coli (5, 000 kb) by PCR would require about 250 primers yielding 125 forty kb polynucleotides. This approach is not practical due to the unavailability of sufficient sequence data. On the other hand, random production of polynucleotides of the genome with sexual PCR cycles, followed by gel purification of small polynucleotides will provide a multitude of possible primers. Use of this mix of random small polynucleotides as primers in a PCR reaction alone or with the whole genome as the template should result in an inverse chain reaction with the theoretical endpoint of a single concatamer containing many copies of the genome.
100 fold amplification in the copy number and an average polynucleotide size of greater than 50 kb may be obtained when only random polynucleotides are used. It is thought that the larger concatamer is generated by overlap of many smaller polynucleotides. The quality of specific PCR products obtained using synthetic primers will be indistinguishable from the product obtained from unamplified DNA.
It is expected that this approach will be useful for the mapping of genomes.
The polynucleotide to be shuffled can be produced as random or non-random polynucleotides, at the discretion of the practitioner. Moreover, this invention provides a method of shuffling that is applicable to a wide range of polynucleotide sizes and types, including the step of generating polynucleotide monomers to be used as building blocks in the reassembly of a larger polynucleotide. For example, the building blocks can be fragments of genes or they can be comprised of entire genes or gene pathways, or any combination thereof.
Exonuclease-mediated shufflinQ
In a particular embodiment, this invention provides for a method for shuffling, assembling, reassembling, recombining, &/or concatenating at least two polynucleotides to form a progeny polynucleotide (e.g. a chimeric progeny polynucleotide that can be expressed to produce a polypeptide or a gene pathway). In a particular embodiment, a double stranded polynucleotide end (e.g. two single stranded sequences hybridized to each other as hybridization partners) is treated with an exonuclease to liberate nucleotides from one of the two strands, leaving the remaining strand free of its original partner so that, if desired, the remaining strand may be used to achieve hybridization to another partner.
In a particular aspect, a double stranded polynucleotide end (that may be part of - or connected to - a polynucleotide or a nonpolynucleotide sequence) is subjected to a source of exonuclease activity. Serviceable sources of exonuclease activity may be an enzyme with 3' exonuclease activity, an enzyme with 5' exonuclease activity, an enzyme with both 3' exonuclease activity and 5' exonuclease activity, and any combination thereof. An exonuclease can be used to liberate nucleotides from one or both ends of a linear double stranded polynucleotide, and from one to all ends of a branched polynucleotide having more than two ends. The mechanism of action of this liberation is believed to be comprised of an enzymatically-catalyzed hydrolysis of terminal nucleotides, and can be allowed to proceed in a time-dependent fashion, allowing experimental control of the progression of the enzymatic process.
By contrast, a non-enzymatic step may be used to shuffle, assemble, reassemble, recombine, and/or concatenate polynucleotide building blocks that is comprised of subjecting a working sample to denaturing (or "melting") conditions (for example, by changing temperature, pH, and /or salinity conditions) so as to melt a working set of double stranded polynucleotides into single polynucleotide strands.
For shuffling, it is desirable that the single polynucleotide strands participate to some extent in annealment with different hybridization partners (i.e. and not merely revert to exclusive reannealment between what were former partners before the denaturation step). The presence of the former hybridization partners in the reaction vessel, however, does not preclude, and may sometimes even favor, reannealment of a single stranded polynucleotide with its former partner, to recreate an original double stranded polynucleotide.
In contrast to this non-enzymatic shuffling step comprised of subjecting double stranded polynucleotide building blocks to denaturation, followed by annealment, the instant invention further provides an exonuclease-based approach requiring no denaturation - rather, the avoidance of denaturing conditions and the maintenance of double stranded polynucleotide substrates in annealed (i.e. non-denatured) state are necessary conditions for the action of exonucleases (e.g., exonuclease III and red alpha gene product). Additionally in contrast, the generation of single stranded polynucleotide sequences capable of hybridizing to other single stranded polynucleotide sequences is the result of covalent cleavage - and hence sequence destruction - in one of the hybridization partners. For example, an exonuclease III enzyme may be used to enzymatically liberate 3' terminal nucleotides in one hybridization strand (to achieve covalent hydrolysis in that polynucleotide strand); and this favors hybridization of the remaining single strand to a new partner (since its former partner was subjected to covalent cleavage).
Exonuclease-mediated shufflinQ
In a particular embodiment, this invention provides for a method for shuffling, assembling, reassembling, recombining, &/or concatenating at least two polynucleotides to form a progeny polynucleotide (e.g. a chimeric progeny polynucleotide that can be expressed to produce a polypeptide or a gene pathway). In a particular embodiment, a double stranded polynucleotide end (e.g. two single stranded sequences hybridized to each other as hybridization partners) is treated with an exonuclease to liberate nucleotides from one of the two strands, leaving the remaining strand free of its original partner so that, if desired, the remaining strand may be used to achieve hybridization to another partner.
In a particular aspect, a double stranded polynucleotide end (that may be part of - or connected to - a polynucleotide or a nonpolynucleotide sequence) is subjected to a source of exonuclease activity. Serviceable sources of exonuclease activity may be an enzyme with 3' exonuclease activity, an enzyme with 5' exonuclease activity, an enzyme with both 3' exonuclease activity and 5' exonuclease activity, and any combination thereof. An exonuclease can be used to liberate nucleotides from one or both ends of a linear double stranded polynucleotide, and from one to all ends of a branched polynucleotide having more than two ends. The mechanism of action of this liberation is believed to be comprised of an enzymatically-catalyzed hydrolysis of terminal nucleotides, and can be allowed to proceed in a time-dependent fashion, allowing experimental control of the progression of the enzymatic process.
By contrast, a non-enzymatic step may be used to shuffle, assemble, reassemble, recombine, and/or concatenate polynucleotide building blocks that is comprised of subjecting a working sample to denaturing (or "melting") conditions (for example, by changing temperature, pH, and /or salinity conditions) so as to melt a working set of double stranded polynucleotides into single polynucleotide strands.
For shuffling, it is desirable that the single polynucleotide strands participate to some extent in annealment with different hybridization partners (i.e. and not merely revert to exclusive reannealment between what were former partners before the denaturation step). The presence of the former hybridization partners in the reaction vessel, however, does not preclude, and may sometimes even favor, reannealment of a single stranded polynucleotide with its former partner, to recreate an original double stranded polynucleotide.
In contrast to this non-enzymatic shuffling step comprised of subjecting double stranded polynucleotide building blocks to denaturation, followed by annealment, the instant invention further provides an exonuclease-based approach requiring no denaturation - rather, the avoidance of denaturing conditions and the maintenance of double stranded polynucleotide substrates in annealed (i.e. non-denatured) state are necessary conditions for the action of exonucleases (e.g., exonuclease III and red alpha gene product). Additionally in contrast, the generation of single stranded polynucleotide sequences capable of hybridizing to other single stranded polynucleotide sequences is the result of covalent cleavage - and hence sequence destruction - in one of the hybridization partners. For example, an exonuclease III enzyme may be used to enzymatically liberate 3' terminal nucleotides in one hybridization strand (to achieve covalent hydrolysis in that polynucleotide strand); and this favors hybridization of the remaining single strand to a new partner (since its former partner was subjected to covalent cleavage).
By way of further illustration, a specific exonuclease, namely exonuclease III
is provided herein as an example of a 3' exonuclease; however, other exonucleases may also be used, including enzymes with 5' exonuclease activity and enzymes with 3' exonuclease activity, and including enzymes not yet discovered and enzymes not yet developed. It is particularly appreciated that enzymes can be discovered, optimized (e.g. engineered by directed evolution), or both discovered and optimized specifically for the instantly disclosed approach that have more optimal rates &/or more highly specific activities &/or greater lack of unwanted activities. In fact it is expected that the instant invention may encourage the discovery &/or development of such designer enzymes. In sum, this invention may be practiced with a variety of currently available exonuclease enzymes, as well enzymes not yet discovered and enzymes not yet developed.
The exonuclease action of exonuclease III requires a working double stranded polynucleotide end that is either blunt or has a 5' overhang, and the exonuclease action is comprised of enzymatically liberating 3' terminal nucleotides, leaving a single stranded 5' end that becomes longer and longer as the exonuclease action proceeds (see Figure 1). Any 5' overhangs produced by this approach may be used to hybridize to another single stranded polynucleotide sequence (which may also be a single stranded polynucleotide or a terminal overhang of a partially double stranded polynucleotide) that shares enough homology to allow hybridization. The ability of these exonuclease III-generated single stranded sequences (e.g. in 5' overhangs) to hybridize to other single stranded sequences allows two or more polynucleotides to be shuffled, assembled, reassembled, &/or concatenated.
Furthermore, it is appreciated that one can protect the end of a double stranded polynucleotide or render it susceptible to a desired enzymatic action of a serviceable exonuclease as necessary. For example, a double stranded polynucleotide end having a 3' overhang is not susceptible to the exonuclease action of exonuclease III.
is provided herein as an example of a 3' exonuclease; however, other exonucleases may also be used, including enzymes with 5' exonuclease activity and enzymes with 3' exonuclease activity, and including enzymes not yet discovered and enzymes not yet developed. It is particularly appreciated that enzymes can be discovered, optimized (e.g. engineered by directed evolution), or both discovered and optimized specifically for the instantly disclosed approach that have more optimal rates &/or more highly specific activities &/or greater lack of unwanted activities. In fact it is expected that the instant invention may encourage the discovery &/or development of such designer enzymes. In sum, this invention may be practiced with a variety of currently available exonuclease enzymes, as well enzymes not yet discovered and enzymes not yet developed.
The exonuclease action of exonuclease III requires a working double stranded polynucleotide end that is either blunt or has a 5' overhang, and the exonuclease action is comprised of enzymatically liberating 3' terminal nucleotides, leaving a single stranded 5' end that becomes longer and longer as the exonuclease action proceeds (see Figure 1). Any 5' overhangs produced by this approach may be used to hybridize to another single stranded polynucleotide sequence (which may also be a single stranded polynucleotide or a terminal overhang of a partially double stranded polynucleotide) that shares enough homology to allow hybridization. The ability of these exonuclease III-generated single stranded sequences (e.g. in 5' overhangs) to hybridize to other single stranded sequences allows two or more polynucleotides to be shuffled, assembled, reassembled, &/or concatenated.
Furthermore, it is appreciated that one can protect the end of a double stranded polynucleotide or render it susceptible to a desired enzymatic action of a serviceable exonuclease as necessary. For example, a double stranded polynucleotide end having a 3' overhang is not susceptible to the exonuclease action of exonuclease III.
However, it may be rendered susceptible to the exonuclease action of exonuclease III
by a variety of means; for example, it may be blunted by treatment with a polymerase, cleaved to provide a blunt end or a 5' overhang, joined (ligated or hybridized) to another double stranded polynucleotide to provide a blunt end or a 5' overhang, hybridized to a single stranded polynucleotide to provide a blunt end or a 5' overhang, or modified by any of a variety of means).
According to one aspect, an exonuclease may be allowed to act on one or on both ends of a linear double stranded polynucleotide and proceed to completion, to near completion, or to partial completion. When the exonuclease action is allowed to go to completion, the result will be that the length of each 5' overhang will be extend far towards the middle region of the polynucleotide in the direction of what might be considered a "rendezvous point" (which may be somewhere near the polynucleotide midpoint). Ultimately, this results in the production of single stranded polynucleotides (that can become dissociated) that are each about half the length of the original double stranded polynucleotide (see Figure 1). Altematively, an exonuclease-mediated reaction can be terminated before proceeding to completion.
Thus this exonuclease-mediated approach is serviceable for shuffling, assembling &/or reassembling, recombining, and concatenating polynucleotide building blocks, which polynucleotide building blocks can be up to ten bases long or tens of bases long or hundreds of bases long or thousands of bases long or tens of thousands of bases long or hundreds of thousands of bases long or millions of bases long or even longer.
This exonuclease-mediated approach is based on the action of double stranded DNA specific exodeoxyribonuclease activity of E. coli exonuclease III.
Substrates for exonuclease III may be generated by subjecting a double stranded polynucleotide to fragmentation. Fragmentation may be achieved by mechanical means (e.g., shearing, sonication, etc.), by enzymatic means (e.g. using restriction enzymes), and by any combination thereof. Fragments of a larger polynucleotide may also be generated by polymerase-mediated synthesis.
Exonuclease III is a 28K monomeric enzyme, product of the xthA gene of E.
coli with four known activities: exodeoxyribonuclease (alternatively referred to as exonuclease herein), RNaseH, DNA-3'-phosphatase, and AP endonuclease. The exodeoxyribonuclease activity is specific for double stranded DNA. The mechanism of action is thought to involve enzymatic hydrolysis of DNA from a 3' end progressively towards a 5' direction, with formation of nucleoside 5'-phosphates and a residual single strand. The enzyme does not display efficient hydrolysis of single stranded DNA, single-stranded RNA, or double-stranded RNA; however it degrades RNA in an DNA-RNA hybrid releasing nucleoside 5'-phosphates. The enzyme also releases inorganic phosphate specifically from 3'phosphomonoester groups on DNA, but not from RNA or short oligonucleotides. Removal of these groups converts the terminus into a primer for DNA polymerase action.
Additional examples of enzymes with exonuclease activity include red-alpha and venom phosphodiesterases. Red alpha (reda) gene product (also referred to as lambda exonuclease) is of bacteriophage k origin. The reda gene is transcribed from the leftward promoter and its product is involved (24 kD) in recombination.
Red alpha gene product acts processively from 5'-phosphorylated termini to liberate mononucleotides from duplex DNA (Takahashi & Kobayashi, 1990). Venom phosphodiesterases (Laskowski, 1980) is capable of rapidly opening supercoiled DNA.
Synthetic Ligation Reassembly In one aspect, the present invention provides a non-stochastic method termed synthetic ligation reassembly (SLR), that is somewhat related to stochastic shuffling, save that the nucleic acid building blocks are not shuffled or concatenated or chimerized randomly, but rather are assembled non-stochastically.
A particularly glaring difference is that the instant SLR method does not depend on the presence of a high level of homology between polynucleotides to be shuffled. In contrast, prior methods, particularly prior stochastic shuffling methods require that presence of a high level of homology, particularly at coupling sites, between polynucleotides to be shuffled. Accordingly these prior methods favor the regeneration of the original progenitor molecules, and are suboptimal for generating large numbers of novel progeny chimeras, particularly full-length progenies.
The instant invention, on the other hand, can be used to non-stochastically generate libraries (or sets) of progeny molecules comprised of over 10100 different chimeras.
Conceivably, SLR can even be used to generate libraries comprised of over 1010 different progeny chimeras with (no upper limit in sight).
Thus, in one aspect, the present invention provides a method, which method is non-stochastic, of producing a set of finalized chimeric nucleic acid molecules having an overall assembly order that is chosen by design, which method is comprised of the steps of generating by design a plurality of specific nucleic acid building blocks having serviceable mutually compatible ligatable ends, and assembling these nucleic acid building blocks, such that a designed overall assembly order is achieved.
The mutually compatible ligatable ends of the nucleic acid building blocks to be assembled are considered to be "serviceable" for this type of ordered assembly if they enable the building blocks to be coupled in predetermined orders. Thus, in one aspect, the overall assembly order in which the nucleic acid building blocks can be coupled is specified by the design of the ligatable ends and, if more than one assembly step is to be used, then the overall assembly order in which the nucleic acid building blocks can be coupled is also specified by the sequential order of the assembly step(s).
Figure 4, Panel C illustrates an exemplary assembly process comprised of 2 sequential steps to achieve a designed (non-stochastic) overall assembly order for five nucleic acid building blocks. In a preferred embodiment of this invention, the annealed building pieces are treated with an enzyme, such as a ligase (e.g. T4 DNA
ligase), achieve covalent bonding of the building pieces.
In a preferred embodiment, the design of nucleic acid building blocks is obtained upon analysis of the sequences of a set of progenitor nucleic acid templates that serve as a basis for producing a progeny set of finalized chimeric nucleic acid molecules. These progenitor nucleic acid templates thus serve as a source of sequence information that aids in the design of the nucleic acid building blocks that are to be mutagenized, i.e. chimerized or shuffled.
In one exemplification, this invention provides for the chimerization of a family of related genes and their encoded family of related products. In a particular exemplification, the encoded products are enzymes. As a representative list of families of enzymes which may be mutagenized in accordance with the aspects of the present invention, there may be mentioned, the following enzymes and their functions:
1 Lipase/Esterase a. Enantioselective hydrolysis of esters (lipids)/ thioesters 1) Resolution of racemic mixtures 2) Synthesis of optically active acids or alcohols from meso-diesters b. Selective syntheses 1) Regiospecific hydrolysis of carbohydrate esters 2) Selective hydrolysis of cyclic secondary alcohols c. Synthesis of optically active esters, lactones, acids, alcohols 1) Transesterification of activated/nonactivated esters 2) Interesterification 3) Optically active lactones from hydroxyesters 4) Regio- and enantioselective ring opening of anhydrides d. Detergents e. Fat/Oil conversion f. Cheese ripening 2 Protease a. Ester/amide synthesis b. Peptide synthesis c. Resolution of racemic mixtures of amino acid esters d. Synthesis of non-natural amino acids e. Detergents/protein hydrolysis 3 Glycosidase/Glycosyl transferase a. Sugar/polymer synthesis b. Cleavage of glycosidic linkages to form mono, di-and oligosaccharides c. Synthesis of complex oligosaccharides d. Glycoside synthesis using UDP-galactosyl transferase e. Transglycosylation of disaccharides, glycosyl fluorides, aryl galactosides f. Glycosyl transfer in oligosaccharide synthesis g. Diastereoselective cleavage of (3-glucosylsulfoxides h. Asymmetric glycosylations i. Food processing j. Paper processing 4 Phosphatase/Kinase a. Synthesis/hydrolysis of phosphate esters 1) Regio-, enantioselective phosphorylation 2) Introduction of phosphate esters 3) Synthesize phospholipid precursors 4) Controlled polynucleotide synthesis b. Activate biological molecule c. Selective phosphate bond formation without protecting groups 5 Mono/Dioxygenase a. Direct oxyfunctionalization of unactivated organic substrates b. Hydroxylation of alkane, aromatics, steroids c. Epoxidation of alkenes d. Enantioselective sulphoxidation e. Regio- and stereoselective Bayer-Villiger oxidations 6 Haloperoxidase a. Oxidative addition of halide ion to nucleophilic sites b. Addition of hypohalous acids to olefinic bonds c. Ring cleavage of cyclopropanes d. Activated aromatic substrates converted to ortho and para derivatives e. 1.3 diketones converted to 2-halo-derivatives f. Heteroatom oxidation of sulfur and nitrogen containing substrates g. Oxidation of enol acetates, alkynes and activated aromatic rings 7 Lignin peroxidase/Diarylpropane peroxidase a. Oxidative cleavage of C-C bonds b. Oxidation of benzylic alcohols to aldehydes c. Hydroxylation of benzylic carbons d. Phenol dimerization e. Hydroxylation of double bonds to form diols f. Cleavage of lignin aldehydes 8 Epoxide hydrolase a. Synthesis of enantiomerically pure bioactive compounds b. Regio- and enantioselective hydrolysis of epoxide c. Aromatic and olefinic epoxidation by monooxygenases to form epoxides d. Resolution of racemic epoxides e. Hydrolysis of steroid epoxides 9 Nitrile hydratase/nitrilase a. Hydrolysis of aliphatic nitriles to carboxamides b. Hydrolysis of aromatic, heterocyclic, unsaturated aliphatic nitriles to corresponding acids c. Hydrolysis of acrylonitrile d. Production of aromatic and carboxamides, carboxylic acids (nicotinamide, picolinamide, isonicotinamide) e. Regioselective hydrolysis of acrylic dinitrile f. a-amino acids from a-hydroxynitriles 10 Transaminase a. Transfer of amino groups into oxo-acids 11 Amidase/Acylase a. Hydrolysis of amides, amidines, and other C-N bonds b. Non-natural amino acid resolution and synthesis These exemplifications, while illustrating certain specific aspects of the invention, do not portray the limitations or circumscribe the scope of the disclosed invention.
by a variety of means; for example, it may be blunted by treatment with a polymerase, cleaved to provide a blunt end or a 5' overhang, joined (ligated or hybridized) to another double stranded polynucleotide to provide a blunt end or a 5' overhang, hybridized to a single stranded polynucleotide to provide a blunt end or a 5' overhang, or modified by any of a variety of means).
According to one aspect, an exonuclease may be allowed to act on one or on both ends of a linear double stranded polynucleotide and proceed to completion, to near completion, or to partial completion. When the exonuclease action is allowed to go to completion, the result will be that the length of each 5' overhang will be extend far towards the middle region of the polynucleotide in the direction of what might be considered a "rendezvous point" (which may be somewhere near the polynucleotide midpoint). Ultimately, this results in the production of single stranded polynucleotides (that can become dissociated) that are each about half the length of the original double stranded polynucleotide (see Figure 1). Altematively, an exonuclease-mediated reaction can be terminated before proceeding to completion.
Thus this exonuclease-mediated approach is serviceable for shuffling, assembling &/or reassembling, recombining, and concatenating polynucleotide building blocks, which polynucleotide building blocks can be up to ten bases long or tens of bases long or hundreds of bases long or thousands of bases long or tens of thousands of bases long or hundreds of thousands of bases long or millions of bases long or even longer.
This exonuclease-mediated approach is based on the action of double stranded DNA specific exodeoxyribonuclease activity of E. coli exonuclease III.
Substrates for exonuclease III may be generated by subjecting a double stranded polynucleotide to fragmentation. Fragmentation may be achieved by mechanical means (e.g., shearing, sonication, etc.), by enzymatic means (e.g. using restriction enzymes), and by any combination thereof. Fragments of a larger polynucleotide may also be generated by polymerase-mediated synthesis.
Exonuclease III is a 28K monomeric enzyme, product of the xthA gene of E.
coli with four known activities: exodeoxyribonuclease (alternatively referred to as exonuclease herein), RNaseH, DNA-3'-phosphatase, and AP endonuclease. The exodeoxyribonuclease activity is specific for double stranded DNA. The mechanism of action is thought to involve enzymatic hydrolysis of DNA from a 3' end progressively towards a 5' direction, with formation of nucleoside 5'-phosphates and a residual single strand. The enzyme does not display efficient hydrolysis of single stranded DNA, single-stranded RNA, or double-stranded RNA; however it degrades RNA in an DNA-RNA hybrid releasing nucleoside 5'-phosphates. The enzyme also releases inorganic phosphate specifically from 3'phosphomonoester groups on DNA, but not from RNA or short oligonucleotides. Removal of these groups converts the terminus into a primer for DNA polymerase action.
Additional examples of enzymes with exonuclease activity include red-alpha and venom phosphodiesterases. Red alpha (reda) gene product (also referred to as lambda exonuclease) is of bacteriophage k origin. The reda gene is transcribed from the leftward promoter and its product is involved (24 kD) in recombination.
Red alpha gene product acts processively from 5'-phosphorylated termini to liberate mononucleotides from duplex DNA (Takahashi & Kobayashi, 1990). Venom phosphodiesterases (Laskowski, 1980) is capable of rapidly opening supercoiled DNA.
Synthetic Ligation Reassembly In one aspect, the present invention provides a non-stochastic method termed synthetic ligation reassembly (SLR), that is somewhat related to stochastic shuffling, save that the nucleic acid building blocks are not shuffled or concatenated or chimerized randomly, but rather are assembled non-stochastically.
A particularly glaring difference is that the instant SLR method does not depend on the presence of a high level of homology between polynucleotides to be shuffled. In contrast, prior methods, particularly prior stochastic shuffling methods require that presence of a high level of homology, particularly at coupling sites, between polynucleotides to be shuffled. Accordingly these prior methods favor the regeneration of the original progenitor molecules, and are suboptimal for generating large numbers of novel progeny chimeras, particularly full-length progenies.
The instant invention, on the other hand, can be used to non-stochastically generate libraries (or sets) of progeny molecules comprised of over 10100 different chimeras.
Conceivably, SLR can even be used to generate libraries comprised of over 1010 different progeny chimeras with (no upper limit in sight).
Thus, in one aspect, the present invention provides a method, which method is non-stochastic, of producing a set of finalized chimeric nucleic acid molecules having an overall assembly order that is chosen by design, which method is comprised of the steps of generating by design a plurality of specific nucleic acid building blocks having serviceable mutually compatible ligatable ends, and assembling these nucleic acid building blocks, such that a designed overall assembly order is achieved.
The mutually compatible ligatable ends of the nucleic acid building blocks to be assembled are considered to be "serviceable" for this type of ordered assembly if they enable the building blocks to be coupled in predetermined orders. Thus, in one aspect, the overall assembly order in which the nucleic acid building blocks can be coupled is specified by the design of the ligatable ends and, if more than one assembly step is to be used, then the overall assembly order in which the nucleic acid building blocks can be coupled is also specified by the sequential order of the assembly step(s).
Figure 4, Panel C illustrates an exemplary assembly process comprised of 2 sequential steps to achieve a designed (non-stochastic) overall assembly order for five nucleic acid building blocks. In a preferred embodiment of this invention, the annealed building pieces are treated with an enzyme, such as a ligase (e.g. T4 DNA
ligase), achieve covalent bonding of the building pieces.
In a preferred embodiment, the design of nucleic acid building blocks is obtained upon analysis of the sequences of a set of progenitor nucleic acid templates that serve as a basis for producing a progeny set of finalized chimeric nucleic acid molecules. These progenitor nucleic acid templates thus serve as a source of sequence information that aids in the design of the nucleic acid building blocks that are to be mutagenized, i.e. chimerized or shuffled.
In one exemplification, this invention provides for the chimerization of a family of related genes and their encoded family of related products. In a particular exemplification, the encoded products are enzymes. As a representative list of families of enzymes which may be mutagenized in accordance with the aspects of the present invention, there may be mentioned, the following enzymes and their functions:
1 Lipase/Esterase a. Enantioselective hydrolysis of esters (lipids)/ thioesters 1) Resolution of racemic mixtures 2) Synthesis of optically active acids or alcohols from meso-diesters b. Selective syntheses 1) Regiospecific hydrolysis of carbohydrate esters 2) Selective hydrolysis of cyclic secondary alcohols c. Synthesis of optically active esters, lactones, acids, alcohols 1) Transesterification of activated/nonactivated esters 2) Interesterification 3) Optically active lactones from hydroxyesters 4) Regio- and enantioselective ring opening of anhydrides d. Detergents e. Fat/Oil conversion f. Cheese ripening 2 Protease a. Ester/amide synthesis b. Peptide synthesis c. Resolution of racemic mixtures of amino acid esters d. Synthesis of non-natural amino acids e. Detergents/protein hydrolysis 3 Glycosidase/Glycosyl transferase a. Sugar/polymer synthesis b. Cleavage of glycosidic linkages to form mono, di-and oligosaccharides c. Synthesis of complex oligosaccharides d. Glycoside synthesis using UDP-galactosyl transferase e. Transglycosylation of disaccharides, glycosyl fluorides, aryl galactosides f. Glycosyl transfer in oligosaccharide synthesis g. Diastereoselective cleavage of (3-glucosylsulfoxides h. Asymmetric glycosylations i. Food processing j. Paper processing 4 Phosphatase/Kinase a. Synthesis/hydrolysis of phosphate esters 1) Regio-, enantioselective phosphorylation 2) Introduction of phosphate esters 3) Synthesize phospholipid precursors 4) Controlled polynucleotide synthesis b. Activate biological molecule c. Selective phosphate bond formation without protecting groups 5 Mono/Dioxygenase a. Direct oxyfunctionalization of unactivated organic substrates b. Hydroxylation of alkane, aromatics, steroids c. Epoxidation of alkenes d. Enantioselective sulphoxidation e. Regio- and stereoselective Bayer-Villiger oxidations 6 Haloperoxidase a. Oxidative addition of halide ion to nucleophilic sites b. Addition of hypohalous acids to olefinic bonds c. Ring cleavage of cyclopropanes d. Activated aromatic substrates converted to ortho and para derivatives e. 1.3 diketones converted to 2-halo-derivatives f. Heteroatom oxidation of sulfur and nitrogen containing substrates g. Oxidation of enol acetates, alkynes and activated aromatic rings 7 Lignin peroxidase/Diarylpropane peroxidase a. Oxidative cleavage of C-C bonds b. Oxidation of benzylic alcohols to aldehydes c. Hydroxylation of benzylic carbons d. Phenol dimerization e. Hydroxylation of double bonds to form diols f. Cleavage of lignin aldehydes 8 Epoxide hydrolase a. Synthesis of enantiomerically pure bioactive compounds b. Regio- and enantioselective hydrolysis of epoxide c. Aromatic and olefinic epoxidation by monooxygenases to form epoxides d. Resolution of racemic epoxides e. Hydrolysis of steroid epoxides 9 Nitrile hydratase/nitrilase a. Hydrolysis of aliphatic nitriles to carboxamides b. Hydrolysis of aromatic, heterocyclic, unsaturated aliphatic nitriles to corresponding acids c. Hydrolysis of acrylonitrile d. Production of aromatic and carboxamides, carboxylic acids (nicotinamide, picolinamide, isonicotinamide) e. Regioselective hydrolysis of acrylic dinitrile f. a-amino acids from a-hydroxynitriles 10 Transaminase a. Transfer of amino groups into oxo-acids 11 Amidase/Acylase a. Hydrolysis of amides, amidines, and other C-N bonds b. Non-natural amino acid resolution and synthesis These exemplifications, while illustrating certain specific aspects of the invention, do not portray the limitations or circumscribe the scope of the disclosed invention.
Thus according to one aspect of this invention, the sequences of a plurality of progenitor nucleic acid templates are aligned in order to select one or more demarcation points, which demarcation points can be located at an area of homology, and are comprised of one or more nucleotides, and which demarcation points are shared by at least two of the progenitor templates. The demarcation points can be used to delineate the boundaries of nucleic acid building blocks to be generated.
Thus, the demarcation points identified and selected in the progenitor molecules serve as potential chimerization points in the assembly of the progeny molecules.
Preferably a serviceable demarcation point is an area of homology (comprised of at least one homologous nucleotide base) shared by at least two progenitor templates. More preferably a serviceable demarcation point is an area of homology that is shared by at least half of the progenitor templates. More preferably still a serviceable demarcation point is an area of homology that is shared by at least two thirds of the progenitor templates. Even more preferably a serviceable demarcation points is an area of homology that is shared by at least three fourths of the progenitor templates. Even more preferably still a serviceable demarcation points is an area of homology that is shared by at almost all of the progenitor templates. Even more preferably still a serviceable demarcation point is an area of homology that is shared by all of the progenitor templates.
The process of designing nucleic acid building blocks and of designing the mutually compatible ligatable ends of the nucleic acid building blocks to be assembled is illustrated in Figures 6 and 7. As shown, the alignment of a set of progenitor templates reveals several naturally occurring demarcation points, and the identification of demarcation points shared by these templates helps to non-stochastically determine the building blocks to be generated and used for the generation of the progeny chimeric molecules.
Thus, the demarcation points identified and selected in the progenitor molecules serve as potential chimerization points in the assembly of the progeny molecules.
Preferably a serviceable demarcation point is an area of homology (comprised of at least one homologous nucleotide base) shared by at least two progenitor templates. More preferably a serviceable demarcation point is an area of homology that is shared by at least half of the progenitor templates. More preferably still a serviceable demarcation point is an area of homology that is shared by at least two thirds of the progenitor templates. Even more preferably a serviceable demarcation points is an area of homology that is shared by at least three fourths of the progenitor templates. Even more preferably still a serviceable demarcation points is an area of homology that is shared by at almost all of the progenitor templates. Even more preferably still a serviceable demarcation point is an area of homology that is shared by all of the progenitor templates.
The process of designing nucleic acid building blocks and of designing the mutually compatible ligatable ends of the nucleic acid building blocks to be assembled is illustrated in Figures 6 and 7. As shown, the alignment of a set of progenitor templates reveals several naturally occurring demarcation points, and the identification of demarcation points shared by these templates helps to non-stochastically determine the building blocks to be generated and used for the generation of the progeny chimeric molecules.
In a preferred embodiment, this invention provides that the ligation reassembly process is performed exhaustively in order to generate an exhaustive library. In other words, all possible ordered combinations of the nucleic acid building blocks are represented in the set of finalized chimeric nucleic acid molecules. At the same time, in a particularly preferred embodiment, the assembly order (i.e.
the order of assembly of each building block in the 5' to 3 sequence of each finalized chimeric nucleic acid) in each combination is by design (or non-stochastic). Because of the non-stochastic nature of this invention, the possibility of unwanted side products is greatly reduced.
In another preferred embodiment, this invention provides that, the ligation reassembly process is performed systematically, for example in order to generate a systematically compartmentalized library, with compartments that can be screened systematically, e.g. one by one. In other words this invention provides that, through the selective and judicious use of specific nucleic acid building blocks, coupled with the selective and judicious use of sequentially stepped assembly reactions, an experimental design can be achieved where specific sets of progeny products are made in each of several reaction vessels. This allows a systematic examination and screening procedure to be performed. Thus, it allows a potentially very large number of progeny molecules to be examined systematically in smaller groups.
Because of its ability to perform chimerizations in a manner that is highly flexible yet exhaustive and systematic as well, particularly when there is a low level of homology among the progenitor molecules, the instant invention provides for the generation of a library (or set) comprised of a large number of progeny molecules.
Because of the non-stochastic nature of the instant ligation reassembly invention, the progeny molecules generated preferably comprise a library of finalized chimeric nucleic acid molecules having an overall assembly order that is chosen by design. In a particularly preferred embodiment of this invention, such a generated library is comprised of preferably greater than 103 different progeny molecular species, more preferably greater than 105 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 1010 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 1015 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 1020 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 1030 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 1040 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 1050 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 1060 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 1070 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 1080 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 10100 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 10110 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 10120 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 101 30 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 10140 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 10150 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 10175 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 10200 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 10300 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 10400 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 10500 different progeny molecular species, and even more preferably still greater than 10100o different progeny molecular species.
In one aspect, a set of finalized chimeric nucleic acid molecules, produced as described is comprised of a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide. According to one preferred embodiment, this polynucleotide is a gene, which may be a man-made gene.
According to another preferred embodiment, this polynucleotide is a gene pathway, which may be a man-made gene pathway. This invention provides that one or more man-made genes generated by this invention may be incorporated into a man-made gene pathway, such as pathway operable in a eukaryotic organism (including a plant).
the order of assembly of each building block in the 5' to 3 sequence of each finalized chimeric nucleic acid) in each combination is by design (or non-stochastic). Because of the non-stochastic nature of this invention, the possibility of unwanted side products is greatly reduced.
In another preferred embodiment, this invention provides that, the ligation reassembly process is performed systematically, for example in order to generate a systematically compartmentalized library, with compartments that can be screened systematically, e.g. one by one. In other words this invention provides that, through the selective and judicious use of specific nucleic acid building blocks, coupled with the selective and judicious use of sequentially stepped assembly reactions, an experimental design can be achieved where specific sets of progeny products are made in each of several reaction vessels. This allows a systematic examination and screening procedure to be performed. Thus, it allows a potentially very large number of progeny molecules to be examined systematically in smaller groups.
Because of its ability to perform chimerizations in a manner that is highly flexible yet exhaustive and systematic as well, particularly when there is a low level of homology among the progenitor molecules, the instant invention provides for the generation of a library (or set) comprised of a large number of progeny molecules.
Because of the non-stochastic nature of the instant ligation reassembly invention, the progeny molecules generated preferably comprise a library of finalized chimeric nucleic acid molecules having an overall assembly order that is chosen by design. In a particularly preferred embodiment of this invention, such a generated library is comprised of preferably greater than 103 different progeny molecular species, more preferably greater than 105 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 1010 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 1015 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 1020 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 1030 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 1040 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 1050 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 1060 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 1070 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 1080 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 10100 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 10110 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 10120 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 101 30 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 10140 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 10150 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 10175 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 10200 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 10300 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 10400 different progeny molecular species, more preferably still greater than 10500 different progeny molecular species, and even more preferably still greater than 10100o different progeny molecular species.
In one aspect, a set of finalized chimeric nucleic acid molecules, produced as described is comprised of a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide. According to one preferred embodiment, this polynucleotide is a gene, which may be a man-made gene.
According to another preferred embodiment, this polynucleotide is a gene pathway, which may be a man-made gene pathway. This invention provides that one or more man-made genes generated by this invention may be incorporated into a man-made gene pathway, such as pathway operable in a eukaryotic organism (including a plant).
It is appreciated that the power of this invention is exceptional, as there is much freedom of choice and control regarding the selection of demarcation points, the size and number of the nucleic acid building blocks, and the size and design of the couplings. It is appreciated, furthermore, that the requirement for intermolecular homology is highly relaxed for the operability of this invention. In fact, demarcation points can even be chosen in areas of little or no intermolecular homology.
For example, because of codon wobble, i.e. the degeneracy of codons, nucleotide substitutions can be introduced into nucleic acid building blocks without altering the amino acid originally encoded in the corresponding progenitor template.
Alternatively, a codon can be altered such that the coding for an originally amino acid is altered. This inventiop provides that such substitutions can be introduced into the nucleic acid building block in order to increase the incidence of intermolecularly homologous demarcation points and thus to allow an increased number of couplings to be achieved among the building blocks, which in turn allows a greater number of progeny chimeric molecules to be generated.
In another exemplifaction, the synthetic nature of the step in which the building blocks are generated allows the design and introduction of nucleotides (e.g.
one or more nucleotides, which may be, for example, codons or introns or regulatory sequences) that can later be optionally removed in an in vitro process (e.g.
by mutageneis) or in an in vivo process (e.g. by utilizing the gene splicing ability of a host organism). It is appreciated that in many instances the introduction of these nucleotides may also be desirable for many other reasons in addition to the potential benefit of creating a serviceable demarcation point.
Thus, according to another embodiment, this invention provides that a nucleic acid building block can be used to introduce an intron. Thus, this invention provides that functional introns may be introduced into a man-made gene of this invention.
This invention also provides that functional introns may be introduced into a man-made gene pathway of this invention. Accordingly, this invention provides for the generation of a chimeric polynucleotide that is a man-made gene containing one (or more) artificially introduced intron(s).
Accordingly, this invention also provides for the generation of a chimeric polynucleotide that is a man-made gene pathway containing one (or more) artificially introduced intron(s). Preferably, the artificially introduced intron(s) are functional in one or more host cells for gene splicing much in the way that naturally-occurring introns serve functionally in gene splicing. This invention provides a process of producing man-made intron-containing polynucleotides to be introduced into host organisms for recombination and/or splicing.
The ability to achieve chimerizations, using couplings as described herein, in areas of little or no homology among the progenitor molecules, is particularly useful, and in fact critical, for the assembly of novel gene pathways. This invention thus provides for the generation of novel man-made gene pathways using synthetic ligation reassembly. In a particular aspect, this is achieved by the introduction of regulatory sequences, such as promoters, that are operable in an intended host, to confer operability to a novel gene pathway when it is introduced into the intended host. In a particular exemplification, this invention provides for the generation of novel man-made gene pathways that is operable in a plurality of intended hosts (e.g. in a microbial organism as well as in a plant cell). This can be achieve, for example, by the introduction of a plurality of regulatory sequences, comprised of a regulatory sequence that is operable in a first intended host and a regulatory sequence that is operable in a second intended host. A similar process can be performed to achieve operability of a gene pathway in a third intended host species, etc. The number of intended host species can be each integer from 1 to 10 or alternatively over 10.
Alternatively, for example, operability of a gene pathway in a plurality of intended hosts can be achieved by the introduction of a regulatory sequence having intrinsic operability in a plurality of intended hosts.
For example, because of codon wobble, i.e. the degeneracy of codons, nucleotide substitutions can be introduced into nucleic acid building blocks without altering the amino acid originally encoded in the corresponding progenitor template.
Alternatively, a codon can be altered such that the coding for an originally amino acid is altered. This inventiop provides that such substitutions can be introduced into the nucleic acid building block in order to increase the incidence of intermolecularly homologous demarcation points and thus to allow an increased number of couplings to be achieved among the building blocks, which in turn allows a greater number of progeny chimeric molecules to be generated.
In another exemplifaction, the synthetic nature of the step in which the building blocks are generated allows the design and introduction of nucleotides (e.g.
one or more nucleotides, which may be, for example, codons or introns or regulatory sequences) that can later be optionally removed in an in vitro process (e.g.
by mutageneis) or in an in vivo process (e.g. by utilizing the gene splicing ability of a host organism). It is appreciated that in many instances the introduction of these nucleotides may also be desirable for many other reasons in addition to the potential benefit of creating a serviceable demarcation point.
Thus, according to another embodiment, this invention provides that a nucleic acid building block can be used to introduce an intron. Thus, this invention provides that functional introns may be introduced into a man-made gene of this invention.
This invention also provides that functional introns may be introduced into a man-made gene pathway of this invention. Accordingly, this invention provides for the generation of a chimeric polynucleotide that is a man-made gene containing one (or more) artificially introduced intron(s).
Accordingly, this invention also provides for the generation of a chimeric polynucleotide that is a man-made gene pathway containing one (or more) artificially introduced intron(s). Preferably, the artificially introduced intron(s) are functional in one or more host cells for gene splicing much in the way that naturally-occurring introns serve functionally in gene splicing. This invention provides a process of producing man-made intron-containing polynucleotides to be introduced into host organisms for recombination and/or splicing.
The ability to achieve chimerizations, using couplings as described herein, in areas of little or no homology among the progenitor molecules, is particularly useful, and in fact critical, for the assembly of novel gene pathways. This invention thus provides for the generation of novel man-made gene pathways using synthetic ligation reassembly. In a particular aspect, this is achieved by the introduction of regulatory sequences, such as promoters, that are operable in an intended host, to confer operability to a novel gene pathway when it is introduced into the intended host. In a particular exemplification, this invention provides for the generation of novel man-made gene pathways that is operable in a plurality of intended hosts (e.g. in a microbial organism as well as in a plant cell). This can be achieve, for example, by the introduction of a plurality of regulatory sequences, comprised of a regulatory sequence that is operable in a first intended host and a regulatory sequence that is operable in a second intended host. A similar process can be performed to achieve operability of a gene pathway in a third intended host species, etc. The number of intended host species can be each integer from 1 to 10 or alternatively over 10.
Alternatively, for example, operability of a gene pathway in a plurality of intended hosts can be achieved by the introduction of a regulatory sequence having intrinsic operability in a plurality of intended hosts.
Thus, according to a particular embodiment, this invention provides that a nucleic acid building block can be used to introduce a regulatory sequence, particularly a regulatory sequence for gene expression. Preferred regulatory sequences include, but are not limited to, those that are man-made, and those found in archeal, bacterial, eukaryotic (including mitochondrial), viral, and prionic or prion-like organisms. Preferred regulatory sequences include but are not limited to, promoters, operators, and activator binding sites. Thus, this invention provides that functional regulatory sequences may be introduced into a man-made gene of this invention. This invention also provides that functional regulatory sequences may be introduced into a man-made gene pathway of this invention.
Accordingly, this invention provides for the generation of a chimeric polynucleotide that is a man-made gene containing one (or more) artificially introduced regulatory sequence(s). Accordingly, this invention also provides for the generation of a chimeric polynucleotide that is a man-made gene pathway containing one (or more) artificially introduced regulatory sequence(s). Preferably, an artificially introduced regulatory sequence(s) is operatively linked to one or more genes in the man-made polynucleotide, and are functional in one or more host cells.
Preferred bacterial promoters that are serviceable for this invention include lacI, lacZ, T3, T7, gpt, lambda PR, PL and trp. Serviceable eukaryotic promoters include CMV immediate early, HSV thymidine kinase, early and late SV40, LTRs from retrovirus, and mouse metallothionein-I. Particular plant regulatory sequences include promoters active in directing transcription in plants, either constitutively or stage and/or tissue specific, depending on the use of the plant or parts thereof. These promoters include, but are not limited to promoters showing constitutive expression, such as the 35S promoter of Cauliflower Mosaic Virus (CaMV) (Guilley et al., 1982), those for leaf-specific expression, such as the promoter of the ribulose bisphosphate carboxylase small subunit gene (Coruzzi et al., 1984), those for root-specific expression, such as the promoter from the glutamin synthase gene (Tingey et al., 1987), those for seed-specific expression, such as the cruciferin A promoter from Brassica napus (Ryan et al., 1989), those for tuber-specific expression, such as the class-I patatin promoter from potato (Rocha-Sosa M, et al., "Both developmental and metabolic signals activate the promoter of a class I patatin", EMBO J., 8:23-29, 1989;
Wenzler et al., 1989) or those for fruit-specific expression, such as the polygalacturonase (PG) promoter from tomato (Bird et al., 1988).
Other regulatory sequences that are preferred for this invention include terminator sequences and polyadenylation signals and any such sequence functioning as such in plants, the choice of which is within the level of the skilled artisan. An example of such sequences is the 3' flanking region of the nopaline synthase (nos) gene of Agrobacterium tumefaciens (Bevan, 1984). The regulatory sequences may also include enhancer sequences, such as found in the 35S promoter of CaMV, and mRNA stabilizing sequences such as the leader sequence of Alfalfa Mosaic Cirus (A1MV) RNA4 (Brederode et al., 1980) or any other sequences functioning in a like manner.
A man-made genes produced using this invention can also serve as a substrate for recombination with another nucleic acid. Likewise, a man-made gene pathway produced using this invention can also serve as a substrate for recombination with another nucleic acid. In a preferred instance, the recombination is facilitated by, or occurs at, areas of homology between the man-made intron-containing gene and a nucleic acid with serves as a recombination partner. In a particularly preferred instance, the recombination partner may also be a nucleic acid generated by this invention, including a man-made gene or a man-made gene pathway. Recombination may be facilitated by or may occur at areas of homology that exist at the one (or more) artificially introduced intron(s) in the man-made gene.
The synthetic ligation reassembly method of this invention utilizes a plurality of nucleic acid building blocks, each of which preferably has two ligatable ends. The two ligatable ends on each nucleic acid building block may be two blunt ends (i.e.
Accordingly, this invention provides for the generation of a chimeric polynucleotide that is a man-made gene containing one (or more) artificially introduced regulatory sequence(s). Accordingly, this invention also provides for the generation of a chimeric polynucleotide that is a man-made gene pathway containing one (or more) artificially introduced regulatory sequence(s). Preferably, an artificially introduced regulatory sequence(s) is operatively linked to one or more genes in the man-made polynucleotide, and are functional in one or more host cells.
Preferred bacterial promoters that are serviceable for this invention include lacI, lacZ, T3, T7, gpt, lambda PR, PL and trp. Serviceable eukaryotic promoters include CMV immediate early, HSV thymidine kinase, early and late SV40, LTRs from retrovirus, and mouse metallothionein-I. Particular plant regulatory sequences include promoters active in directing transcription in plants, either constitutively or stage and/or tissue specific, depending on the use of the plant or parts thereof. These promoters include, but are not limited to promoters showing constitutive expression, such as the 35S promoter of Cauliflower Mosaic Virus (CaMV) (Guilley et al., 1982), those for leaf-specific expression, such as the promoter of the ribulose bisphosphate carboxylase small subunit gene (Coruzzi et al., 1984), those for root-specific expression, such as the promoter from the glutamin synthase gene (Tingey et al., 1987), those for seed-specific expression, such as the cruciferin A promoter from Brassica napus (Ryan et al., 1989), those for tuber-specific expression, such as the class-I patatin promoter from potato (Rocha-Sosa M, et al., "Both developmental and metabolic signals activate the promoter of a class I patatin", EMBO J., 8:23-29, 1989;
Wenzler et al., 1989) or those for fruit-specific expression, such as the polygalacturonase (PG) promoter from tomato (Bird et al., 1988).
Other regulatory sequences that are preferred for this invention include terminator sequences and polyadenylation signals and any such sequence functioning as such in plants, the choice of which is within the level of the skilled artisan. An example of such sequences is the 3' flanking region of the nopaline synthase (nos) gene of Agrobacterium tumefaciens (Bevan, 1984). The regulatory sequences may also include enhancer sequences, such as found in the 35S promoter of CaMV, and mRNA stabilizing sequences such as the leader sequence of Alfalfa Mosaic Cirus (A1MV) RNA4 (Brederode et al., 1980) or any other sequences functioning in a like manner.
A man-made genes produced using this invention can also serve as a substrate for recombination with another nucleic acid. Likewise, a man-made gene pathway produced using this invention can also serve as a substrate for recombination with another nucleic acid. In a preferred instance, the recombination is facilitated by, or occurs at, areas of homology between the man-made intron-containing gene and a nucleic acid with serves as a recombination partner. In a particularly preferred instance, the recombination partner may also be a nucleic acid generated by this invention, including a man-made gene or a man-made gene pathway. Recombination may be facilitated by or may occur at areas of homology that exist at the one (or more) artificially introduced intron(s) in the man-made gene.
The synthetic ligation reassembly method of this invention utilizes a plurality of nucleic acid building blocks, each of which preferably has two ligatable ends. The two ligatable ends on each nucleic acid building block may be two blunt ends (i.e.
each having an overhang of zero nucleotides), or preferably one blunt end and one overhang, or more preferably still two overhangs.
A serviceable overhang for this purpose may be a 3' overhang or a 5' overhang. Thus, a nucleic acid building block may have a 3' overhang or alternatively a 5' overhang or alternatively two 3' overhangs or alternatively two 5' overhangs. The overall order in which the nucleic acid building blocks are assembled to form a finalized chimeric nucleic acid molecule is determined by purposeful experimental design and is not random.
According to one preferred embodiment, a nucleic acid building block is generated by chemical synthesis of two single-stranded nucleic acids (also referred to as single-stranded oligos) and contacting them so as to allow them to anneal to form a double-stranded nucleic acid building block.
A double-stranded nucleic acid building block can be of variable size. The sizes of these building blocks can be small or large depending on the choice of the experimenter. Preferred sizes for building block range from 1 base pair (not including any overhangs) to 100,000 base pairs (not including any overhangs). Other preferred size ranges are also provided, which have lower limits of from 1 bp to 10,000 bp (including every integer value in between), and upper limits of from 2 bp to 100, 000 bp (including every integer value in between).
It is appreciated that current methods of polymerase-based amplification can be used to generate double-stranded nucleic acids of up to thousands of base pairs, if not tens of thousands of base pairs, in length with high fidelity. Chemical synthesis (e.g. phosphoramidite-based) can be used to generate nucleic acids of up to hundreds of nucleotides in length with high fidelity; however, these can be assembled, e.g.
using overhangs or sticky ends, to form double-stranded nucleic acids of up to thousands of base pairs, if not tens of thousands of base pairs, in length if so desired.
A serviceable overhang for this purpose may be a 3' overhang or a 5' overhang. Thus, a nucleic acid building block may have a 3' overhang or alternatively a 5' overhang or alternatively two 3' overhangs or alternatively two 5' overhangs. The overall order in which the nucleic acid building blocks are assembled to form a finalized chimeric nucleic acid molecule is determined by purposeful experimental design and is not random.
According to one preferred embodiment, a nucleic acid building block is generated by chemical synthesis of two single-stranded nucleic acids (also referred to as single-stranded oligos) and contacting them so as to allow them to anneal to form a double-stranded nucleic acid building block.
A double-stranded nucleic acid building block can be of variable size. The sizes of these building blocks can be small or large depending on the choice of the experimenter. Preferred sizes for building block range from 1 base pair (not including any overhangs) to 100,000 base pairs (not including any overhangs). Other preferred size ranges are also provided, which have lower limits of from 1 bp to 10,000 bp (including every integer value in between), and upper limits of from 2 bp to 100, 000 bp (including every integer value in between).
It is appreciated that current methods of polymerase-based amplification can be used to generate double-stranded nucleic acids of up to thousands of base pairs, if not tens of thousands of base pairs, in length with high fidelity. Chemical synthesis (e.g. phosphoramidite-based) can be used to generate nucleic acids of up to hundreds of nucleotides in length with high fidelity; however, these can be assembled, e.g.
using overhangs or sticky ends, to form double-stranded nucleic acids of up to thousands of base pairs, if not tens of thousands of base pairs, in length if so desired.
A combination of methods (e.g. phosphoramidite-based chemical synthesis and PCR) can also be used according to this invention. Thus, nucleic acid building block made by different methods can also be used in combination to generate a progeny molecule of this invention.
The use of chemical synthesis to generate nucleic acid building blocks is particularly preferred in this invention & is advantageous for other reasons as well, including procedural safety and ease. No cloning or harvesting or actual handling of any biological samples is required. The design of the nucleic acid building blocks can be accomplished on paper. Accordingly, this invention teaches an advance in procedural safety in recombinant technologies.
Nonetheless, according to one preferred embodiment, a double-stranded nucleic acid building block according to this invention may also be generated by polymerase-based amplification of a polynucleotide template. In a non-limiting exemplification, as illustrated in Figure 2, a first polymerase-based amplification reaction using a first set of primers, F2 and Rl, is used to generate a blunt-ended product (labeled Reaction 1, Product 1), which is essentially identical to Product A.
A second polymerase-based amplification reaction using a second set of primers, F1 and R2, is used to generate a blunt-ended product (labeled Reaction 2, Product 2), which is essentially identical to Product B. These two products are mixed and allowed to melt and anneal, generating potentially useful double-stranded nucleic acid building blocks with two overhangs. In the example of Fig. 2, the product with the 3' overhangs (Product C) is selected by nuclease-based degradation of the other 3 products using a 3' acting exonuclease, such as exonuclease III. It is appreciated that a 5' acting exonuclease (e.g. red alpha) may be also be used, for example to select Product D instead. It is also appreciated that other selection means can also be used, including hybridization-based means, and that these means can incorporate a further means, such as a magnetic bead-based means, to facilitate separation of the desired product.
Many other methods exist by which a double-stranded nucleic acid building block can be generated that is serviceable for this invention; and these are known in the art and can be readily performed by the skilled artisan.
According to particularly preferred embodiment, a double-stranded nucleic acid building block that is serviceable for this invention is generated by first generating two single stranded nucleic acids and allowing them to anneal to form a double-stranded nucleic acid building block. The two strands of a double-stranded nucleic acid building block may be complementary at every nucleotide apart from any that form an overhang; thus containing no mismatches, apart from any overhang(s).
According to another embodiment, the two strands of a double-stranded nucleic acid building block are complementary at fewer than every nucleotide apart from any that form an overhang. Thus, according to this embodiment, a double-stranded nucleic acid building block can be used to introduce codon degeneracy. Preferably the codon degeneracy is introduced using the site-saturation mutagenesis described herein, using one or more N,N,G/T cassettes or alternatively using one or more N,N,N
cassettes.
Contained within an exemplary experimental design for achieving an ordered assembly according to this invention are:
1) The design of specific nucleic acid building blocks.
2) The design of specific ligatable ends on each nucleic acid building block.
3) The design of a particular order of assembly of the nucleic acid building blocks.
An overhang may be a 3' overhang or a 5' overhang. An overhang may also have a terminal phosphate group or alternatively may be devoid of a terminal phosphate group (having, e.g., a hydroxyl group instead). An overhang may be comprised of any number of nucleotides. Preferably an overhang is comprised of nucleotides (as in a blunt end) to 10,000 nucleotides. Thus, a wide range of overhang sizes may be serviceable. Accordingly, the lower limit may be each integer from 1-200 and the upper limit may be each integer from 2-10,000. According to a particular exemplification, an overhang may consist of anywhere from 1 nucleotide to 200 nucleotides (including every integer value in between).
The final chimeric nucleic acid molecule may be generated by sequentially assembling 2 or more building blocks at a time until all the designated building blocks have been assembled. A working sample may optionally be subjected to a process for size selection or purification or other selection or enrichment process between the performance of two assembly steps. Alternatively, the final chimeric nucleic acid molecule may be generated by assembling all the designated building blocks at once in one step.
The methods of these experiments allow reassembly to occur among nucleic acids having a little or no homology. Additionally fusion points or couplings can also occur in regions of low or no homology. The number of resulting molecules that can be generated in according to this experiment is very large.
Rather than to physically generate and screen this large number of potential products in random order, it is appreciated that, optionally with the aid of a computer, groupings of these potential products can be non-stochastically determined and furthermore ranked according to the predicted the likelihood that desirable products are contained in each grouping. Accordingly it is appreciated according to this experiment that computer modeling ("in silico") or mental calculations or considerations ("in cranio") may be useful to determine groupings all of potential reassembly products, where each such grouping is delineated by the potential products that can be generated using one set (or a finite set) of reagents and/or resulting from a one application (or a finite number of applications) of a method (or a finite number of methods) disclosed herein. Additionally the groupings can be ranked against each other mentally or using computer modeling by predicting the number of potentially desirable or usable products in each grouping.
The grouping of potential products and the ranking of the groupings are different facets of what is referred to herein as "triaging", and specifically "in silico triage" if performed using the aid of a computer.
Examples of "structure-activity" considerations and serviceable computer software programs are abundant. The following examples are provided in a non-limiting fashion. Molecular Simulations Inc. of San Diego, CA is a subsidiary of Pharmacopeia, Inc. provides the following software programs that are useful for this invention: Gene Explorer TM, ViewerPro TM
, SeqFold, Insight II, Biploymer, Homology, MODELER, Profiles-3D, Binding Site Analysis, and CFF.
In vivo Shuflline In an embodiment of in vivo shuffling, the mixed population of the specific nucleic acid sequence is introduced into bacterial or eukaryotic cells under conditions such that at least two different nucleic acid sequences are present in each host cell.
The polynucleotides can be introduced into the host cells by a variety of different methods. The host cells can be transformed with the smaller polynucleotides using methods known in the art, for example treatment with calcium chloride. If the polynucleotides are inserted into a phage genome, the host cell can be transfected with the recombinant phage genome having the specific nucleic acid sequences.
Alternatively, the nucleic acid sequences can be introduced into the host cell using electroporation, transfection, lipofection, biolistics, conjugation, and the like.
The use of chemical synthesis to generate nucleic acid building blocks is particularly preferred in this invention & is advantageous for other reasons as well, including procedural safety and ease. No cloning or harvesting or actual handling of any biological samples is required. The design of the nucleic acid building blocks can be accomplished on paper. Accordingly, this invention teaches an advance in procedural safety in recombinant technologies.
Nonetheless, according to one preferred embodiment, a double-stranded nucleic acid building block according to this invention may also be generated by polymerase-based amplification of a polynucleotide template. In a non-limiting exemplification, as illustrated in Figure 2, a first polymerase-based amplification reaction using a first set of primers, F2 and Rl, is used to generate a blunt-ended product (labeled Reaction 1, Product 1), which is essentially identical to Product A.
A second polymerase-based amplification reaction using a second set of primers, F1 and R2, is used to generate a blunt-ended product (labeled Reaction 2, Product 2), which is essentially identical to Product B. These two products are mixed and allowed to melt and anneal, generating potentially useful double-stranded nucleic acid building blocks with two overhangs. In the example of Fig. 2, the product with the 3' overhangs (Product C) is selected by nuclease-based degradation of the other 3 products using a 3' acting exonuclease, such as exonuclease III. It is appreciated that a 5' acting exonuclease (e.g. red alpha) may be also be used, for example to select Product D instead. It is also appreciated that other selection means can also be used, including hybridization-based means, and that these means can incorporate a further means, such as a magnetic bead-based means, to facilitate separation of the desired product.
Many other methods exist by which a double-stranded nucleic acid building block can be generated that is serviceable for this invention; and these are known in the art and can be readily performed by the skilled artisan.
According to particularly preferred embodiment, a double-stranded nucleic acid building block that is serviceable for this invention is generated by first generating two single stranded nucleic acids and allowing them to anneal to form a double-stranded nucleic acid building block. The two strands of a double-stranded nucleic acid building block may be complementary at every nucleotide apart from any that form an overhang; thus containing no mismatches, apart from any overhang(s).
According to another embodiment, the two strands of a double-stranded nucleic acid building block are complementary at fewer than every nucleotide apart from any that form an overhang. Thus, according to this embodiment, a double-stranded nucleic acid building block can be used to introduce codon degeneracy. Preferably the codon degeneracy is introduced using the site-saturation mutagenesis described herein, using one or more N,N,G/T cassettes or alternatively using one or more N,N,N
cassettes.
Contained within an exemplary experimental design for achieving an ordered assembly according to this invention are:
1) The design of specific nucleic acid building blocks.
2) The design of specific ligatable ends on each nucleic acid building block.
3) The design of a particular order of assembly of the nucleic acid building blocks.
An overhang may be a 3' overhang or a 5' overhang. An overhang may also have a terminal phosphate group or alternatively may be devoid of a terminal phosphate group (having, e.g., a hydroxyl group instead). An overhang may be comprised of any number of nucleotides. Preferably an overhang is comprised of nucleotides (as in a blunt end) to 10,000 nucleotides. Thus, a wide range of overhang sizes may be serviceable. Accordingly, the lower limit may be each integer from 1-200 and the upper limit may be each integer from 2-10,000. According to a particular exemplification, an overhang may consist of anywhere from 1 nucleotide to 200 nucleotides (including every integer value in between).
The final chimeric nucleic acid molecule may be generated by sequentially assembling 2 or more building blocks at a time until all the designated building blocks have been assembled. A working sample may optionally be subjected to a process for size selection or purification or other selection or enrichment process between the performance of two assembly steps. Alternatively, the final chimeric nucleic acid molecule may be generated by assembling all the designated building blocks at once in one step.
The methods of these experiments allow reassembly to occur among nucleic acids having a little or no homology. Additionally fusion points or couplings can also occur in regions of low or no homology. The number of resulting molecules that can be generated in according to this experiment is very large.
Rather than to physically generate and screen this large number of potential products in random order, it is appreciated that, optionally with the aid of a computer, groupings of these potential products can be non-stochastically determined and furthermore ranked according to the predicted the likelihood that desirable products are contained in each grouping. Accordingly it is appreciated according to this experiment that computer modeling ("in silico") or mental calculations or considerations ("in cranio") may be useful to determine groupings all of potential reassembly products, where each such grouping is delineated by the potential products that can be generated using one set (or a finite set) of reagents and/or resulting from a one application (or a finite number of applications) of a method (or a finite number of methods) disclosed herein. Additionally the groupings can be ranked against each other mentally or using computer modeling by predicting the number of potentially desirable or usable products in each grouping.
The grouping of potential products and the ranking of the groupings are different facets of what is referred to herein as "triaging", and specifically "in silico triage" if performed using the aid of a computer.
Examples of "structure-activity" considerations and serviceable computer software programs are abundant. The following examples are provided in a non-limiting fashion. Molecular Simulations Inc. of San Diego, CA is a subsidiary of Pharmacopeia, Inc. provides the following software programs that are useful for this invention: Gene Explorer TM, ViewerPro TM
, SeqFold, Insight II, Biploymer, Homology, MODELER, Profiles-3D, Binding Site Analysis, and CFF.
In vivo Shuflline In an embodiment of in vivo shuffling, the mixed population of the specific nucleic acid sequence is introduced into bacterial or eukaryotic cells under conditions such that at least two different nucleic acid sequences are present in each host cell.
The polynucleotides can be introduced into the host cells by a variety of different methods. The host cells can be transformed with the smaller polynucleotides using methods known in the art, for example treatment with calcium chloride. If the polynucleotides are inserted into a phage genome, the host cell can be transfected with the recombinant phage genome having the specific nucleic acid sequences.
Alternatively, the nucleic acid sequences can be introduced into the host cell using electroporation, transfection, lipofection, biolistics, conjugation, and the like.
In general, in this embodiment, the specific nucleic acids sequences will be present in vectors which are capable of stably replicating the sequence in the host cell.
In addition, it is contemplated that the vectors will encode a marker gene such that host cells having the vector can be selected. This ensures that the mutated specific nucleic acid sequence can be recovered after introduction into the host cell.
However, it is contemplated that the entire mixed population of the specific nucleic acid sequences need not be present on a vector sequence. Rather only a sufficient number of sequences need be cloned into vectors to ensure that after introduction of the polynucleotides into the host cells each host cell contains one vector having at least one specific nucleic acid sequence present therein. It is also contemplated that rather than having a subset of the population of the specific nucleic acids sequences cloned into vectors, this subset may be already stably integrated into the host cell.
It has been found that when two polynucleotides which have regions of identity are inserted into the host cells homologous recombination occurs between the two polynucleotides. Such recombination between the two mutated specific nucleic acid sequences will result in the production of double or triple hybrids in some situations.
It has also been found that the frequency of recombination is increased if some of the mutated specific nucleic acid sequences are present on linear nucleic acid molecules. Therefore, in a preferred embodiment, some of the specific nucleic acid sequences are present on linear polynucleotides.
After transformation, the host cell transformants are placed under selection to identify those host cell transformants which contain mutated specific nucleic acid sequences having the qualities desired. For example, if increased resistance to a particular drug is desired then the transformed host cells may be subjected to increased concentrations of the particular drug and those transformants producing mutated proteins able to confer increased drug resistance will be selected. If the enhanced ability of a particular protein to bind to a receptor is desired, then expression of the protein can be induced from the transformants and the resulting protein assayed in a ligand binding assay by methods known in the art to identify that subset of the mutated population which shows enhanced binding to the ligand.
Alternatively, the protein can be expressed in another system to ensure proper processing.
Once a subset of the first recombined specific nucleic acid sequences (daughter sequences) having the desired characteristics are identified, they are then subject to a second round of recombination.
In the second cycle of recombination, the recombined specific nucleic acid sequences may be mixed with the original mutated specific nucleic acid sequences (parent sequences) and the cycle repeated as described above. In this way a set of second recombined specific nucleic acids sequences can be identified which have enhanced characteristics or encode for proteins having enhanced properties.
This cycle can be repeated a number of times as desired.
It is also contemplated that in the second or subsequent recombination cycle, a backcross can be performed. A molecular backcross can be performed by mixing the desired specific nucleic acid sequences with a large number of the wild-type sequence, such that at least one wild-type nucleic acid sequence and a mutated nucleic acid sequence are present in the same host cell after transformation.
Recombination with the wild-type specific nucleic acid sequence will eliminate those neutral mutations that may affect unselected characteristics such as immunogenicity but not the selected characteristics.
In another embodiment of this invention, it is contemplated that during the first round a subset of the specific nucleic acid sequences can be generated as smaller polynucleotides by slowing or halting their PCR amplification prior to introduction into the host cell. The size of the polynucleotides must be large enough to contain some regions of identity with the other sequences so as to homologously recombine with the other sequences. The size of the polynucleotides will range from 0.03 kb to 100 kb more preferably from 0. 2 kb to 10 kb. It is also contemplated that in subsequent rounds, all of the specific nucleic acid sequences other than the sequences selected from the previous round may be utilized to generate PCR
polynucleotides prior to introduction into the host cells.
The shorter polynucleotide sequences can be single-stranded or double-stranded. If the sequences were originally single-stranded and have become double-stranded they can be denatured with heat, chemicals or enzymes prior to insertion into the host cell. The reaction conditions suitable for separating the strands of nucleic acid are well known in the art.
The steps of this process can be repeated indefinitely, being limited only by the number of possible hybrids which can be achieved. After a certain number of cycles, all possible hybrids will have been achieved and further cycles are redundant.
In an embodiment the same mutated template nucleic acid is repeatedly recombined and the resulting recombinants selected for the desired characteristic.
Therefore, the initial pool or population of mutated template nucleic acid is cloned into a vector capable of replicating in a bacteria such as E. coli. The particular vector is not essential, so long as it is capable of autonomous replication in E. coli. In a preferred embodiment, the vector is designed to allow the expression and production of any protein encoded by the mutated specific nucleic acid linked to the vector. It is also preferred that the vector contain a gene encoding for a selectable marker.
The population of vectors containing the pool of mutated nucleic acid sequences is introduced into the E. coli host cells. The vector nucleic acid sequences may be introduced by transformation, transfection or infection in the case of phage.
In addition, it is contemplated that the vectors will encode a marker gene such that host cells having the vector can be selected. This ensures that the mutated specific nucleic acid sequence can be recovered after introduction into the host cell.
However, it is contemplated that the entire mixed population of the specific nucleic acid sequences need not be present on a vector sequence. Rather only a sufficient number of sequences need be cloned into vectors to ensure that after introduction of the polynucleotides into the host cells each host cell contains one vector having at least one specific nucleic acid sequence present therein. It is also contemplated that rather than having a subset of the population of the specific nucleic acids sequences cloned into vectors, this subset may be already stably integrated into the host cell.
It has been found that when two polynucleotides which have regions of identity are inserted into the host cells homologous recombination occurs between the two polynucleotides. Such recombination between the two mutated specific nucleic acid sequences will result in the production of double or triple hybrids in some situations.
It has also been found that the frequency of recombination is increased if some of the mutated specific nucleic acid sequences are present on linear nucleic acid molecules. Therefore, in a preferred embodiment, some of the specific nucleic acid sequences are present on linear polynucleotides.
After transformation, the host cell transformants are placed under selection to identify those host cell transformants which contain mutated specific nucleic acid sequences having the qualities desired. For example, if increased resistance to a particular drug is desired then the transformed host cells may be subjected to increased concentrations of the particular drug and those transformants producing mutated proteins able to confer increased drug resistance will be selected. If the enhanced ability of a particular protein to bind to a receptor is desired, then expression of the protein can be induced from the transformants and the resulting protein assayed in a ligand binding assay by methods known in the art to identify that subset of the mutated population which shows enhanced binding to the ligand.
Alternatively, the protein can be expressed in another system to ensure proper processing.
Once a subset of the first recombined specific nucleic acid sequences (daughter sequences) having the desired characteristics are identified, they are then subject to a second round of recombination.
In the second cycle of recombination, the recombined specific nucleic acid sequences may be mixed with the original mutated specific nucleic acid sequences (parent sequences) and the cycle repeated as described above. In this way a set of second recombined specific nucleic acids sequences can be identified which have enhanced characteristics or encode for proteins having enhanced properties.
This cycle can be repeated a number of times as desired.
It is also contemplated that in the second or subsequent recombination cycle, a backcross can be performed. A molecular backcross can be performed by mixing the desired specific nucleic acid sequences with a large number of the wild-type sequence, such that at least one wild-type nucleic acid sequence and a mutated nucleic acid sequence are present in the same host cell after transformation.
Recombination with the wild-type specific nucleic acid sequence will eliminate those neutral mutations that may affect unselected characteristics such as immunogenicity but not the selected characteristics.
In another embodiment of this invention, it is contemplated that during the first round a subset of the specific nucleic acid sequences can be generated as smaller polynucleotides by slowing or halting their PCR amplification prior to introduction into the host cell. The size of the polynucleotides must be large enough to contain some regions of identity with the other sequences so as to homologously recombine with the other sequences. The size of the polynucleotides will range from 0.03 kb to 100 kb more preferably from 0. 2 kb to 10 kb. It is also contemplated that in subsequent rounds, all of the specific nucleic acid sequences other than the sequences selected from the previous round may be utilized to generate PCR
polynucleotides prior to introduction into the host cells.
The shorter polynucleotide sequences can be single-stranded or double-stranded. If the sequences were originally single-stranded and have become double-stranded they can be denatured with heat, chemicals or enzymes prior to insertion into the host cell. The reaction conditions suitable for separating the strands of nucleic acid are well known in the art.
The steps of this process can be repeated indefinitely, being limited only by the number of possible hybrids which can be achieved. After a certain number of cycles, all possible hybrids will have been achieved and further cycles are redundant.
In an embodiment the same mutated template nucleic acid is repeatedly recombined and the resulting recombinants selected for the desired characteristic.
Therefore, the initial pool or population of mutated template nucleic acid is cloned into a vector capable of replicating in a bacteria such as E. coli. The particular vector is not essential, so long as it is capable of autonomous replication in E. coli. In a preferred embodiment, the vector is designed to allow the expression and production of any protein encoded by the mutated specific nucleic acid linked to the vector. It is also preferred that the vector contain a gene encoding for a selectable marker.
The population of vectors containing the pool of mutated nucleic acid sequences is introduced into the E. coli host cells. The vector nucleic acid sequences may be introduced by transformation, transfection or infection in the case of phage.
The concentration of vectors used to transform the bacteria is such that a number of vectors is introduced into each cell. Once present in the cell, the efficiency of homologous recombination is such that homologous recombination occurs between the various vectors. This results in the generation of hybrids (daughters) having a combination of mutations which differ from the original parent mutated sequences.
The host cells are then clonally replicated and selected for the marker gene present on the vector. Only those cells having a plasmid will grow under the selection.
The host cells which contain a vector are then tested for the presence of favorable mutations. Such testing may consist of placing the cells under selective pressure, for example, if the gene to be selected is an improved drug resistance gene.
If the vector allows expression of the protein encoded by the mutated nucleic acid sequence, then such selection may include allowing expression of the protein so encoded, isolation of the protein and testing of the protein to determine whether, for example, it binds with increased efficiency to the ligand of interest.
Once a particular daughter mutated nucleic acid sequence has been identified which confers the desired characteristics, the nucleic acid is isolated either already linked to the vector or separated from the vector. This nucleic acid is then mixed with the first or parent population of nucleic acids and the cycle is repeated.
It has been shown that by this method nucleic acid sequences having enhanced desired properties can be selected.
In an alternate embodiment, the first generation of hybrids are retained in the cells and the parental mutated sequences are added again to the cells.
Accordingly, the first cycle of Embodiment I is conducted as described above. However, after the daughter nucleic acid sequences are identified, the host cells containing these sequences are retained.
The host cells are then clonally replicated and selected for the marker gene present on the vector. Only those cells having a plasmid will grow under the selection.
The host cells which contain a vector are then tested for the presence of favorable mutations. Such testing may consist of placing the cells under selective pressure, for example, if the gene to be selected is an improved drug resistance gene.
If the vector allows expression of the protein encoded by the mutated nucleic acid sequence, then such selection may include allowing expression of the protein so encoded, isolation of the protein and testing of the protein to determine whether, for example, it binds with increased efficiency to the ligand of interest.
Once a particular daughter mutated nucleic acid sequence has been identified which confers the desired characteristics, the nucleic acid is isolated either already linked to the vector or separated from the vector. This nucleic acid is then mixed with the first or parent population of nucleic acids and the cycle is repeated.
It has been shown that by this method nucleic acid sequences having enhanced desired properties can be selected.
In an alternate embodiment, the first generation of hybrids are retained in the cells and the parental mutated sequences are added again to the cells.
Accordingly, the first cycle of Embodiment I is conducted as described above. However, after the daughter nucleic acid sequences are identified, the host cells containing these sequences are retained.
The parent mutated specific nucleic acid population, either as polynucleotides or cloned into the same vector is introduced into the host cells already containing the daughter nucleic acids. Recombination is allowed to occur in the cells and the next generation of recombinants, or granddaughters are selected by the methods described above.
This cycle can be repeated a number of times until the nucleic acid or peptide having the desired characteristics is obtained. It is contemplated that in subsequent cycles, the population of mutated sequences which are added to the preferred hybrids may come from the parental hybrids or any subsequent generation.
In an alternative embodiment, the invention provides a method of conducting a "molecular" backcross of the obtained recombinant specific nucleic acid in order to eliminate any neutral mutations. Neutral mutations are those mutations which do not confer onto the nucleic acid or peptide the desired properties. Such mutations may however confer on the nucleic acid or peptide undesirable characteristics.
Accordingly, it is desirable to eliminate such neutral mutations. The method of this invention provide a means of doing so.
In this embodiment, after the hybrid nucleic acid, having the desired characteristics, is obtained by the methods of the embodiments, the nucleic acid, the vector having the nucleic acid or the host cell containing the vector and nucleic acid is isolated.
The nucleic acid or vector is then introduced into the host cell with a large excess of the wild-type nucleic acid. The nucleic acid of the hybrid and the nucleic acid of the wild-type sequence are allowed to recombine. The resulting recombinants are placed under the same selection as the hybrid nucleic acid. Only those recombinants which retained the desired characteristics will be selected. Any silent mutations which do not provide the desired characteristics.will be lost through recombination with the wild-type DNA. This cycle can be repeated a number of times until all of the silent mutations are eliminated.
Thus the methods of this invention can be used in a molecular backcross to eliminate unnecessary or silent mutations.
IIti11~X
The in vivo recombination method of this invention can be performed blindly on a pool of unknown hybrids or alleles of a specific polynucleotide or sequence.
However, it is not necessary to know the actual DNA or RNA sequence of the specific polynucleotide.
The approach of using recombination within a mixed population of genes can be useful for the generation of any useful proteins, for example, interleukin I, antibodies, tPA and growth hormone. This approach may be used to generate proteins having altered specificity or activity. The approach may also be useful for the generation of hybrid nucleic acid sequences, for example, promoter regions, introns, exons, enhancer sequences, 3' untranslated regions or 5' untranslated regions of genes. Thus this approach may be used to generate genes having increased rates of expression. This approach may also be useful in the study of repetitive DNA
sequences. Finally, this approach may be useful to mutate ribozymes or aptamers.
Scaffold-like regions separating regions of diversity in proteins may be particularly suitable for the methods of this invention. The conserved scaffold detennines the overall folding by self-association, while displaying relatively unrestricted loops that mediate the specific binding. Examples of such scaffolds are the immunoglobulin beta barrel, and the four-helix bundle. The methods of this invention can be used to create scaffold-like proteins with various combinations of mutated sequences for binding.
This cycle can be repeated a number of times until the nucleic acid or peptide having the desired characteristics is obtained. It is contemplated that in subsequent cycles, the population of mutated sequences which are added to the preferred hybrids may come from the parental hybrids or any subsequent generation.
In an alternative embodiment, the invention provides a method of conducting a "molecular" backcross of the obtained recombinant specific nucleic acid in order to eliminate any neutral mutations. Neutral mutations are those mutations which do not confer onto the nucleic acid or peptide the desired properties. Such mutations may however confer on the nucleic acid or peptide undesirable characteristics.
Accordingly, it is desirable to eliminate such neutral mutations. The method of this invention provide a means of doing so.
In this embodiment, after the hybrid nucleic acid, having the desired characteristics, is obtained by the methods of the embodiments, the nucleic acid, the vector having the nucleic acid or the host cell containing the vector and nucleic acid is isolated.
The nucleic acid or vector is then introduced into the host cell with a large excess of the wild-type nucleic acid. The nucleic acid of the hybrid and the nucleic acid of the wild-type sequence are allowed to recombine. The resulting recombinants are placed under the same selection as the hybrid nucleic acid. Only those recombinants which retained the desired characteristics will be selected. Any silent mutations which do not provide the desired characteristics.will be lost through recombination with the wild-type DNA. This cycle can be repeated a number of times until all of the silent mutations are eliminated.
Thus the methods of this invention can be used in a molecular backcross to eliminate unnecessary or silent mutations.
IIti11~X
The in vivo recombination method of this invention can be performed blindly on a pool of unknown hybrids or alleles of a specific polynucleotide or sequence.
However, it is not necessary to know the actual DNA or RNA sequence of the specific polynucleotide.
The approach of using recombination within a mixed population of genes can be useful for the generation of any useful proteins, for example, interleukin I, antibodies, tPA and growth hormone. This approach may be used to generate proteins having altered specificity or activity. The approach may also be useful for the generation of hybrid nucleic acid sequences, for example, promoter regions, introns, exons, enhancer sequences, 3' untranslated regions or 5' untranslated regions of genes. Thus this approach may be used to generate genes having increased rates of expression. This approach may also be useful in the study of repetitive DNA
sequences. Finally, this approach may be useful to mutate ribozymes or aptamers.
Scaffold-like regions separating regions of diversity in proteins may be particularly suitable for the methods of this invention. The conserved scaffold detennines the overall folding by self-association, while displaying relatively unrestricted loops that mediate the specific binding. Examples of such scaffolds are the immunoglobulin beta barrel, and the four-helix bundle. The methods of this invention can be used to create scaffold-like proteins with various combinations of mutated sequences for binding.
The equivalents of some standard genetic matings may also be performed by the methods of this invention. For example, a "molecular" backcross can be performed by repeated mixing of the hybrid's nucleic acid with the wild-type nucleic acid while selecting for the mutations of interest. As in traditional breeding, this approach can be used to combine phenotypes from different sources into a background of choice. It is useful, for example, for the removal of neutral mutations that affect unselected characteristics (i.e. immunogenicity). Thus it can be useful to determine which mutations in a protein are involved in the enhanced biological activity and which are not.
Peptide Display Methods The present method can be used to shuffle, by in vitro and/or in vivo recombination by any of the disclosed methods, and in any combination, polynucleotide sequences selected by peptide display methods, wherein an associated polynucleotide encodes a displayed peptide which is screened for a phenotype (e.g., for affinity for a predetermined receptor (ligand).
An increasingly important aspect of bio-pharmaceutical drug development and molecular biology is the identification of peptide structures, including the primary amino acid sequences, of peptides or peptidomimetics that interact with biological macromolecules. one method of identifying peptides that possess a desired structure or functional property, such as binding to a predetermined biological macromolecule (e.g., a receptor), involves the screening of a large library or peptides for individual library members which possess the desired structure or functional property conferred by the amino acid sequence of the peptide.
In addition to direct chemical synthesis methods for generating peptide libraries, several recombinant DNA methods also have been reported. One type involves the display of a peptide sequence, antibody, or other protein on the surface of a bacteriophage particle or cell. Generally, in these methods each bacteriophage particle or cell serves as an individual library member displaying a single species of displayed peptide in addition to the natural bacteriophage or cell protein sequences.
Each bacteriophage or cell contains the nucleotide sequence information encoding the particular displayed peptide sequence; thus, the displayed peptide sequence can be ascertained by nucleotide sequence determination of an isolated library member.
A well-known peptide display method involves the presentation of a peptide sequence on the surface of a filamentous bacteriophage, typically as a fusion with a bacteriophage coat protein. The bacteriophage library can be incubated with an immobilized, predetermined macromolecule or small molecule (e.g., a receptor) so that bacteriophage particles which present a peptide sequence that binds to the immobilized macromolecule can be differentially partitioned from those that do not present peptide sequences that bind to the predetermined macromolecule. The bacteriophage particles (i.e., library members) which are bound to the immobilized macromolecule are then recovered and replicated to amplify the selected bacteriophage sub-population for a subsequent round of affinity enrichment and phage replication. After several rounds of affinity enrichment and phage replication, the bacteriophage library members that are thus selected are isolated and the nucleotide sequence encoding the displayed peptide sequence is determined, thereby identifying the sequence(s) of peptides that bind to the predetermined macromolecule (e.g., receptor). Such methods are further described in PCT patent publications WO
91/17271, WO 91/18980, WO 91/19818 and WO 93/08278.
The latter PCT publication describes a recombinant DNA method for the display of peptide ligands that involves the production of a library of fusion proteins with each fusion protein composed of a first polypeptide portion, typically comprising a variable sequence, that is available for potential binding to a predetermined macromolecule, and a second polypeptide portion that binds to DNA, such as the DNA vector encoding the individual fusion protein. When transformed host cells are cultured under conditions that allow for expression of the fusion protein, the fusion protein binds to the DNA vector encoding it. Upon lysis of the host cell, the fusion protein/vector DNA complexes can be screened against a predetermined macromolecule in much the same way as bacteriophage particles are screened in the phage-based display system, with the replication and sequencing of the DNA
vectors in the selected fusion protein/vector DNA complexes serving as the basis for identification of the selected library peptide sequence(s).
Other systems for generating libraries of peptides and like polymers have aspects of both the recombinant and in vitro chemical synthesis methods. In these hybrid methods, cell-free enzymatic machinery is employed to accomplish the in vitro synthesis of the library members (i.e., peptides or polynucleotides). In one type of method, RNA molecules with the ability to bind a predetermined protein or a predetermined dye molecule were selected by alternate rounds of selection and PCR
amplification (Tuerk and Gold, 1990; Ellington and Szostak, 1990). A similar technique was used to identify DNA sequences which bind a predetermined human transcription factor (Thiesen and Bach, 1990; Beaudry and Joyce, 1992; PCT
patent publications WO 92/05258 and WO 92/14843). In a similar fashion, the technique of in vitro translation has been used to synthesize proteins of interest and has been proposed as a method for generating large libraries of peptides. These methods which rely upon in vitro translation, generally comprising stabilized polysome complexes, are described further in PCT patent publications WO 88/08453, WO 90/05785, WO
90/07003, WO 91/02076, WO 91/05058, and WO 92/02536. Applicants have described methods in which library members comprise a fusion protein having a first polypeptide portion with DNA binding activity and a second polypeptide portion having the library member unique peptide sequence; such methods are suitable for use in cell-free in vitro selection formats, among others.
The displayed peptide sequences can be of varying lengths, typically from 3-5000 amino acids long or longer, frequently from 5-100 amino acids long, and often from about 8-15 amino acids long. A library can comprise library members having varying lengths of displayed peptide sequence, or may comprise library members having a fixed length of displayed peptide sequence. Portions or all of the displayed peptide sequence(s) can be random, pseudorandom, defined set kernal, fixed, or the like. The present display methods include methods for in vitro and in vivo display of single-chain antibodies, such as nascent scFv on polysomes or scfv displayed on phage, which enable large-scale screening of scfv libraries having broad diversity of variable region sequences and binding specificities.
The present invention also provides random, pseudorandom, and defined sequence framework peptide libraries and methods for generating and screening those libraries to identify useful compounds (e.g., peptides, including single-chain antibodies) that bind to receptor molecules or epitopes of interest or gene products that modify peptides or RNA in a desired fashion. The random, pseudorandom, and defined sequence framework peptides are produced from libraries of peptide library members that comprise displayed peptides or displayed single-chain antibodies attached to a polynucleotide template from which the displayed peptide was synthesized. The mode of attachment may vary according to the specific embodiment of the invention selected, and can include encapsulation in a phage particle or incorporation in a cell.
A method of affinity enrichment allows a very large library of peptides and single-chain antibodies to be screened and the polynucleotide sequence encoding the desired peptide(s) or single-chain antibodies to be selected. The polynucleotide can then be isolated and shuffled to recombine combinatorially the amino acid sequence of the selected peptide(s) (or predetermined portions thereof) or single-chain antibodies (or just VHI, VLI or CDR portions thereof). Using these methods, one can identify a peptide or single-chain antibody as having a desired binding affinity for a molecule and can exploit the process of shuffling to converge rapidly to a desired high-affinity peptide or scfv. The peptide or antibody can then be synthesized in bulk by conventional means for any suitable use (e.g., as a therapeutic or diagnostic agent).
A significant advantage of the present invention is that no prior information regarding an expected ligand structure is required to isolate peptide ligands or antibodies of interest. The peptide identified can have biological activity, which is meant to include at least specific binding affinity for a selected receptor molecule and, in some instances, will further include the ability to block the binding of other compounds, to stimulate or inhibit metabolic pathways, to act as a signal or messenger, to stimulate or inhibit cellular activity, and the like.
An increasingly important aspect of bio-pharmaceutical drug development and molecular biology is the identification of peptide structures, including the primary amino acid sequences, of peptides or peptidomimetics that interact with biological macromolecules. one method of identifying peptides that possess a desired structure or functional property, such as binding to a predetermined biological macromolecule (e.g., a receptor), involves the screening of a large library or peptides for individual library members which possess the desired structure or functional property conferred by the amino acid sequence of the peptide.
In addition to direct chemical synthesis methods for generating peptide libraries, several recombinant DNA methods also have been reported. One type involves the display of a peptide sequence, antibody, or other protein on the surface of a bacteriophage particle or cell. Generally, in these methods each bacteriophage particle or cell serves as an individual library member displaying a single species of displayed peptide in addition to the natural bacteriophage or cell protein sequences.
Each bacteriophage or cell contains the nucleotide sequence information encoding the particular displayed peptide sequence; thus, the displayed peptide sequence can be ascertained by nucleotide sequence determination of an isolated library member.
A well-known peptide display method involves the presentation of a peptide sequence on the surface of a filamentous bacteriophage, typically as a fusion with a bacteriophage coat protein. The bacteriophage library can be incubated with an immobilized, predetermined macromolecule or small molecule (e.g., a receptor) so that bacteriophage particles which present a peptide sequence that binds to the immobilized macromolecule can be differentially partitioned from those that do not present peptide sequences that bind to the predetermined macromolecule. The bacteriophage particles (i.e., library members) which are bound to the immobilized macromolecule are then recovered and replicated to amplify the selected bacteriophage sub-population for a subsequent round of affinity enrichment and phage replication. After several rounds of affinity enrichment and phage replication, the bacteriophage library members that are thus selected are isolated and the nucleotide sequence encoding the displayed peptide sequence is determined, thereby identifying the sequence(s) of peptides that bind to the predetermined macromolecule (e.g., receptor). Such methods are further described in PCT patent publications WO
91/17271, WO 91/18980, WO 91/19818 and WO 93/08278.
The latter PCT publication describes a recombinant DNA method for the display of peptide ligands that involves the production of a library of fusion proteins with each fusion protein composed of a first polypeptide portion, typically comprising a variable sequence, that is available for potential binding to a predetermined macromolecule, and a second polypeptide portion that binds to DNA, such as the DNA vector encoding the individual fusion protein. When transformed host cells are cultured under conditions that allow for expression of the fusion protein, the fusion protein binds to the DNA vector encoding it. Upon lysis of the host cell, the fusion protein/vector DNA complexes can be screened against a predetermined macromolecule in much the same way as bacteriophage particles are screened in the phage-based display system, with the replication and sequencing of the DNA
vectors in the selected fusion protein/vector DNA complexes serving as the basis for identification of the selected library peptide sequence(s).
Other systems for generating libraries of peptides and like polymers have aspects of both the recombinant and in vitro chemical synthesis methods. In these hybrid methods, cell-free enzymatic machinery is employed to accomplish the in vitro synthesis of the library members (i.e., peptides or polynucleotides). In one type of method, RNA molecules with the ability to bind a predetermined protein or a predetermined dye molecule were selected by alternate rounds of selection and PCR
amplification (Tuerk and Gold, 1990; Ellington and Szostak, 1990). A similar technique was used to identify DNA sequences which bind a predetermined human transcription factor (Thiesen and Bach, 1990; Beaudry and Joyce, 1992; PCT
patent publications WO 92/05258 and WO 92/14843). In a similar fashion, the technique of in vitro translation has been used to synthesize proteins of interest and has been proposed as a method for generating large libraries of peptides. These methods which rely upon in vitro translation, generally comprising stabilized polysome complexes, are described further in PCT patent publications WO 88/08453, WO 90/05785, WO
90/07003, WO 91/02076, WO 91/05058, and WO 92/02536. Applicants have described methods in which library members comprise a fusion protein having a first polypeptide portion with DNA binding activity and a second polypeptide portion having the library member unique peptide sequence; such methods are suitable for use in cell-free in vitro selection formats, among others.
The displayed peptide sequences can be of varying lengths, typically from 3-5000 amino acids long or longer, frequently from 5-100 amino acids long, and often from about 8-15 amino acids long. A library can comprise library members having varying lengths of displayed peptide sequence, or may comprise library members having a fixed length of displayed peptide sequence. Portions or all of the displayed peptide sequence(s) can be random, pseudorandom, defined set kernal, fixed, or the like. The present display methods include methods for in vitro and in vivo display of single-chain antibodies, such as nascent scFv on polysomes or scfv displayed on phage, which enable large-scale screening of scfv libraries having broad diversity of variable region sequences and binding specificities.
The present invention also provides random, pseudorandom, and defined sequence framework peptide libraries and methods for generating and screening those libraries to identify useful compounds (e.g., peptides, including single-chain antibodies) that bind to receptor molecules or epitopes of interest or gene products that modify peptides or RNA in a desired fashion. The random, pseudorandom, and defined sequence framework peptides are produced from libraries of peptide library members that comprise displayed peptides or displayed single-chain antibodies attached to a polynucleotide template from which the displayed peptide was synthesized. The mode of attachment may vary according to the specific embodiment of the invention selected, and can include encapsulation in a phage particle or incorporation in a cell.
A method of affinity enrichment allows a very large library of peptides and single-chain antibodies to be screened and the polynucleotide sequence encoding the desired peptide(s) or single-chain antibodies to be selected. The polynucleotide can then be isolated and shuffled to recombine combinatorially the amino acid sequence of the selected peptide(s) (or predetermined portions thereof) or single-chain antibodies (or just VHI, VLI or CDR portions thereof). Using these methods, one can identify a peptide or single-chain antibody as having a desired binding affinity for a molecule and can exploit the process of shuffling to converge rapidly to a desired high-affinity peptide or scfv. The peptide or antibody can then be synthesized in bulk by conventional means for any suitable use (e.g., as a therapeutic or diagnostic agent).
A significant advantage of the present invention is that no prior information regarding an expected ligand structure is required to isolate peptide ligands or antibodies of interest. The peptide identified can have biological activity, which is meant to include at least specific binding affinity for a selected receptor molecule and, in some instances, will further include the ability to block the binding of other compounds, to stimulate or inhibit metabolic pathways, to act as a signal or messenger, to stimulate or inhibit cellular activity, and the like.
The present invention also provides a method for shuffling a pool of polynucleotide sequences selected by affinity screening a library of polysomes displaying nascent peptides (including single-chain antibodies) for library members which bind to a predetermined receptor (e.g., a mammalian proteinaceous receptor such as, for example, a peptidergic hormone receptor, a cell surface receptor, an intracellular protein which binds to other protein(s) to form intracellular protein complexes such as hetero-dimers and the like) or epitope (e.g., an immobilized protein, glycoprotein, oligosaccharide, and the like).
Polynucleotide sequences selected in a first selection round (typically by affinity selection for binding to a receptor (e.g., a ligand)) by any of these methods are pooled and the pool(s) is/are shuffled by in vitro and/or in vivo recombination to produce a shuffled pool comprising a population of recombined selected polynucleotide sequences. The recombined selected polynucleotide sequences are subjected to at least one subsequent selection round. The polynucleotide sequences selected in the subsequent selection round(s) can be used directly, sequenced, and/or subjected to one or more additional rounds of shuffling and subsequent selection.
Selected sequences can also be back-crossed with polynucleotide sequences encoding neutral sequences (i.e., having insubstantial functional effect on binding), such as for example by back-crossing with a wild-type or naturally-occurring sequence substantially identical to a selected sequence to produce native-like functional peptides, which may be less immunogenic. Generally, during back-crossing subsequent selection is applied to retain the property of binding to the predetermined receptor (ligand).
Prior to or concomitant with the shuffling of selected sequences, the sequences can be mutagenized. In one embodiment, selected library members are cloned in a prokaryotic vector (e.g., plasmid, phagemid, or bacteriophage) wherein a collection of individual colonies (or plaques) representing discrete library members are produced.
Individual selected library members can then be manipulated (e.g., by site-directed mutagenesis, cassette mutagenesis, chemical mutagenesis, PCR mutagenesis, and the like) to generate a collection of library members representing a kernal of sequence diversity based on the sequence of the selected library member. The sequence of an individual selected library member or pool can be manipulated to incorporate random mutation, pseudorandom mutation, defined kernal mutation (i.e., comprising variant and invariant residue positions and/or comprising variant residue positions which can comprise a residue selected from a defined subset of amino acid residues), codon-based mutation, and the like, either segmentally or over the entire length of the individual selected library member sequence. The mutagenized selected library members are then shuffled by in vitro and/or in vivo recombinatorial shuffling as disclosed herein.
The invention also provides peptide libraries comprising a plurality of individual library members of the invention, wherein (1) each individual library member of said plurality comprises a sequence produced by shuffling of a pool of selected sequences, and (2) each individual library member comprises a variable peptide segment sequence or single-chain antibody segment sequence which is distinct from the variable peptide segment sequences or single-chain antibody sequences of other individual library members in said plurality (although some library members may be present in more than one copy per library due to uneven amplification, stochastic probability, or the like).
The invention also provides a product-by-process, wherein selected polynucleotide sequences having (or encoding a peptide having) a predetermined binding specificity are formed by the process of: (1) screening a displayed peptide or displayed single-chain antibody library against a predetermined receptor (e.g., ligand) or epitope (e.g., antigen macromolecule) and identifying and/or enriching library members which bind to the predetermined receptor or epitope to produce a pool of selected library members, (2) shuffling by recombination the selected library members (or amplified or cloned copies thereof) which binds the predetermined epitope and has been thereby isolated and/or enriched from the library to generate a shuffled library, and (3) screening the shuffled library against the predetermined receptor (e.g., ligand) or epitope (e.g., antigen macromolecule) and identifying and/or enriching shuffled library members which bind to the predetermined receptor or epitope to produce a pool of selected shuffled library members.
Antibody Display and Screenin,g Methods The present method can be used to shuffle, by in vitro and/or in vivo recombination by any of the disclosed methods, and in any combination, polynucleotide sequences selected by antibody display methods, wherein an associated polynucleotide encodes a displayed antibody which is screened for a phenotype (e.g., for affinity for binding a predetermined antigen (ligand).
Various molecular genetic approaches have been devised to capture the vast immunological repertoire represented by the extremely large number of distinct variable regions which can be present in immunoglobulin chains. The naturally-occurring germ line immunoglobulin heavy chain locus is composed of separate tandem arrays of variable segment genes located upstream of a tandem array of diversity segment genes, which are themselves located upstream of a tandem array ofjoining (i) region genes, which are located upstream of the constant region genes.
During B lymphocyte development, V-D-J rearrangement occurs wherein a heavy chain variable region gene (VH) is formed by rearrangement to form a fused D
segment followed by rearrangement with a V segment to form a V-D-J joined product gene which, if productively rearranged, encodes a functional variable region (VH) of a heavy chain. Similarly, light chain loci rearrange one of several V segments with one of several J segments to form a gene encoding the variable region (VL) of a light chain.
Polynucleotide sequences selected in a first selection round (typically by affinity selection for binding to a receptor (e.g., a ligand)) by any of these methods are pooled and the pool(s) is/are shuffled by in vitro and/or in vivo recombination to produce a shuffled pool comprising a population of recombined selected polynucleotide sequences. The recombined selected polynucleotide sequences are subjected to at least one subsequent selection round. The polynucleotide sequences selected in the subsequent selection round(s) can be used directly, sequenced, and/or subjected to one or more additional rounds of shuffling and subsequent selection.
Selected sequences can also be back-crossed with polynucleotide sequences encoding neutral sequences (i.e., having insubstantial functional effect on binding), such as for example by back-crossing with a wild-type or naturally-occurring sequence substantially identical to a selected sequence to produce native-like functional peptides, which may be less immunogenic. Generally, during back-crossing subsequent selection is applied to retain the property of binding to the predetermined receptor (ligand).
Prior to or concomitant with the shuffling of selected sequences, the sequences can be mutagenized. In one embodiment, selected library members are cloned in a prokaryotic vector (e.g., plasmid, phagemid, or bacteriophage) wherein a collection of individual colonies (or plaques) representing discrete library members are produced.
Individual selected library members can then be manipulated (e.g., by site-directed mutagenesis, cassette mutagenesis, chemical mutagenesis, PCR mutagenesis, and the like) to generate a collection of library members representing a kernal of sequence diversity based on the sequence of the selected library member. The sequence of an individual selected library member or pool can be manipulated to incorporate random mutation, pseudorandom mutation, defined kernal mutation (i.e., comprising variant and invariant residue positions and/or comprising variant residue positions which can comprise a residue selected from a defined subset of amino acid residues), codon-based mutation, and the like, either segmentally or over the entire length of the individual selected library member sequence. The mutagenized selected library members are then shuffled by in vitro and/or in vivo recombinatorial shuffling as disclosed herein.
The invention also provides peptide libraries comprising a plurality of individual library members of the invention, wherein (1) each individual library member of said plurality comprises a sequence produced by shuffling of a pool of selected sequences, and (2) each individual library member comprises a variable peptide segment sequence or single-chain antibody segment sequence which is distinct from the variable peptide segment sequences or single-chain antibody sequences of other individual library members in said plurality (although some library members may be present in more than one copy per library due to uneven amplification, stochastic probability, or the like).
The invention also provides a product-by-process, wherein selected polynucleotide sequences having (or encoding a peptide having) a predetermined binding specificity are formed by the process of: (1) screening a displayed peptide or displayed single-chain antibody library against a predetermined receptor (e.g., ligand) or epitope (e.g., antigen macromolecule) and identifying and/or enriching library members which bind to the predetermined receptor or epitope to produce a pool of selected library members, (2) shuffling by recombination the selected library members (or amplified or cloned copies thereof) which binds the predetermined epitope and has been thereby isolated and/or enriched from the library to generate a shuffled library, and (3) screening the shuffled library against the predetermined receptor (e.g., ligand) or epitope (e.g., antigen macromolecule) and identifying and/or enriching shuffled library members which bind to the predetermined receptor or epitope to produce a pool of selected shuffled library members.
Antibody Display and Screenin,g Methods The present method can be used to shuffle, by in vitro and/or in vivo recombination by any of the disclosed methods, and in any combination, polynucleotide sequences selected by antibody display methods, wherein an associated polynucleotide encodes a displayed antibody which is screened for a phenotype (e.g., for affinity for binding a predetermined antigen (ligand).
Various molecular genetic approaches have been devised to capture the vast immunological repertoire represented by the extremely large number of distinct variable regions which can be present in immunoglobulin chains. The naturally-occurring germ line immunoglobulin heavy chain locus is composed of separate tandem arrays of variable segment genes located upstream of a tandem array of diversity segment genes, which are themselves located upstream of a tandem array ofjoining (i) region genes, which are located upstream of the constant region genes.
During B lymphocyte development, V-D-J rearrangement occurs wherein a heavy chain variable region gene (VH) is formed by rearrangement to form a fused D
segment followed by rearrangement with a V segment to form a V-D-J joined product gene which, if productively rearranged, encodes a functional variable region (VH) of a heavy chain. Similarly, light chain loci rearrange one of several V segments with one of several J segments to form a gene encoding the variable region (VL) of a light chain.
The vast repertoire of variable regions possible in immunoglobulins derives in part from the numerous combinatorial possibilities ofjoining V and i segments (and, in the case of heavy chain loci, D segments) during rearrangement in B cell development. Additional sequence diversity in the heavy chain variable regions arises from non-uniform rearrangements of the D segments during V-D-J joining and from N region addition. Further, antigen-selection of specific B cell clones selects for higher affinity variants having non-germline mutations in one or both of the heavy and light chain variable regions; a phenomenon referred to as "affinity maturation" or "affinity sharpening". Typically, these "affinity sharpening" mutations cluster in specific areas of the variable region, most commonly in the complementarity-determining regions (CDRs).
In order to overcome many of the limitations in producing and identifying high-affinity immunoglobulins through antigen-stimulated 13 cell development (i.e., immunization), various prokaryotic expression systems have been developed that can be manipulated to produce combinatorial antibody libraries which may be screened for high-affinity antibodies to specific antigens. Recent advances in the expression of antibodies in Escherichia coli and bacteriophage systems (see "alternative peptide display methods", infra) have raised the possibility that virtually any specificity can be obtained by either cloning antibody genes from characterized hybridomas or by de novo selection using antibody gene libraries (e.g., from Ig cDNA).
Combinatorial libraries of antibodies have been generated in bacteriophage lambda expression systems which may be screened as bacteriophage plaques or as colonies of lysogens (Huse et al, 1989); Caton and Koprowski, 1990; Mullinax et al, 1990; Persson et al, 1991). Various embodiments of bacteriophage antibody display libraries and lambda phage expression libraries have been described (Kang et al, 1991; Clackson et al, 1991; McCafferty et al, 1990; Burton et al, 1991;
Hoogenboom et al, 1991; Chang et al, 1991; Breitling et al, 1991; Marks et al, 1991, p. 581; Barbas et al, 1992; Hawkins and Winter, 1992; Marks et al, 1992, p.
In order to overcome many of the limitations in producing and identifying high-affinity immunoglobulins through antigen-stimulated 13 cell development (i.e., immunization), various prokaryotic expression systems have been developed that can be manipulated to produce combinatorial antibody libraries which may be screened for high-affinity antibodies to specific antigens. Recent advances in the expression of antibodies in Escherichia coli and bacteriophage systems (see "alternative peptide display methods", infra) have raised the possibility that virtually any specificity can be obtained by either cloning antibody genes from characterized hybridomas or by de novo selection using antibody gene libraries (e.g., from Ig cDNA).
Combinatorial libraries of antibodies have been generated in bacteriophage lambda expression systems which may be screened as bacteriophage plaques or as colonies of lysogens (Huse et al, 1989); Caton and Koprowski, 1990; Mullinax et al, 1990; Persson et al, 1991). Various embodiments of bacteriophage antibody display libraries and lambda phage expression libraries have been described (Kang et al, 1991; Clackson et al, 1991; McCafferty et al, 1990; Burton et al, 1991;
Hoogenboom et al, 1991; Chang et al, 1991; Breitling et al, 1991; Marks et al, 1991, p. 581; Barbas et al, 1992; Hawkins and Winter, 1992; Marks et al, 1992, p.
779; Marks et al, 1992, p. 16007; and Lowman et al, 1991; Lerner et al, 1992).
Typically, a bacteriophage antibody display library is screened with a receptor (e.g., polypeptide, carbohydrate, glycoprotein, nucleic acid) that is immobilized (e.g., by covalent linkage to a chromatography resin to enrich for reactive phage by affinity chromatography) and/or labeled (e.g., to screen plaque or colony lifts).
One particularly advantageous approach has been the use of so-called single-chain fragment variable (scfv) libraries (Marks et al, 1992, p. 779;
Winter and Milstein, 1991; Clackson et al, 1991; Marks et al, 1991, p. 581; Chaudhary et al, 1990; Chiswell et al, 1992; McCafferty et al, 1990; and Huston et al, 1988).
Various embodiments of scfv libraries displayed on bacteriophage coat proteins have been described.
Beginning in 1988, single-chain analogues of Fv fragments and their fusion proteins have been reliably generated by antibody engineering methods. The first step generally involves obtaining the genes encoding VH and VL domains with desired binding properties; these V genes may be isolated from a specific hybridoma cell line, selected from a combinatorial V-gene library, or made by V gene synthesis. The single-chain Fv is formed by connecting the component V genes with an oligonucleotide that encodes an appropriately designed linker peptide, such as (Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Ser)3 or equivalent linker peptide(s). The linker bridges the C-terminus of the first V region and N-terminus of the second, ordered as either VH-linker-VL or VL-linker-VH' In principle, the scfv binding site can faithfully replicate both the affinity and specificity of its parent antibody combining site.
Thus, scfv fragments are comprised of VH and VL domains linked into a single polypeptide chain by a flexible linker peptide. After the scfv genes are assembled, they are cloned into a phagemid and expressed at the tip of the M13 phage (or similar filamentous bacteriophage) as fusion proteins with the bacteriophage PIII
Typically, a bacteriophage antibody display library is screened with a receptor (e.g., polypeptide, carbohydrate, glycoprotein, nucleic acid) that is immobilized (e.g., by covalent linkage to a chromatography resin to enrich for reactive phage by affinity chromatography) and/or labeled (e.g., to screen plaque or colony lifts).
One particularly advantageous approach has been the use of so-called single-chain fragment variable (scfv) libraries (Marks et al, 1992, p. 779;
Winter and Milstein, 1991; Clackson et al, 1991; Marks et al, 1991, p. 581; Chaudhary et al, 1990; Chiswell et al, 1992; McCafferty et al, 1990; and Huston et al, 1988).
Various embodiments of scfv libraries displayed on bacteriophage coat proteins have been described.
Beginning in 1988, single-chain analogues of Fv fragments and their fusion proteins have been reliably generated by antibody engineering methods. The first step generally involves obtaining the genes encoding VH and VL domains with desired binding properties; these V genes may be isolated from a specific hybridoma cell line, selected from a combinatorial V-gene library, or made by V gene synthesis. The single-chain Fv is formed by connecting the component V genes with an oligonucleotide that encodes an appropriately designed linker peptide, such as (Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Ser)3 or equivalent linker peptide(s). The linker bridges the C-terminus of the first V region and N-terminus of the second, ordered as either VH-linker-VL or VL-linker-VH' In principle, the scfv binding site can faithfully replicate both the affinity and specificity of its parent antibody combining site.
Thus, scfv fragments are comprised of VH and VL domains linked into a single polypeptide chain by a flexible linker peptide. After the scfv genes are assembled, they are cloned into a phagemid and expressed at the tip of the M13 phage (or similar filamentous bacteriophage) as fusion proteins with the bacteriophage PIII
(gene 3) coat protein. Enriching for phage expressing an antibody of interest is accomplished by panning the recombinant phage displaying a population scfv for binding to a predetermined epitope (e.g., target antigen, receptor).
The linked polynucleotide of a library member provides the basis for replication of the library member after a screening or selection procedure, and also provides the basis for the determination, by nucleotide sequencing, of the identity of the displayed peptide sequence or VH and VL amino acid sequence. The displayed peptide (s) or single-chain antibody (e. g., scfv) and/or its VH and VL
domains or their CDRs can be cloned and expressed in a suitable expression system. Often polynucleotides encoding the isolated VH and VL domains will be ligated to polynucleotides encoding constant regions (CH and CL) to form polynucleotides encoding complete antibodies (e.g., chimeric or fully-human), antibody fragments, and the like. Often polynucleotides encoding the isolated CDRs will be grafted into polynucleotides encoding a suitable variable region framework (and optionally constant regions) to form polynucleotides encoding complete antibodies (e.g., humanized or fully-human), antibody fragments, and the like. Antibodies can be used to isolate preparative quantities of the antigen by immunoaffinity chromatography.
Various other uses of such antibodies are to diagnose and/or stage disease (e.g., neoplasia) and for therapeutic application to treat disease, such as for example:
neoplasia, autoimmune disease, AIDS, cardiovascular disease, infections, and the like.
Various methods have been reported for increasing the combinatorial diversity of a scfv library to broaden the repertoire of binding species (idiotype spectrum) The use of PCR has permitted the variable regions to be rapidly cloned either from a specific hybridoma source or as a gene library from non-immunized cells, affording combinatorial diversity in the assortment of VH and VL cassettes which can be combined. Furthermore, the VH and VL cassettes can themselves be diversified, such as by random, pseudorandom, or directed mutagenesis. Typically, VH and VL
cassettes are diversified in or near the complementarity-determining regions (CDRS), often the third CDR, CDR3. Enzymatic inverse PCR mutagenesis has been shown to be a simple and reliable method for constructing relatively large libraries of scfv site-directed hybrids (Stemmer et al, 1993), as has error-prone PCR and chemical mutagenesis (Deng et al, 1994). Riechmann (Riechmann et al, 1993) showed semi-rational design of an antibody scfv fragment using site-directed randomization by degenerate oligonucleotide PCR and subsequent phage display of the resultant scfv hybrids. Barbas (Barbas et al, 1992) attempted to circumvent the problem of limited repertoire sizes resulting from using biased variable region sequences by randomizing the sequence in a synthetic CDR region of a human tetanus toxoid-binding Fab.
CDR randomization has the potential to create approximately 1 x 1020 CDRs for the heavy chain CDR3 alone, and a roughly similar number of variants of the heavy chain CDR1 and CDR2, and light chain CDR1-3 variants. Taken individually or together, the combination possibilities of CDR randomization of heavy and/or light chains requires generating a prohibitive number of bacteriophage clones to produce a clone library representing all possible combinations, the vast majority of which will be non-binding. Generation of such large numbers of primary transformants is not feasible with current transformation technology and bacteriophage display systems.
For example, Barbas (Barbas et al, 1992) only generated 5 x 107 transformants, which represents only a tiny fraction of the potential diversity of a library of thoroughly randomized CDRS.
Despite these substantial limitations, bacteriophage. display of scfv have already yielded a variety of useful antibodies and antibody fusion proteins. A
bispecific single chain antibody has been shown to mediate efficient tumor cell lysis (Gruber et al, 1994). Intracellular expression of an anti-Rev scfv has been shown to inhibit HIV-1 virus replication in vitro (Duan et al, 1994), and intracellular expression of an anti-p2lrar, scfv has been shown to inhibit meiotic maturation of Xenopus oocytes (Biocca et al, 1993). Recombinant scfv which can be used to diagnose HIV infection have also been reported, demonstrating the diagnostic utility of scfv (Lilley et al, 1994). Fusion proteins wherein an scFv is linked to a second polypeptide, such as a toxin or fibrinolytic activator protein, have also been reported (;Holvoet et al, 1992; Nicholls et al, 1993).
If it were possible to generate scfv libraries having broader antibody diversity and overcoming many of the limitations of conventional CDR mutagenesis and randomization methods which can cover only a very tiny fraction of the potential sequence combinations, the number and quality of scfv antibodies suitable for therapeutic and diagnostic use could be vastly improved. To address this, the in vitro and in vivo shuffling methods of the invention are used to recombine CDRs which have been obtained (typically via PCR amplification or cloning) from nucleic acids obtained from selected displayed antibodies. Such displayed antibodies can be displayed on cells, on bacteriophage particles, on polysomes, or any suitable antibody display system wherein the antibody is associated with its encoding nucleic acid(s).
In a variation, the CDRs are initially obtained from mRNA (or cDNA) from antibody-producing cells (e.g., plasma cells/splenocytes from an immunized wild-type mouse, a human, or a transgenic mouse capable of making a human antibody as in WO 92/03918, WO 93/12227, and WO 94/25585), including hybridomas derived therefrom.
Polynucleotide sequences selected in a first selection round (typically by affmity selection for displayed antibody binding to an antigen (e.g., a ligand) by any of these methods are pooled and the pool(s) is/are shuffled by in vitro and/or in vivo recombination, especially shuffling of CDRs (typically shuffling heavy chain CDRs with other heavy chain CDRs and light chain CDRs with other light chain CDRs) to produce a shuflled pool comprising a population of recombined selected polynucleotide sequences. The recombined selected polynucleotide sequences are expressed in a selection format as a displayed antibody and subjected to at least one subsequent selection round. The polynucleotide sequences selected in the subsequent selection round(s) can be used directly, sequenced, and/or subjected to one or more additional rounds of shuffling and subsequent selection until an antibody of the desired binding affinity is obtained. Selected sequences can also be back-crossed with polynucleotide sequences encoding neutral antibody framework sequences (i.e., having insubstantial functional effect on antigen binding), such as for example by back-crossing with a human variable region framework to produce human-like sequence antibodies. Generally, during back-crossing subsequent selection is applied to retain the property of binding to the predetermined antigen.
Alternatively, or in combination with the noted variations, the valency of the target epitope may be varied to control the average binding affinity of selected scfv library members. The target epitope can be bound to a surface or substrate at varying densities, such as by including a competitor epitope, by dilution, or by other method known to those in the art. A high density (valency) of predetermined epitope can be used to enrich for scfv library members which have relatively low affinity, whereas a low density (valency) can preferentially enrich for higher affinity scfv library members.
For generating diverse variable segments, a collection of synthetic oligonucleotides encoding random, pseudorandom, or a defined sequence kernal set of peptide sequences can be inserted by ligation into a predetermined site (e.g., a CDR).
Similarly, the sequence diversity of one or more CDRs of the single-chain antibody cassette(s) can be expanded by mutating the CDR(s) with site-directed mutagenesis, CDR-replacement, and the like. The resultant DNA molecules can be propagated in a host for cloning and amplification prior to shuffling, or can be used directly (i.e., may avoid loss of diversity which may occur upon propagation in a host cell) and the selected library members subsequently shuffled.
Displayed peptide/polynucleotide complexes (library members) which encode a variable segment peptide sequence of interest or a single-chain antibody of interest are selected from the library by an affinity enrichment technique. This is accomplished by means of a immobilized macromolecule or epitope specific for the peptide sequence of interest, such as a receptor, other macromolecule, or other epitope species. Repeating the affinity selection procedure provides an enrichment of library members encoding the desired sequences, which may then be isolated for pooling and shuffling, for sequencing, and/or for further propagation and affinity enrichment.
The library members without the desired specificity are removed by washing.
The degree and stringency of washing required will be determined for each peptide sequence or single-chain antibody of interest and the immobilized predetermined macromolecule or epitope. A certain degree of control can be exerted over the binding characteristics of the nascent peptide/DNA complexes recovered by adjusting the conditions of the binding incubation and the subsequent washing. The temperature, pH, ionic strength, divalent cations concentration, and the volume and duration of the washing will select for nascent peptide/DNA complexes within particular ranges of affinity for the immobilized macromolecule. Selection based on slow dissociation rate, which is usually predictive of high affinity, is often the most practical route. This may be done either by continued incubation in the presence of a saturating amount of free predeterrnined macromolecule, or by increasing the volume, number, and length of the washes. In each case, the rebinding of dissociated nascent peptide/DNA or peptide/RNA complex is prevented, and with increasing time, nascent peptide/DNA or peptide/RNA complexes of higher and higher affinity are recovered.
Additional modifications of the binding and washing procedures may be applied to find peptides with special characteristics. The affinities of some peptides are dependent on ionic strength or cation concentration. This is a useful characteristic for peptides that will be used in affinity purification of various proteins when gentle conditions for removing the protein from the peptides are required.
The linked polynucleotide of a library member provides the basis for replication of the library member after a screening or selection procedure, and also provides the basis for the determination, by nucleotide sequencing, of the identity of the displayed peptide sequence or VH and VL amino acid sequence. The displayed peptide (s) or single-chain antibody (e. g., scfv) and/or its VH and VL
domains or their CDRs can be cloned and expressed in a suitable expression system. Often polynucleotides encoding the isolated VH and VL domains will be ligated to polynucleotides encoding constant regions (CH and CL) to form polynucleotides encoding complete antibodies (e.g., chimeric or fully-human), antibody fragments, and the like. Often polynucleotides encoding the isolated CDRs will be grafted into polynucleotides encoding a suitable variable region framework (and optionally constant regions) to form polynucleotides encoding complete antibodies (e.g., humanized or fully-human), antibody fragments, and the like. Antibodies can be used to isolate preparative quantities of the antigen by immunoaffinity chromatography.
Various other uses of such antibodies are to diagnose and/or stage disease (e.g., neoplasia) and for therapeutic application to treat disease, such as for example:
neoplasia, autoimmune disease, AIDS, cardiovascular disease, infections, and the like.
Various methods have been reported for increasing the combinatorial diversity of a scfv library to broaden the repertoire of binding species (idiotype spectrum) The use of PCR has permitted the variable regions to be rapidly cloned either from a specific hybridoma source or as a gene library from non-immunized cells, affording combinatorial diversity in the assortment of VH and VL cassettes which can be combined. Furthermore, the VH and VL cassettes can themselves be diversified, such as by random, pseudorandom, or directed mutagenesis. Typically, VH and VL
cassettes are diversified in or near the complementarity-determining regions (CDRS), often the third CDR, CDR3. Enzymatic inverse PCR mutagenesis has been shown to be a simple and reliable method for constructing relatively large libraries of scfv site-directed hybrids (Stemmer et al, 1993), as has error-prone PCR and chemical mutagenesis (Deng et al, 1994). Riechmann (Riechmann et al, 1993) showed semi-rational design of an antibody scfv fragment using site-directed randomization by degenerate oligonucleotide PCR and subsequent phage display of the resultant scfv hybrids. Barbas (Barbas et al, 1992) attempted to circumvent the problem of limited repertoire sizes resulting from using biased variable region sequences by randomizing the sequence in a synthetic CDR region of a human tetanus toxoid-binding Fab.
CDR randomization has the potential to create approximately 1 x 1020 CDRs for the heavy chain CDR3 alone, and a roughly similar number of variants of the heavy chain CDR1 and CDR2, and light chain CDR1-3 variants. Taken individually or together, the combination possibilities of CDR randomization of heavy and/or light chains requires generating a prohibitive number of bacteriophage clones to produce a clone library representing all possible combinations, the vast majority of which will be non-binding. Generation of such large numbers of primary transformants is not feasible with current transformation technology and bacteriophage display systems.
For example, Barbas (Barbas et al, 1992) only generated 5 x 107 transformants, which represents only a tiny fraction of the potential diversity of a library of thoroughly randomized CDRS.
Despite these substantial limitations, bacteriophage. display of scfv have already yielded a variety of useful antibodies and antibody fusion proteins. A
bispecific single chain antibody has been shown to mediate efficient tumor cell lysis (Gruber et al, 1994). Intracellular expression of an anti-Rev scfv has been shown to inhibit HIV-1 virus replication in vitro (Duan et al, 1994), and intracellular expression of an anti-p2lrar, scfv has been shown to inhibit meiotic maturation of Xenopus oocytes (Biocca et al, 1993). Recombinant scfv which can be used to diagnose HIV infection have also been reported, demonstrating the diagnostic utility of scfv (Lilley et al, 1994). Fusion proteins wherein an scFv is linked to a second polypeptide, such as a toxin or fibrinolytic activator protein, have also been reported (;Holvoet et al, 1992; Nicholls et al, 1993).
If it were possible to generate scfv libraries having broader antibody diversity and overcoming many of the limitations of conventional CDR mutagenesis and randomization methods which can cover only a very tiny fraction of the potential sequence combinations, the number and quality of scfv antibodies suitable for therapeutic and diagnostic use could be vastly improved. To address this, the in vitro and in vivo shuffling methods of the invention are used to recombine CDRs which have been obtained (typically via PCR amplification or cloning) from nucleic acids obtained from selected displayed antibodies. Such displayed antibodies can be displayed on cells, on bacteriophage particles, on polysomes, or any suitable antibody display system wherein the antibody is associated with its encoding nucleic acid(s).
In a variation, the CDRs are initially obtained from mRNA (or cDNA) from antibody-producing cells (e.g., plasma cells/splenocytes from an immunized wild-type mouse, a human, or a transgenic mouse capable of making a human antibody as in WO 92/03918, WO 93/12227, and WO 94/25585), including hybridomas derived therefrom.
Polynucleotide sequences selected in a first selection round (typically by affmity selection for displayed antibody binding to an antigen (e.g., a ligand) by any of these methods are pooled and the pool(s) is/are shuffled by in vitro and/or in vivo recombination, especially shuffling of CDRs (typically shuffling heavy chain CDRs with other heavy chain CDRs and light chain CDRs with other light chain CDRs) to produce a shuflled pool comprising a population of recombined selected polynucleotide sequences. The recombined selected polynucleotide sequences are expressed in a selection format as a displayed antibody and subjected to at least one subsequent selection round. The polynucleotide sequences selected in the subsequent selection round(s) can be used directly, sequenced, and/or subjected to one or more additional rounds of shuffling and subsequent selection until an antibody of the desired binding affinity is obtained. Selected sequences can also be back-crossed with polynucleotide sequences encoding neutral antibody framework sequences (i.e., having insubstantial functional effect on antigen binding), such as for example by back-crossing with a human variable region framework to produce human-like sequence antibodies. Generally, during back-crossing subsequent selection is applied to retain the property of binding to the predetermined antigen.
Alternatively, or in combination with the noted variations, the valency of the target epitope may be varied to control the average binding affinity of selected scfv library members. The target epitope can be bound to a surface or substrate at varying densities, such as by including a competitor epitope, by dilution, or by other method known to those in the art. A high density (valency) of predetermined epitope can be used to enrich for scfv library members which have relatively low affinity, whereas a low density (valency) can preferentially enrich for higher affinity scfv library members.
For generating diverse variable segments, a collection of synthetic oligonucleotides encoding random, pseudorandom, or a defined sequence kernal set of peptide sequences can be inserted by ligation into a predetermined site (e.g., a CDR).
Similarly, the sequence diversity of one or more CDRs of the single-chain antibody cassette(s) can be expanded by mutating the CDR(s) with site-directed mutagenesis, CDR-replacement, and the like. The resultant DNA molecules can be propagated in a host for cloning and amplification prior to shuffling, or can be used directly (i.e., may avoid loss of diversity which may occur upon propagation in a host cell) and the selected library members subsequently shuffled.
Displayed peptide/polynucleotide complexes (library members) which encode a variable segment peptide sequence of interest or a single-chain antibody of interest are selected from the library by an affinity enrichment technique. This is accomplished by means of a immobilized macromolecule or epitope specific for the peptide sequence of interest, such as a receptor, other macromolecule, or other epitope species. Repeating the affinity selection procedure provides an enrichment of library members encoding the desired sequences, which may then be isolated for pooling and shuffling, for sequencing, and/or for further propagation and affinity enrichment.
The library members without the desired specificity are removed by washing.
The degree and stringency of washing required will be determined for each peptide sequence or single-chain antibody of interest and the immobilized predetermined macromolecule or epitope. A certain degree of control can be exerted over the binding characteristics of the nascent peptide/DNA complexes recovered by adjusting the conditions of the binding incubation and the subsequent washing. The temperature, pH, ionic strength, divalent cations concentration, and the volume and duration of the washing will select for nascent peptide/DNA complexes within particular ranges of affinity for the immobilized macromolecule. Selection based on slow dissociation rate, which is usually predictive of high affinity, is often the most practical route. This may be done either by continued incubation in the presence of a saturating amount of free predeterrnined macromolecule, or by increasing the volume, number, and length of the washes. In each case, the rebinding of dissociated nascent peptide/DNA or peptide/RNA complex is prevented, and with increasing time, nascent peptide/DNA or peptide/RNA complexes of higher and higher affinity are recovered.
Additional modifications of the binding and washing procedures may be applied to find peptides with special characteristics. The affinities of some peptides are dependent on ionic strength or cation concentration. This is a useful characteristic for peptides that will be used in affinity purification of various proteins when gentle conditions for removing the protein from the peptides are required.
One variation involves the use of multiple binding targets (multiple epitope species, multiple receptor species), such that a scfv library can be simultaneously screened for a multiplicity of scfv which have different binding specificities. Given that the size of a scfv library often limits the diversity of potential scfv sequences, it is typically desirable to us scfv libraries of as large a size as possible. The time and economic considerations of generating a number of very large polysome scFv-display libraries can become prohibitive. To avoid this substantial problem, multiple predetermined epitope species (receptor species) can be concomitantly screened in a single library, or sequential screening against a number of epitope species can be used.
In one variation, multiple target epitope species, each encoded on a separate bead (or subset of beads), can be mixed and incubated with a polysome-display scfv library under suitable binding conditions. The collection of beads, comprising multiple epitope species, can then be used to isolate, by affinity selection, scfv library members. Generally, subsequent affinity screening rounds can include the same mixture of beads, subsets thereof, or beads containing only one or two individual epitope species. This approach affords efficient screening, and is compatible with laboratory automation, batch processing, and high throughput screening methods.
A variety of techniques can be used in the present invention to diversify a peptide library or single-chain antibody library, or to diversify, prior to or concomitant with shuffling, around variable segment peptides found in early rounds of panning to have sufficient binding activity to the predetermined macromolecule or epitope. In one approach, the positive selected peptide/polynucleotide complexes (those identified in an early round of affinity enrichment) are sequenced to determine the identity of the active peptides. Oligonucleotides are then synthesized based on these active peptide sequences, employing a low level of all bases incorporated at each step to produce slight variations of the primary oligonucleotide sequences. This mixture of (slightly) degenerate oligonucleotides is then cloned into the variable segment sequences at the appropriate locations. This method produces systematic, controlled variations of the starting peptide sequences, which can then be shuffled. It requires, however, that individual positive nascent peptide/polynucleotide complexes be sequenced before mutagenesis, and thus is useful for expanding the diversity of small numbers of recovered complexes and selecting variants having higher binding affmity and/or higher binding specificity. In a variation, mutagenic PCR amplification of positive selected peptide/polynucleotide complexes (especially of the variable region sequences, the amplification products of which are shuffled in vitro and/or in vivo and one or more additional rounds of screening is done prior to sequencing. The same general approach can be employed with single-chain antibodies in order to expand the diversity and enhance the binding affinity/specificity, typically by diversifying CDRs or adjacent framework regions prior to or concomitant with shuffling. If desired, shuffling reactions can be spiked with mutagenic oligonucleotides capable of in vitro recombination with the selected library members can be included. Thus, mixtures of synthetic oligonucleotides and PCR produced polynucleotides (synthesized by error-prone or high-fidelity methods) can be added to the in vitro shuffling mix and be incorporated into resulting shuffled library members (shufflants).
The present invention of shuffling enables the generation of a vast library of CDR-variant single-chain antibodies. One way to generate such antibodies is to insert synthetic CDRs into the single-chain antibody and/or CDR randomization prior to or concomitant with shuffling. The sequences of the synthetic CDR cassettes are selected by referring to known sequence data of human CDR and are selected in the discretion of the practitioner according to the following guidelines:
synthetic CDRs will have at least 40 percent positional sequence identity to known CDR
sequences, and preferably will have at least 50 to 70 percent positional sequence identity to known CDR sequences. For example, a collection of synthetic CDR sequences can be generated by synthesizing a collection of oligonucleotide sequences on the basis of naturally-occurring human CDR sequences listed in Kabat (Kabat et al, 1991);
the pool (s) of synthetic CDR sequences are calculated to encode CDR peptide sequences having at least 40 percent sequence identity to at least one known naturally-occurring human CDR sequence. Alternatively, a collection of naturally-occurring CDR
In one variation, multiple target epitope species, each encoded on a separate bead (or subset of beads), can be mixed and incubated with a polysome-display scfv library under suitable binding conditions. The collection of beads, comprising multiple epitope species, can then be used to isolate, by affinity selection, scfv library members. Generally, subsequent affinity screening rounds can include the same mixture of beads, subsets thereof, or beads containing only one or two individual epitope species. This approach affords efficient screening, and is compatible with laboratory automation, batch processing, and high throughput screening methods.
A variety of techniques can be used in the present invention to diversify a peptide library or single-chain antibody library, or to diversify, prior to or concomitant with shuffling, around variable segment peptides found in early rounds of panning to have sufficient binding activity to the predetermined macromolecule or epitope. In one approach, the positive selected peptide/polynucleotide complexes (those identified in an early round of affinity enrichment) are sequenced to determine the identity of the active peptides. Oligonucleotides are then synthesized based on these active peptide sequences, employing a low level of all bases incorporated at each step to produce slight variations of the primary oligonucleotide sequences. This mixture of (slightly) degenerate oligonucleotides is then cloned into the variable segment sequences at the appropriate locations. This method produces systematic, controlled variations of the starting peptide sequences, which can then be shuffled. It requires, however, that individual positive nascent peptide/polynucleotide complexes be sequenced before mutagenesis, and thus is useful for expanding the diversity of small numbers of recovered complexes and selecting variants having higher binding affmity and/or higher binding specificity. In a variation, mutagenic PCR amplification of positive selected peptide/polynucleotide complexes (especially of the variable region sequences, the amplification products of which are shuffled in vitro and/or in vivo and one or more additional rounds of screening is done prior to sequencing. The same general approach can be employed with single-chain antibodies in order to expand the diversity and enhance the binding affinity/specificity, typically by diversifying CDRs or adjacent framework regions prior to or concomitant with shuffling. If desired, shuffling reactions can be spiked with mutagenic oligonucleotides capable of in vitro recombination with the selected library members can be included. Thus, mixtures of synthetic oligonucleotides and PCR produced polynucleotides (synthesized by error-prone or high-fidelity methods) can be added to the in vitro shuffling mix and be incorporated into resulting shuffled library members (shufflants).
The present invention of shuffling enables the generation of a vast library of CDR-variant single-chain antibodies. One way to generate such antibodies is to insert synthetic CDRs into the single-chain antibody and/or CDR randomization prior to or concomitant with shuffling. The sequences of the synthetic CDR cassettes are selected by referring to known sequence data of human CDR and are selected in the discretion of the practitioner according to the following guidelines:
synthetic CDRs will have at least 40 percent positional sequence identity to known CDR
sequences, and preferably will have at least 50 to 70 percent positional sequence identity to known CDR sequences. For example, a collection of synthetic CDR sequences can be generated by synthesizing a collection of oligonucleotide sequences on the basis of naturally-occurring human CDR sequences listed in Kabat (Kabat et al, 1991);
the pool (s) of synthetic CDR sequences are calculated to encode CDR peptide sequences having at least 40 percent sequence identity to at least one known naturally-occurring human CDR sequence. Alternatively, a collection of naturally-occurring CDR
sequences may be compared to generate consensus sequences so that amino acids used at a residue position frequently (i.e., in at least 5 percent of known CDR
sequences) are incorporated into the synthetic CDRs at the corresponding position(s).
Typically, several (e.g., 3 to about 50) known CDR sequences are compared and observed natural sequence variations between the known CDRs are tabulated, and a collection of oligonucleotides encoding CDR peptide sequences encompassing all or most permutations of the observed natural sequence variations is synthesized.
For example but not for limitation, if a collection of human VH CDR sequences have carboxy-terminal amino acids which are either Tyr, Val, Phe, or Asp, then the pool(s) of synthetic CDR oligonucleotide sequences are designed to allow the carboxy-terminal CDR residue to be any of these amino acids. In some embodiments, residues other than those which naturally-occur at a residue position in the collection of CDR sequences are incorporated: conservative amino acid substitutions are frequently incorporated and up to 5 residue positions may be varied to incorporate non-conservative amino acid substitutions as compared to known naturally-occurring CDR sequences. Such CDR sequences can be used in primary library members (prior to first round screening) and/or can be used to spike in vitro shuffling reactions of selected library member sequences. Construction of such pools of defined and/or degenerate sequences will be readily accomplished by those of ordinary skill in the art.
The collection of synthetic CDR sequences comprises at least one member that is not known to be a naturally-occurring CDR sequence. It is within the discretion of the practitioner to include or not include a portion of random or pseudorandom sequence corresponding to N region addition in the heavy chain CDR;
the N region sequence ranges from 1 nucleotide to about 4 nucleotides occurring at V-D and D-J junctions. A collection of synthetic heavy chain CDR sequences comprises at least about 100 unique CDR sequences, typically at least about 1,000 unique CDR sequences, preferably at least about 10,000 unique CDR sequences, frequently more than 50,000 unique CDR sequences; however, usually not more than about 1 x 10 6 unique CDR sequences are included in the collection, although occasionally 1 x 107 to 1 X 108 unique CDR sequences are present, especially if conservative amino acid substitutions are permitted at positions where the conservative amino acid substituent is not present or is rare (i.e., less than 0.1 percent) in that position in naturally-occurring human CDRS. In general, the number of unique CDR sequences included in a library should not exceed the expected number of primary transformants in the library by more than a factor of 10. Such single-chain antibodies generally bind of about at least 1 x 10 m-, preferably with an affinity of about at least 5 x 107 M-1, more preferably with an affinity of at least 1 x 108 M-1 to 1 x 109 M-1 or more, sometimes up to 1 x 1010 M-1 or more. Frequently, the predetermined antigen is a human protein, such as for example a human cell surface antigen (e. g., CD4, CD8, IL-2 receptor, EGF receptor, PDGF receptor), other human biological macromolecule (e.g., thrombomodulin, protein C, carbohydrate antigen, sialyl Lewis antigen, Lselectin), or nonhuman disease associated macromolecule (e.g., bacterial LPS, virion capsid protein or envelope glycoprotein) and the like.
High affinity single-chain antibodies of the desired specificity can be engineered and expressed in a variety of systems. For example, scfv have been produced in plants (Firek et al, 1993) and can be readily made in prokaryotic systems (Owens and Young, 1994; Johnson and Bird, 1991). Furthermore, the single-chain antibodies can be used as a basis for constructing whole antibodies or various fragments thereof (Kettleborough et al, 1994). The variable region encoding sequence may be isolated (e.g., by PCR amplification or subcloning) and spliced to a sequence encoding a desired human constant region to encode a human sequence antibody more suitable for human therapeutic uses where immunogenicity is preferably minimized. The polynucleotide(s) having the resultant fully human encoding sequence(s) can be expressed in a host cell (e.g., from an expression vector in a mammalian cell) and purified for pharmaceutical formulation.
sequences) are incorporated into the synthetic CDRs at the corresponding position(s).
Typically, several (e.g., 3 to about 50) known CDR sequences are compared and observed natural sequence variations between the known CDRs are tabulated, and a collection of oligonucleotides encoding CDR peptide sequences encompassing all or most permutations of the observed natural sequence variations is synthesized.
For example but not for limitation, if a collection of human VH CDR sequences have carboxy-terminal amino acids which are either Tyr, Val, Phe, or Asp, then the pool(s) of synthetic CDR oligonucleotide sequences are designed to allow the carboxy-terminal CDR residue to be any of these amino acids. In some embodiments, residues other than those which naturally-occur at a residue position in the collection of CDR sequences are incorporated: conservative amino acid substitutions are frequently incorporated and up to 5 residue positions may be varied to incorporate non-conservative amino acid substitutions as compared to known naturally-occurring CDR sequences. Such CDR sequences can be used in primary library members (prior to first round screening) and/or can be used to spike in vitro shuffling reactions of selected library member sequences. Construction of such pools of defined and/or degenerate sequences will be readily accomplished by those of ordinary skill in the art.
The collection of synthetic CDR sequences comprises at least one member that is not known to be a naturally-occurring CDR sequence. It is within the discretion of the practitioner to include or not include a portion of random or pseudorandom sequence corresponding to N region addition in the heavy chain CDR;
the N region sequence ranges from 1 nucleotide to about 4 nucleotides occurring at V-D and D-J junctions. A collection of synthetic heavy chain CDR sequences comprises at least about 100 unique CDR sequences, typically at least about 1,000 unique CDR sequences, preferably at least about 10,000 unique CDR sequences, frequently more than 50,000 unique CDR sequences; however, usually not more than about 1 x 10 6 unique CDR sequences are included in the collection, although occasionally 1 x 107 to 1 X 108 unique CDR sequences are present, especially if conservative amino acid substitutions are permitted at positions where the conservative amino acid substituent is not present or is rare (i.e., less than 0.1 percent) in that position in naturally-occurring human CDRS. In general, the number of unique CDR sequences included in a library should not exceed the expected number of primary transformants in the library by more than a factor of 10. Such single-chain antibodies generally bind of about at least 1 x 10 m-, preferably with an affinity of about at least 5 x 107 M-1, more preferably with an affinity of at least 1 x 108 M-1 to 1 x 109 M-1 or more, sometimes up to 1 x 1010 M-1 or more. Frequently, the predetermined antigen is a human protein, such as for example a human cell surface antigen (e. g., CD4, CD8, IL-2 receptor, EGF receptor, PDGF receptor), other human biological macromolecule (e.g., thrombomodulin, protein C, carbohydrate antigen, sialyl Lewis antigen, Lselectin), or nonhuman disease associated macromolecule (e.g., bacterial LPS, virion capsid protein or envelope glycoprotein) and the like.
High affinity single-chain antibodies of the desired specificity can be engineered and expressed in a variety of systems. For example, scfv have been produced in plants (Firek et al, 1993) and can be readily made in prokaryotic systems (Owens and Young, 1994; Johnson and Bird, 1991). Furthermore, the single-chain antibodies can be used as a basis for constructing whole antibodies or various fragments thereof (Kettleborough et al, 1994). The variable region encoding sequence may be isolated (e.g., by PCR amplification or subcloning) and spliced to a sequence encoding a desired human constant region to encode a human sequence antibody more suitable for human therapeutic uses where immunogenicity is preferably minimized. The polynucleotide(s) having the resultant fully human encoding sequence(s) can be expressed in a host cell (e.g., from an expression vector in a mammalian cell) and purified for pharmaceutical formulation.
The DNA expression constructs will typically include an expression control DNA sequence operably linked to the coding sequences, including naturally-associated or heterologous promoter regions. Preferably, the expression control sequences will be eukaryotic promoter systems in vectors capable of transforming or transfecting eukaryotic host cells. Once the vector has been incorporated into the appropriate host, the host is maintained under conditions suitable for high level expression of the nucleotide sequences, and the collection and purification of the mutant' "engineered" antibodies.
As stated previously, the DNA sequences will be expressed in hosts after the sequences have been operably linked to an expression control sequence (i.e., positioned to ensure the transcription and translation of the structural gene). These expression vectors are typically replicable in the host organisms either as episomes or as an integral part of the host chromosomal DNA. Commonly, expression vectors will contain selection markers, e.g., tetracycline or neomycin, to permit detection of those cells transformed with the desired DNA sequences (see, e.g., USPN
4,704,362).
In addition to eukaryotic microorganisms such as yeast, manunalian tissue cell culture may also be used to produce the polypeptides of the present invention (see Winnacker, 1987). Eukaryotic cells are actually preferred, because a number of suitable host cell lines capable of secreting intact immunoglobulins have been developed in the art, and include the CHO
cell lines, various COS cell lines, HeLa cells, and myeloma cell lines, but preferably transformed Bcells or hybridomas. Expression vectors for these cells can include expression control sequences, such as an origin of replication, a promoter, an enhancer (Queen et al, 1986), and necessary processing information sites, such as ribosome binding sites, RNA splice sites, polyadenylation sites, and transcriptional terminator sequences. Preferred expression control sequences are promoters derived from immunoglobulin genes, cytomegalovirus, SV40, Adenovirus, Bovine Papilloma Virus, and the like.
Eukaryotic DNA transcription can be increased by inserting an enhancer sequence into the vector. Enhancers are cis-acting sequences of between 10 to 300 bp that increase transcription by a promoter. Enhancers can effectively increase transcription when either 5' or 3' to the transcription unit. They are also effective if located within an intron or within the coding sequence itself. Typically, viral enhancers are used, including SV40 enhancers, cytomegalovirus enhancers, polyoma enhancers, and adenovirus enhancers. Enhancer sequences from manunalian systems are also commonly used, such as the mouse immunoglobulin heavy chain enhancer.
Mammalian expression vector systems will also typically include a selectable marker gene. Examples of suitable markers include, the dihydrofolate reductase gene (DHFR), the thymidine kinase gene (TK), or prokaryotic genes conferring drug resistance. The first two marker genes prefer the use of mutant cell lines that lack the ability to grow without the addition of thymidine to the growth medium.
Transformed cells can then be identified by their ability to grow on non-supplemented media.
Examples of prokaryotic drug resistance genes useful as markers include genes conferring resistance to G418, mycophenolic acid and hygromycin.
The vectors containing the DNA segments of interest can be transferred into the host cell by well-known methods, depending on the type of cellular host.
For example, calcium chloride transfection is commonly utilized for prokaryotic cells, whereas calcium phosphate treatment. lipofection, or electroporation may be used for other cellular hosts. Other methods used to transform mammalian cells include the use of Polybrene, protoplast fusion, liposomes, electroporation, and micro-injection (see, generally, Sambrook et al, 1982 and 1989).
As stated previously, the DNA sequences will be expressed in hosts after the sequences have been operably linked to an expression control sequence (i.e., positioned to ensure the transcription and translation of the structural gene). These expression vectors are typically replicable in the host organisms either as episomes or as an integral part of the host chromosomal DNA. Commonly, expression vectors will contain selection markers, e.g., tetracycline or neomycin, to permit detection of those cells transformed with the desired DNA sequences (see, e.g., USPN
4,704,362).
In addition to eukaryotic microorganisms such as yeast, manunalian tissue cell culture may also be used to produce the polypeptides of the present invention (see Winnacker, 1987). Eukaryotic cells are actually preferred, because a number of suitable host cell lines capable of secreting intact immunoglobulins have been developed in the art, and include the CHO
cell lines, various COS cell lines, HeLa cells, and myeloma cell lines, but preferably transformed Bcells or hybridomas. Expression vectors for these cells can include expression control sequences, such as an origin of replication, a promoter, an enhancer (Queen et al, 1986), and necessary processing information sites, such as ribosome binding sites, RNA splice sites, polyadenylation sites, and transcriptional terminator sequences. Preferred expression control sequences are promoters derived from immunoglobulin genes, cytomegalovirus, SV40, Adenovirus, Bovine Papilloma Virus, and the like.
Eukaryotic DNA transcription can be increased by inserting an enhancer sequence into the vector. Enhancers are cis-acting sequences of between 10 to 300 bp that increase transcription by a promoter. Enhancers can effectively increase transcription when either 5' or 3' to the transcription unit. They are also effective if located within an intron or within the coding sequence itself. Typically, viral enhancers are used, including SV40 enhancers, cytomegalovirus enhancers, polyoma enhancers, and adenovirus enhancers. Enhancer sequences from manunalian systems are also commonly used, such as the mouse immunoglobulin heavy chain enhancer.
Mammalian expression vector systems will also typically include a selectable marker gene. Examples of suitable markers include, the dihydrofolate reductase gene (DHFR), the thymidine kinase gene (TK), or prokaryotic genes conferring drug resistance. The first two marker genes prefer the use of mutant cell lines that lack the ability to grow without the addition of thymidine to the growth medium.
Transformed cells can then be identified by their ability to grow on non-supplemented media.
Examples of prokaryotic drug resistance genes useful as markers include genes conferring resistance to G418, mycophenolic acid and hygromycin.
The vectors containing the DNA segments of interest can be transferred into the host cell by well-known methods, depending on the type of cellular host.
For example, calcium chloride transfection is commonly utilized for prokaryotic cells, whereas calcium phosphate treatment. lipofection, or electroporation may be used for other cellular hosts. Other methods used to transform mammalian cells include the use of Polybrene, protoplast fusion, liposomes, electroporation, and micro-injection (see, generally, Sambrook et al, 1982 and 1989).
Once expressed, the antibodies, individual mutated immunoglobulin chains, mutated antibody fragments, and other immunoglobulin polypeptides of the invention can be purified according to standard procedures of the art, including ammonium sulfate precipitation, fraction column chromatography, gel electrophoresis and the like (see, geneallv, Scopes, 1982). Once purified, partially or to homogeneity as desired, the polypeptides may then be used therapeutically or in developing and performing assay procedures, immunofluorescent stainings, and the like (see, generally, Lefkovits and Pernis, 1979 and 1981; Lefkovits, 1997).
The antibodies generated by the method of the present invention can be used for diagnosis and therapy. By way of illustration and not limitation, they can be used to treat cancer, autoimmune diseases, or viral infections. For treatment of cancer, the antibodies will typically bind to an antigen expressed preferentially on cancer cells, such as erbB-2, CEA, CD33, and many other antigens and binding members well known to those skilled in the art.
End-Selection This invention provides a method for selecting a subset of polynucleotides from a starting set of polynucleotides, which method is based on the ability to discriminate one or more selectable features (or selection markers) present anywhere in a working polynucleotide, so as to allow one to perform selection for (positive selection) &/or against (negative selection) each selectable polynucleotide.
In a preferred aspect, a method is provided termed end-selection, which method is based on the use of a selection marker located in part or entirely in a terminal region of a selectable polynucleotide, and such a selection marker may be termed an "end-selection marker".
End-selection may be based on detection of naturally occurring sequences or on detection of sequences introduced experimentally (including by any mutagenesis procedure mentioned herein and not mentioned. herein) or on both, even within the same polynucleotide. An end-selection marker can be a structural selection marker or a functional selection marker or both a structural and a functional selection marker.
An end-selection marker may be comprised of a polynucleotide sequence or of a polypeptide sequence or of any chemical structure or of any biological or biochemical tag, including markers that can be selected using methods based on the detection of radioactivity, of enzymatic activity, of fluorescence, of any optical feature, of a magnetic property (e.g. using magnetic beads), of immunoreactivity, and of hybridization.
End-selection may be applied in combination with any method serviceable for performing mutagenesis. Such mutagenesis methods include, but are not limited to, methods described herein (supra and infra). Such methods include, by way of non-limiting exemplification, any method that may be referred herein or by others in the art by any of the following terms: "saturation mutagenesis", "shuffling", "recombination", "re-assembly", "error-prone PCR", "assembly PCR", "sexual PCR", "crossover PCR", "oligonucleotide primer-directed mutagenesis", "recursive (&/or exponential) ensemble mutagenesis (see Arkin and Youvan, 1992)", "cassette mutagenesis", "in vivo mutagenesis", and "in vitro mutagenesis". Moreover, end-selection may be performed on molecules produced by any mutagenesis &/or amplification method (see, e.g., Arnold, 1993; Caldwell and Joyce, 1992;
Stemmer, 1994; following which method it is desirable to select for (including to screen for the presence of) desirable progeny molecules.
In addition, end-selection may be applied to a polynucleotide apart from any mutagenesis method. In a preferred embodiment, end-selection, as provided herein, can be used in order to facilitate a cloning step, such as a step of ligation to another polynucleotide (including ligation to a vector).. This invention thus provides for end-selection as a serviceable means to facilitate library construction, selection &/or enrichment for desirable polynucleotides, and cloning in general.
The antibodies generated by the method of the present invention can be used for diagnosis and therapy. By way of illustration and not limitation, they can be used to treat cancer, autoimmune diseases, or viral infections. For treatment of cancer, the antibodies will typically bind to an antigen expressed preferentially on cancer cells, such as erbB-2, CEA, CD33, and many other antigens and binding members well known to those skilled in the art.
End-Selection This invention provides a method for selecting a subset of polynucleotides from a starting set of polynucleotides, which method is based on the ability to discriminate one or more selectable features (or selection markers) present anywhere in a working polynucleotide, so as to allow one to perform selection for (positive selection) &/or against (negative selection) each selectable polynucleotide.
In a preferred aspect, a method is provided termed end-selection, which method is based on the use of a selection marker located in part or entirely in a terminal region of a selectable polynucleotide, and such a selection marker may be termed an "end-selection marker".
End-selection may be based on detection of naturally occurring sequences or on detection of sequences introduced experimentally (including by any mutagenesis procedure mentioned herein and not mentioned. herein) or on both, even within the same polynucleotide. An end-selection marker can be a structural selection marker or a functional selection marker or both a structural and a functional selection marker.
An end-selection marker may be comprised of a polynucleotide sequence or of a polypeptide sequence or of any chemical structure or of any biological or biochemical tag, including markers that can be selected using methods based on the detection of radioactivity, of enzymatic activity, of fluorescence, of any optical feature, of a magnetic property (e.g. using magnetic beads), of immunoreactivity, and of hybridization.
End-selection may be applied in combination with any method serviceable for performing mutagenesis. Such mutagenesis methods include, but are not limited to, methods described herein (supra and infra). Such methods include, by way of non-limiting exemplification, any method that may be referred herein or by others in the art by any of the following terms: "saturation mutagenesis", "shuffling", "recombination", "re-assembly", "error-prone PCR", "assembly PCR", "sexual PCR", "crossover PCR", "oligonucleotide primer-directed mutagenesis", "recursive (&/or exponential) ensemble mutagenesis (see Arkin and Youvan, 1992)", "cassette mutagenesis", "in vivo mutagenesis", and "in vitro mutagenesis". Moreover, end-selection may be performed on molecules produced by any mutagenesis &/or amplification method (see, e.g., Arnold, 1993; Caldwell and Joyce, 1992;
Stemmer, 1994; following which method it is desirable to select for (including to screen for the presence of) desirable progeny molecules.
In addition, end-selection may be applied to a polynucleotide apart from any mutagenesis method. In a preferred embodiment, end-selection, as provided herein, can be used in order to facilitate a cloning step, such as a step of ligation to another polynucleotide (including ligation to a vector).. This invention thus provides for end-selection as a serviceable means to facilitate library construction, selection &/or enrichment for desirable polynucleotides, and cloning in general.
In a particularly preferred embodiment, end-selection can be based on (positive) selection for a polynucleotide; alternatively end-selection can be based on (negative) selection against a polynucleotide; and alternatively still, end-selection can be based on both (positive) selection for, and on (negative) selection against, a polynucleotide. End-selection, along with other methods of selection &/or screening, can be performed in an iterative fashion, with any combination of like or unlike selection &/or screening methods and serviceable mutagenesis methods, all of which can be performed in an iterative fashion and in any order, combination, and permutation.
It is also appreciated that, according to one embodiment of this invention, end-selection may also be used to select a polynucleotide is at least in part:
circular (e.g. a plasmid or any other circular vector or any other polynucleotide that is partly circular), &/or branched, &/or modified or substituted with any chemical group or moiety. In accord with this embodiment, a polynucleotide may be a circular molecule comprised of an intermediate or central region, which region is flanked on a 5' side by a 5' flanking region (which, for the purpose of end-selection, serves in like manner to a 5' terminal region of a non-circular polynucleotide) and on a 3' side by a 3' terminal region (which, for the purpose of end-selection, serves in like manner to a 3' terminal region of a non-circular polynucleotide). As used in this non-limiting exemplification, there may be sequence overlap between any two regions or even among all three regions.
In one non-limiting aspect of this invention, end-selection of a linear polynucleotide is performed using a general approach based on the presence of at least one end-selection marker located at or near a polynucleotide end or terminus (that can be either a 5' end or a 3' end). In one particular non-limiting exemplification, end-selection is based on selection for a specific sequence at or near a terminus such as, but not limited to, a sequence recognized by an enzyme that recognizes a polynucleotide sequence. An enzyme that recognizes and catalyzes a chemical modification of a polynucleotide is referred to herein as a polynucleotide-acting enzyme. In a preferred embodiment, serviceable polynucleotide-acting enzymes are exemplified non-exclusively by enzymes with polynucleotide-cleaving activity, enzymes with polynucleotide-methylating activity, enzymes with polynucleotide-ligating activity, and enzymes with a plurality of distinguishable enzymatic activities (including non-exclusively, e.g., both polynucleotide-cleaving activity and polynucleotide-ligating activity).
Relevant polynucleotide-acting enzymes thus also include any commercially available or non-commercially available polynucleotide endonucleases and their companion methylases including those mentioned in the following cited reference (Roberts and Macelis, 1996). Preferred polynucleotide endonucleases include -but are not limited to - type II restriction enzymes (including type IIS), and include enzymes that cleave both strands of a double stranded polynucleotide (e.g. Not I, which cleaves both strands at 5'...GC/GGCCGC...3') and enzymes that cleave only one strand of a double stranded polynucleotide, i.e. enzymes that have polynucleotide-nicking activity, (e.g. N. BstNB I, which cleaves only one strand at 5'...GAGTCNNNN/N...3'). Relevant polynucleotide-acting enzymes also include type III restriction enzymes.
It is appreciated that relevant polynucleotide-acting enzymes also include any enzymes that may be developed in the future, though currently unavailable, that are serviceable for generating a ligation compatible end, preferably a sticky end, in a polynucleotide.
In one preferred exemplification, a serviceable selection marker is a restriction site in a polynucleotide that allows a corresponding type II (or type US) restriction enzyme to cleave an end of the polynucleotide so as to provide a ligatable end (including a blunt end or alternatively a sticky end with at least a one base overhang) that is serviceable for a desirable ligation reaction without cleaving the polynucleotide internally in a manner that destroys a desired internal sequence in the polynucleotide.
Thus it is provided that, among relevant restriction sites, those sites that do not occur internally (i.e. that do not occur apart from the termini) in a specific working polynucleotide are preferred when the use of a corresponding restriction enzyme(s) is not intended to cut the working polynucleotide internally. This allows one to perform restriction digestion reactions to completion or to near completion without incurring unwanted internal cleavage in a working polynucleotide.
According to a preferred aspect, it is thus preferable to use restriction sites that are not contained, or alternatively that are not expected to be contained, or alternatively that unlikely to be contained (e.g. when sequence information regarding a working polynucleotide is incomplete) internally in a polynucleotide to be subjected to end-selection. In accordance with this aspect, it is appreciated that restriction sites that occur relatively infrequently are usually preferred over those that occur more frequently. On the other hand it is also appreciated that there are occasions where internal cleavage of a polypeptide is desired, e.g. to achieve recombination or other mutagenic procedures along with end-selection.
In accord with this invention, it is also appreciated that methods (e.g.
mutagenesis methods) can be used to remove unwanted internal restriction sites. It is also appreciated that a partial digestion reaction (i.e. a digestion reaction that proceeds to partial completion) can be used to achieve digestion at a recognition site in a terminal region while sparing a susceptible restriction site that occurs internally in a polynucleotide and that is recognized by the same enzyme. In one aspect, partial digest are useful because it is appreciated that certain enzymes show preferential cleavage of the same recognition sequence depending on the location and envirorunent in which the recognition sequence occurs. For example, it is appreciated that, while lambda DNA has 5 EcoR I sites, cleavage of the site nearest to the right terminus has been reported to occur 10 times faster than the sites in the middle of the molecule. Also, for example, it has been reported that, while Sac II has four sites on lambda DNA, the three clustered centrally in lambda are cleaved 50 times faster than the remaining site near the terminus (at nucleotide 40,386). Summarily, site preferences have been reported for various enzymes by many investigators (e.g., Thomas and Davis, 1975; Forsblum et al, 1976; Nath and Azzolina, 1981; Brown and Smith, 1977; Gingeras and Brooks, 1983; Kruger et al, 1988; Conrad and Topal, 1989; Oller et al, 1991; Topal, 1991; and Pein, 1991; to name but a few). It is appreciated that any empirical observations as well as any mechanistic understandings of site preferences by any serviceable polynucleotide-acting enzymes, whether currently available or to be procured in the future, may be serviceable in end-selection according to this invention.
It is also appreciated that protection methods can be used to selectively protect specified restriction sites (e.g. internal sites) against unwanted digestion by enzymes that would otherwise cut a working polypeptide in response to the presence of those sites; and that such protection methods include modifications such as methylations and base substitutions (e.g. U instead of T) that inhibit an unwanted enzyme activity.
It is appreciated that there are limited numbers of available restriction enzymes that are rare enough (e.g. having very long recognition sequences) to create large (e.g.
megabase-long) restriction fragments, and that protection approaches (e.g. by methylation) are serviceable for increasing the rarity of enzyme cleavage sites. The use of M.Fnu II (mCGCG) to increase the apparent rarity of Not I approximately twofold is but one example among many (Qiang et al, 1990; Nelson et al, 1984;
Maxam and Gilbert, 1980; Raleigh and Wilson, 1986).
According to a preferred aspect of this invention, it is provided that, in general, the use of rare restriction sites is preferred. It is appreciated that, in general, the frequency of occurrence of a restriction site is determined by the number of nucleotides contained therein, as well as by the ambiguity of the base requirements contained therein. Thus, in a non-limiting exemplification, it is appreciated that, in general, a restriction site composed of, for example, 8 specific nucleotides (e.g. the Not I site or GC/GGCCGC, with an estimated relative occurrence of 1 in 48, i.e. 1 in 65,536, random 8-mers) is relatively more infrequent than one composed of, for example, 6 nucleotides (e.g. the Sma I site or CCC/GGG, having an estimated relative occurrence of 1 in 46, i.e. 1 in 4,096, random 6-mers), which in turn is relatively more infrequent than one composed of, for example, 4 nucleotides (e.g. the Msp I
site or C/CGG, having an estimated relative occurrence of 1 in 44, i.e. 1 in 256, random 4-mers). Moreover, in another non-limiting exemplification, it is appreciated that, in general, a restriction site having no ambiguous (but only specific) base requirements (e.g. the Fin I site or GTCCC, having an estimated relative occurrence of 1 in 45, i.e. 1 in 1024, random 5-mers) is relatively more infrequent than one having an ambiguous W (where W = A or T) base requirement (e.g. the Ava II site or G/GWCC, having an estimated relative occurrence of 1 in 4x4x2x4x4 - i.e. 1 in 512 - random 5-mers), which in turn is relatively more infrequent than one having an ambiguous N
(where N
= A or C or G or T) base requirement (e.g. the Asu I site or G/GNCC, having an estimated relative occurrence of 1 in 4x4x1x4x4, i.e. 1 in 256 - random 5-mers).
These relative occurrences are considered general estimates for actual polynucleotides, because it is appreciated that specific nucleotide bases (not to mention specific nucleotide sequences) occur with dissimilar frequencies in specific polynucleotides, in specific species of organisms, and in specific groupings of organisms. For example, it is appreciated that the % G+C contents of different species of organisms are often very different and wide ranging.
The use of relatively more infrequent restriction sites as a selection marker include - in a non-limiting fashion - preferably those sites composed at least a 4 nucleotide sequence, more preferably those composed at least a 5 nucleotide sequence, more preferably still those composed at least a 6 nucleotide sequence (e.g.
the BamH I site or G/GATCC, the Bgl II site or A/GATCT, the Pst I site or CTGCAJG, and the Xba I site or T/CTAGA), more preferably still those composed at least a 7 nucleotide sequence, more preferably still those composed of an 8 nucleotide sequence nucleotide sequence (e.g. the Asc I site or GG/CGCGCC, the Not I site or GC/GGCCGC, the Pac I site or TTAAT/TAA, the Pme I site or GTTT/AAAC, the Srf I site or GCCC/GGGC, the Sse838 I site or CCTGCA/GG, and the Swa I site or ATTT/AAAT), more preferably still those composed of a 9 nucleotide sequence, and even more preferably still those composed of at least a 10 nucleotide sequence (e.g.
the BspG I site or CG/CGCTGGAC). It is further appreciated that some restriction sites (e.g. for class IIS enzymes) are comprised of a portion of relatively high specificity (i.e. a portion containing a principal determinant of the frequency of occurrence of the restriction site) and a portion of relatively low specificity; and that a site of cleavage may or may not be contained within a portion of relatively low specificity. For example, in the Eco57 I site or CTGAAG(16/14), there is a portion of relatively high specificity (i.e. the CTGAAG portion) and a portion of relatively low specificity (i.e. the N16 sequence) that contains a site of cleavage.
In another preferred embodiment of this invention, a serviceable end-selection marker is a terminal sequence that is recognized by a polynucleotide-acting enzyme that recognizes a specific polynucleotide sequence. In a preferred aspect of this invention, serviceable polynucleotide-acting enzymes also include other enzymes in addition to classic type II restriction enzymes. According to this preferred aspect of this invention, serviceable polynucleotide-acting enzymes also include gyrases, helicases, recombinases, relaxases, and any enzymes related thereto.
Among preferred examples are topoisomerases (which have been categorized by some as a subset of the gyrases) and any other enzymes that have polynucleotide-cleaving activity (including preferably polynucleotide-nicking activity) &/or polynucleotide-ligating activity. Among preferred topoisomerase enzymes are topoisomerase I enzymes, which is available from many commercial sources (Epicentre Technologies, Madison, WI; Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA; Life Technologies, Gathesburg, MD) and conceivably even more private sources. It is appreciated that similar enzymes may be developed in the future that are serviceable for end-selection as provided herein. A particularly preferred topoisomerase I enzyme is a topoisomerase I enzyme of vaccinia virus origin, that has a specific recognition sequence (e.g. 5'...AAGGG...3') and has both polynucleotide-nicking activity and polynucleotide-ligating activity. Due to the specific nicking-activity of this enzyme (cleavage of one strand), internal recognition sites are not prone to polynucleotide destruction resulting from the nicking activity (but rather remain annealed) at a temperature that causes denaturation of a terminal site that has been nicked.
Thus for use in end-selection, it is preferable that a nicking site for topoisomerase-based end-selection be no more than 100 nucleotides from a terminus, more preferably no more than 50 nucleotides from a terminus, more preferably still no more than 25 nucloetides from a terminus, even more preferably still no more than 20 nucleotides from a terminus, even more preferably still no more than 15 nucleotides from a terminus, even more preferably still no more than 10 nucleotides from a terminus, even more preferably still no more than 8 nucleotides from a terminus, even more preferably still no more than 6 nucleotides from a terminus, and even more preferably still no more than 4 nucleotides from a terminus.
In a particularly preferred exemplification that is non-limiting yet clearly illustrative, it is appreciated that when a nicking site for topoisomerase-based end-selection is 4 nucleotides from a terminus, nicking produces a single stranded oligo of 4 bases (in a terminal region) that can be denatured from its complementary strand in an end-selectable polynucleotide; this provides a sticky end (comprised of 4 bases) in a polynucleotide that is serviceable for an ensuing ligation reaction. To accomplish ligation to a cloning vector (preferably an expression vector), compatible sticky ends can be generated in a cloning vector by any means including by restriction enzyme-based means. The terminal nucleotides (comprised of 4 terminal bases in this specific example) in an end-selectable polynucleotide terminus are thus wisely chosen to provide compatibility with a sticky end generated in a cloning vector to which the polynucleotide is to be ligated.
It is also appreciated that, according to one embodiment of this invention, end-selection may also be used to select a polynucleotide is at least in part:
circular (e.g. a plasmid or any other circular vector or any other polynucleotide that is partly circular), &/or branched, &/or modified or substituted with any chemical group or moiety. In accord with this embodiment, a polynucleotide may be a circular molecule comprised of an intermediate or central region, which region is flanked on a 5' side by a 5' flanking region (which, for the purpose of end-selection, serves in like manner to a 5' terminal region of a non-circular polynucleotide) and on a 3' side by a 3' terminal region (which, for the purpose of end-selection, serves in like manner to a 3' terminal region of a non-circular polynucleotide). As used in this non-limiting exemplification, there may be sequence overlap between any two regions or even among all three regions.
In one non-limiting aspect of this invention, end-selection of a linear polynucleotide is performed using a general approach based on the presence of at least one end-selection marker located at or near a polynucleotide end or terminus (that can be either a 5' end or a 3' end). In one particular non-limiting exemplification, end-selection is based on selection for a specific sequence at or near a terminus such as, but not limited to, a sequence recognized by an enzyme that recognizes a polynucleotide sequence. An enzyme that recognizes and catalyzes a chemical modification of a polynucleotide is referred to herein as a polynucleotide-acting enzyme. In a preferred embodiment, serviceable polynucleotide-acting enzymes are exemplified non-exclusively by enzymes with polynucleotide-cleaving activity, enzymes with polynucleotide-methylating activity, enzymes with polynucleotide-ligating activity, and enzymes with a plurality of distinguishable enzymatic activities (including non-exclusively, e.g., both polynucleotide-cleaving activity and polynucleotide-ligating activity).
Relevant polynucleotide-acting enzymes thus also include any commercially available or non-commercially available polynucleotide endonucleases and their companion methylases including those mentioned in the following cited reference (Roberts and Macelis, 1996). Preferred polynucleotide endonucleases include -but are not limited to - type II restriction enzymes (including type IIS), and include enzymes that cleave both strands of a double stranded polynucleotide (e.g. Not I, which cleaves both strands at 5'...GC/GGCCGC...3') and enzymes that cleave only one strand of a double stranded polynucleotide, i.e. enzymes that have polynucleotide-nicking activity, (e.g. N. BstNB I, which cleaves only one strand at 5'...GAGTCNNNN/N...3'). Relevant polynucleotide-acting enzymes also include type III restriction enzymes.
It is appreciated that relevant polynucleotide-acting enzymes also include any enzymes that may be developed in the future, though currently unavailable, that are serviceable for generating a ligation compatible end, preferably a sticky end, in a polynucleotide.
In one preferred exemplification, a serviceable selection marker is a restriction site in a polynucleotide that allows a corresponding type II (or type US) restriction enzyme to cleave an end of the polynucleotide so as to provide a ligatable end (including a blunt end or alternatively a sticky end with at least a one base overhang) that is serviceable for a desirable ligation reaction without cleaving the polynucleotide internally in a manner that destroys a desired internal sequence in the polynucleotide.
Thus it is provided that, among relevant restriction sites, those sites that do not occur internally (i.e. that do not occur apart from the termini) in a specific working polynucleotide are preferred when the use of a corresponding restriction enzyme(s) is not intended to cut the working polynucleotide internally. This allows one to perform restriction digestion reactions to completion or to near completion without incurring unwanted internal cleavage in a working polynucleotide.
According to a preferred aspect, it is thus preferable to use restriction sites that are not contained, or alternatively that are not expected to be contained, or alternatively that unlikely to be contained (e.g. when sequence information regarding a working polynucleotide is incomplete) internally in a polynucleotide to be subjected to end-selection. In accordance with this aspect, it is appreciated that restriction sites that occur relatively infrequently are usually preferred over those that occur more frequently. On the other hand it is also appreciated that there are occasions where internal cleavage of a polypeptide is desired, e.g. to achieve recombination or other mutagenic procedures along with end-selection.
In accord with this invention, it is also appreciated that methods (e.g.
mutagenesis methods) can be used to remove unwanted internal restriction sites. It is also appreciated that a partial digestion reaction (i.e. a digestion reaction that proceeds to partial completion) can be used to achieve digestion at a recognition site in a terminal region while sparing a susceptible restriction site that occurs internally in a polynucleotide and that is recognized by the same enzyme. In one aspect, partial digest are useful because it is appreciated that certain enzymes show preferential cleavage of the same recognition sequence depending on the location and envirorunent in which the recognition sequence occurs. For example, it is appreciated that, while lambda DNA has 5 EcoR I sites, cleavage of the site nearest to the right terminus has been reported to occur 10 times faster than the sites in the middle of the molecule. Also, for example, it has been reported that, while Sac II has four sites on lambda DNA, the three clustered centrally in lambda are cleaved 50 times faster than the remaining site near the terminus (at nucleotide 40,386). Summarily, site preferences have been reported for various enzymes by many investigators (e.g., Thomas and Davis, 1975; Forsblum et al, 1976; Nath and Azzolina, 1981; Brown and Smith, 1977; Gingeras and Brooks, 1983; Kruger et al, 1988; Conrad and Topal, 1989; Oller et al, 1991; Topal, 1991; and Pein, 1991; to name but a few). It is appreciated that any empirical observations as well as any mechanistic understandings of site preferences by any serviceable polynucleotide-acting enzymes, whether currently available or to be procured in the future, may be serviceable in end-selection according to this invention.
It is also appreciated that protection methods can be used to selectively protect specified restriction sites (e.g. internal sites) against unwanted digestion by enzymes that would otherwise cut a working polypeptide in response to the presence of those sites; and that such protection methods include modifications such as methylations and base substitutions (e.g. U instead of T) that inhibit an unwanted enzyme activity.
It is appreciated that there are limited numbers of available restriction enzymes that are rare enough (e.g. having very long recognition sequences) to create large (e.g.
megabase-long) restriction fragments, and that protection approaches (e.g. by methylation) are serviceable for increasing the rarity of enzyme cleavage sites. The use of M.Fnu II (mCGCG) to increase the apparent rarity of Not I approximately twofold is but one example among many (Qiang et al, 1990; Nelson et al, 1984;
Maxam and Gilbert, 1980; Raleigh and Wilson, 1986).
According to a preferred aspect of this invention, it is provided that, in general, the use of rare restriction sites is preferred. It is appreciated that, in general, the frequency of occurrence of a restriction site is determined by the number of nucleotides contained therein, as well as by the ambiguity of the base requirements contained therein. Thus, in a non-limiting exemplification, it is appreciated that, in general, a restriction site composed of, for example, 8 specific nucleotides (e.g. the Not I site or GC/GGCCGC, with an estimated relative occurrence of 1 in 48, i.e. 1 in 65,536, random 8-mers) is relatively more infrequent than one composed of, for example, 6 nucleotides (e.g. the Sma I site or CCC/GGG, having an estimated relative occurrence of 1 in 46, i.e. 1 in 4,096, random 6-mers), which in turn is relatively more infrequent than one composed of, for example, 4 nucleotides (e.g. the Msp I
site or C/CGG, having an estimated relative occurrence of 1 in 44, i.e. 1 in 256, random 4-mers). Moreover, in another non-limiting exemplification, it is appreciated that, in general, a restriction site having no ambiguous (but only specific) base requirements (e.g. the Fin I site or GTCCC, having an estimated relative occurrence of 1 in 45, i.e. 1 in 1024, random 5-mers) is relatively more infrequent than one having an ambiguous W (where W = A or T) base requirement (e.g. the Ava II site or G/GWCC, having an estimated relative occurrence of 1 in 4x4x2x4x4 - i.e. 1 in 512 - random 5-mers), which in turn is relatively more infrequent than one having an ambiguous N
(where N
= A or C or G or T) base requirement (e.g. the Asu I site or G/GNCC, having an estimated relative occurrence of 1 in 4x4x1x4x4, i.e. 1 in 256 - random 5-mers).
These relative occurrences are considered general estimates for actual polynucleotides, because it is appreciated that specific nucleotide bases (not to mention specific nucleotide sequences) occur with dissimilar frequencies in specific polynucleotides, in specific species of organisms, and in specific groupings of organisms. For example, it is appreciated that the % G+C contents of different species of organisms are often very different and wide ranging.
The use of relatively more infrequent restriction sites as a selection marker include - in a non-limiting fashion - preferably those sites composed at least a 4 nucleotide sequence, more preferably those composed at least a 5 nucleotide sequence, more preferably still those composed at least a 6 nucleotide sequence (e.g.
the BamH I site or G/GATCC, the Bgl II site or A/GATCT, the Pst I site or CTGCAJG, and the Xba I site or T/CTAGA), more preferably still those composed at least a 7 nucleotide sequence, more preferably still those composed of an 8 nucleotide sequence nucleotide sequence (e.g. the Asc I site or GG/CGCGCC, the Not I site or GC/GGCCGC, the Pac I site or TTAAT/TAA, the Pme I site or GTTT/AAAC, the Srf I site or GCCC/GGGC, the Sse838 I site or CCTGCA/GG, and the Swa I site or ATTT/AAAT), more preferably still those composed of a 9 nucleotide sequence, and even more preferably still those composed of at least a 10 nucleotide sequence (e.g.
the BspG I site or CG/CGCTGGAC). It is further appreciated that some restriction sites (e.g. for class IIS enzymes) are comprised of a portion of relatively high specificity (i.e. a portion containing a principal determinant of the frequency of occurrence of the restriction site) and a portion of relatively low specificity; and that a site of cleavage may or may not be contained within a portion of relatively low specificity. For example, in the Eco57 I site or CTGAAG(16/14), there is a portion of relatively high specificity (i.e. the CTGAAG portion) and a portion of relatively low specificity (i.e. the N16 sequence) that contains a site of cleavage.
In another preferred embodiment of this invention, a serviceable end-selection marker is a terminal sequence that is recognized by a polynucleotide-acting enzyme that recognizes a specific polynucleotide sequence. In a preferred aspect of this invention, serviceable polynucleotide-acting enzymes also include other enzymes in addition to classic type II restriction enzymes. According to this preferred aspect of this invention, serviceable polynucleotide-acting enzymes also include gyrases, helicases, recombinases, relaxases, and any enzymes related thereto.
Among preferred examples are topoisomerases (which have been categorized by some as a subset of the gyrases) and any other enzymes that have polynucleotide-cleaving activity (including preferably polynucleotide-nicking activity) &/or polynucleotide-ligating activity. Among preferred topoisomerase enzymes are topoisomerase I enzymes, which is available from many commercial sources (Epicentre Technologies, Madison, WI; Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA; Life Technologies, Gathesburg, MD) and conceivably even more private sources. It is appreciated that similar enzymes may be developed in the future that are serviceable for end-selection as provided herein. A particularly preferred topoisomerase I enzyme is a topoisomerase I enzyme of vaccinia virus origin, that has a specific recognition sequence (e.g. 5'...AAGGG...3') and has both polynucleotide-nicking activity and polynucleotide-ligating activity. Due to the specific nicking-activity of this enzyme (cleavage of one strand), internal recognition sites are not prone to polynucleotide destruction resulting from the nicking activity (but rather remain annealed) at a temperature that causes denaturation of a terminal site that has been nicked.
Thus for use in end-selection, it is preferable that a nicking site for topoisomerase-based end-selection be no more than 100 nucleotides from a terminus, more preferably no more than 50 nucleotides from a terminus, more preferably still no more than 25 nucloetides from a terminus, even more preferably still no more than 20 nucleotides from a terminus, even more preferably still no more than 15 nucleotides from a terminus, even more preferably still no more than 10 nucleotides from a terminus, even more preferably still no more than 8 nucleotides from a terminus, even more preferably still no more than 6 nucleotides from a terminus, and even more preferably still no more than 4 nucleotides from a terminus.
In a particularly preferred exemplification that is non-limiting yet clearly illustrative, it is appreciated that when a nicking site for topoisomerase-based end-selection is 4 nucleotides from a terminus, nicking produces a single stranded oligo of 4 bases (in a terminal region) that can be denatured from its complementary strand in an end-selectable polynucleotide; this provides a sticky end (comprised of 4 bases) in a polynucleotide that is serviceable for an ensuing ligation reaction. To accomplish ligation to a cloning vector (preferably an expression vector), compatible sticky ends can be generated in a cloning vector by any means including by restriction enzyme-based means. The terminal nucleotides (comprised of 4 terminal bases in this specific example) in an end-selectable polynucleotide terminus are thus wisely chosen to provide compatibility with a sticky end generated in a cloning vector to which the polynucleotide is to be ligated.
On the other hand, internal nicking of an end-selectable polynucleotide, e.g.
500 bases from a terminus, produces a single stranded oligo of 500 bases that is not easily denatured from its complementary strand, but rather is serviceable for repair (e.g. by the same topoisomerase enzyme that produced the nick).
This invention thus provides a method - e.g. that is vaccinia topoisomerase-based &/or type II (or IIS) restriction endonuclease-based &/or type III
restriction endonuclease-based &/or nicking enzyme-based (e.g. using N. BstNB I) - for producing a sticky end in a working polynucleotide, which end is ligation compatible, and which end can be comprised of at least a 1 base overhang. Preferably such a sticky end is comprised of at least a 2-base overhang, more preferably such a sticky end is comprised of at least a 3-base overhang, more preferably still such a sticky end is comprised of at least a 4-base overhang, even more preferably still such a sticky end is comprised of at least a 5-base overhang, even more preferably still such a sticky end is comprised of at least a 6-base overhang. Such a sticky end may also be comprised of at least a 7-base overhang, or at least an 8-base overhang, or at least a 9-base overhang, or at least a 10-base overhang, or at least 15-base overhang, or at least a 20-base overhang, or at least a 25-base overhang, or at least a 30-base overhang.
These overhangs can be comprised of any bases, including A, C, G, or T.
It is appreciated that sticky end overhangs introduced using topoisomerase or a nicking enzyme (e.g. using N. BstNB I) can be designed to be unique in a ligation environment, so as to prevent unwanted fragment reassemblies, such as self-dimerizations and other unwanted concatamerizations.
According to one aspect of this invention, a plurality of sequences (which may but do not necessarily overlap) can be introduced into a terminal region of an end-selectable polynucleotide by the use of an oligo in a polymerase-based reaction. In a relevant, but by no means limiting example, such an oligo can be used to provide a preferred 5' terminal region that is serviceable for topoisomerase I-based end-selection, which oligo is comprised of: a 1-10 base sequence that is convertible into a sticky end (preferably by a vaccinia topoisomerase I), a ribosome binding site (i.e. and "RBS", that is preferably serviceable for expression cloning), and optional linker sequence followed by an ATG start site and a template-specific sequence of 0-bases (to facilitate annealment to the template in the a polymerase-based reaction).
Thus, according to this example, a serviceable oligo (which may be termed a forward primer) can have the sequence: 5'[terminal sequence =(N)I.lo][topoisomerase I
site &
RBS = AAGGGAGGAG](SEQ ID No:5)[linker =(N)1_10o][start codon and template-specific sequence = ATG(N)o.1oo]3'.
Analogously, in a relevant, but by no means limiting example, an oligo can be used to provide a preferred 3' terminal region that is serviceable for topoisomerase I-based end-selection, which oligo is comprised of: a 1-10 base sequence that is convertible into a sticky end (preferably by a vaccinia topoisomerase I), and optional linker sequence followed by a template-specific sequence of 0-100 bases (to facilitate annealment to the template in the a polymerase-based reaction). Thus, according to this example, a serviceable oligo (which may be termed a reverse primer) can have the sequence: 5'[terminal sequence =(N)1.1o][topoisomerase I site =
AAGGG][linker _ (N)ti_loo][template-specific sequence = (N)a1oo]3'.
It is appreciated that, end-selection can be used to distinguish and separate parental template molecules (e.g. to be subjected to mutagenesis) from progeny molecules (e.g.
generated by mutagenesis). For example, a first set of primers, lacking in a topoisomerase I recognition site, can be used to modify the terminal regions of the parental molecules (e.g. in polymerase-based amplification). A different second set of primers (e.g. having a topoisomerase I recognition site) can then be used to generate mutated progeny molecules (e.g. using any polynucleotide chimerization method, such as interrupted synthesis, template-switching polymerase-based amplification, or interrupted synthesis;
or using saturation mutagenesis; or using any other method for introducing a topoisomerase I
recognition site into a mutagenized progeny molecule as disclosed herein) from the amplified template molecules. The use of topoisomerase 1-based end-selection can then facilitate, not only discernment, but selective topoisomerase I-based ligation of the desired progeny molecules.
Annealment of a second set of primers to thusly amplified parental molecules can be facilitated by including sequences in a first set of primers (i.e. primers used for amplifying a set parental molecules) that are similar to a toposiomerase I
recognition site, yet different enough to prevent functional toposiomerase I enzyme recognition.
For example, sequences that diverge from the AAGGG site by anywhere from 1 base to all 5 bases can be incorporated into a first set of primers (to be used for amplifying the parental templates prior to subjection to mutagenesis). In a specific, but non-limiting aspect, it is thus provided that a parental molecule can be amplified using the following exemplary -but by no means limiting - set of forward and reverse primers (sEQ ID NOS:6 &
7):
Forward Primer: 5' CTAGAAGAGAGGAGAA.AACCATG(N)laloo 3', and Reverse Primer: 5' GATCAAAGGCGCGCCTGCAGG(N)laloo 3' According to this specific example of a first set of primers, (N)laloo represents preferably a 10 to 100 nucleotide-long template-specific sequence, more preferably a 10 to 50 nucleotide-long template-specific sequence, more preferably still a 10 to 30 nucleotide-long template-specific sequence, and even more preferably still a 15 to 25 nucleotide-long template-specific sequence.
According to a specific, but non-limiting aspect, it is thus provided that, after this amplification (using a disclosed first set of primers lacking in a true topoisomerase I
recognition site), amplified parental molecules can then be subjected to mutagenesis using one or more sets of forward and reverse primers that do have a true topoisomerase I
recognition site. In a specific, but non-limiting aspect, it is thus provided that a parental molecule can be used as templates for the generation of a mutagenized progeny molecule using the following exemplary - but by no means limiting - second set of forward and reverse primers(SEQ ID NOS:8 & 9) , Forward Primer: 5' CTAGAAGGGAGGAGAAAACCATG 3' Reverse Primer: 5' GATCAAAGGCGCGCCTGCAGG 3' (contains Asc I
recognition sequence) It is appreciated that any number of different primers sets not specifically mentioned can be used as first, second, or subsequent sets of primers for end-selection consistent with this invention. Notice that type II restriction enzyme sites can be incorporated (e.g. an Asc I site in the above example). It is provided that, in addition to the other sequences mentioned, the experimentalist can incorporate one or more N,N,G/T
triplets into a serviceable primer in order to subject a working polynucleotide to saturation mutagenesis. Summarily, use of a second and/or subsequent set of primers can achieve dual goals of introducing a topoisomerase I site and of generating mutations in a progeny polynucleotide.
Thus, according to one use provided, a serviceable end-selection marker is an enzyme recognition site that allows an enzyme to cleave (including nick) a polynucleotide at a specified site, to produce a ligation-compatible end upon denaturation of a generated single stranded oligo. Ligation of the produced polynucleotide end can then be accomplished by the same enzyme (e.g. in the case of vaccinia virus topoisomerase I), or alteinatively with the use of a different enzyme.
According to one aspect of this invention, any serviceable end-selection markers, whether like (e.g. two vaccinia virus topoisomerase I recognition sites) or unlike (e.g.
a class II restriction enzyme recognition site and a vaccinia virus topoisomerase I
recognition site) can be used in combination to select a polynucleotide. Each selectable polynucleotide can thus have one or more end-selection markers, and they can be like or unlike end-selection markers. In a particular aspect, a plurality of end-selection markers can be located on one end of a polynucleotide and can have overlapping sequences with each other.
It is important to emphasize that any number of enzymes, whether currently in existence or to be developed, can be serviceable in end-selection according to this invention. For example, in a particular aspect of this invention, a nicking enzyme (e.g. N. BstNB I, which cleaves only one strand at 5'...GAGTCNNNN/N...3') can be used in conjunction with a source of polynucleotide-ligating activity in order to achieve end-selection. According to this embodiment, a recognition site for N.
BstNB
I- instead of a recognition site for topoisomerase I - should be incorporated into an end-selectable polynucleotide (whether end-selection is used for selection of a mutagenized progeny molecule or whether end-selection is used apart from any mutagenesis procedure).
It is appreciated that the instantly disclosed end-selection approach using topoisomerase-based nicking and ligation has several advantages over previously available selection methods. In sum, this approach allows one to achieve direction cloning (including expression cloning). Specifically, this approach can be used for the achievement of: direct ligation (i.e. without subjection to a classic restriction-purification-ligation reaction, that is susceptible to a multitude of potential problems from an initial restriction reaction to a ligation reaction dependent on the use of T4 DNA ligase); separation of progeny molecules from original template molecules (e.g.
original template molecules lack topoisomerase I sites that not introduced until after mutagenesis), obviation of the need for size separation steps (e.g. by gel chromatography or by other electrophoretic means or by the use of size-exclusion membranes), preservation of internal sequences (even when topoisomerase I
sites are present), obviation of concerns about unsuccessful ligation reactions (e.g.
dependent on the use of T4 DNA ligase, particularly in the presence of unwanted residual restriction enzyme activity), and facilitated expression cloning (including obviation of frame shift concerns). Concerns about unwanted restriction enzyme-based cleavages - especially at internal restriction sites (or even at often unpredictable sites of unwanted star activity) in a working polynucleotide - that are potential sites of destruction of a working polynucleotide can also be obviated by the instantly disclosed end-selection approach using topoisomerase-based nicking and ligation.
Two-Hybrid Based Screening Assays Shuffling can also be used to recombinatorially diversify a pool of selected library members obtained by screening a two-hybrid screening system to identify library members which bind a predetermined polypeptide sequence. The selected library members are pooled and shuffled by in vitro and/or in vivo recombination.
The shuffled pool can then be screened in a yeast two hybrid system to select library members which bind said predeterrnined polypeptide sequence (e. g., and SH2 domain) or which bind an alternate predetermined polypeptide sequence (e.g., an SH2 domain from another protein species).
An approach to identifying polypeptide sequences which bind to a predetermined polypeptide sequence has been to use a so-called "two-hybrid"
system wherein the predetermined polypeptide sequence is present in a fusion protein (Chien et al, 1991). This approach identifies protein-protein interactions in vivo through reconstitution of a transcriptional activator (Fields and Song, 1989), the yeast Ga14 transcription protein. Typically, the method is based on the properties of the yeast Ga14 protein, which consists of separable domains responsible for DNA-binding and transcriptional activation. Polynucleotides encoding two hybrid proteins, one consisting of the yeast Gal4 DNA-binding domain fused to a polypeptide sequence of a known protein and the other consisting of the Gal4 activation domain fused to a polypeptide sequence of a second protein, are constructed and introduced into a yeast host cell. Intermolecular binding between the two fusion proteins reconstitutes the Ga14 DNA-binding domain with the Ga14 activation domain, which leads to the transcriptional activation of a reporter gene (e.g., lacz, HIS3) which is operably linked to a Ga14 binding site. Typically, the two-hybrid method is used to identify novel polypeptide sequences which interact with a known protein (Silver and Hunt, 1993;
Durfee et al, 1993; Yang et al, 1992; Luban et al, 1993; Hardy et al, 1992;
Bartel et al, 1993; and Vojtek et al, 1993). However, variations of the two-hybrid method have been used to identify mutations of a known protein that affect its binding to a second known protein (Li and Fields, 1993; Lalo et al, 1993; Jackson et al, 1993; and Madura et al, 1993). Two-hybrid systems have also been used to identify interacting structural domains of two known proteins (BardweU et al, 1993; Chakrabarty et al, 1992; Staudinger et al, 1993; and Milne and Weaver 1993) or domains responsible for oligomerization of a single protein (Iwabuchi et al, 1993; Bogerd et al, 1993).
Variations of two-hybrid systems have been used to study the in vivo activity of a proteolytic enzyme (Dasmahapatra et al, 1992). Alternatively, an E. coli/BCCP
interactive screening system (Germino et al, 1993; Guarente, 1993) can be used to identify interacting protein sequences (i.e., protein sequences which heterodimerize or form higher order heteromultimers). Sequences selected by a two-hybrid system can be pooled and shuffled and introduced into a two-hybrid system for one or more subsequent rounds of screening to identify polypeptide sequences which bind to the hybrid containing the predetermined binding sequence. The sequences thus identified can be compared to identify consensus sequence(s) and consensus sequence kemals.
In general, standard techniques of recombination DNA technology are described in various publications (e.g. Sambrook et al, 1989; Ausubel et al, 1987;
and Berger and Kimmel, 1987.
Polynucleotide modifying enzymes were used according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Oligonucleotides were synthesized on an Applied Biosystems Inc. Mode1394 DNA synthesizer using ABI chemicals. If desired, PCR
amplimers for amplifying a predetermined DNA sequence may be selected at the discretion of the practitioner.
One microgram samples of template DNA are obtained and treated with U.V.
light to cause the formation of dimers, including TT dimers, particularly purine dimers. U.V. exposure is limited so that only a few photoproducts are generated per gene on the template DNA sample. Multiple samples are treated with U.V. light for varying periods of time to obtain template DNA samples with varying numbers of dimers from U.V. exposure:
A random priming kit which utilizes a non-proofreading polymease (for example, Prime-It II Random Primer Labeling kit by Stratagene Cloning Systems) is utilized to generate different size polynucleotides by priming at random sites on templates which are prepared by U.V. light (as described above) and extending along the templates. The priming protocols such as described in the Prime-It II
Random Primer Labeling kit may be utilized to extend the primers. The dimers formed by U.V. exposure serve as a roadblock for the extension by the non-proofreading polymerase. Thus, a pool of random size polynucleotides is present after extension with the random primers is finished.
The present invention is further directed to a method for generating a selected mutant polynucleotide sequence (or a population of selected polynucleotide sequences) typically in the form of amplified and/or cloned polynucleotides, whereby the selected polynucleotide sequences(s) possess at least one desired phenotypic characteristic (e.g., encodes a polypeptide, promotes transcription of linked polynucleotides, binds a protein, and the like) which can be selected for. One method for identifying hybrid polypeptides that possess a desired structure or functional property, such as binding to a predetermined biological macromolecule (e.g., a receptor), involves the screening of a large library of polypeptides for individual library members which possess the desired structure or functional property conferred by the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide.
In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method for generating libraries of displayed polypeptides or displayed antibodies suitable for affinity interaction screening or phenotypic screening. The method comprises (1) obtaining a first plurality of selected library members comprising a displayed polypeptide or displayed antibody and an associated polynucleotide encoding said displayed polypeptide or displayed antibody, and obtaining said associated polynucleotides or copies thereof wherein said associated polynucleotides comprise a region of substantially identical sequences, optimally introducing mutations into said polynucleotides or copies, (2) pooling the polynucleotides or copies, (3) producing smaller or shorter polynucleotides by interrupting a random or particularized priming and synthesis process or an amplification process, and (4) performing amplification, preferably PCR amplification, and optionally mutagenesis to homologously recombine the newly synthesized polynucleotides.
It is a particularly preferred object of the invention to provide a process for producing hybrid polynucleotides which express a useful hybrid polypeptide by a series of steps comprising:
(a) producing polynucleotides by interrupting a polynucleotide amplification or synthesis process with a means for blocking or interrupting the amplification or synthesis process and thus providing a plurality of smaller or shorter polynucleotides due to the replication of the polynucleotide being in various stages of completion;
(b) adding to the resultant population of single- or double-stranded polynucleotides one or more single- or double-stranded oligonucleotides, wherein said added oligonucleotides comprise an area of identity in an area of heterology to one or more of the single- or double-stranded polynucleotides of the population;
(c) denaturing the resulting single- or double-stranded oligonucleotides to produce a mixture of single-stranded polynucleotides, optionally separating the shorter or smaller polynucleotides into pools of polynucleotides having various lengths and further optionally subjecting said polynucleotides to a PCR
procedure to amplify one or more oligonucleotides comprised by at least one of said polynucleotide pools;
500 bases from a terminus, produces a single stranded oligo of 500 bases that is not easily denatured from its complementary strand, but rather is serviceable for repair (e.g. by the same topoisomerase enzyme that produced the nick).
This invention thus provides a method - e.g. that is vaccinia topoisomerase-based &/or type II (or IIS) restriction endonuclease-based &/or type III
restriction endonuclease-based &/or nicking enzyme-based (e.g. using N. BstNB I) - for producing a sticky end in a working polynucleotide, which end is ligation compatible, and which end can be comprised of at least a 1 base overhang. Preferably such a sticky end is comprised of at least a 2-base overhang, more preferably such a sticky end is comprised of at least a 3-base overhang, more preferably still such a sticky end is comprised of at least a 4-base overhang, even more preferably still such a sticky end is comprised of at least a 5-base overhang, even more preferably still such a sticky end is comprised of at least a 6-base overhang. Such a sticky end may also be comprised of at least a 7-base overhang, or at least an 8-base overhang, or at least a 9-base overhang, or at least a 10-base overhang, or at least 15-base overhang, or at least a 20-base overhang, or at least a 25-base overhang, or at least a 30-base overhang.
These overhangs can be comprised of any bases, including A, C, G, or T.
It is appreciated that sticky end overhangs introduced using topoisomerase or a nicking enzyme (e.g. using N. BstNB I) can be designed to be unique in a ligation environment, so as to prevent unwanted fragment reassemblies, such as self-dimerizations and other unwanted concatamerizations.
According to one aspect of this invention, a plurality of sequences (which may but do not necessarily overlap) can be introduced into a terminal region of an end-selectable polynucleotide by the use of an oligo in a polymerase-based reaction. In a relevant, but by no means limiting example, such an oligo can be used to provide a preferred 5' terminal region that is serviceable for topoisomerase I-based end-selection, which oligo is comprised of: a 1-10 base sequence that is convertible into a sticky end (preferably by a vaccinia topoisomerase I), a ribosome binding site (i.e. and "RBS", that is preferably serviceable for expression cloning), and optional linker sequence followed by an ATG start site and a template-specific sequence of 0-bases (to facilitate annealment to the template in the a polymerase-based reaction).
Thus, according to this example, a serviceable oligo (which may be termed a forward primer) can have the sequence: 5'[terminal sequence =(N)I.lo][topoisomerase I
site &
RBS = AAGGGAGGAG](SEQ ID No:5)[linker =(N)1_10o][start codon and template-specific sequence = ATG(N)o.1oo]3'.
Analogously, in a relevant, but by no means limiting example, an oligo can be used to provide a preferred 3' terminal region that is serviceable for topoisomerase I-based end-selection, which oligo is comprised of: a 1-10 base sequence that is convertible into a sticky end (preferably by a vaccinia topoisomerase I), and optional linker sequence followed by a template-specific sequence of 0-100 bases (to facilitate annealment to the template in the a polymerase-based reaction). Thus, according to this example, a serviceable oligo (which may be termed a reverse primer) can have the sequence: 5'[terminal sequence =(N)1.1o][topoisomerase I site =
AAGGG][linker _ (N)ti_loo][template-specific sequence = (N)a1oo]3'.
It is appreciated that, end-selection can be used to distinguish and separate parental template molecules (e.g. to be subjected to mutagenesis) from progeny molecules (e.g.
generated by mutagenesis). For example, a first set of primers, lacking in a topoisomerase I recognition site, can be used to modify the terminal regions of the parental molecules (e.g. in polymerase-based amplification). A different second set of primers (e.g. having a topoisomerase I recognition site) can then be used to generate mutated progeny molecules (e.g. using any polynucleotide chimerization method, such as interrupted synthesis, template-switching polymerase-based amplification, or interrupted synthesis;
or using saturation mutagenesis; or using any other method for introducing a topoisomerase I
recognition site into a mutagenized progeny molecule as disclosed herein) from the amplified template molecules. The use of topoisomerase 1-based end-selection can then facilitate, not only discernment, but selective topoisomerase I-based ligation of the desired progeny molecules.
Annealment of a second set of primers to thusly amplified parental molecules can be facilitated by including sequences in a first set of primers (i.e. primers used for amplifying a set parental molecules) that are similar to a toposiomerase I
recognition site, yet different enough to prevent functional toposiomerase I enzyme recognition.
For example, sequences that diverge from the AAGGG site by anywhere from 1 base to all 5 bases can be incorporated into a first set of primers (to be used for amplifying the parental templates prior to subjection to mutagenesis). In a specific, but non-limiting aspect, it is thus provided that a parental molecule can be amplified using the following exemplary -but by no means limiting - set of forward and reverse primers (sEQ ID NOS:6 &
7):
Forward Primer: 5' CTAGAAGAGAGGAGAA.AACCATG(N)laloo 3', and Reverse Primer: 5' GATCAAAGGCGCGCCTGCAGG(N)laloo 3' According to this specific example of a first set of primers, (N)laloo represents preferably a 10 to 100 nucleotide-long template-specific sequence, more preferably a 10 to 50 nucleotide-long template-specific sequence, more preferably still a 10 to 30 nucleotide-long template-specific sequence, and even more preferably still a 15 to 25 nucleotide-long template-specific sequence.
According to a specific, but non-limiting aspect, it is thus provided that, after this amplification (using a disclosed first set of primers lacking in a true topoisomerase I
recognition site), amplified parental molecules can then be subjected to mutagenesis using one or more sets of forward and reverse primers that do have a true topoisomerase I
recognition site. In a specific, but non-limiting aspect, it is thus provided that a parental molecule can be used as templates for the generation of a mutagenized progeny molecule using the following exemplary - but by no means limiting - second set of forward and reverse primers(SEQ ID NOS:8 & 9) , Forward Primer: 5' CTAGAAGGGAGGAGAAAACCATG 3' Reverse Primer: 5' GATCAAAGGCGCGCCTGCAGG 3' (contains Asc I
recognition sequence) It is appreciated that any number of different primers sets not specifically mentioned can be used as first, second, or subsequent sets of primers for end-selection consistent with this invention. Notice that type II restriction enzyme sites can be incorporated (e.g. an Asc I site in the above example). It is provided that, in addition to the other sequences mentioned, the experimentalist can incorporate one or more N,N,G/T
triplets into a serviceable primer in order to subject a working polynucleotide to saturation mutagenesis. Summarily, use of a second and/or subsequent set of primers can achieve dual goals of introducing a topoisomerase I site and of generating mutations in a progeny polynucleotide.
Thus, according to one use provided, a serviceable end-selection marker is an enzyme recognition site that allows an enzyme to cleave (including nick) a polynucleotide at a specified site, to produce a ligation-compatible end upon denaturation of a generated single stranded oligo. Ligation of the produced polynucleotide end can then be accomplished by the same enzyme (e.g. in the case of vaccinia virus topoisomerase I), or alteinatively with the use of a different enzyme.
According to one aspect of this invention, any serviceable end-selection markers, whether like (e.g. two vaccinia virus topoisomerase I recognition sites) or unlike (e.g.
a class II restriction enzyme recognition site and a vaccinia virus topoisomerase I
recognition site) can be used in combination to select a polynucleotide. Each selectable polynucleotide can thus have one or more end-selection markers, and they can be like or unlike end-selection markers. In a particular aspect, a plurality of end-selection markers can be located on one end of a polynucleotide and can have overlapping sequences with each other.
It is important to emphasize that any number of enzymes, whether currently in existence or to be developed, can be serviceable in end-selection according to this invention. For example, in a particular aspect of this invention, a nicking enzyme (e.g. N. BstNB I, which cleaves only one strand at 5'...GAGTCNNNN/N...3') can be used in conjunction with a source of polynucleotide-ligating activity in order to achieve end-selection. According to this embodiment, a recognition site for N.
BstNB
I- instead of a recognition site for topoisomerase I - should be incorporated into an end-selectable polynucleotide (whether end-selection is used for selection of a mutagenized progeny molecule or whether end-selection is used apart from any mutagenesis procedure).
It is appreciated that the instantly disclosed end-selection approach using topoisomerase-based nicking and ligation has several advantages over previously available selection methods. In sum, this approach allows one to achieve direction cloning (including expression cloning). Specifically, this approach can be used for the achievement of: direct ligation (i.e. without subjection to a classic restriction-purification-ligation reaction, that is susceptible to a multitude of potential problems from an initial restriction reaction to a ligation reaction dependent on the use of T4 DNA ligase); separation of progeny molecules from original template molecules (e.g.
original template molecules lack topoisomerase I sites that not introduced until after mutagenesis), obviation of the need for size separation steps (e.g. by gel chromatography or by other electrophoretic means or by the use of size-exclusion membranes), preservation of internal sequences (even when topoisomerase I
sites are present), obviation of concerns about unsuccessful ligation reactions (e.g.
dependent on the use of T4 DNA ligase, particularly in the presence of unwanted residual restriction enzyme activity), and facilitated expression cloning (including obviation of frame shift concerns). Concerns about unwanted restriction enzyme-based cleavages - especially at internal restriction sites (or even at often unpredictable sites of unwanted star activity) in a working polynucleotide - that are potential sites of destruction of a working polynucleotide can also be obviated by the instantly disclosed end-selection approach using topoisomerase-based nicking and ligation.
Two-Hybrid Based Screening Assays Shuffling can also be used to recombinatorially diversify a pool of selected library members obtained by screening a two-hybrid screening system to identify library members which bind a predetermined polypeptide sequence. The selected library members are pooled and shuffled by in vitro and/or in vivo recombination.
The shuffled pool can then be screened in a yeast two hybrid system to select library members which bind said predeterrnined polypeptide sequence (e. g., and SH2 domain) or which bind an alternate predetermined polypeptide sequence (e.g., an SH2 domain from another protein species).
An approach to identifying polypeptide sequences which bind to a predetermined polypeptide sequence has been to use a so-called "two-hybrid"
system wherein the predetermined polypeptide sequence is present in a fusion protein (Chien et al, 1991). This approach identifies protein-protein interactions in vivo through reconstitution of a transcriptional activator (Fields and Song, 1989), the yeast Ga14 transcription protein. Typically, the method is based on the properties of the yeast Ga14 protein, which consists of separable domains responsible for DNA-binding and transcriptional activation. Polynucleotides encoding two hybrid proteins, one consisting of the yeast Gal4 DNA-binding domain fused to a polypeptide sequence of a known protein and the other consisting of the Gal4 activation domain fused to a polypeptide sequence of a second protein, are constructed and introduced into a yeast host cell. Intermolecular binding between the two fusion proteins reconstitutes the Ga14 DNA-binding domain with the Ga14 activation domain, which leads to the transcriptional activation of a reporter gene (e.g., lacz, HIS3) which is operably linked to a Ga14 binding site. Typically, the two-hybrid method is used to identify novel polypeptide sequences which interact with a known protein (Silver and Hunt, 1993;
Durfee et al, 1993; Yang et al, 1992; Luban et al, 1993; Hardy et al, 1992;
Bartel et al, 1993; and Vojtek et al, 1993). However, variations of the two-hybrid method have been used to identify mutations of a known protein that affect its binding to a second known protein (Li and Fields, 1993; Lalo et al, 1993; Jackson et al, 1993; and Madura et al, 1993). Two-hybrid systems have also been used to identify interacting structural domains of two known proteins (BardweU et al, 1993; Chakrabarty et al, 1992; Staudinger et al, 1993; and Milne and Weaver 1993) or domains responsible for oligomerization of a single protein (Iwabuchi et al, 1993; Bogerd et al, 1993).
Variations of two-hybrid systems have been used to study the in vivo activity of a proteolytic enzyme (Dasmahapatra et al, 1992). Alternatively, an E. coli/BCCP
interactive screening system (Germino et al, 1993; Guarente, 1993) can be used to identify interacting protein sequences (i.e., protein sequences which heterodimerize or form higher order heteromultimers). Sequences selected by a two-hybrid system can be pooled and shuffled and introduced into a two-hybrid system for one or more subsequent rounds of screening to identify polypeptide sequences which bind to the hybrid containing the predetermined binding sequence. The sequences thus identified can be compared to identify consensus sequence(s) and consensus sequence kemals.
In general, standard techniques of recombination DNA technology are described in various publications (e.g. Sambrook et al, 1989; Ausubel et al, 1987;
and Berger and Kimmel, 1987.
Polynucleotide modifying enzymes were used according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Oligonucleotides were synthesized on an Applied Biosystems Inc. Mode1394 DNA synthesizer using ABI chemicals. If desired, PCR
amplimers for amplifying a predetermined DNA sequence may be selected at the discretion of the practitioner.
One microgram samples of template DNA are obtained and treated with U.V.
light to cause the formation of dimers, including TT dimers, particularly purine dimers. U.V. exposure is limited so that only a few photoproducts are generated per gene on the template DNA sample. Multiple samples are treated with U.V. light for varying periods of time to obtain template DNA samples with varying numbers of dimers from U.V. exposure:
A random priming kit which utilizes a non-proofreading polymease (for example, Prime-It II Random Primer Labeling kit by Stratagene Cloning Systems) is utilized to generate different size polynucleotides by priming at random sites on templates which are prepared by U.V. light (as described above) and extending along the templates. The priming protocols such as described in the Prime-It II
Random Primer Labeling kit may be utilized to extend the primers. The dimers formed by U.V. exposure serve as a roadblock for the extension by the non-proofreading polymerase. Thus, a pool of random size polynucleotides is present after extension with the random primers is finished.
The present invention is further directed to a method for generating a selected mutant polynucleotide sequence (or a population of selected polynucleotide sequences) typically in the form of amplified and/or cloned polynucleotides, whereby the selected polynucleotide sequences(s) possess at least one desired phenotypic characteristic (e.g., encodes a polypeptide, promotes transcription of linked polynucleotides, binds a protein, and the like) which can be selected for. One method for identifying hybrid polypeptides that possess a desired structure or functional property, such as binding to a predetermined biological macromolecule (e.g., a receptor), involves the screening of a large library of polypeptides for individual library members which possess the desired structure or functional property conferred by the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide.
In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method for generating libraries of displayed polypeptides or displayed antibodies suitable for affinity interaction screening or phenotypic screening. The method comprises (1) obtaining a first plurality of selected library members comprising a displayed polypeptide or displayed antibody and an associated polynucleotide encoding said displayed polypeptide or displayed antibody, and obtaining said associated polynucleotides or copies thereof wherein said associated polynucleotides comprise a region of substantially identical sequences, optimally introducing mutations into said polynucleotides or copies, (2) pooling the polynucleotides or copies, (3) producing smaller or shorter polynucleotides by interrupting a random or particularized priming and synthesis process or an amplification process, and (4) performing amplification, preferably PCR amplification, and optionally mutagenesis to homologously recombine the newly synthesized polynucleotides.
It is a particularly preferred object of the invention to provide a process for producing hybrid polynucleotides which express a useful hybrid polypeptide by a series of steps comprising:
(a) producing polynucleotides by interrupting a polynucleotide amplification or synthesis process with a means for blocking or interrupting the amplification or synthesis process and thus providing a plurality of smaller or shorter polynucleotides due to the replication of the polynucleotide being in various stages of completion;
(b) adding to the resultant population of single- or double-stranded polynucleotides one or more single- or double-stranded oligonucleotides, wherein said added oligonucleotides comprise an area of identity in an area of heterology to one or more of the single- or double-stranded polynucleotides of the population;
(c) denaturing the resulting single- or double-stranded oligonucleotides to produce a mixture of single-stranded polynucleotides, optionally separating the shorter or smaller polynucleotides into pools of polynucleotides having various lengths and further optionally subjecting said polynucleotides to a PCR
procedure to amplify one or more oligonucleotides comprised by at least one of said polynucleotide pools;
(d) incubating a plurality of said polynucleotides or at least one pool of said polynucleotides with a polymerase under conditions which result in annealing of said single-stranded polynucleotides at regions of identity between the single-stranded polynucleotides and thus forming of a mutagenized double-stranded polynucleotide chain;
(e) optionally repeating steps (c) and (d);
(f) expressing at least one hybrid polypeptide from said polynucleotide chain, or chains; and (g) screening said at least one hybrid polypeptide for a useful activity.
In a preferred aspect of the invention, the means for blocking or interrupting the amplification or synthesis process is by utilization of uv light, DNA
adducts, DNA
binding proteins.
In one embodiment of the invention, the DNA adducts, or polynucleotides comprising the DNA adducts, are removed from the polynucleotides or polynucleotide pool, such as by a process including heating the solution comprising the DNA fragments prior to further processing.
Having thus disclosed exemplary embodiments of the present invention, it should be noted by those skilled in the art that the disclosures are exemplary only and that various other alternatives, adaptations and modifications may be made within the scope of the present invention. Accordingly, the present invention is not limited to the specific embodiments as illustrated herein.
Without further elaboration, it is believed that one skilled in the art can, using the preceding description, utilize the present invention to its fullest extent. The following examples are to be considered illustrative and thus are not limiting of the remainder of the disclosure in any way whatsoever.
(e) optionally repeating steps (c) and (d);
(f) expressing at least one hybrid polypeptide from said polynucleotide chain, or chains; and (g) screening said at least one hybrid polypeptide for a useful activity.
In a preferred aspect of the invention, the means for blocking or interrupting the amplification or synthesis process is by utilization of uv light, DNA
adducts, DNA
binding proteins.
In one embodiment of the invention, the DNA adducts, or polynucleotides comprising the DNA adducts, are removed from the polynucleotides or polynucleotide pool, such as by a process including heating the solution comprising the DNA fragments prior to further processing.
Having thus disclosed exemplary embodiments of the present invention, it should be noted by those skilled in the art that the disclosures are exemplary only and that various other alternatives, adaptations and modifications may be made within the scope of the present invention. Accordingly, the present invention is not limited to the specific embodiments as illustrated herein.
Without further elaboration, it is believed that one skilled in the art can, using the preceding description, utilize the present invention to its fullest extent. The following examples are to be considered illustrative and thus are not limiting of the remainder of the disclosure in any way whatsoever.
Example 1 Generation of Random Size Polynucleotides Using U.V. Induced Photoproducts One microgram samples of template DNA are obtained and treated with U.V.
light to cause the formation of dimers, including TT dimers, particularly purine dimers. U.V. exposure is limited so that only a few photoproducts are generated per gene on the template DNA sample. Multiple samples are treated with U.V. light for varying periods of time to obtain template DNA samples with varying numbers of dimers from U.V. exposure.
A random priming kit which utilizes a non-proofreading polymerase (for example, Prime-It II Random Primer Labeling kit by Stratagene Cloning Systems) is utilized to generate different size polynucleotides by priming at random sites on templates which are prepared by U.V. light (as described above) and extending along the templates. The priming protocols such as described in the Prime-It II
Random Primer Labeling kit may be utilized to extend the primers. The dimers formed by U.V. exposure serve as a roadblock for the extension by the non-proofreading polymerase. Thus, a pool of random size polynucleotides is present after extension with the random primers is finished.
light to cause the formation of dimers, including TT dimers, particularly purine dimers. U.V. exposure is limited so that only a few photoproducts are generated per gene on the template DNA sample. Multiple samples are treated with U.V. light for varying periods of time to obtain template DNA samples with varying numbers of dimers from U.V. exposure.
A random priming kit which utilizes a non-proofreading polymerase (for example, Prime-It II Random Primer Labeling kit by Stratagene Cloning Systems) is utilized to generate different size polynucleotides by priming at random sites on templates which are prepared by U.V. light (as described above) and extending along the templates. The priming protocols such as described in the Prime-It II
Random Primer Labeling kit may be utilized to extend the primers. The dimers formed by U.V. exposure serve as a roadblock for the extension by the non-proofreading polymerase. Thus, a pool of random size polynucleotides is present after extension with the random primers is finished.
Example 2 Isolation of Random Size Polvnucleotides Polynucleotides of interest which are generated according to Example 1 are gel isolated on a 1.5% agarose gel. Polynucleotides in the 100-300 bp range are cut out of the gel and 3 volumes of 6 M Nal is added to the gel slice. The mixture is incubated at 50 C for 10 minutes and 10 l of glass milk (Bio 101) is added.
The mixture is spun for 1 minute and the supernatant is decanted. The pellet is washed with 500 l of Column Wash (Column Wash is 50% ethanol, 10mM Tris-HCl pH 7.5, 100 mM NaCl and 2.5 mM EDTA) and spin for 1 minute, after which the supernatant is decanted. The washing, spinning and decanting steps are then repeated. The glass milk pellet is resuspended in 20 l of H20 and spun for 1 minute. DNA remains in the aqueous phase.
Example 3 Shuffling of Isolated Random Size 100-300bp Polynucleotides The 100-300 bp polynucleotides obtained in Example 2 are recombined in an annealing mixture (0.2 mM each dNTP, 2.2 mM MgC12, 50 mM KCI, 10 mM Tris-HCl ph 8.8, 0.1% Triton X-100, 0.3 ; Taq DNA polymerase, 50 l total volume) without adding primers. A Robocycler by Stratagene was used for the annealing step with the following program: 95 C for 30 seconds, 25-50 cycles of [95 C for seconds, 50 - 60 C (preferably 58 C) for 30 seconds, and 72 C for 30 seconds] and 5 minutes at 72 C. Thus, the 100-300 bp polynucleotides combine to yield double-stranded polynucleotides having a longer sequence. After separating out the reassembled double-stranded polynucleotides and denaturing them to form single stranded polynucleotides, the cycling is optionally again repeated with some samples utilizing the single strands as template and primer DNA and other samples utilizing random primers in addition to the single strands.
The mixture is spun for 1 minute and the supernatant is decanted. The pellet is washed with 500 l of Column Wash (Column Wash is 50% ethanol, 10mM Tris-HCl pH 7.5, 100 mM NaCl and 2.5 mM EDTA) and spin for 1 minute, after which the supernatant is decanted. The washing, spinning and decanting steps are then repeated. The glass milk pellet is resuspended in 20 l of H20 and spun for 1 minute. DNA remains in the aqueous phase.
Example 3 Shuffling of Isolated Random Size 100-300bp Polynucleotides The 100-300 bp polynucleotides obtained in Example 2 are recombined in an annealing mixture (0.2 mM each dNTP, 2.2 mM MgC12, 50 mM KCI, 10 mM Tris-HCl ph 8.8, 0.1% Triton X-100, 0.3 ; Taq DNA polymerase, 50 l total volume) without adding primers. A Robocycler by Stratagene was used for the annealing step with the following program: 95 C for 30 seconds, 25-50 cycles of [95 C for seconds, 50 - 60 C (preferably 58 C) for 30 seconds, and 72 C for 30 seconds] and 5 minutes at 72 C. Thus, the 100-300 bp polynucleotides combine to yield double-stranded polynucleotides having a longer sequence. After separating out the reassembled double-stranded polynucleotides and denaturing them to form single stranded polynucleotides, the cycling is optionally again repeated with some samples utilizing the single strands as template and primer DNA and other samples utilizing random primers in addition to the single strands.
Example 4 , creening of Polypeptides from Sbuffled Polvnucleotides The polynucleotides of Example 3 are separated and polypeptides are expressed therefrom. The 'original template DNA is utilized as a comparative control by obtaining comparative polypeptides therefrom. The polypeptides obtained from the shuffled polynucleotides of Example 3 are screened for the activity of the polypeptides obtained from the original template and compared with the activity levels of the control. The shuffled polynucleotides coding for interesting polypeptides discovered during screening are compared further for secondary desirable traits.
Some shuffled polynucleotides corresponding to less interesting screened polypeptides are subjected to reshuffling.
Example 5 Directed Evolution an Enzyme by Saturation Mutagenesis Site-Saturation Mutagenesis: To accomplish site-saturation mutagenesis every residue (316) of a dehalogenase enzyme was converted into all 20 amino acids by site directed mutagenesis using 32-fold degenerate oligonucleotide primers, as follows:
1. A culture of the dehalogenase expression construct was grown and a preparation of the plasmid was made 2. Primers were made to randomize each codon - they have the common structure X2oNN(G/T)X20 3. A reaction mix of 25 ul was prepared containing -50 ng of plasmid template, ng of each primer, 1X native Pfu buffer, 200 uM each dNTP and 2.5 U native Pfu DNA polymerase 4. The reaction was cycled in a Robo96 Gradient Cycler as follows:
Initial denaturation at 95 C for 1 min 20 cycles of 95 C for 45 sec, 53 C for 1 min and 72 C for 11 min Final elongation step of 72 C for 10 min 5. The reaction mix was digested with 10 U of Dpnl at 37 C for 1 hour to digest the methylated template DNA
6. Two ul of the reaction mix were used to transform 50 ul of XL1-Blue MRF' cells and the entire transformation mix was plated on a large LB-Amp-Met plate yielding 200-1000 colonies 7. Individual colonies were toothpicked into the wells of 96-well microtiter plates containing LB-Amp-IPTG and grown overnight 8. The clones on these plates were assayed the following day Screening: Approximately 200 clones of mutants for each position were grown in liquid media (384 well microtiter plates) and screened as follows:
1. Overnight cultures in 384-well plates were centrifuged and the media removed. To each well was added 0.06 mL 1 mM Tris/S042- pH 7.8.
2. Made 2 assay plates from each parent growth plate consisting of 0.02 mL
cell suspension.
3. One assay plate was placed at room temperature and the other at elevated temperature (initial screen used 55 C) for a period of time (initially 30 minutes).
4. After the prescribed time 0.08 mL room temperature substrate (TCP saturated 1 mM Tris/SO42- pH 7.8 with 1.5 mM NaN3 and 0.1 mM bromothymol blue) was added to each well.
5. Measurements at 620 nm were taken at various time points to generate a progress curve for each well.
Some shuffled polynucleotides corresponding to less interesting screened polypeptides are subjected to reshuffling.
Example 5 Directed Evolution an Enzyme by Saturation Mutagenesis Site-Saturation Mutagenesis: To accomplish site-saturation mutagenesis every residue (316) of a dehalogenase enzyme was converted into all 20 amino acids by site directed mutagenesis using 32-fold degenerate oligonucleotide primers, as follows:
1. A culture of the dehalogenase expression construct was grown and a preparation of the plasmid was made 2. Primers were made to randomize each codon - they have the common structure X2oNN(G/T)X20 3. A reaction mix of 25 ul was prepared containing -50 ng of plasmid template, ng of each primer, 1X native Pfu buffer, 200 uM each dNTP and 2.5 U native Pfu DNA polymerase 4. The reaction was cycled in a Robo96 Gradient Cycler as follows:
Initial denaturation at 95 C for 1 min 20 cycles of 95 C for 45 sec, 53 C for 1 min and 72 C for 11 min Final elongation step of 72 C for 10 min 5. The reaction mix was digested with 10 U of Dpnl at 37 C for 1 hour to digest the methylated template DNA
6. Two ul of the reaction mix were used to transform 50 ul of XL1-Blue MRF' cells and the entire transformation mix was plated on a large LB-Amp-Met plate yielding 200-1000 colonies 7. Individual colonies were toothpicked into the wells of 96-well microtiter plates containing LB-Amp-IPTG and grown overnight 8. The clones on these plates were assayed the following day Screening: Approximately 200 clones of mutants for each position were grown in liquid media (384 well microtiter plates) and screened as follows:
1. Overnight cultures in 384-well plates were centrifuged and the media removed. To each well was added 0.06 mL 1 mM Tris/S042- pH 7.8.
2. Made 2 assay plates from each parent growth plate consisting of 0.02 mL
cell suspension.
3. One assay plate was placed at room temperature and the other at elevated temperature (initial screen used 55 C) for a period of time (initially 30 minutes).
4. After the prescribed time 0.08 mL room temperature substrate (TCP saturated 1 mM Tris/SO42- pH 7.8 with 1.5 mM NaN3 and 0.1 mM bromothymol blue) was added to each well.
5. Measurements at 620 nm were taken at various time points to generate a progress curve for each well.
6. Data were analyzed and the kinetics of the cells heated to those not heated were compared. Each plate contained 1-2 columns (24 wells) of unmutated 20F12 controls.
7. Wells that appeared to have improved stability were re-grown and tested under the same conditions.
Following this procedure nine single site mutations appeared to confer increased thermal stability on the enzyme. Sequence analysis was performed to determine of the exact amino acid changes at each position that were specifically responsible for the improvement. In sum, the improvement was conferred at 7 sites by one amino acid change alone, at an eighth site by each of two amino acid changes, and at a ninth site by each of three amino acid changes. Several mutants were then made each having a plurality of these nine beneficial site mutations in combination; of these two mutants proved superior to all the other mutants, including those with single point mutations.
Example 6 Direct expression cloning using end-selection An esterase gene was amplified using 5'phosphorylated primers in a standard PCR reaction (10 ng template; PCR conditions: 3' 94 C; [1' 94 C; 1' 50 C;
1'30" 68 C] x 30; 10' 68 C.
Forward Primer = 951 I TopF (SEQ ID tvo: 1 t) (CTAGAAGGGAGGAGAATTACATGAAGCGGCTTTTAGCCC) Reverse Primer = 9511TopR (SEQ ID NO:12) (AGCTAAGGGTCAAGGCCGCACCCGAGG) The resulting PCR product (ca.1000 bp) was gel purified and quantified.
A vector for expression cloning, pASK3 (Institut fuer Bioanalytik, Goettingen, Germany), was cut with Xba I and Bgl II and dephosphorylated with CIP.
7. Wells that appeared to have improved stability were re-grown and tested under the same conditions.
Following this procedure nine single site mutations appeared to confer increased thermal stability on the enzyme. Sequence analysis was performed to determine of the exact amino acid changes at each position that were specifically responsible for the improvement. In sum, the improvement was conferred at 7 sites by one amino acid change alone, at an eighth site by each of two amino acid changes, and at a ninth site by each of three amino acid changes. Several mutants were then made each having a plurality of these nine beneficial site mutations in combination; of these two mutants proved superior to all the other mutants, including those with single point mutations.
Example 6 Direct expression cloning using end-selection An esterase gene was amplified using 5'phosphorylated primers in a standard PCR reaction (10 ng template; PCR conditions: 3' 94 C; [1' 94 C; 1' 50 C;
1'30" 68 C] x 30; 10' 68 C.
Forward Primer = 951 I TopF (SEQ ID tvo: 1 t) (CTAGAAGGGAGGAGAATTACATGAAGCGGCTTTTAGCCC) Reverse Primer = 9511TopR (SEQ ID NO:12) (AGCTAAGGGTCAAGGCCGCACCCGAGG) The resulting PCR product (ca.1000 bp) was gel purified and quantified.
A vector for expression cloning, pASK3 (Institut fuer Bioanalytik, Goettingen, Germany), was cut with Xba I and Bgl II and dephosphorylated with CIP.
0.5 pmoles Vaccina Topoisomerase I (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA) was added to 60 ng (ca. 0.1 pmole) purified PCR product for 5' 37 C in buffer NEB I (New England Biolabs, Beverly, MA) in 5 l total volume.
The topogated PCR product was cloned into the vector pASK3 (5 l, ca. 200 ng in NEB I) for 5' at room temperature.
This mixture was dialyzed against H20 for 30'.
2 l were used for electroporation of DH10B cells (Gibco BRL, Gaithersburg, MD).
Efficiency: Based on the actual clone numbers this method can produce 2 x 106 clones per g vector. All tested recombinants showed esterase activity after induction with anhydrotetracycline.
Example 7 Dehalogenase Thermal Stability This invention provides that a desirable property to be generated by directed evolution is exemplified in a limiting fashion by an improved residual activity (e.g. an enzymatic activity, an immunoreactivity, an antibiotic acivity, etc.) of a molecule upon subjection to altered environment, including what may be considered a harsh enviroment, for a specified time. Such a harsh environment may comprise any combination of the following (iteratively or not, and in any order or permutation): an elevated temperature (including a temperature that may cause denaturation of a working enzyme), a decreased temperature, an elevated salinity, a decreased salinity, an elevated pH, a decreased pH, an elevated pressure, a decreassed pressure, and an change in exposure to a radiation source (including uv radiation, visible light, as well as the entire electromagnetic spectrum).
The topogated PCR product was cloned into the vector pASK3 (5 l, ca. 200 ng in NEB I) for 5' at room temperature.
This mixture was dialyzed against H20 for 30'.
2 l were used for electroporation of DH10B cells (Gibco BRL, Gaithersburg, MD).
Efficiency: Based on the actual clone numbers this method can produce 2 x 106 clones per g vector. All tested recombinants showed esterase activity after induction with anhydrotetracycline.
Example 7 Dehalogenase Thermal Stability This invention provides that a desirable property to be generated by directed evolution is exemplified in a limiting fashion by an improved residual activity (e.g. an enzymatic activity, an immunoreactivity, an antibiotic acivity, etc.) of a molecule upon subjection to altered environment, including what may be considered a harsh enviroment, for a specified time. Such a harsh environment may comprise any combination of the following (iteratively or not, and in any order or permutation): an elevated temperature (including a temperature that may cause denaturation of a working enzyme), a decreased temperature, an elevated salinity, a decreased salinity, an elevated pH, a decreased pH, an elevated pressure, a decreassed pressure, and an change in exposure to a radiation source (including uv radiation, visible light, as well as the entire electromagnetic spectrum).
The following example shows an application of directed evolution to evolve the ability of an enzyme to regain &/or retain activity upon exposure to an elevated temperature.
Every residue (316) of a dehalogenase enzyme was converted into all 20 amino acids by site directed mutagenesis using 32-fold degenerate oligonucleotide primers.
These mutations were introduced into the already rate-improved variant Dhla 20F12.
Approximately 200 clones of each position were grown in liquid media (384 well microtiter plates) to be screened. The screening procedure was as follows:
1. Overnight cultures in 384-well plates were centrifuged and the media removed. To each well was added 0.06 mL 1 mM Tris/S042' pH 7.8.
2. The robot made 2 assay plates from each parent growth plate consisting of 0.02 mL cell suspension.
3. One assay plate was placed at room temperature and the other at elevated temperature (initial screen used 55 C) for a period of time (initially 30 minutes).
4. After the prescribed time 0.08 mL room temperature substrate (TCP saturated 1 mM Tris/SO42' pH 7.8 with 1.5 mM NaN3 and 0.1 mM bromothymol blue) was added to each well. TCP = trichloropropane.
5. Measurements at 620 nm were taken at various time points to generate a progress curve for each well.
6. Data were analyzed and the kinetics of the cells heated to those not heated were compared. Each plate contained 1-2 columns (24 wells) of un-mutated 20F12 controls.
7. Wells that appeared to have improved stability were regrown and tested under the same conditions.
Following this procedure nine single site mutations appeared to confer increased thermal stability on Dhla-20F12. Sequence analysis showed that the following changes were beneficial:
Every residue (316) of a dehalogenase enzyme was converted into all 20 amino acids by site directed mutagenesis using 32-fold degenerate oligonucleotide primers.
These mutations were introduced into the already rate-improved variant Dhla 20F12.
Approximately 200 clones of each position were grown in liquid media (384 well microtiter plates) to be screened. The screening procedure was as follows:
1. Overnight cultures in 384-well plates were centrifuged and the media removed. To each well was added 0.06 mL 1 mM Tris/S042' pH 7.8.
2. The robot made 2 assay plates from each parent growth plate consisting of 0.02 mL cell suspension.
3. One assay plate was placed at room temperature and the other at elevated temperature (initial screen used 55 C) for a period of time (initially 30 minutes).
4. After the prescribed time 0.08 mL room temperature substrate (TCP saturated 1 mM Tris/SO42' pH 7.8 with 1.5 mM NaN3 and 0.1 mM bromothymol blue) was added to each well. TCP = trichloropropane.
5. Measurements at 620 nm were taken at various time points to generate a progress curve for each well.
6. Data were analyzed and the kinetics of the cells heated to those not heated were compared. Each plate contained 1-2 columns (24 wells) of un-mutated 20F12 controls.
7. Wells that appeared to have improved stability were regrown and tested under the same conditions.
Following this procedure nine single site mutations appeared to confer increased thermal stability on Dhla-20F12. Sequence analysis showed that the following changes were beneficial:
G189Q, G189V
P302A, P302L, P302S, P302K
Only two sites (189 and 302) had more than one substitution. The first 5 on the list were combined (using G189Q) into a single gene (this mutant is referred to as "Dhla5"). All changes but S306R were incorporated into another variant referred to as Dhla8.
Thermal stability was assessed by incubating the enzyme at the elevated temperature (55 C and 80 C) for some period of time and activity assay at 30 C. Initial rates were plotted vs. time at the higher temperature. The enzyme was in 50 mM Tris/SO4 pH
7.8 for both the incubation and the assay. Product (Cl-) was detected by a standard method using Fe(N03)3 and HgSCN. Dhla 20F12 was used as the defacto wild type.
The apparent half-life (Tli2) was calculated by fitting the data to an exponential decay function.
According to another aspect of this invention, ligation reassembly can be performed using a solid support. The following example 8 (corresponding to Fig. 17) is illustrative but non-limiting.
Example 8 Solid Phase Gene Family Reassembly Protocol.
P302A, P302L, P302S, P302K
Only two sites (189 and 302) had more than one substitution. The first 5 on the list were combined (using G189Q) into a single gene (this mutant is referred to as "Dhla5"). All changes but S306R were incorporated into another variant referred to as Dhla8.
Thermal stability was assessed by incubating the enzyme at the elevated temperature (55 C and 80 C) for some period of time and activity assay at 30 C. Initial rates were plotted vs. time at the higher temperature. The enzyme was in 50 mM Tris/SO4 pH
7.8 for both the incubation and the assay. Product (Cl-) was detected by a standard method using Fe(N03)3 and HgSCN. Dhla 20F12 was used as the defacto wild type.
The apparent half-life (Tli2) was calculated by fitting the data to an exponential decay function.
According to another aspect of this invention, ligation reassembly can be performed using a solid support. The following example 8 (corresponding to Fig. 17) is illustrative but non-limiting.
Example 8 Solid Phase Gene Family Reassembly Protocol.
The objective can be, e.g., to reassemble/shuffle molecules of DNA to generate gene libraries of specific genes, libraries of gene families, and libraries of unrelated genes.
The synthesis of the full-length molecules is carried out on a solid support.
As solid support we use paramagnetic beads coated with Streptavidin. The principle is based on the strong interaction between Biotin and Streptavidin and the ability to stepwise or simulataneously ligate DNA fragments generated from the annealing of nucleic acid building blocks (such as ssDNA building blocks). The use of a solid support facilitates the reassembly of nucleic acid building blocks in a sequential manner and thus allows one to use not only unique couplings, but also redundant or repeated couplings throughout the length of a nucleic acid molecule that is to be generated by ligation reassembly.
A "capture oligonucleotide" is biotinylated at the 5'end for binding to the beads. The "capture oligo" is annealed to a complementary sequence (no biotinylated). The double stranded capture fragment contains two restriction sites at the 5'-end which allows release of the assembled molecules from the solid support.
Ligation reassembly is performed by step-wise ligation of annealed oligonucleotides of 20-100 bases. The first fragment of the assembly contains a 5'-end compatible with the 3'-end of the capture biotinylated fragment. Consecutive ligation of double stranded fragments containing complementary ends allows the generation of full-length molecules. Half way synthesis (midpoint) molecules are released from the solid support. A final ligation step between molecules generated from both ends results in the generation a full-length reassembled DNA.
Materials and Methods:
- Streptavidin coated magnetic beads M280 (Dynal corp.) - Magnetic stand or magnetic particle concentrator (MPC stand) - Biotinylated capture oligos containing a 7 or 15 atom-spacer and two restriction sites not internally found in the sequences being reassembled.
Ensure that the biotinylated capture oligo does not contain free biotin.
- Design capture oligos to allow reassembly from both ends of the sequences being reassembled.
- Design internal oligos according to the sequence (s) being reassembled - STE buffer - Washing/Binding buffer (1M NaCI, 10mM Tris-HCl pH 7.5, 1 mM EDTA) PBS, pH 7.4 buffer containing 0.1%BSA.
- Annealing/ligation buffer - Spin columns for DNA purification 1) Anneal equimolar amounts of complementary oligos by heating at 90 C
and slowly cooling down to room temperature in STE buffer. Dilute annealed oligos to 5 pmole/ul.
2) Aliquot 300-ug of 10 mg/ml bead suspension in a 500 ul Eppendorf tube.
3) Wash the beads with 300-ul of PBS buffer using a magnetic stand. Repeat 3 times.
4) Wash the beads with 300-ul of lx Washing/Binding buffer using a magnetic stand. Repeat once.
5) Immobilize the pre-annealed biotinylated capture fragments to the beads (55 pmole of 500-bp dsDNA binds to 1 mg of beads). The binding capacity of the beads is fragment length dependent. Mix beads and capture fragment in binding buffer. Incubate at room temperature for 12h in a 360 degree rotator 6) Wash the beads with 300-u1 of 60 C pre-heated lx Washing/binding buffer using. Repeat 3 times.
7) Wash the beads with 300-u1 of freshly thawed lx ligation buffer.
8) For a reassembly of "n" (5' to 3' and 3' to 5')fragments:
The synthesis of the full-length molecules is carried out on a solid support.
As solid support we use paramagnetic beads coated with Streptavidin. The principle is based on the strong interaction between Biotin and Streptavidin and the ability to stepwise or simulataneously ligate DNA fragments generated from the annealing of nucleic acid building blocks (such as ssDNA building blocks). The use of a solid support facilitates the reassembly of nucleic acid building blocks in a sequential manner and thus allows one to use not only unique couplings, but also redundant or repeated couplings throughout the length of a nucleic acid molecule that is to be generated by ligation reassembly.
A "capture oligonucleotide" is biotinylated at the 5'end for binding to the beads. The "capture oligo" is annealed to a complementary sequence (no biotinylated). The double stranded capture fragment contains two restriction sites at the 5'-end which allows release of the assembled molecules from the solid support.
Ligation reassembly is performed by step-wise ligation of annealed oligonucleotides of 20-100 bases. The first fragment of the assembly contains a 5'-end compatible with the 3'-end of the capture biotinylated fragment. Consecutive ligation of double stranded fragments containing complementary ends allows the generation of full-length molecules. Half way synthesis (midpoint) molecules are released from the solid support. A final ligation step between molecules generated from both ends results in the generation a full-length reassembled DNA.
Materials and Methods:
- Streptavidin coated magnetic beads M280 (Dynal corp.) - Magnetic stand or magnetic particle concentrator (MPC stand) - Biotinylated capture oligos containing a 7 or 15 atom-spacer and two restriction sites not internally found in the sequences being reassembled.
Ensure that the biotinylated capture oligo does not contain free biotin.
- Design capture oligos to allow reassembly from both ends of the sequences being reassembled.
- Design internal oligos according to the sequence (s) being reassembled - STE buffer - Washing/Binding buffer (1M NaCI, 10mM Tris-HCl pH 7.5, 1 mM EDTA) PBS, pH 7.4 buffer containing 0.1%BSA.
- Annealing/ligation buffer - Spin columns for DNA purification 1) Anneal equimolar amounts of complementary oligos by heating at 90 C
and slowly cooling down to room temperature in STE buffer. Dilute annealed oligos to 5 pmole/ul.
2) Aliquot 300-ug of 10 mg/ml bead suspension in a 500 ul Eppendorf tube.
3) Wash the beads with 300-ul of PBS buffer using a magnetic stand. Repeat 3 times.
4) Wash the beads with 300-ul of lx Washing/Binding buffer using a magnetic stand. Repeat once.
5) Immobilize the pre-annealed biotinylated capture fragments to the beads (55 pmole of 500-bp dsDNA binds to 1 mg of beads). The binding capacity of the beads is fragment length dependent. Mix beads and capture fragment in binding buffer. Incubate at room temperature for 12h in a 360 degree rotator 6) Wash the beads with 300-u1 of 60 C pre-heated lx Washing/binding buffer using. Repeat 3 times.
7) Wash the beads with 300-u1 of freshly thawed lx ligation buffer.
8) For a reassembly of "n" (5' to 3' and 3' to 5')fragments:
Mix: Fragment #1 (or "n") (5 pmole) 10 ul x ligase buffer 60 ul lU/ul T4 Ligase 15 ul dH2O 215 u1 5 300 u1 9) Incubate with rotation at RT for 30 min.
10) Wash the beads with 300-u1 of 60 C pre-heated lx Washing/Binding buffer. Repeat 3 times.
11) Wash the beads with 300-u1 of freshly thawed lx ligation buffer.
12) Add: Fragment #2 (n-1)(5 pmole) 10 ul 5 x ligase buffer 60 ul lU/ul T4 Ligase 15 ul dHZO 215 ul 300 ul 13) Incubate with rotation at RT for 30min.
14) Wash the beads with 300-u1 of 60 C pre-heated lx Washing/binding buffer. Repeat 3 times.
15) Wash the beads with 300-u1 of freshly thawed lx ligation buffer.
16) Repeat the procedure until n/2 fragments have been added from each end of the synthesis 17) Elute the partially assembled products from the solid support by cutting with the corresponding restriction enzyme Beads with immobilized reassembled gene x ul 10 x enzyme buffer 30 ul lU/ul restriction enzyme 5 ul dH2O to 300 ul 18) Replace restriction buffer of eluted DNA for ligation buffer using a spin column. Elute from spin column with H20 19) Ligate both partially assembled products to generate reassembled full-length molecules partial synthesis product (5' to 3') 60 ul partial synthesis product (3' to 5') 60 ul 5x ligase buffer 20 ul lU/ul T4 ligase 10 ul dH2O 50 ul 200 ul 20) Clone full-length genes in corresponding vector.
21) Sequence a few clones and screen for different kinetic parameters of the expressed enzymes.
10) Wash the beads with 300-u1 of 60 C pre-heated lx Washing/Binding buffer. Repeat 3 times.
11) Wash the beads with 300-u1 of freshly thawed lx ligation buffer.
12) Add: Fragment #2 (n-1)(5 pmole) 10 ul 5 x ligase buffer 60 ul lU/ul T4 Ligase 15 ul dHZO 215 ul 300 ul 13) Incubate with rotation at RT for 30min.
14) Wash the beads with 300-u1 of 60 C pre-heated lx Washing/binding buffer. Repeat 3 times.
15) Wash the beads with 300-u1 of freshly thawed lx ligation buffer.
16) Repeat the procedure until n/2 fragments have been added from each end of the synthesis 17) Elute the partially assembled products from the solid support by cutting with the corresponding restriction enzyme Beads with immobilized reassembled gene x ul 10 x enzyme buffer 30 ul lU/ul restriction enzyme 5 ul dH2O to 300 ul 18) Replace restriction buffer of eluted DNA for ligation buffer using a spin column. Elute from spin column with H20 19) Ligate both partially assembled products to generate reassembled full-length molecules partial synthesis product (5' to 3') 60 ul partial synthesis product (3' to 5') 60 ul 5x ligase buffer 20 ul lU/ul T4 ligase 10 ul dH2O 50 ul 200 ul 20) Clone full-length genes in corresponding vector.
21) Sequence a few clones and screen for different kinetic parameters of the expressed enzymes.
T .I ERATi TRF CITED
Barret AJ, et al., eds.: E n~=e Nomenclature: Recommendations of the Nomenclature C;ommittee of the International Union of Biochemistrv and Molecular Biology.
San Diego: Academic Press, Inc., 1992.
Boyce COL, ed.: Novo's Handb ok of Pra.ctical Bio echnoloQV. 2"d ed:
Bagsvaerd, Denmark, 1986.
Drauz K, Waldman H, eds.: Enzvme Catalysis in Organic Synthesis: A
Comnrehensive Handbook. Vol. 1. New York: VCH Publishers, 1995.
A
Drauz K, Waldman H, eds.: Enzvmõ_e Catalysis in Organic Synthesis&
Comprehensive Handbook. Vol. 2. New York: VCH Publishers, 1995.
Foster GD, Taylor SC, eds.: Elant Virology Protocols: From Virus Isolation to Transgenic Resistance. Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 81. New Jersey:
Humana Press Inc., 1998.
Franks F, ed.: Protein Biotechnology: Isolation. Characterization. and Stabilization.
New Jersey: Humana Press Inc., 1993.
Godfrey T, West S, eds.: Industrial EnzvmoloQV. 2"d ed. London: Macmillan Press Lt.d, 1996.
Gottschalk G: Bacterial Metabolism. 2"d ed. New York: Springer-Verlag Inc., 1986.
Barret AJ, et al., eds.: E n~=e Nomenclature: Recommendations of the Nomenclature C;ommittee of the International Union of Biochemistrv and Molecular Biology.
San Diego: Academic Press, Inc., 1992.
Boyce COL, ed.: Novo's Handb ok of Pra.ctical Bio echnoloQV. 2"d ed:
Bagsvaerd, Denmark, 1986.
Drauz K, Waldman H, eds.: Enzvme Catalysis in Organic Synthesis: A
Comnrehensive Handbook. Vol. 1. New York: VCH Publishers, 1995.
A
Drauz K, Waldman H, eds.: Enzvmõ_e Catalysis in Organic Synthesis&
Comprehensive Handbook. Vol. 2. New York: VCH Publishers, 1995.
Foster GD, Taylor SC, eds.: Elant Virology Protocols: From Virus Isolation to Transgenic Resistance. Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 81. New Jersey:
Humana Press Inc., 1998.
Franks F, ed.: Protein Biotechnology: Isolation. Characterization. and Stabilization.
New Jersey: Humana Press Inc., 1993.
Godfrey T, West S, eds.: Industrial EnzvmoloQV. 2"d ed. London: Macmillan Press Lt.d, 1996.
Gottschalk G: Bacterial Metabolism. 2"d ed. New York: Springer-Verlag Inc., 1986.
Gresshoff PM, ed.: Technology Transfer of Plant Biotechnology. Current Topics in Plant Molecular Biology. Boca Raton: CRC Press, 1997.
Griffin HG, Griffin AM, eds.: PCR Technolog,v: Currrent Innovations. Boca Raton:
CRC Press, Inc., 1994.
Hansen G, Chilton MD: Lessons in gene transfer to plants by a gifted microbe.
Curr Top Microbiol Immunol 240:21-57, 1999.
Hartmann HT, et al.: Plant Propagation: Principles and Practices. 6I' ed. New Jersey:
Prentice Hall, Inc., 1997.
Perun TJ, Propst CL, eds.: Computer-Aided Drug Design: Methods and Applications.
New York: Marcel Dekker, Inc., 1989.
Owen MRL, Pen J: Transgenic Plants: A Production System for Industrial an d Pharmaceutical Proteins. Chichester: John Wiley & Sons, 1996.
Segel IH: Enzyme Kinetics: Behavior and Analysis of Rapid Equilibrium and Steady-State Enzyme Systems. New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1993.
White JS, White DC: Source Book of Enzvmes. Boca Raton: CRC Press, 1997.
Wong CH, Whitesides GM: Enz=es in Synthetic Organic Chemistrv. Vol. 12. New York: Elsevier Science Publications, 1995.
WO 97/35966; Filed Mar. 20, 1997, Published Oct. 2, 1997. Minshull J, Stemmer WP: Mehtods and Compositions for Cellular and Metabolic Engineering.
Griffin HG, Griffin AM, eds.: PCR Technolog,v: Currrent Innovations. Boca Raton:
CRC Press, Inc., 1994.
Hansen G, Chilton MD: Lessons in gene transfer to plants by a gifted microbe.
Curr Top Microbiol Immunol 240:21-57, 1999.
Hartmann HT, et al.: Plant Propagation: Principles and Practices. 6I' ed. New Jersey:
Prentice Hall, Inc., 1997.
Perun TJ, Propst CL, eds.: Computer-Aided Drug Design: Methods and Applications.
New York: Marcel Dekker, Inc., 1989.
Owen MRL, Pen J: Transgenic Plants: A Production System for Industrial an d Pharmaceutical Proteins. Chichester: John Wiley & Sons, 1996.
Segel IH: Enzyme Kinetics: Behavior and Analysis of Rapid Equilibrium and Steady-State Enzyme Systems. New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1993.
White JS, White DC: Source Book of Enzvmes. Boca Raton: CRC Press, 1997.
Wong CH, Whitesides GM: Enz=es in Synthetic Organic Chemistrv. Vol. 12. New York: Elsevier Science Publications, 1995.
WO 97/35966; Filed Mar. 20, 1997, Published Oct. 2, 1997. Minshull J, Stemmer WP: Mehtods and Compositions for Cellular and Metabolic Engineering.
WO 98/31837; Filed Jan. 16, 1998, Published July 23, 1998. Delcardayre SB, Tobin MB, Stemmer WP, Minshull, J: Evolution of Whole Cells and Organisms by Recursive Sequence Recombination.
WO 98/37223; Filed Feb. 18 1998, Published Aug. 27, 1998. Pang SZ, Gonsalves D, Jan FJ: DNA Construct to Confer Multiple Traits on Plants.
Alting-Mecs MA and Short JM: Polycos vectors: a system for packaging filamentous phage and phagemid vectors using lambda phage packaging extracts. Gene 137:1, 93-100, 1993.
Arkin AP and Youvan DC: An algorithm for protein engineering: simulations of recursive ensemble mutagenesis. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 89(16):7811-7815, (Aug 15) 1992.
Arnold FH: Protein engineering for unusual environments. Current Opinion in Biotechnology 4(4):450-455, 1993.
Ausubel FM, et al Editors. Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Vols. 1 and 2 and supplements. (a.k.a. "The Red Book") Greene Publishing Assoc., Brooklyn, NY, 1987.
Ausubel FM, et al Editors. Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Vols. 1 and 2 and supplements. (a.k.a. "The Red Book") Greene Publishing Assoc., Brooklyn, NY, 1989.
Ausubel FM, et al Editors. Short Protocols in Molecular Biology: A Compendium of Methods from Current Protocols in Molecular Biology. Greene Publishing Assoc., Brooklyn, NY, 1989.
WO 98/37223; Filed Feb. 18 1998, Published Aug. 27, 1998. Pang SZ, Gonsalves D, Jan FJ: DNA Construct to Confer Multiple Traits on Plants.
Alting-Mecs MA and Short JM: Polycos vectors: a system for packaging filamentous phage and phagemid vectors using lambda phage packaging extracts. Gene 137:1, 93-100, 1993.
Arkin AP and Youvan DC: An algorithm for protein engineering: simulations of recursive ensemble mutagenesis. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 89(16):7811-7815, (Aug 15) 1992.
Arnold FH: Protein engineering for unusual environments. Current Opinion in Biotechnology 4(4):450-455, 1993.
Ausubel FM, et al Editors. Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Vols. 1 and 2 and supplements. (a.k.a. "The Red Book") Greene Publishing Assoc., Brooklyn, NY, 1987.
Ausubel FM, et al Editors. Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Vols. 1 and 2 and supplements. (a.k.a. "The Red Book") Greene Publishing Assoc., Brooklyn, NY, 1989.
Ausubel FM, et al Editors. Short Protocols in Molecular Biology: A Compendium of Methods from Current Protocols in Molecular Biology. Greene Publishing Assoc., Brooklyn, NY, 1989.
Ausubel FM, et al Editors. Short Protocols in Molecular Biology: A Compendium of Methods from Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, 2 nd Edition. Greene Publishing Assoc., Brooklyn, NY, 1992.
Barbas CF 3d, Bain JD, Hoekstra DM, Lemer RA: Semisynthetic combinatorial antibody libraries: a chemical solution to the diversity problem. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 89(10):4457-4461, 1992.
Bardwell AJ, Bardwell L, Johnson DK, Friedberg EC: Yeast DNA recombination and repair proteins Radl and Rad10 constitute a complex in vivo mediated by localized hydrophobic domains. Mol Microbiol 8(6):1177-1188, 1993.
Bartel P, Chien CT, Sternglanz R, Fields S: Elimination of false positives that arise in using the two-hybrid system. Biotechniques 14(6):920-924, 1993.
Beaudry AA and Joyce GF: Directed evolution of an RNA enzyme. Science 257(5070):635-641, 1992.
Berger and Kimmel, Methods in Enz=ologv, Volume 152, Guide to Molecular Cloning Techniques. Academic Press, Inc., San Diego, CA, 1987. (Cumulative Subject Index: Volumes 135-139, 141-167, 1990, 272 pp.) Bevan M: Binary Agrobacterium vectors for plant transformation. Nucleic Acids Research 12(22):8711-21, 1984.
Biocca S, Pierandrei-Amaldi P, Cattaneo A: Intracellular expression of anti-p2lras single chain Fv fragments inhibits meiotic maturation of xenopus oocytes.
Biochem Biophys Res Commun 197(2):422-427, 1993.
Bird et al. Plant Mol Biol 11:651, 1988..
Barbas CF 3d, Bain JD, Hoekstra DM, Lemer RA: Semisynthetic combinatorial antibody libraries: a chemical solution to the diversity problem. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 89(10):4457-4461, 1992.
Bardwell AJ, Bardwell L, Johnson DK, Friedberg EC: Yeast DNA recombination and repair proteins Radl and Rad10 constitute a complex in vivo mediated by localized hydrophobic domains. Mol Microbiol 8(6):1177-1188, 1993.
Bartel P, Chien CT, Sternglanz R, Fields S: Elimination of false positives that arise in using the two-hybrid system. Biotechniques 14(6):920-924, 1993.
Beaudry AA and Joyce GF: Directed evolution of an RNA enzyme. Science 257(5070):635-641, 1992.
Berger and Kimmel, Methods in Enz=ologv, Volume 152, Guide to Molecular Cloning Techniques. Academic Press, Inc., San Diego, CA, 1987. (Cumulative Subject Index: Volumes 135-139, 141-167, 1990, 272 pp.) Bevan M: Binary Agrobacterium vectors for plant transformation. Nucleic Acids Research 12(22):8711-21, 1984.
Biocca S, Pierandrei-Amaldi P, Cattaneo A: Intracellular expression of anti-p2lras single chain Fv fragments inhibits meiotic maturation of xenopus oocytes.
Biochem Biophys Res Commun 197(2):422-427, 1993.
Bird et al. Plant Mol Biol 11:651, 1988..
Bogerd HP, Fridell RA, Blair WS, Cullen BR: Genetic evidence that the Tat proteins of human immunodeficiency virus types 1 and 2 can multimerize in the eukaryotic cell nucleus. J Virol 67(8):5030-5034, 1993.
Brederode FT, Koper-Zawrthoff EC, Bol JF: Complete nucleotide sequence of alfalfa mosaic virus RNA 4. Nucleic Acids Research 8(10):2213-23, 1980.
Breitling F, Dubel S, Seehaus T, Klewinghaus I, Little M: A surface expression vector for antibody screening. Gene 104(2):147-153, 1991.
Brown NL, Smith M: Cleavage specificity of the restriction endonuclease isolated from Haemophilus gallinarum (Hga I). Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 74(8):3213-6, (Aug) 1977.
Burton DR, Barbas CF 3d, Persson MA, Koenig S, Chanock RM, Lerner RA: A large array of human monoclonal antibodies to type 1 human immunodeficiency virus from combinatorial libraries of asymptomatic seropositive individuals. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 88(22):10134-7, (Nov 15) 1991.
Caldwell RC and Joyce GF: Randomization of genes by PCR mutagenesis. PCR
Methods Appl 2(10):28-33, 1992.
Caton AJ and Koprowski H: Influenze virus hemagglutinin-specific antibodies isolatedf froma combinatorial expression library are closely related to the inunune response of the donor. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 87(16):6450-6454, 1990.
Chakraborty T, Martin JF, Olson EN: Analysis of the oligomerization of myogenin and E2A products in vivo using a two-hybrid assay system. JBiol Chem 267(25):17498-501, 1992.
Brederode FT, Koper-Zawrthoff EC, Bol JF: Complete nucleotide sequence of alfalfa mosaic virus RNA 4. Nucleic Acids Research 8(10):2213-23, 1980.
Breitling F, Dubel S, Seehaus T, Klewinghaus I, Little M: A surface expression vector for antibody screening. Gene 104(2):147-153, 1991.
Brown NL, Smith M: Cleavage specificity of the restriction endonuclease isolated from Haemophilus gallinarum (Hga I). Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 74(8):3213-6, (Aug) 1977.
Burton DR, Barbas CF 3d, Persson MA, Koenig S, Chanock RM, Lerner RA: A large array of human monoclonal antibodies to type 1 human immunodeficiency virus from combinatorial libraries of asymptomatic seropositive individuals. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 88(22):10134-7, (Nov 15) 1991.
Caldwell RC and Joyce GF: Randomization of genes by PCR mutagenesis. PCR
Methods Appl 2(10):28-33, 1992.
Caton AJ and Koprowski H: Influenze virus hemagglutinin-specific antibodies isolatedf froma combinatorial expression library are closely related to the inunune response of the donor. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 87(16):6450-6454, 1990.
Chakraborty T, Martin JF, Olson EN: Analysis of the oligomerization of myogenin and E2A products in vivo using a two-hybrid assay system. JBiol Chem 267(25):17498-501, 1992.
Chang CN, Landolfi NF, Queen C: Expression of antibody Fab domains on bacteriophage surfaces. Potential use for antibody selection. Jlmmunol 147(10):3610-4, (Nov 15) 1991.
Chaudhary VK, Batra JK, Gallo MG, Willingham MC, FitzGerald DJ, Pastan I: A
rapid method of cloning functional variable-region antibody genes in Escherichia coli as single-chain immunotoxins. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 87(3):1066-1070, 1990.
Chien CT, Bartel PL, Sternglanz R, Fields S: The two-hybrid system: a method to identify and clone genes for proteins that interact with a protein of interest. Proc Natl AcadSci USA 88(21):9578-9582, 1991.
Chiswell DJ, McCafferty J: Phage antibodies: will new 'coliclonal' antibodies replace monoclonal antibodies? Trends Biotechnol 10(3):80-84, 1992.
Chothia C and Lesk AM: Canonical structures for the hypervariable regions of immunoglobulins. JMoi Biol 196)4):901-917, 1987.
Chothia C, Lesk AM, Tramontano A, Levitt M, Smith-Gill SJ, Air G, Sheriff S, Padlan EA, Davies D, Tulip WR, et al: Conformations of immunoglobulin hypervariable regions. Nature 342(6252):877-883, 1989.
Clackson T, Hoogenboom HR, Griffiths AD, Winter G: Making antibody fragments using phage display libraries. Nature 352(6336):624-628, 1991.
Conrad M, Topal MD: DNA and spermidine provide a switch mechanism to regulate the activity of restriction enzyme Nae I. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 86(24):9707-11, (Dec) 1989.
Chaudhary VK, Batra JK, Gallo MG, Willingham MC, FitzGerald DJ, Pastan I: A
rapid method of cloning functional variable-region antibody genes in Escherichia coli as single-chain immunotoxins. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 87(3):1066-1070, 1990.
Chien CT, Bartel PL, Sternglanz R, Fields S: The two-hybrid system: a method to identify and clone genes for proteins that interact with a protein of interest. Proc Natl AcadSci USA 88(21):9578-9582, 1991.
Chiswell DJ, McCafferty J: Phage antibodies: will new 'coliclonal' antibodies replace monoclonal antibodies? Trends Biotechnol 10(3):80-84, 1992.
Chothia C and Lesk AM: Canonical structures for the hypervariable regions of immunoglobulins. JMoi Biol 196)4):901-917, 1987.
Chothia C, Lesk AM, Tramontano A, Levitt M, Smith-Gill SJ, Air G, Sheriff S, Padlan EA, Davies D, Tulip WR, et al: Conformations of immunoglobulin hypervariable regions. Nature 342(6252):877-883, 1989.
Clackson T, Hoogenboom HR, Griffiths AD, Winter G: Making antibody fragments using phage display libraries. Nature 352(6336):624-628, 1991.
Conrad M, Topal MD: DNA and spermidine provide a switch mechanism to regulate the activity of restriction enzyme Nae I. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 86(24):9707-11, (Dec) 1989.
Coruzzi G, Broglie R, Edwards C, Chua NH: Tissue-specific and light-regulated expression of a pea nuclear gene encoding the small subunit of ribulose-1,5-bisphosphate carboxylase. EMBOJ 3(8):1671-9, 1984.
Dasmahapatra B, DiDomenico B, Dwyer S, Ma J, Sadowski I, Schwartz J: A genetic system for studying the activity of a proteolytic enzyme. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA
89(9):4159-4162, 1992.
Davis LG, Dibner MD, Battey JF. Basic Methods in Molecular Biology. Elsevier, New York, NY, 1986.
Delegrave S and YouvanDC. Biotechnology Research 11:1548-1552, 1993.
DeLong EF, Wu KY, Prezelin BB, Jovine RV: High abundance of Archaea in Antarctic marine picoplankton. Nature 371(6499):695-697, 1994.
Deng SJ, MacKenzie CR, Sadowska J, Michniewicz J, Young NM, Bundle Dr, Narang SA: Selection of antibody single-chain variable fragments with improved carbohydrate binding by phage display. JBiol Chem 269(13):9533-9538, 1994.
Duan L, Bagasra 0, Laughlin MA, Oakes JW, Pomerantz RJ: Potent inhibition of human immunodeficiency virus type 1 replication by an intracellular anti-Rev single-chain antibody. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 91(11):5075-5079, 1994.
Durfee T, Becherer K, Chen PL, Yeh SH, Yang Y, Kilbum AE, Lee WH, Elledge SJ:
The retinoblastoma protein associates with the protein phosphatase type 1 catalytic subunit. Genes Dev 7(4):555-569, 1993.
Ellington AD and Szostak JW: In vitro selection of RNA molecules that bind specific ligands. Nature 346(6287):818-822, 1990.
Dasmahapatra B, DiDomenico B, Dwyer S, Ma J, Sadowski I, Schwartz J: A genetic system for studying the activity of a proteolytic enzyme. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA
89(9):4159-4162, 1992.
Davis LG, Dibner MD, Battey JF. Basic Methods in Molecular Biology. Elsevier, New York, NY, 1986.
Delegrave S and YouvanDC. Biotechnology Research 11:1548-1552, 1993.
DeLong EF, Wu KY, Prezelin BB, Jovine RV: High abundance of Archaea in Antarctic marine picoplankton. Nature 371(6499):695-697, 1994.
Deng SJ, MacKenzie CR, Sadowska J, Michniewicz J, Young NM, Bundle Dr, Narang SA: Selection of antibody single-chain variable fragments with improved carbohydrate binding by phage display. JBiol Chem 269(13):9533-9538, 1994.
Duan L, Bagasra 0, Laughlin MA, Oakes JW, Pomerantz RJ: Potent inhibition of human immunodeficiency virus type 1 replication by an intracellular anti-Rev single-chain antibody. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 91(11):5075-5079, 1994.
Durfee T, Becherer K, Chen PL, Yeh SH, Yang Y, Kilbum AE, Lee WH, Elledge SJ:
The retinoblastoma protein associates with the protein phosphatase type 1 catalytic subunit. Genes Dev 7(4):555-569, 1993.
Ellington AD and Szostak JW: In vitro selection of RNA molecules that bind specific ligands. Nature 346(6287):818-822, 1990.
Fields S and Song 0: A novel genetic system to detect protein-protein interactions.
Nature 340(6230):245-246, 1989.
Firek S, Draper J, Owen MR, Gandecha A, Cockbum B, Whitelam GC: Secretion of a functional single-chain Fv protein in transgenic tobacco plants and cell suspension cultures. Plant Mol Biol 23(4):861-870, 1993.
Forsblom S, Rigler R, Ehrenberg M, Philipson L: Kinetic studies on the cleavage of adenovirus DNA by restriction endonuclease Eco RI. Nucleic Acids Res 3(12):3255-69, (Dec) 1976.
Germino FJ, Wang ZX, Weissman SM: Screening for in vivo protein-protein interactions. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 90(3):933-937, 1993.
Gingeras TR, Brooks JE: Cloned restriction/modification system from Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 80(2):402-6, 1983 (Jan).
Gluzman Y: SV40-transformed simian cells support the replication of early SV40 mutants. Cell 23(1):175-182, 1981.
Gruber M, Schodin BA, Wilson ER, Kranz DM: Efficient tumor cell lysis mediated by a bispecific single chain antibody expressed in Escherichia coli. Jlmmunol 152(11):5368-5374, 1994.
Guarente L: Strategies for the identification of interacting proteins. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 90(5):1639-1641, 1993.
Nature 340(6230):245-246, 1989.
Firek S, Draper J, Owen MR, Gandecha A, Cockbum B, Whitelam GC: Secretion of a functional single-chain Fv protein in transgenic tobacco plants and cell suspension cultures. Plant Mol Biol 23(4):861-870, 1993.
Forsblom S, Rigler R, Ehrenberg M, Philipson L: Kinetic studies on the cleavage of adenovirus DNA by restriction endonuclease Eco RI. Nucleic Acids Res 3(12):3255-69, (Dec) 1976.
Germino FJ, Wang ZX, Weissman SM: Screening for in vivo protein-protein interactions. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 90(3):933-937, 1993.
Gingeras TR, Brooks JE: Cloned restriction/modification system from Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 80(2):402-6, 1983 (Jan).
Gluzman Y: SV40-transformed simian cells support the replication of early SV40 mutants. Cell 23(1):175-182, 1981.
Gruber M, Schodin BA, Wilson ER, Kranz DM: Efficient tumor cell lysis mediated by a bispecific single chain antibody expressed in Escherichia coli. Jlmmunol 152(11):5368-5374, 1994.
Guarente L: Strategies for the identification of interacting proteins. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 90(5):1639-1641, 1993.
Guilley H, Dudley RK, Jonard G, Balazs E, Richards KE: Transcription of Cauliflower mosaic virus DNA: detection of promoter sequences, and characterization of transcripts. Cell 30(3):763-73, 1982.
Hardy CF, Sussel L, Shore D: A RAP 1 -interacting protein involved in transcriptional silencing and telomere length regulation. Genes Dev 6(5):801-814, 1992.
Hawkins RE and Winter G: Cell selection strategies for making antibodies from variable gene libraries: trapping the memory pool. Eur Jlmmunol 22(3):867-870, 1992.
Holvoet P, Laroche Y, Lijnen HR, Van Hoef B, Brouwers E, De Cock F, Lauwereys M, Gansemans Y, Collen D: Biochemical characterization of single-chain chimeric plasminogen activators consisting of a single-chain Fv fragment of a fibrin-specific antibody and single-chain urokinase. Eur JBiochem 210(3):945-952, 1992.
Honjo T, Alt FW, Rabbitts TH (eds): Immunoglobulin genes. Academic Press: San Diego, CA, pp. 361-368, 1989.
Hoogenboom HR, Griffiths AD, Johnson KS, Chiswell DJ, Judson P, Winter G:
Multi-subunit proteins on the surface of filamentous phage: methodologies for displaying antibody (Fab) heavy and light chains. Nucleic Acids Res 19(15):4133-4137, 1991.
Huse WD, Sastry L, Iverson SA, Kang AS, Alting-Mees M, Burton DR, Benkovic SJ, Lemer RA: Generation of a large combinatorial library of the inununoglobulin repertoire in phage lambda. Science 246(4935):1275-1281, 1989.
Huston JS, Levinson D, Mudgett-Hunter M, Tai MS, Novotney J, Margolies MN, Ridge RJ, Bruccoleri RE, Haber E, Crea R, et al: Protein engineering of antibody binding sites: recovery of specific activity in an anti-digoxin single-chain Fv analogue produced in Escherichia coli. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 85(16):5879-5883, 1988.
Iwabuchi K, Li B, Bartel P, Fields S: Use of the two-hybrid system to identify the domain of p53 involved in oligomerization. Oncogene 8(6):1693-1696, 1993.
Jackson AL, Pahl PM, Harrison K, Rosamond J, Sclafani RA: Cell cycle regulation of the yeast Cdc7 protein kinase by association with the Dbf4 protein. Mol Cell Biol 13(5):2899-2908, 1993.
Johnson S and Bird RE: Methods Enzymol 203:88, 1991.
Kabat et al: Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 4th Ed. U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services, Bethesda, MD (1987) Kang AS, Barbas CF, Janda KD, Benkovic SJ, Lerner RA: Linkage of recognition and replication functions by assembling combinatorial antibody Fab libraries along phage surfaces. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 88(10):4363-4366, 1991.
Kettleborough CA, Ansell KH, Allen RW, Rosell-Vives E, Gussow DH, Bendig MM:
Isolation of tumor cell-specific single-chain Fv from immunized mice using phage-antibody libraries and the re-construction of whole antibodies from these antibody fragments. Eur Jlmmunol 24(4):952-958, 1994.
Kruger DH, Barcak GJ, Reuter M, Smith HO: EcoRII can be activated to cleave refractory DNA recognition sites. Nucleic Acids Res 16(9):3997-4008, (May 11) 1988.
Hardy CF, Sussel L, Shore D: A RAP 1 -interacting protein involved in transcriptional silencing and telomere length regulation. Genes Dev 6(5):801-814, 1992.
Hawkins RE and Winter G: Cell selection strategies for making antibodies from variable gene libraries: trapping the memory pool. Eur Jlmmunol 22(3):867-870, 1992.
Holvoet P, Laroche Y, Lijnen HR, Van Hoef B, Brouwers E, De Cock F, Lauwereys M, Gansemans Y, Collen D: Biochemical characterization of single-chain chimeric plasminogen activators consisting of a single-chain Fv fragment of a fibrin-specific antibody and single-chain urokinase. Eur JBiochem 210(3):945-952, 1992.
Honjo T, Alt FW, Rabbitts TH (eds): Immunoglobulin genes. Academic Press: San Diego, CA, pp. 361-368, 1989.
Hoogenboom HR, Griffiths AD, Johnson KS, Chiswell DJ, Judson P, Winter G:
Multi-subunit proteins on the surface of filamentous phage: methodologies for displaying antibody (Fab) heavy and light chains. Nucleic Acids Res 19(15):4133-4137, 1991.
Huse WD, Sastry L, Iverson SA, Kang AS, Alting-Mees M, Burton DR, Benkovic SJ, Lemer RA: Generation of a large combinatorial library of the inununoglobulin repertoire in phage lambda. Science 246(4935):1275-1281, 1989.
Huston JS, Levinson D, Mudgett-Hunter M, Tai MS, Novotney J, Margolies MN, Ridge RJ, Bruccoleri RE, Haber E, Crea R, et al: Protein engineering of antibody binding sites: recovery of specific activity in an anti-digoxin single-chain Fv analogue produced in Escherichia coli. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 85(16):5879-5883, 1988.
Iwabuchi K, Li B, Bartel P, Fields S: Use of the two-hybrid system to identify the domain of p53 involved in oligomerization. Oncogene 8(6):1693-1696, 1993.
Jackson AL, Pahl PM, Harrison K, Rosamond J, Sclafani RA: Cell cycle regulation of the yeast Cdc7 protein kinase by association with the Dbf4 protein. Mol Cell Biol 13(5):2899-2908, 1993.
Johnson S and Bird RE: Methods Enzymol 203:88, 1991.
Kabat et al: Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 4th Ed. U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services, Bethesda, MD (1987) Kang AS, Barbas CF, Janda KD, Benkovic SJ, Lerner RA: Linkage of recognition and replication functions by assembling combinatorial antibody Fab libraries along phage surfaces. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 88(10):4363-4366, 1991.
Kettleborough CA, Ansell KH, Allen RW, Rosell-Vives E, Gussow DH, Bendig MM:
Isolation of tumor cell-specific single-chain Fv from immunized mice using phage-antibody libraries and the re-construction of whole antibodies from these antibody fragments. Eur Jlmmunol 24(4):952-958, 1994.
Kruger DH, Barcak GJ, Reuter M, Smith HO: EcoRII can be activated to cleave refractory DNA recognition sites. Nucleic Acids Res 16(9):3997-4008, (May 11) 1988.
Lalo D, Carles C, Sentenac A, Thuriaux P: Interactions between three common subunits of yeast RNA polymerases I and III. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA
90(12):5524-5528, 1993.
Laskowski M Sr: Purification and properties of venom phosphodiesterase.
Methods Enzymo165(1):276-84, 1980.
Leflcovits I and Pernis B, Editors. Immunological Methods, Vols. I and II.
Academic Press, New York, NY. Also Vol. III published in Orlando and Vol. IV published in San Diego. 1979-.
Ivan Leflcovits, Editor. Immunology methods manual : the comprehensive sourcebook of techniques. Academic Press, San Diego, 1997.
Lemer RA, Kang AS, Bain JD, Burton DR, Barbas CF 3d: Antibodies without immunization. Science 258(5086):1313-1314, 1992.
Leung, D.W., et al, Technique, 1:11-15, 1989.
Li B and Fields S: Identification of mutations in p53 that affect its binding to SV40 large T antigen by using the yeast two-hybrid system. FASEB J 7(10):957-963, 1993.
Lilley GG, Doelzal 0, Hillyard CJ, Bernard C, Hudson PJ: Recombinant single-chain antibody peptide conjugates expressed in Escherichia coli for the rapid diagnosis of HIV. Jlmmunol Methods 171(2):211-226, 1994.
Lowman HB, Bass SH, Simpson N, Wells JA: Selecting high-affinity binding proteins by monovalent phage display. Biochemistry 30(45):10832-10838, 1991.
90(12):5524-5528, 1993.
Laskowski M Sr: Purification and properties of venom phosphodiesterase.
Methods Enzymo165(1):276-84, 1980.
Leflcovits I and Pernis B, Editors. Immunological Methods, Vols. I and II.
Academic Press, New York, NY. Also Vol. III published in Orlando and Vol. IV published in San Diego. 1979-.
Ivan Leflcovits, Editor. Immunology methods manual : the comprehensive sourcebook of techniques. Academic Press, San Diego, 1997.
Lemer RA, Kang AS, Bain JD, Burton DR, Barbas CF 3d: Antibodies without immunization. Science 258(5086):1313-1314, 1992.
Leung, D.W., et al, Technique, 1:11-15, 1989.
Li B and Fields S: Identification of mutations in p53 that affect its binding to SV40 large T antigen by using the yeast two-hybrid system. FASEB J 7(10):957-963, 1993.
Lilley GG, Doelzal 0, Hillyard CJ, Bernard C, Hudson PJ: Recombinant single-chain antibody peptide conjugates expressed in Escherichia coli for the rapid diagnosis of HIV. Jlmmunol Methods 171(2):211-226, 1994.
Lowman HB, Bass SH, Simpson N, Wells JA: Selecting high-affinity binding proteins by monovalent phage display. Biochemistry 30(45):10832-10838, 1991.
Luban J, Bossolt KL, Franke EK, Kalpana GV, Goff SP: Human immunodeficiency virus type 1 Gag protein binds to cyclophilins A and B. Cell 73(6):1067-1078, 1993.
Madura K, Dohmen RJ, Varshavsky A: N-recognin/Ubc2 interactions in the N-end rule pathway. JBiol Chem 268(16):12046-54, (Jun 5) 1993.
Marks JD, Hoogenboom HR, Bonnert TP, McCafferty J, Griffiths AD, Winter G: By-passing immunization. Human antibodies from V-gene libraries displayed on phage.
JMolBiol 222(3):581-597, 1991.
Marks JD, Griffiths Ad, Malmqvist M, Clackson TP, Bye JM, Winter G: By-passing immunization: building high affinity human antibodies by chain shuffling.
Biotechnology (N Y) 10(7):779-783, 1992.
Marks JD, Hoogenboom HR, Griffiths AD, Winter G: Molecular evolution of proteins on filamentous phage. Mimicking the strategy of the immune system.
JBiol Chem 267(23):16007-16010, 1992.
Maxam AM, Gilbert W: Sequencing end-labeled DNA with base-specific chemical cleavages. Methods Enzymol 65(1):499-560, 1980.
McCafferty J, Griffiths AD, Winter G, Chiswell DJ: Phage antibodies:
filamentous phage displaying antibody variable domains. Nature 348(6301):552-554, 1990.
Miller JH. A Short Course in Bacterial Genetics: A Laboratory Manual and Handbook for Escherichia coli and Related Bacteri a (see inclusively p. 445).
Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Plainview, NY, 1992.
Milne GT and Weaver DT: Dominant negative alleles of RAD52 reveal a DNA
repair/ recombination complex including Rad5l and Rad52. Genes Dev 7(9):1755-1765, 1993.
Madura K, Dohmen RJ, Varshavsky A: N-recognin/Ubc2 interactions in the N-end rule pathway. JBiol Chem 268(16):12046-54, (Jun 5) 1993.
Marks JD, Hoogenboom HR, Bonnert TP, McCafferty J, Griffiths AD, Winter G: By-passing immunization. Human antibodies from V-gene libraries displayed on phage.
JMolBiol 222(3):581-597, 1991.
Marks JD, Griffiths Ad, Malmqvist M, Clackson TP, Bye JM, Winter G: By-passing immunization: building high affinity human antibodies by chain shuffling.
Biotechnology (N Y) 10(7):779-783, 1992.
Marks JD, Hoogenboom HR, Griffiths AD, Winter G: Molecular evolution of proteins on filamentous phage. Mimicking the strategy of the immune system.
JBiol Chem 267(23):16007-16010, 1992.
Maxam AM, Gilbert W: Sequencing end-labeled DNA with base-specific chemical cleavages. Methods Enzymol 65(1):499-560, 1980.
McCafferty J, Griffiths AD, Winter G, Chiswell DJ: Phage antibodies:
filamentous phage displaying antibody variable domains. Nature 348(6301):552-554, 1990.
Miller JH. A Short Course in Bacterial Genetics: A Laboratory Manual and Handbook for Escherichia coli and Related Bacteri a (see inclusively p. 445).
Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Plainview, NY, 1992.
Milne GT and Weaver DT: Dominant negative alleles of RAD52 reveal a DNA
repair/ recombination complex including Rad5l and Rad52. Genes Dev 7(9):1755-1765, 1993.
Mullinax RL, Gross EA, Amberg JR, Hay BN, Hogrefe HH, Kubtiz MM, Greener A, Alting-Mees M, Ardourel D, Short JM, et al: Identification of human antibody fragment clones specific for tetanus toxoid in a bacteriophage lambda immunoexpression library. Proc natl Acad Sci USA 87(20):8095-9099, 1990.
Nath K, Azzolina BA: in Gene Amplification and Analysis (ed. Chirikjian JG), vol. 1, p. 113, Elsevier North Holland, Inc., New York, New York, 1981.
Needleman SB and Wunsch CD: A general method applicable to the search for similarities in the amino acid sequence of two proteins. JMol Biol 48(3):443-453, 1970.
Nelson M, Christ C, Schildkraut I: Alteration of apparent restriction endonuclease recognition specificities by DNA methylases. Nucleic Acids Res 12(13):5165-73, 1984 (Jul 11).
Nicholls PJ, Johnson VG, Andrew SM, Hoogenboom HR, Raus JC, Youle RJ:
Characterization of single-chain antibody (sFv)-toxin fusion proteins produced in vitro in rabbit reticulocyte lysate. JBiol Chem 268(7):5302-5308, 1993.
Oller AR, Vanden Broek W, Conrad M, Topal MD: Ability of DNA and spermidine to affect the activity of restriction endonucleases from several bacterial species.
Biochemistry 30(9):2543-9, (Mar 5) 1991.
Owens RJ and Young RJ: The genetic engineering of monoclonal antibodies. J
Immunol Methods 168(2):149-165, 1994.
Pearson WR and Lipman DJ: Improved tools for biological sequence comparison.
Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 85(8):2444-2448, 1988.
Nath K, Azzolina BA: in Gene Amplification and Analysis (ed. Chirikjian JG), vol. 1, p. 113, Elsevier North Holland, Inc., New York, New York, 1981.
Needleman SB and Wunsch CD: A general method applicable to the search for similarities in the amino acid sequence of two proteins. JMol Biol 48(3):443-453, 1970.
Nelson M, Christ C, Schildkraut I: Alteration of apparent restriction endonuclease recognition specificities by DNA methylases. Nucleic Acids Res 12(13):5165-73, 1984 (Jul 11).
Nicholls PJ, Johnson VG, Andrew SM, Hoogenboom HR, Raus JC, Youle RJ:
Characterization of single-chain antibody (sFv)-toxin fusion proteins produced in vitro in rabbit reticulocyte lysate. JBiol Chem 268(7):5302-5308, 1993.
Oller AR, Vanden Broek W, Conrad M, Topal MD: Ability of DNA and spermidine to affect the activity of restriction endonucleases from several bacterial species.
Biochemistry 30(9):2543-9, (Mar 5) 1991.
Owens RJ and Young RJ: The genetic engineering of monoclonal antibodies. J
Immunol Methods 168(2):149-165, 1994.
Pearson WR and Lipman DJ: Improved tools for biological sequence comparison.
Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 85(8):2444-2448, 1988.
Pein CD, Reuter M, Meisel A, Cech D, Kruger DH: Activation of restriction endonuclease EcoRII does not depend on the cleavage of stimulator DNA. Nucleic Acids Res 19(19):5139-42, (Oct 11) 1991.
Persson MA, Caothien RH, Burton DR: Generation of diverse high-affinity human monoclonal antibodies by repertoire cloning. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 88(6):2432-2436, 1991.
Queen C, Foster J, Stauber C, Stafford J: Cell-type specific regulation of a kappa immunoglobulin gene by promoter and enhance elements. Immunol Rev 89:49-68, 1986.
Qiang BQ, McClelland M, Poddar S, Spokauskas A, Nelson M: The apparent specificity of NotI (5'-GCGGCCGC-3') is enhanced by M.FnuDII or M.BepI
methyltransferases (5'-mCGCG-3'): cutting bacterial chromosomes into a few large pieces. Gene 88(1):101-5, (Mar 30) 1990.
Raleigh EA, Wilson G: Escherichia coli K-12 restricts DNA containing 5-methylcytosine. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 83(23):9070-4, (Dec) 1986.
Reidhaar-Olson JF and Sauer RT: Combinatorial cassette mutagenesis as a probe of the informational content of protein sequences. Science 241(4861):53-57, 1988.
Riechmann L and Weill M: Phage display and selection of a site-directed randomized single-chain antibody Fv fragment for its affinity improvement. Biochemistry 32(34):8848-8855, 1993.
Roberts RJ, Macelis D: REBASE--restriction enzymes and methylases. Nucleic Acids Res 24(1):223-35, (Jan 1) 1996.
Persson MA, Caothien RH, Burton DR: Generation of diverse high-affinity human monoclonal antibodies by repertoire cloning. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 88(6):2432-2436, 1991.
Queen C, Foster J, Stauber C, Stafford J: Cell-type specific regulation of a kappa immunoglobulin gene by promoter and enhance elements. Immunol Rev 89:49-68, 1986.
Qiang BQ, McClelland M, Poddar S, Spokauskas A, Nelson M: The apparent specificity of NotI (5'-GCGGCCGC-3') is enhanced by M.FnuDII or M.BepI
methyltransferases (5'-mCGCG-3'): cutting bacterial chromosomes into a few large pieces. Gene 88(1):101-5, (Mar 30) 1990.
Raleigh EA, Wilson G: Escherichia coli K-12 restricts DNA containing 5-methylcytosine. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 83(23):9070-4, (Dec) 1986.
Reidhaar-Olson JF and Sauer RT: Combinatorial cassette mutagenesis as a probe of the informational content of protein sequences. Science 241(4861):53-57, 1988.
Riechmann L and Weill M: Phage display and selection of a site-directed randomized single-chain antibody Fv fragment for its affinity improvement. Biochemistry 32(34):8848-8855, 1993.
Roberts RJ, Macelis D: REBASE--restriction enzymes and methylases. Nucleic Acids Res 24(1):223-35, (Jan 1) 1996.
Ryan AJ, Royal CL, Hutchinson J, Shaw CH: Genomic sequence of a 12S seed storage protein from oilseed rape (Brassica napus c.v. jet neuf). Nucl Acids Res 17(9):3584, 1989.
Sambrook J, Fritsch EF, Maniatis T. Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual.
Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY, 1982.
Sambrook J, Fritsch EF, Maniatis T. Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual.
Second Edition. Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY, 1989.
Scopes RK. Protein Purification: Principles and Practice. Springer-Verlag, New York, NY, 1982.
Silver SC and Hunt SW 3d: Techniques for cloning cDNAs encoding interactive transcriptional regulatory proteins. Mol Biol Rep 17(3):155-165, 1993.
Smith TF, Waterman MS. Adv Appl Math 2: 482-end of article, 1981.
Smith TF, Waterman MS: Overlapping genes and information theory. J Theor Biol 91(2):379-80, (Jul 21) 1981.
Smith TF, Waterman MS: Identification of common molecular subsequences. JMoI
Biol 147(1):195-7, (Mar 25) 1981.
Smith TF, Waterman MS, Fitch WM: Comparative biosequence metrics. JMoI Evol S18(1):38-46, 1981.
Staudinger J, Perry M, Elledge SJ, Olson EN: Interactions among vertebrate helix-loop-helix proteins in yeast using the two-hybrid system. JBiol Chem 268(7):4608-4611, 1993.
Sambrook J, Fritsch EF, Maniatis T. Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual.
Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY, 1982.
Sambrook J, Fritsch EF, Maniatis T. Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual.
Second Edition. Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY, 1989.
Scopes RK. Protein Purification: Principles and Practice. Springer-Verlag, New York, NY, 1982.
Silver SC and Hunt SW 3d: Techniques for cloning cDNAs encoding interactive transcriptional regulatory proteins. Mol Biol Rep 17(3):155-165, 1993.
Smith TF, Waterman MS. Adv Appl Math 2: 482-end of article, 1981.
Smith TF, Waterman MS: Overlapping genes and information theory. J Theor Biol 91(2):379-80, (Jul 21) 1981.
Smith TF, Waterman MS: Identification of common molecular subsequences. JMoI
Biol 147(1):195-7, (Mar 25) 1981.
Smith TF, Waterman MS, Fitch WM: Comparative biosequence metrics. JMoI Evol S18(1):38-46, 1981.
Staudinger J, Perry M, Elledge SJ, Olson EN: Interactions among vertebrate helix-loop-helix proteins in yeast using the two-hybrid system. JBiol Chem 268(7):4608-4611, 1993.
Stemmer WP, Morris SK, Wilson BS: Selection of an active single chain Fv antibody from a protein linker library prepared by enzymatic inverse PCR. Biotechniques 14(2):256-265, 1993.
Stemmer WP: DNA shuffling by random fragmentation and reassembly: in vitro recombination for molecular evolution. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 91(22):10747-10751, 1994.
Sun D, Hurley LH: Effect of the (+)-CC-1065-(N3-adenine)DNA adduct on in vitro DNA synthesis mediated by Escherichia coli DNA polymerase. Biochemistry 31:10, 2822-9, (Mar 17) 1992, Tague BW, Dickinson CD, Chrispeels MJ: A short domain of the plant vacuolar protein phytohemagglutinin targets invertase to the yeast vacuole. Plant Cell 2(6):533-46, (June) 1990.
Takahashi N, Kobayashi I: Evidence for the double-strand break repair model of bacteriophage lambda recombination. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 87(7):2790-4, (Apr) 1990.
Thiesen HJ and Bach C: Target Detection Assay (TDA): a versatile procedure to determine DNA binding sites as demonstrated on SP1 protein. Nucleic Acids Res 18(11):3203-3209, 1990.
Thomas M, Davis RW: Studies on the cleavage of bacteriophage lambda DNA with EcoRI Restriction endonuclease. JMoI Biol 91(3):315-28, (Jan 25) 1975.
Tingey SV, Walker EL, Corruzzi GM: Glutamine synthetase genes of pea encode distinct polypeptides which are differentially expressed in leaves, roots and nodules. EMBOJ 6(1):1-9, 1987.
Stemmer WP: DNA shuffling by random fragmentation and reassembly: in vitro recombination for molecular evolution. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 91(22):10747-10751, 1994.
Sun D, Hurley LH: Effect of the (+)-CC-1065-(N3-adenine)DNA adduct on in vitro DNA synthesis mediated by Escherichia coli DNA polymerase. Biochemistry 31:10, 2822-9, (Mar 17) 1992, Tague BW, Dickinson CD, Chrispeels MJ: A short domain of the plant vacuolar protein phytohemagglutinin targets invertase to the yeast vacuole. Plant Cell 2(6):533-46, (June) 1990.
Takahashi N, Kobayashi I: Evidence for the double-strand break repair model of bacteriophage lambda recombination. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 87(7):2790-4, (Apr) 1990.
Thiesen HJ and Bach C: Target Detection Assay (TDA): a versatile procedure to determine DNA binding sites as demonstrated on SP1 protein. Nucleic Acids Res 18(11):3203-3209, 1990.
Thomas M, Davis RW: Studies on the cleavage of bacteriophage lambda DNA with EcoRI Restriction endonuclease. JMoI Biol 91(3):315-28, (Jan 25) 1975.
Tingey SV, Walker EL, Corruzzi GM: Glutamine synthetase genes of pea encode distinct polypeptides which are differentially expressed in leaves, roots and nodules. EMBOJ 6(1):1-9, 1987.
Topal MD, Thresher RJ, Conrad M, Griffith J: NaeI endonuclease binding to pBR322 DNA induces looping. Biochemistry 30(7):2006-10, (Feb. 19) 1991.
Tramontano A, Chothia C, Lesk AM: Framework residue 71 is a major determinant of the position and conformation of the second hypervariable region in the VH
domains of immunoglobulins. JMoI Biol 215(1):175-182, 1990.
Tuerk C and Gold L: Systematic evolution of ligands by exponential enrichment:
RNA ligands to bacteriophage T4 DNA polymerase. Science 249(4968):505-510, 1990.
van de Poll ML, Lafleur MV, van Gog F, Vrieling H, Meerman JH: N-acetylated and deacetylated 4'-fluoro-4-aminobiphenyl and 4-aminobiphenyl adducts differ in their ability to inhibit DNA replication of single-stranded M13 in vitro and of single-stranded phi X174 in Escherichia coli. Carcinogenesis 13(5):751-8, (May) 1992.
Vojtek AB, Hollenberg SM, Cooper JA: Mammalian Ras interacts directly with the serine/threonine kinase Raf. Cell 74(1):205-214, 1993.
Wenzler H, Mignery G, Fisher L, Park W: Sucrose-regulated expression of a chimeric potato tuber gene in leaves of transgenic tobacco plants. Plant Mol Biol 13(4):347-54, 1989.
Williams, A. F., A. N. Barclay: The immunoglobulin superfamily-domains for cell surface recognition. Annu. Rev. Immunol. 6:381, 1988.
Winnacker EL. From Genes to Clones: Introduction tQGene Tec ology. VCH
Publishers, New York, NY, 1987.
Tramontano A, Chothia C, Lesk AM: Framework residue 71 is a major determinant of the position and conformation of the second hypervariable region in the VH
domains of immunoglobulins. JMoI Biol 215(1):175-182, 1990.
Tuerk C and Gold L: Systematic evolution of ligands by exponential enrichment:
RNA ligands to bacteriophage T4 DNA polymerase. Science 249(4968):505-510, 1990.
van de Poll ML, Lafleur MV, van Gog F, Vrieling H, Meerman JH: N-acetylated and deacetylated 4'-fluoro-4-aminobiphenyl and 4-aminobiphenyl adducts differ in their ability to inhibit DNA replication of single-stranded M13 in vitro and of single-stranded phi X174 in Escherichia coli. Carcinogenesis 13(5):751-8, (May) 1992.
Vojtek AB, Hollenberg SM, Cooper JA: Mammalian Ras interacts directly with the serine/threonine kinase Raf. Cell 74(1):205-214, 1993.
Wenzler H, Mignery G, Fisher L, Park W: Sucrose-regulated expression of a chimeric potato tuber gene in leaves of transgenic tobacco plants. Plant Mol Biol 13(4):347-54, 1989.
Williams, A. F., A. N. Barclay: The immunoglobulin superfamily-domains for cell surface recognition. Annu. Rev. Immunol. 6:381, 1988.
Winnacker EL. From Genes to Clones: Introduction tQGene Tec ology. VCH
Publishers, New York, NY, 1987.
Winter G and Milstein C: Man-made antibodies. Nature 349(6307):293-299, 1991.
Yang X, Hubbard EJ, Carlson M: A protein kinase substrate identified by the two-hybrid system. Science 257(5070):680-2, (Ju131) 1992.
USPN 4,683,195; Filed Feb. 7, 1986, Issued Ju128. 1987. Mullis KB, Erlich HA, Arnheim N, Horn GT, Saiki RK, Scharf SJ: Process for Amplifying, Detecting, and/or Cloning Nucleic Acid Sequences.
USPN 4,683,202; Filed Oct. 25, 1985, Issued Jul. 28, 1987. Mullis KB: Process for Amplifying Nucleic Acid Sequences.
USPN 4,704,362; Filed Nov. 5, 1979, Issued Nov. 3, 1987. Itakura K, Riggs AD:
Recombinant Cloning Vehicle Microbial Polypeptide Expression.
WO 88/08453; Filed Apr. 14, 1988, Published Nov. 3, 1988. Alakhov JB, Baranov, VI, Ovodov SJ, Ryabova LA, Spirin AS: Method of Obtaining Polypeptides in Cell-Free Translation System.
WO 90/05785; Filed Nov. 15, 1989, Published May 31, 1990. Schultz P: Method for Site-Specifically Incorporating Unnatural Amino Acids into Proteins.
WO 90/07003; Filed Jan. 27, 1989, Published June 28, 1990. Baranov VI, Morozov IJ, Spirin AS: Method for Preparative Expression of Genes in a Cell-free System of Conjugated Transcription/translation.
WO 91/02076; Filed June 14, 1990, Published Feb. 21, 1991. Baranov VI, Ryabova LA, Yarchuk OB, Spirin AS: Method for Obtaining Polypeptides in a Cell-free System.
Yang X, Hubbard EJ, Carlson M: A protein kinase substrate identified by the two-hybrid system. Science 257(5070):680-2, (Ju131) 1992.
USPN 4,683,195; Filed Feb. 7, 1986, Issued Ju128. 1987. Mullis KB, Erlich HA, Arnheim N, Horn GT, Saiki RK, Scharf SJ: Process for Amplifying, Detecting, and/or Cloning Nucleic Acid Sequences.
USPN 4,683,202; Filed Oct. 25, 1985, Issued Jul. 28, 1987. Mullis KB: Process for Amplifying Nucleic Acid Sequences.
USPN 4,704,362; Filed Nov. 5, 1979, Issued Nov. 3, 1987. Itakura K, Riggs AD:
Recombinant Cloning Vehicle Microbial Polypeptide Expression.
WO 88/08453; Filed Apr. 14, 1988, Published Nov. 3, 1988. Alakhov JB, Baranov, VI, Ovodov SJ, Ryabova LA, Spirin AS: Method of Obtaining Polypeptides in Cell-Free Translation System.
WO 90/05785; Filed Nov. 15, 1989, Published May 31, 1990. Schultz P: Method for Site-Specifically Incorporating Unnatural Amino Acids into Proteins.
WO 90/07003; Filed Jan. 27, 1989, Published June 28, 1990. Baranov VI, Morozov IJ, Spirin AS: Method for Preparative Expression of Genes in a Cell-free System of Conjugated Transcription/translation.
WO 91/02076; Filed June 14, 1990, Published Feb. 21, 1991. Baranov VI, Ryabova LA, Yarchuk OB, Spirin AS: Method for Obtaining Polypeptides in a Cell-free System.
WO 91/05058; Filed Oct. 5, 1989, Published Apr. 18, 1991. Kawasaki G: Cell-free Synthesis and Isolation of Novel Genes and Polypeptides.
WO 91/17271; Filed May 1, 1990, Published Nov. 14, 1991. Dower WJ, Cwirla SE:
Recombinant Library Screening Methods.
WO 91/18980; Filed May 13, 1991, Published Dec. 12, 1991. Devlin JJ:
Compositions and Methods for Indentifying Biologically Active Molecules.
WO 91/19818; Filed June 20, 1990, Published Dec. 26, 1991. Dower WJ, Cwirla SE, Barrett RW: Peptide Library and Screening Systems.
WO 92/02536; Filed Aug. 1, 1991, Published Feb. 20, 1992. Gold L, Tuerk C:
Systematic Polypeptide Evolution by Reverse Translation.
WO 92/03918; Filed Aug. 28, 1991, Published Mar. 19, 1992. Lonberg N, Kay RM:
Transgenic Non-human Animals Capable of Producing Heterologous Antibodies.
WO 92/03918; Filed Aug. 28, 1991, Published Mar. 19, 1992. Lonberg N, Kay RM:
Transgenic Non-human Animals Capable of Producing Heterologous Antibodies.
WO 92/05258; Filed Sept. 17, 1991, Published Apr. 2, 1992. Fincher GB: Gene Encoding Barley Enzyme.
WO 92/14843; Filed Feb. 21, 1992, Published Sept. 3, 1992. Toole JJ, Griffin LC, Bock LC, Latham JA, Muenchau DD, Krawczyk S: Aptamers Specific for Biomolecules and Method of Making.
WO 93/08278; Filed Oct. 15, 1992, Published Apr. 29, 1993. Schatz PJ, Cull MG, Miller JF, Stemmer WP: Peptide Library and Screening Method.
WO 91/17271; Filed May 1, 1990, Published Nov. 14, 1991. Dower WJ, Cwirla SE:
Recombinant Library Screening Methods.
WO 91/18980; Filed May 13, 1991, Published Dec. 12, 1991. Devlin JJ:
Compositions and Methods for Indentifying Biologically Active Molecules.
WO 91/19818; Filed June 20, 1990, Published Dec. 26, 1991. Dower WJ, Cwirla SE, Barrett RW: Peptide Library and Screening Systems.
WO 92/02536; Filed Aug. 1, 1991, Published Feb. 20, 1992. Gold L, Tuerk C:
Systematic Polypeptide Evolution by Reverse Translation.
WO 92/03918; Filed Aug. 28, 1991, Published Mar. 19, 1992. Lonberg N, Kay RM:
Transgenic Non-human Animals Capable of Producing Heterologous Antibodies.
WO 92/03918; Filed Aug. 28, 1991, Published Mar. 19, 1992. Lonberg N, Kay RM:
Transgenic Non-human Animals Capable of Producing Heterologous Antibodies.
WO 92/05258; Filed Sept. 17, 1991, Published Apr. 2, 1992. Fincher GB: Gene Encoding Barley Enzyme.
WO 92/14843; Filed Feb. 21, 1992, Published Sept. 3, 1992. Toole JJ, Griffin LC, Bock LC, Latham JA, Muenchau DD, Krawczyk S: Aptamers Specific for Biomolecules and Method of Making.
WO 93/08278; Filed Oct. 15, 1992, Published Apr. 29, 1993. Schatz PJ, Cull MG, Miller JF, Stemmer WP: Peptide Library and Screening Method.
WO 93/12227; Filed Dec 17, 1992, Published June 24, 1993. Lonberg, N; Kay RM:
Transgenic Non-human Animals Capable of Producing Heterologous Antibodies.
WO 93/12227; Filed Dec. 17, 1992, Published June 24, 1993. Lonberg N, Kay RM:
Transgenic Non-human Animals Capable of Producing Heterologous Antibodies.
WO 94/25585; Filed Apr. 25, 1994, Published Nov. 10, 1994. Lonberg, N, Kay RM:
Transgenic Non-human Animals Capable of Producing Heterologous Antibodies.
WO 94/25585; Filed Apr. 25, 1994, Published Nov. 10, 1994. Lonberg N, Kay RM:
Transgenic Non-human Animals Capable of Producing Heterologous Antibodies.
Arslan T, Abraham AT, Hecht SM: Structurally altered substrates for DNA
topoisomerase I. Effects of inclusion of a single 3'-deoxynucleotide within the scissile strand. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1998 Jan-Mar;17(1-3):515-30.
Aupeix K, Toulme JJ: Binding of chemically-modified oligonucleotides to the double-stranded stem of an RNA hairpin. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Jun-Ju1;18(6-7):1647-50.
Bazzanini R, Manfredini S, Durini E, Groschel B, Cinatl J, Balzarini J, De Clercq E, Imbach JL, Perigaud C, Gosselin G: Prodrugs of Ara-CMP and Ara-AMP
with a S-acyl-2-thioethyl (SATE) biolabile phosphate protecting group:
synthesis and biological evaluation. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Apr-May;18(4-5):971-2.
Blackburn GM, Liu X, Rosler A, Brenner C: Two hydrolase resistant analogues of diadenosine 5',5"'-P1,P3-triphosphate for studies with Fhit, the human fragile histidine triad protein. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1998 Jan-Mar; 17(1-3):301-8.
Bridson PK, Lin X, Melman N, Ji XD, Jacobson KA: Synthesis and adenosine receptor affmity of 7-beta-D-ribofuranosylxanthine. Nucleosides Nucleotides Apr;17(4):759-68.
Transgenic Non-human Animals Capable of Producing Heterologous Antibodies.
WO 93/12227; Filed Dec. 17, 1992, Published June 24, 1993. Lonberg N, Kay RM:
Transgenic Non-human Animals Capable of Producing Heterologous Antibodies.
WO 94/25585; Filed Apr. 25, 1994, Published Nov. 10, 1994. Lonberg, N, Kay RM:
Transgenic Non-human Animals Capable of Producing Heterologous Antibodies.
WO 94/25585; Filed Apr. 25, 1994, Published Nov. 10, 1994. Lonberg N, Kay RM:
Transgenic Non-human Animals Capable of Producing Heterologous Antibodies.
Arslan T, Abraham AT, Hecht SM: Structurally altered substrates for DNA
topoisomerase I. Effects of inclusion of a single 3'-deoxynucleotide within the scissile strand. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1998 Jan-Mar;17(1-3):515-30.
Aupeix K, Toulme JJ: Binding of chemically-modified oligonucleotides to the double-stranded stem of an RNA hairpin. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Jun-Ju1;18(6-7):1647-50.
Bazzanini R, Manfredini S, Durini E, Groschel B, Cinatl J, Balzarini J, De Clercq E, Imbach JL, Perigaud C, Gosselin G: Prodrugs of Ara-CMP and Ara-AMP
with a S-acyl-2-thioethyl (SATE) biolabile phosphate protecting group:
synthesis and biological evaluation. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Apr-May;18(4-5):971-2.
Blackburn GM, Liu X, Rosler A, Brenner C: Two hydrolase resistant analogues of diadenosine 5',5"'-P1,P3-triphosphate for studies with Fhit, the human fragile histidine triad protein. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1998 Jan-Mar; 17(1-3):301-8.
Bridson PK, Lin X, Melman N, Ji XD, Jacobson KA: Synthesis and adenosine receptor affmity of 7-beta-D-ribofuranosylxanthine. Nucleosides Nucleotides Apr;17(4):759-68.
Brodin P, Gottikh M, Auclair C, Mouscadet JF: Inhibition of HIV-1 integration by mono- & bi-functionalized triple helix forming oligonucleotides. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Jun-Jul; 18(6-7):1717-8.
Creighton TE: Proteins Structures and Molecular Principles. New York: W. H.
Freeman and Co., 1984.
De Clercq E: Carbocyclic adenosine analogues as S-adenosylhomocysteine hydrolase inhibitors and antiviral agents: recent advances. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1998 Jan-Mar;17(1-3):625-34.
de Zwart M, Link R, von Frijtag Drabbe Kunzel JK, Cristalli G, Jacobson KA, Townsend-Nicholson A, IJzerman AP: A functional screening of adenosine analogues at the adenosine A2B receptor: a search for potent agonists. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1998 Jun;17(6):969-85.
Egron D, Arzumanov AA, Dyatkina NB, Krayevsky A, Imbach JL, Aubertin AM, Gosselin G, Perigaud C: Synthesis, anti-HIV activity and stability studies of 3'-azido-2',3'-dideoxythymidine 5'-fluorophosphate. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Apr-May; 18(4-5):983-4 Gianolio DA, McLaughlin LW: Synthesis and triplex forming properties of pyrimidine derivative containing extended functionality. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Aug;18(8):1751-69.
Gottikh MB, Volkov EM, Romanova EA, Oretskaya TS, Shabarova ZA: Synthesis of oligonucleotide-intercalator conjugates capable to inhibit HIV-1 DNA
integration.
Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Jun-Jul; 18(6-7):1645-6.
Hotoda H, Koizumi M, Ohmine T, Furukawa H, Nishigaki T, Abe K, Kosaka T, Tsutsumi S, Sone J, Kaneko M: Biologically active oligodeoxyribonucleotides.
10:
anti-HIV-1 activity and stability of modified hexanucleotides containing glycerol-skeleton. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1998 Jan-Mar; 17(1-3):243-52.
JP10113194; Filed 19971022, Published 19980506. Donnelly, JJ ;Dwarki, VJ ;Liu, MA ;Montgomery, DL ;Parker, S ;Shiver, JW ;Ulmer JB: Nucleic Acid Preparation.
Creighton TE: Proteins Structures and Molecular Principles. New York: W. H.
Freeman and Co., 1984.
De Clercq E: Carbocyclic adenosine analogues as S-adenosylhomocysteine hydrolase inhibitors and antiviral agents: recent advances. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1998 Jan-Mar;17(1-3):625-34.
de Zwart M, Link R, von Frijtag Drabbe Kunzel JK, Cristalli G, Jacobson KA, Townsend-Nicholson A, IJzerman AP: A functional screening of adenosine analogues at the adenosine A2B receptor: a search for potent agonists. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1998 Jun;17(6):969-85.
Egron D, Arzumanov AA, Dyatkina NB, Krayevsky A, Imbach JL, Aubertin AM, Gosselin G, Perigaud C: Synthesis, anti-HIV activity and stability studies of 3'-azido-2',3'-dideoxythymidine 5'-fluorophosphate. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Apr-May; 18(4-5):983-4 Gianolio DA, McLaughlin LW: Synthesis and triplex forming properties of pyrimidine derivative containing extended functionality. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Aug;18(8):1751-69.
Gottikh MB, Volkov EM, Romanova EA, Oretskaya TS, Shabarova ZA: Synthesis of oligonucleotide-intercalator conjugates capable to inhibit HIV-1 DNA
integration.
Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Jun-Jul; 18(6-7):1645-6.
Hotoda H, Koizumi M, Ohmine T, Furukawa H, Nishigaki T, Abe K, Kosaka T, Tsutsumi S, Sone J, Kaneko M: Biologically active oligodeoxyribonucleotides.
10:
anti-HIV-1 activity and stability of modified hexanucleotides containing glycerol-skeleton. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1998 Jan-Mar; 17(1-3):243-52.
JP10113194; Filed 19971022, Published 19980506. Donnelly, JJ ;Dwarki, VJ ;Liu, MA ;Montgomery, DL ;Parker, S ;Shiver, JW ;Ulmer JB: Nucleic Acid Preparation.
Kang SH, Sinhababu AK, Cho MJ: Synthesis and biological activity of bis(pivaloyloxymethyl) ester of 2'-azido-2'-deoxyuridine 5'-monophosphate.
Nucleosides Nucleotides 1998 Jun;17(6):1089-98.
Krayevsky A, Arzumanov A, Shirokova E, Dyatkina N, Victorova L, Jasko M, Alexandrova L: dNTP modified at triphosphate residues: substrate properties towards DNA polymerases and stability in human serum. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1998 Jan-Mar;17(1-3):681-93.
Krayevsky AA, Dyatkina NB, Semizarov DG, Victorova LS, Shirokova EA, Theil F, Von Janta Lipinski MJ, Gosselin G, Imbach JL: Reasons and limits of substrate activity of modified L-dNTP in DNA biosynthesis. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Apr-May; 18(4-5):863-4.
Kvasyuk El, Mikhailopulo IA, Suhadolnik RJ, Henderson EE, Muto NF, Iacono KT, Homon J, Pfleiderer W: Synthesis and biological activity of 2',5'-oligoadenylate trimers containing 5'-terminal 5'-amino-5'-deoxy- and 5'-amino-3',5'-dideoxyadenosine derivatives. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Jun-Jul; 18(6-7):1483-4.
Liu J, Skradis A, Kolar C, Kolath J, Anderson J, Lawson T, Talmadge J, Gmeiner WH: Increased cytotoxicity and decreased in vivo toxicity of FdUMP[10]
relative to 5-FU. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Aug;18(8):1789-802.
Lutz MJ, Will DW, Breipohl G, Benner SA, Uhlmann E: Synthesis of a monocharged peptide nucleic acid (PNA) analog and its recognition as substrate by DNA polymerases. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Mar;18(3):393-401.
Monaco V, van de Wetering KI, Meeuwenoord NJ, van den Elst HA, Stuivenberg HR, Visse R, van der Kaaden JC, Moolenaar GF, Verhoeven EE, Goosen N, van der Marel GA, van Boom JH: Synthesis and biological evaluation of modified DNA
fragments for the study of nucleotide excision repair in E. coli. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Jun-Jul;18(6-7):1339-41.
Morozova OV, Kolpashchikov DM, Ivanova TM, Godovikova TS: Synthesis of new photocross-linking 5-C-base-substituted UTP analogs and their application in highly selective affinity labelling of the tick-borne encephalitis virus RNA
replicase proteins. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Jun-Jul; 18(6-7):1513-4.
Nucleosides Nucleotides 1998 Jun;17(6):1089-98.
Krayevsky A, Arzumanov A, Shirokova E, Dyatkina N, Victorova L, Jasko M, Alexandrova L: dNTP modified at triphosphate residues: substrate properties towards DNA polymerases and stability in human serum. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1998 Jan-Mar;17(1-3):681-93.
Krayevsky AA, Dyatkina NB, Semizarov DG, Victorova LS, Shirokova EA, Theil F, Von Janta Lipinski MJ, Gosselin G, Imbach JL: Reasons and limits of substrate activity of modified L-dNTP in DNA biosynthesis. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Apr-May; 18(4-5):863-4.
Kvasyuk El, Mikhailopulo IA, Suhadolnik RJ, Henderson EE, Muto NF, Iacono KT, Homon J, Pfleiderer W: Synthesis and biological activity of 2',5'-oligoadenylate trimers containing 5'-terminal 5'-amino-5'-deoxy- and 5'-amino-3',5'-dideoxyadenosine derivatives. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Jun-Jul; 18(6-7):1483-4.
Liu J, Skradis A, Kolar C, Kolath J, Anderson J, Lawson T, Talmadge J, Gmeiner WH: Increased cytotoxicity and decreased in vivo toxicity of FdUMP[10]
relative to 5-FU. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Aug;18(8):1789-802.
Lutz MJ, Will DW, Breipohl G, Benner SA, Uhlmann E: Synthesis of a monocharged peptide nucleic acid (PNA) analog and its recognition as substrate by DNA polymerases. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Mar;18(3):393-401.
Monaco V, van de Wetering KI, Meeuwenoord NJ, van den Elst HA, Stuivenberg HR, Visse R, van der Kaaden JC, Moolenaar GF, Verhoeven EE, Goosen N, van der Marel GA, van Boom JH: Synthesis and biological evaluation of modified DNA
fragments for the study of nucleotide excision repair in E. coli. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Jun-Jul;18(6-7):1339-41.
Morozova OV, Kolpashchikov DM, Ivanova TM, Godovikova TS: Synthesis of new photocross-linking 5-C-base-substituted UTP analogs and their application in highly selective affinity labelling of the tick-borne encephalitis virus RNA
replicase proteins. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Jun-Jul; 18(6-7):1513-4.
Nguyen-Ba N, Chan L, Quimpere M, Turcotte N, Lee N, Mitchell H, Bedard J:
Design and SAR study of a novel class of nucleotide analogues as potent anti-HCMV
agents. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Apr-May; 18(4-5):821-7.
Design and SAR study of a novel class of nucleotide analogues as potent anti-HCMV
agents. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Apr-May; 18(4-5):821-7.
Pandolfi D, Rauzi F, Capobianco ML: Evaluation of different types of end-capping modifications on the stability of oligonucleotides toward 3'- and 5'-exonucleases. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Sep;18(9):2051-69.
Pankiewicz KW, Lesiak-Watanabe K: Novel mycophenolic adenine bis(phosphonate)s as potent anticancer agents and inducers of cells differentiation.
Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Apr-May; 18(4-5):927-32.
Perrin DM, Garestier T, Helene C: Expanding the catalytic repertoire of nucleic acid catalysts: simultaneous incorporation of two modified deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates bearing ammonium and imidazolyl functionalities.
Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Mar;18(3):377-91.
Pfundheller HM, Koshkin AA, Olsen CE, Wengel J: Evaluation of oligonucleotides containing two novel 2'-O-methyl modified nucleotide monomers: a 3'-C-allyl and a 2'-O,3'-C-linked bicyclic derivative. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Sep;18(9):2017-30.
Ramasamy KS, Stoisavljevic V: Synthesis and biophysical studies of modified oligonucleotides containing acyclic amino alcohol nucleoside analogs.
Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Aug;18(8):1845-61.
Schinazi RF, Lesnikowski ZJ: Boron containing oligonucleotides. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1998 Jan-Mar;17(1-3):635-47.
Secrist JA 3rd, Parker WB, Allan PW, Bennett LL Jr, Waud WR, Truss JW, Fowler AT, Montgomery JA, Ealick SE, Wells AH, Gillespie GY, Gadi VK, Sorscher EJ: Gene therapy of cancer: activation of nucleoside prodrugs with E. coli purine nucleoside phosphorylase. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Apr-May;18(4-5):745-57.
Shirokova EA, Shipitsin AV, Victorova LS, Dyatkina NB, Goryunova LE, Beabealashvilli RS, Hamilton CJ, Roberts SM, Krayevsky AA: Modified nucleoside 5'-triphosphonates as a new type of antiviral agents. Nucleosides Nucleotides Apr-May; 18(4-5):1027-8.
Srivastava TK, Friedhoff P, Pingoud A, Katti SB: Application of oligonucleoside methylphosphonates in the studies on phosphodiester hydrolysis by Serratia endonuclease. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Sep;18(9):1945-60.
Pankiewicz KW, Lesiak-Watanabe K: Novel mycophenolic adenine bis(phosphonate)s as potent anticancer agents and inducers of cells differentiation.
Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Apr-May; 18(4-5):927-32.
Perrin DM, Garestier T, Helene C: Expanding the catalytic repertoire of nucleic acid catalysts: simultaneous incorporation of two modified deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates bearing ammonium and imidazolyl functionalities.
Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Mar;18(3):377-91.
Pfundheller HM, Koshkin AA, Olsen CE, Wengel J: Evaluation of oligonucleotides containing two novel 2'-O-methyl modified nucleotide monomers: a 3'-C-allyl and a 2'-O,3'-C-linked bicyclic derivative. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Sep;18(9):2017-30.
Ramasamy KS, Stoisavljevic V: Synthesis and biophysical studies of modified oligonucleotides containing acyclic amino alcohol nucleoside analogs.
Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Aug;18(8):1845-61.
Schinazi RF, Lesnikowski ZJ: Boron containing oligonucleotides. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1998 Jan-Mar;17(1-3):635-47.
Secrist JA 3rd, Parker WB, Allan PW, Bennett LL Jr, Waud WR, Truss JW, Fowler AT, Montgomery JA, Ealick SE, Wells AH, Gillespie GY, Gadi VK, Sorscher EJ: Gene therapy of cancer: activation of nucleoside prodrugs with E. coli purine nucleoside phosphorylase. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Apr-May;18(4-5):745-57.
Shirokova EA, Shipitsin AV, Victorova LS, Dyatkina NB, Goryunova LE, Beabealashvilli RS, Hamilton CJ, Roberts SM, Krayevsky AA: Modified nucleoside 5'-triphosphonates as a new type of antiviral agents. Nucleosides Nucleotides Apr-May; 18(4-5):1027-8.
Srivastava TK, Friedhoff P, Pingoud A, Katti SB: Application of oligonucleoside methylphosphonates in the studies on phosphodiester hydrolysis by Serratia endonuclease. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Sep;18(9):1945-60.
Stattel JM, Yanachkov I, Wright GE: Synthesis and biochemical study of N2-(p-n-butylphenyl)-2'-deoxyguanosine 5'-(alpha,beta-imido)triphosphate (BuPdGMPNHPP): a non-substrate inhibitor of B family DNA polymerases.
Nucleosides Nucleotides 1998 Aug;17(8):1505-13.
Terato H, Morita H, Ohyama Y, Ide H: Novel modification of 5-formyluracil by cysteine derivatives in aqueous solution. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1998 Jan-Mar;17(1-3):131-41.
Tomikawa A, Seno M, Sato-Kiyotaki K, Ohtsuki C, Hirai T, Yamaguchi T, Kawaguchi T, Yoshida S, Saneyoshi M: Synthetic nucleosides and nucleotides.
40.
Selective inhibition of eukaryotic DNA polymerase alpha by 9-(beta-D-arabinofuranosyl)-2-(p-n-butylanilino) adenine 5'-triphosphate (BuAaraATP) and its 2'-up azido analog: synthesis and enzymatic evaluations. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1998 Jan-Mar;17(1-3):487-501.
US5580859; Filed 19940318, Issued 19961203. Felgner, PL. ;Wolff, JA. ;Rhodes, GH. ;Malone, RW. ;Carson, DA.: Delivery of exogenous DNA sequences in a mammal.
US5589466; Filed 19950126, Issued 19961231. Felgner, PL. ;Wolff, JA. ;Rhodes, GH. ;Malone, RW. ;Carson, DA.: Induction of a protective immune response in a mammal by injecting a DNA sequence.
US5641665; Filed 19941128, Issued 19970624. Hobart, PM. ;Margalith, M ;Parker, SE. ;Khatibi, S: Plasmids suitable for IL-2 expression.
US5693622; Filed 19950607, Issued 19971202. Wolff, JA. ;Duke, DJ. ;Felgner, PL.:
Expression of exogenous polynucleotide sequences cardiac muscle of a mammal.
US5703055; Filed 19940126, Issued 19971230. Felgner, PL. ;Wolff, JA ;Rhodes, GH. ;Malone, RW ;Carson, DA.: Generation of antibodies through lipid mediated DNA delivery.
Nucleosides Nucleotides 1998 Aug;17(8):1505-13.
Terato H, Morita H, Ohyama Y, Ide H: Novel modification of 5-formyluracil by cysteine derivatives in aqueous solution. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1998 Jan-Mar;17(1-3):131-41.
Tomikawa A, Seno M, Sato-Kiyotaki K, Ohtsuki C, Hirai T, Yamaguchi T, Kawaguchi T, Yoshida S, Saneyoshi M: Synthetic nucleosides and nucleotides.
40.
Selective inhibition of eukaryotic DNA polymerase alpha by 9-(beta-D-arabinofuranosyl)-2-(p-n-butylanilino) adenine 5'-triphosphate (BuAaraATP) and its 2'-up azido analog: synthesis and enzymatic evaluations. Nucleosides Nucleotides 1998 Jan-Mar;17(1-3):487-501.
US5580859; Filed 19940318, Issued 19961203. Felgner, PL. ;Wolff, JA. ;Rhodes, GH. ;Malone, RW. ;Carson, DA.: Delivery of exogenous DNA sequences in a mammal.
US5589466; Filed 19950126, Issued 19961231. Felgner, PL. ;Wolff, JA. ;Rhodes, GH. ;Malone, RW. ;Carson, DA.: Induction of a protective immune response in a mammal by injecting a DNA sequence.
US5641665; Filed 19941128, Issued 19970624. Hobart, PM. ;Margalith, M ;Parker, SE. ;Khatibi, S: Plasmids suitable for IL-2 expression.
US5693622; Filed 19950607, Issued 19971202. Wolff, JA. ;Duke, DJ. ;Felgner, PL.:
Expression of exogenous polynucleotide sequences cardiac muscle of a mammal.
US5703055; Filed 19940126, Issued 19971230. Felgner, PL. ;Wolff, JA ;Rhodes, GH. ;Malone, RW ;Carson, DA.: Generation of antibodies through lipid mediated DNA delivery.
US5846946; Filed 19960614, Issued 19981208. Huebner, RC. ;Norman, JA. ;Liang, X;Carner, KR. ;Barbour, AG. ;Luke, CJ.: Compositions and methods for administering Borrelia DNA.
US5910488; Filed 19951201, Issued 19990608. Nabel, GJ. ;Nabel, EG. ;Lew, D
;Marquet, M: Plasmids suitable for gene therapy.
Victorova LS, Semizarov DG, Shirokova EA, Alexandrova LA, Arzumanov AA, Jasko MV, Krayevsky AA: Human DNA polymerases and retroviral reverse transcriptases: selectivity in respect to dNTPs modified at triphosphate residues.
Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Apr-May; 18(4-5):1031-2.
von Janta-Lipinski M, Gaertner K, Lehmann C, Scheer H, Schildt J, Matthes E:
Protein and RNA of human telomerase as targets for modified oligonucleotides.
Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Jun-Ju1;18(6-7):1719-20 W09011092; Filed 19900321, Al Published 19901004. Felgner, PL. ;Wolff, JA;Rhodes, GH. ;Malone, RW ;Carson, DA.: Expression Of Exogenus Polynucleotide Sequences In A Vertebrate.
W09314778; Filed 19930121, Al Published 19930805. Rhodes, GH. ;Dwarki, VJ.;Felgner, PL;Wang-Felgner, J;Manthorpe, M: Ex Vivo Gene Transfer.
W09421797; Filed 19940314, Al Published 19940929. Donnelly, JJ. ;Dwarki, VJ.
;Liu, MA. ;Montgomery, DL. ;Parker, SE. ;Shiver, JW. ;Ulmer, JB.: Nucleic Acid Pharmaceuticals.
W09633736; Filed 19960426, Al Published 19961031. Baruch DI; Pasloske BL;
Howard, RJ: Malaria Peptides and Vaccines.
WO9735992; Filed 19970317, Al Published 19971002. Hobart, PM. ;Liang, X:
Tetracycline Inducible/Repressible Systems.
US5910488; Filed 19951201, Issued 19990608. Nabel, GJ. ;Nabel, EG. ;Lew, D
;Marquet, M: Plasmids suitable for gene therapy.
Victorova LS, Semizarov DG, Shirokova EA, Alexandrova LA, Arzumanov AA, Jasko MV, Krayevsky AA: Human DNA polymerases and retroviral reverse transcriptases: selectivity in respect to dNTPs modified at triphosphate residues.
Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Apr-May; 18(4-5):1031-2.
von Janta-Lipinski M, Gaertner K, Lehmann C, Scheer H, Schildt J, Matthes E:
Protein and RNA of human telomerase as targets for modified oligonucleotides.
Nucleosides Nucleotides 1999 Jun-Ju1;18(6-7):1719-20 W09011092; Filed 19900321, Al Published 19901004. Felgner, PL. ;Wolff, JA;Rhodes, GH. ;Malone, RW ;Carson, DA.: Expression Of Exogenus Polynucleotide Sequences In A Vertebrate.
W09314778; Filed 19930121, Al Published 19930805. Rhodes, GH. ;Dwarki, VJ.;Felgner, PL;Wang-Felgner, J;Manthorpe, M: Ex Vivo Gene Transfer.
W09421797; Filed 19940314, Al Published 19940929. Donnelly, JJ. ;Dwarki, VJ.
;Liu, MA. ;Montgomery, DL. ;Parker, SE. ;Shiver, JW. ;Ulmer, JB.: Nucleic Acid Pharmaceuticals.
W09633736; Filed 19960426, Al Published 19961031. Baruch DI; Pasloske BL;
Howard, RJ: Malaria Peptides and Vaccines.
WO9735992; Filed 19970317, Al Published 19971002. Hobart, PM. ;Liang, X:
Tetracycline Inducible/Repressible Systems.
W09926663; Filed 19981120, A2 Published 19990603. Horton, H ;Parker, S;Manthorpe, M; Felgner, P: Treatment Of Cancer Using Cytokine-Expressing Polynucleotides And Compositions Therefor.
W09941368; Filed 19990210, A2 Published 19990819. Punnonen J, Stemmer WP, Whalen RG; Howard, R: Optimization of Immunomodulatory Properties of Genetic Vaccines.
W09941369; Filed 19990210, A2 Published 19990819. Punnonen J, Stemmer WP, Whalen RG; Howard, R: Genetic Vaccine Vector Engineering.
W09941383; Filed 19990210, Al Published 19990819. Punnonen J, Bass, SH, Whalen, RG, Howard, R, Stemmer, WP: Antigen Library Immunization.
W09941402; Filed 19990210, A2 Published 19990819. Punnonen J, Stemmer, WP, Howard R, Patten PA: Targeting of Genetic Vaccine Vectors.
W09941368; Filed 19990210, A2 Published 19990819. Punnonen J, Stemmer WP, Whalen RG; Howard, R: Optimization of Immunomodulatory Properties of Genetic Vaccines.
W09941369; Filed 19990210, A2 Published 19990819. Punnonen J, Stemmer WP, Whalen RG; Howard, R: Genetic Vaccine Vector Engineering.
W09941383; Filed 19990210, Al Published 19990819. Punnonen J, Bass, SH, Whalen, RG, Howard, R, Stemmer, WP: Antigen Library Immunization.
W09941402; Filed 19990210, A2 Published 19990819. Punnonen J, Stemmer, WP, Howard R, Patten PA: Targeting of Genetic Vaccine Vectors.
Structure-Activity considerations are well-known in the art, and the following illustrative but non-limiting examples of references are provided:
Dunbrack RL Jr, Gerloff DL, Bower M, Chen X, Lichtarge 0, Cohen FE: Meeting review: the Second meeting on the Critical Assessment of Techniques for Protein Structure Prediction (CASP2), Asilomar, California, December 13-j 6, 1996. Fold Des 2(2): R27-42, (1997).
Fischer D, Eisenberg D: Protein fold recognition using sequence-derived predictions.
Protein Sci 5(5): 947-55, (May 1996).
Havel TF: An evaluation of computational strategies for use in the determination of protein st.ructure from distance constraints obtained by nuclear magnetic resonance. Prog Biophys Mol Biol 56(1): 43-78, (1991).
Lichtarge 0, Yamamoto KR, Cohen FE: Identification of functional surfaces of the zinc binding domains of intracellular receptors. J Mol Bio1274(3): 325-37, (Dec. 5, 1997).
Matsumoto R, Sali A, Gbildyal N, Karplus M, Stevens RL: Packaging of proteases and proteoglycans in the granules of mast cells and other hematopoietic cells.
A cluster of histidines on mouse mast cell protease 7 regulates its binding to heparin serglycin proteoglycans. J Biol-Chem 270(33): 19524-31, (Aug. 18, 1995).
Sali A: Comparative protein modeling by satisfaction of spatial restraints.
Mol Med Today 1(6): 270-7, (Sep. 1995).
Dunbrack RL Jr, Gerloff DL, Bower M, Chen X, Lichtarge 0, Cohen FE: Meeting review: the Second meeting on the Critical Assessment of Techniques for Protein Structure Prediction (CASP2), Asilomar, California, December 13-j 6, 1996. Fold Des 2(2): R27-42, (1997).
Fischer D, Eisenberg D: Protein fold recognition using sequence-derived predictions.
Protein Sci 5(5): 947-55, (May 1996).
Havel TF: An evaluation of computational strategies for use in the determination of protein st.ructure from distance constraints obtained by nuclear magnetic resonance. Prog Biophys Mol Biol 56(1): 43-78, (1991).
Lichtarge 0, Yamamoto KR, Cohen FE: Identification of functional surfaces of the zinc binding domains of intracellular receptors. J Mol Bio1274(3): 325-37, (Dec. 5, 1997).
Matsumoto R, Sali A, Gbildyal N, Karplus M, Stevens RL: Packaging of proteases and proteoglycans in the granules of mast cells and other hematopoietic cells.
A cluster of histidines on mouse mast cell protease 7 regulates its binding to heparin serglycin proteoglycans. J Biol-Chem 270(33): 19524-31, (Aug. 18, 1995).
Sali A: Comparative protein modeling by satisfaction of spatial restraints.
Mol Med Today 1(6): 270-7, (Sep. 1995).
Sali A, Matsumoto R, McNeil HP, Karplus M, Stevens: RL Three-dimensional models of four mouse mast cell chymases. Identification of proteoglycan binding regions and protease-specific antigenic epitopes. J Biol Chem 268(12):9023-34, April 25, 1993.
Sali A: Modeling mutations and homologous proteins. Curr Opin Biotechnol 6(4):
437-51, (Aug. 1995).
Sali A, Potterton L, Yuan F, van Vlijmen H, Karplus M: Evaluation of comparative protein modeling by MODELLER. Proteins 23(3): 318-26 -193.1-SEQiJENCE LISTING
<110> Diversa Corporation and Short, Jay M.
<120> Synthetic Ligation Reassembly in Directed Evolution <130> 127b-110 <140> 2,374,667 <141> 2000-06-14 <150> US 09/332,835 <151> 1999-06-14 <160> 31 <170> FastSEQ for Windows Version 4.0 <210> 1 <21 1 > 30 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> defined sequence kernels <221> miscfeature <222> 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 13, 14, 16, 17, 19, 20, 22, 23, 25, 26, 28, 29 <223> n = A,T,C or G
<400> 1 nnknnknnkn nknnknnknn knnknnknnk 30 <210> 2 <211> 30 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> defined sequence kernels <221> miscfeature <222> 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 13, 14, 16, 17, 19, 20, 22, 23, 25, 26, 28, 29 <223> n = A,T,C or G
<400> 2 nnmnnmnnmn nmnnmnnmnn mnnmnnmnnm 30 <210> 3 <21 1 > 5 -193.2-<212> PRT
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> spacer peptide <400> 3 Gly Gly Gly Gly Ser <210> 4 <211> 15 <212> PRT
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> linker peptide <400> 4 Gly Gly Gly Gly Ser Gly Gly Gly Gly Ser Gly Gly Gly Gly Ser <210> 5 <211> 10 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> ribosome binding site (RBS) <400> 5 10 aagggaggag <210> 6 <211> 24 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> primer <221> misc_feature <222> 24 <223> n = A,T,C or G from 10 to 100 <400> 6 ctagaagaga ggagaaaacc atgn 24 <210> 7 -193.3-<211> 22 <21 2> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> primer <221> miscfeature <222> 22 <223> n = A,T,C or G from 10 to 100 <400> 7 gatcaaaggc gcgcctgcag gn 22 <210> 8 <21 1 > 23 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> primer <400> 8 ctagaaggga ggagaaaacc atg 23 <210> 9 <21 1 > 21 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> primer <400> 9 gatcaaaggc gcgcctgcag g 21 <210> 10 <21 1 > 43 <212> PRT
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> primer <221> VARIANT
<222> 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, =1, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43 <223> Xaa = Any Amino Acid <221> VARIANT
<222> 23 -193.4-<223> Xaa = Gly or Thr <400> 10 Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Asn Asn Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa <210> 11 <211> 39 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> primer <400> 11 ctagaaggga ggagaattac atgaagcggc ttttagccc 39 <210> 12 <211> 27 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> primer <400> 12 agctaagggt caaggccgca cccgagg 27 <210> 13 <21 1 > 150 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> synthetic <400> 13 aatggacaag aaacgtgtcc gtgtgtacaa cgcggagatg gcctatgtcg acacgggcca 60 gggtgattcc gttctgtttc ttcacggcaa cccgacgtcg tcgtatctgt ggaggggcgt 120 aatgcctttt gtgacggacg tcgcccgatg 150 <210> 14 <211> 149 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
-193.5-<223> synthetic <400> 14 atggagaaac accgcgtaga agttctcggt tcggagatgg cctacatcga cgtgggagag 60 ggcgacccga tcgtgttcct ccacggaaat cccacgtcgt cgtacctgtg gcggaacgtg 120 attccccacg ttgccggctt gggacgctg 149 <210> 15 <21 1 > 150 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> synthetic <400> 15 acacgacaag cgctacatcg aggtgctggg taagcgaatg gcctatgtcg agatgggcga 60 gggtgatccc atcattttcc aacacggcaa tccgacctca tcgtacctgt ggcgcaacat 120 catgccccat gtgcaacagc tcggtcgctg 150 <210> 16 <21 1 > 150 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> synthetic <400> 16 cgggcagccg aagtacctag aaatcgccgg gaagcgcatg gcgtatatcg acgaaggcaa 60 gggtgacgcc atcgtctttc agcacggcaa ccccacgtcg tcttacttgt ggcgcaacat 120 catgccgcac ttggaagggc tgggccggct 150 <210> 17 <21 1 > 150 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> synthetic <400> 17 ctacccaaaa tttcggcggt cggtcttcgg ccgcgagatg gcgtacgtgg aagtgggacg 60 gggcgacccc atcgtactct tgcacggcaa ccccacctcg tcgtacctct ggcgcaacgt 120 gttgccgcac ctggcgccgt taggccgctg 150 <210> 18 <21 1 > 1 50 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
-193.6-<223> synthetic.
<400> 18 gcatccgaga aagcggatcg ccgtgctcga ttcggagatg agctacgtcg ataccggcga 60 gggagcgccg atcgtgttcc ttcacggcaa cccgactt:cc tcctatcttt ggcgcaacat 120 catcccctat ctcgcggatc acggcagatg 150 <210> 19 <21 1 > 146 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> synthetic <400> 19 atgccagcga ttgagctatt ggattcgttc atgaactacc gcgacacggg cgtcggcgat 60 cttcccgtcg tgttcctgca cggcaacccc acgtcgtctc acgtctggcg caacgtgatc 120 ccgcacgtcg ctggccagca ccggtg 146 <210> 20 <211> 150 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> synthetic <400> 20 cccccattat gtggaagtcc tgggcgagcg tatgcactac gtcgatgttg gaccgcggga 60 tggcacgcct gtgctgttcc tgcacggtaa cccgacctcg tcctacct.gt ggcgcaacat 120 catcccgcat gtagcaccga gtcatcggtg 150 <210> 21 <21 1 > 35 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> synthetic <400> 21 aggctttcac ggaaccactc tcattgggct tcctg 35 <210> 22 <211> 1044 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> synthetic -193.7-<400> 22 catgatgcac ggcgatattt catcgagcaa tgacacggtc ggcgttgccg tcgtgaacta 60 caagatgcct cgccttcata ccaaggcgga ggttttagcg aacgccagaa agatcggcga 120 gatgatcgtc ggcatgaaga ccggcctgcc cggaatggat ctggtgatct tcccggaata 180 ttcgacccac ggcatcatgt aggactccaa ggaaatgt.ac gataccgcgt ccgtcgtgcc 240 cggcgaggag accgagattt ttgccgaagc ctgccgcaag gcgaaagtct ggggcgtgtt 300 ctcgctcacc ggcgaacgtc acgaggaaca tccgaagaag gcgccctaca acacgctgat 360 cctgatgaac gacaagggcg aggtggtcca gaaataccgc aagatcatgc cgtgggttcc 420 gatcgagggc tggtaccccg gcaactgcac ctac:gtct:cc gacgggccga agggcatgaa 480 ggtttcgctg atcatctgcg atgacggcaa ctatccggaa atctggcgcg actgcgccat 540 gaagggcgcc gagctgatcg tgcgctgcca gggctacatg tatccggcca aggaccagca 600 ggtcatcatg gcgaaggcga tggcgtgggc gaataatt.gt tacgtcgcgg tttccaatgc 660 cgcgggcttc gatggcgtct attcgtattt cggc:cact:cg gcgatcatcg gcttcgatgg 720 ccgcacgctc ggcgaatgcg gcgaggaaga atacggcatc cagtatgccc agctttcgaa 780 gatgctgatc cgcgacgccc gccgcaccgg acaatcggaa aaccatctct tcaagctggt 840 gcatcgtggc tacaccgggt tgatcaactc cggcgagqgc gaccgcggtc tcgcggcctg 900 tccttatgag ttctacaaca aatggatcgc cgai_ccggaa ggcacccgcg aaatggtcga 960 gtcctttacc cggccgacgg tgggaaccga tgaagcgccc atcgaaggca tcccgaacaa 1020 ggtcgcggtg caccgctgaa agct 1044 <210> 23 <211> 1044 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> synthetic <400> 23 catgcatcac ggcgacattt catcgagcaa tgacacggtc ggcgttgccg tcgtgaacta 60 caagatgccg cggcttcaca ccaaggctga ggtgctggcc aactgccgca agatcgccga 120 catgctggtc ggcatgaaga gcggcctgcc gggaatgqat ctggtgatct tcccggaata 180 ttccacccac ggcatcatgt acgactccaa ggagatgtac gacacggcgt cgacggtgcc 240 gggtgaagag accgagattt tcgccgaggc ctgccgcaag gccaaggtct ggggcgtgtt 300 ctcgctgacc ggcgagcgcc acgaggagca tcccaataaa gcgccgta.ca acaccctgat 360 cctgatgaac gacaagggtg aagtcgttca gaaatatcgc aagatcatgc cgtgggtgcc 420 gatcgaaggc tggtatcccg gcaactgcac gtacgtci.cc gaaggcccga agggcatgaa 480 gatgtcgctg atcatctgcg acgacggcaa ctacccggaa atctggcgtg actgcgcgat 540 gaagggcgcc gaactgatca tccgctgcca gggctacatg tatcccgc.ca aggatcagca 600 ggtgctgatg gcgaaagcaa tggcctgggc caacaacqtt tatgtcgcgg tcgccaatgc 660 ctcgggcttc gacggcgtct actcgtattt cggccattcg gcgatcatcg gcttcgacgg 720 ccgtaccctc ggcgaatgcg gcgaggagga ttatggcatc cagtatgccg ccatctccaa 780 gtcgctgatc cgcgacgcgc gccgcaccgg ccaatcggaa aaccatctct tcaagctggt 840 gcaccgtggc tacaccggca tgatcaattc cggcgagggc gaccgcggtg tcgcggcttg 900 cccgtatgat ttctattcga aatggatcgc cgatcccgag ggtacacgcg agatggtgga 960 atccttcacg cgtccgacgg tgggtgtgga ggaatgcccg atcgagggca ttccgaacaa 1020 ggccaccacg caccgctgaa agct 1044 <210> 24 <21 1 > 1 044 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence -193.8-<220>
<223> synthetic <400> 24 catgagacac ggagatatct ccagcagcaa cgattgcgtg ggcgtggccg tcgtgaacta 60 caagatgccg cggctgcata cccgcgcgga ggtgatggag aacgcccgca agatcgccga 120 catggtcgtg ggcatgaagc gcggcctgcc cggcatggac ctggtcatct tccccgagta 180 ctccacccac ggcatcatgt acgacgccaa ggaaatgtac gaaaccgctt cggccattcc 240 gggcgaagag actgctgtgt tcgccgacgc ctgccgcaag gccaacgtat ggggcgtgtt 300 ttcgctgacg ggcgagcgcc acgaagagca cccgaacaag gcgccgtaca acacgctcat 360 cctgatgaac aacaagggcg agatcgtgca gaagtaccgc aagatcatgc cctgggtgcc 420 gatcgaaggc tggtatccgg gcgattgcac ctatgtgtcg gaaggcccca agggactgaa 480 gatcagcctc atcatctgcg acgacggcaa ttac=cccgag atctggcgcg attgcgccat 540 gcgcggcgcc gagctgatcg tgcgttgcca gggatacatg tacccggcca aggaccagca 600 ggtcatggtg tccaaggcca tggcgtggat gaacaacgtc tacgtggcgg tggccaatgc 660 cgcgggcttc gacggcgtgt attcctactt cggccattcg gccatcatcg gcttcgacgg 720 ccgcacgctg ggcgaatgcg gtgaagaaga catqggcgtg cagtacgccg agctctccac 780 cagcctgatc cgcgacgcgc gcaagaacat gcaqtcgcag aaccacttgt tcaagctggt 840 gcaccgcggc tacaccggca agatcaattc cggcgaagag gccaccggcg tcgcggcatg 900 cccgtacaac ttctacgcca actggatcaa cgatccggag ggcacgcgca agatggtcga 960 atccttcacc cggtccaccg tgggcacgcc ggagtgcccc atggacggca tccccaacga 1020 ggacgccaag caccgctaga agct 1044 <210> 25 <211> 89 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> synthetic <400> 25 aaggtattgg gccttccgga ccgcttcatc gagcaggtgc tccgcttacg gaggtcgagc 60 ctgttgaccg agagccactg gccggtgag 89 <210> 26 <21 1 > 81 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> synthetic <400> 26 ataacccgga aggcctggcg aagtagctcg tccacgaggc gaatgcctcc agatcggctc 60 tcggtgaccg gccactcggg c 81 <21 0> 27 <211> 1998 <212> DNA
<213> Rhesus -193.9-<400> 27 atcgatttaa actgcccgat tgaggttgtc gctgaacact ttgtgagtct tttcgaaggt 60 agatatgaca ctgctttcca gaagtgccgc tgaagcct.gg qgtacatatc tgaagcagcg 120 agatgagcgt cccgaggacg tgatacgctg cgactacqgc gtcttcagtt tgcgtaatct 180 cgtgttccaa cgttgtctga cta.tgttaca gggt.gttt.at ctgcgacaat acgatcaacc 240 gtgtttacga gaatatatta aaaagaattc tggtactatc attccgttgc gcaacccctg 300 tagctggttt ctcgtccttc gctctggtat agatattccc caggtagaaa cccgttcgtt 360 cgacgagtat ctttgctgca aagagaaatt ggaagcac:tg ggaatattgg gggtgcagtt 420 gcgtgatggc agtgatcgca aaaaaatcca ggaqactacg tgtgtggttc tgctgggaag 480 ctatggattt gtgtacgtgt atgactggga cagtgacqga ctctttcaga taggtacctc 540 actcaaagaa ctcgcgcacc acggt.ttact gacatgt.gaa tcggtatatc gccatccgca 600 aacgcccttc tccagcaccg agcctcgttt tcaa.gtcqag aaattgtt.gt gtctcgatcc 660 gacagacgca cgtggtctag ctaagaccgc agaagagt:tt catggcgtta acgtagtagt 720 gaaaacccct gggcgatcgg aggccgatcc cttgctcctt ctgggtactg tggagaagct 780 acgtcaaatg tatccctttg ctaaaatgag agct.gat:aac tttagtaatc tcataaagta 840 tattaatcaa cgcatgtgtt gccgatggta cgtacttqgt gttactggcc gttacgctaa 900 ttttggaatt ttgctgacct gtggaataat tctgttggac gagtgcggcg tgtgttatgt 960 gctgagaatc gacgaaagcg acgtgtttcg tctagccgat aacatccaaa tgttgttcag 1020 atgcggcttt cttaagctcc gtggcattac gcgatttgac cgcggattgc gtggcgaggc 1080 tcgtctggag agtgagtgct actgctatca cggtgccc:gt aagcaagatc tctcttggtg 1140 gtctatggtc aacacagtta ccgccgagca gctctgtggt gcgtacgact ggctcacgcg 1200 cagtaatcgc gctcatgata aaatacgtac cagttgtt:.gt tggggacgta gtgatttgat 1260 gcctaccgga gtattgcaag agaatcagaa ttgqtgcttt ccgtggagca gtgtcacggt 1320 tctacaaggg ccccaaagcg gtgcgtggca agaaaatgat gagttaacgg agaaaacgtc 1380 tgatggtact gtgatgtttc gtgtagacag aggtttttct cccagaaccg taaagttcga 1440 gggtgaaagc gatgactaca cagaagagga ggaagatgat gataaccagt cagaagaaac 1500 ccctcagcat cagcctgttg tcattgtttc acatgaaaca aacggcagtg ttgattctta 1560 tgatgatgag agtgagtcat ctctgtcctc agaLacccat gatccaccac ccccagacat 1620 tatggccata atccaaaagg aatggcaaaa cgaagagc.cg gttaccaatg aaagagaatt 1680 gttactgcgg cgtgcacgac gagctaaaca tatclaaaaag tggcattgtt ccctggaaag 1740 ggttagcatt tatgacccct tgaatgctaa tatt.cagtgc tttgattaaa caatgcattt 1800 gtattcaatt atctaattcc ggtgtaccgt gtcatttctc catgcagtgg tgggaaacag 1860 attacatatt tagacacacg tatcacttgt gaaagctgag tcaacatcat gcaattgtcg 1920 gacgaggtcc gggtcgttcg ttctgtgttt ctgttacqag tttacatttt attatggttc 1980 aaagtcttct atttctaa 1998 <210> 28 <211> 1932 <212> DNA
<213> Homo sapiens <400> 28 gccatggcat ccgtactggg tcccatttcg gggcacgtgc tgaaagccgt gtttagtcgc 60 ggcgacacgc cggtgctgcc gcacgagacg cgactcctgc agacgggtat ccacgtgcgc 120 gtgagccagc cctcgctgat cctggtgtcg cagtacacgc ccgactcgac gccatgccac 180 cgcggcgaca atcagctgca ggtgcagcac acgtacttta cgggcagcga ggtggagaac 240 gtgtcggtca acgtgcacaa ccccacgggc cggagcatct gccccagcca agagcccatg 300 tcgatctatg tgtacgcgct gccgctcaag atg,.~tgaaca tccccagcat caacgtgcac 360 cactacgcgt cgggggccga gcgcaaacac cgacacctgc ccgtagctga cgctgtgatt 420 cacgcgtcgg gcaaccagat gtggcaggcg cgtctcacgg tctcgggact ggcctggacg 480 cgtcagcaga accagtggaa agagcccgac gtctactaca cgtcagcgtt cgtgtttccg 540 accaaggacg tggcactgcg gcacgtggtg tgcLlcgcacg agctggtt:tg ctccatggag 600 -193.10-aacacgcgcg caaccaagat gcaggtgata gqtgaccagt, acgtcaaggt gtacctggag 660 tccttctgcg aggacgtgcc ctccggcaag ctctttatgc acgtcacgct gggctctgac 720 gtggaagagg acctgacgat gacccgcaac ccgcaaccct tcatgcgccc ccacgagcgc 780 aacggcttta cggtgttgtg tcccaaaaat atgataatca aaccgggcaa gatctcgcac 840 atcatgctgg atgtggcttt tacctcacac gagcattttg ggctgctgtg tcccaagagc 900 atcccgggcc tgagcatctc aggtaaccta ttgatgaacg ggcagcagat cttcctggag 960 gtgcaagcga tacgcgagac cgtggaactg cgtcagtacg atcccgtggc tgcgctcttc 1020 tttttcgata tcgacttgct gctgcagcgc gggcctcagt acagcgaaca ccccaccttc 1080 accagccagt atcgcatcca gggcaagctt gagtaccgac acacctggga ccggcacgac 1140 gagggtgccg cccagggcga cgacgacgtc tggaccagcg gatcggactc cgacgaggaa 1200 ctcgtaacca ccgagcgcaa gacgccccgc gttaccggcg gcggcgccat ggggggcgcc 1260 tccacttccg cgggccggaa acgcaaatca gcatcctcgg cgacggcgtg cacggcgggc 1320 gttatgacac gcggccgcct taaggccgag tccaccgtcg cgcccgaaga ggacaccgac 1380 gaggattccg acaacgaaat ccacaatccg gccgtgttca cctggccgcc ctggcaggcc 1440 ggcatcctgg cccgcaacct ggtgcccatg gttgctacgg ttcagggtca gaatctgaag 1500 taccaggagt tcttctggga cgccaacgac atctaccgca tcttcgccga attggaaggc 1560 gtatggcagc ccgctgcgca acccaaacgt cgccgccacc ggcaagacgc cttgcccggg 1620 ccatgcatcg cctcgacgcc caaaaagcac cgaggttgag ccacccgccg cgcacgctta 1680 ggacgactct ataaaaaccc acgtccactc agacacgcga cttttggccg ccacacctgt 1740 cgccgctgct atatttgcga cagttgccgg aacccttccc gacctcccac gaagacccgt 1800 tcacctttgc gcatcccctg accccccccc tcatcccggc t.tcgcgatgt ctcaggcatc 1860 gtcctcgccc ggtgagggac cctcgtcgga agcggccgcg atcagcgagg ccgaagccgc 1920 cagcggaagc tt 1932 <210> 29 <21 1 > 538 <212> DNA
<213> Marmota monax <400> 29 ggcctaactc tctctgaaac gatgaaatac acaagttatt tcttggcttt tcagctctgc 60 atcattttgg gttcttctag ctgttactcc caggacacag ttaataaaga aatagaagat 120 ttaaaaggat attttaatgc aagtaattca aatgtatcag atggcgggtc tctcttcttg 180 gatattttgg ataaatggaa agaggagagt gacaaaaaag taatccagag ccaaattgtc 240 tctttctact tcaaactctt tgaacactta aaagacaaca agatcatcca aaggagcatg 300 gacaccatca agggggatct ttttgctaag ttcttcaaca gcagtaccaa taagctgcag 360 gacttcctaa aggtgtctca agttcaggta aatgacctga agatccagcg taaagcagtg 420 agtgaactca agaaagtgat gaatgatctg ttaccacact ctaccctaag gaagcgaaaa 480 aggagtcagt cttcgattcg gggtcggaga gcatccaaat aacagtcctc atgcctgc 538 <210> 30 <211> 567 <212> DNA
<213> Felis catus <400> 30 ctactgattt caacttcttt ggcctaactc tccgaaacga tgaattacac aagttttatt 60 ttcgctttcc agctttgcat aattttgtgt tcttctggtt attactgtca ggccatgttt 120 tttaaagaaa tagaagagct aaagggatat tttaatgcaa gtaatccaga tgtagcagat 180 ggtgggtcgc ttttcgtaga cattttgaag aactggaaag aggagagtga taaaacaata 240 attcaaagcc aaattgtctc cttctacctg aaaatgtttg aaaacctgaa agatgatgac 300 cagcgcattc aaaggagcat ggacaccatc aaggaagaca tgcttgataa gttgttaaat 360 -193.11-accagctcca gtaaacggga tgacttcctc aagctgat.tc aaatccctgt gaatgatctg 420 caggtccagc gcaaagcaat aaatgaactc ttcaaagtga tgaatgatct ctcaccaaga 480 tctaacctga ggaagcggaa aaggagccag aatctgtttc qaggccgtag agcatcgaaa 540 taatggttgt cctgcctgca atatttg 567 <210> 31 <21 1 > 438 <212> DNA
<213> Homo sapien <400> 31 tgttactgcc aggacccata tgtaaaagaa gcaqaaaacc ttaagaaata ttttaatgca 60 ggtcattcag atgtagcgga taatggaact cttttcttag gcattttgga gaattggaaa 120 gaggagagtg acagaaaaat aatgcagagc caaattgtct ccttttactt caaacttttt 180 agaaacttta aagatgacca gagcatccaa aagagtgtgg agaccatcaa ggaagacatg 240 aatgtcaagt ttttcaatag caacaaaaag aaacgagatg acttcgaaaa gctgactaat 300 tattcggtaa ctgacttgaa tgtccaacgc aaaacaatac atgaactcat ccaagtgatg 360 gctgaactgt cgccagcagc taaaacaggg aagcggaaaa ggagtcagat gctgtttcga 420 ggtcgaagag catcccag 438
Sali A: Modeling mutations and homologous proteins. Curr Opin Biotechnol 6(4):
437-51, (Aug. 1995).
Sali A, Potterton L, Yuan F, van Vlijmen H, Karplus M: Evaluation of comparative protein modeling by MODELLER. Proteins 23(3): 318-26 -193.1-SEQiJENCE LISTING
<110> Diversa Corporation and Short, Jay M.
<120> Synthetic Ligation Reassembly in Directed Evolution <130> 127b-110 <140> 2,374,667 <141> 2000-06-14 <150> US 09/332,835 <151> 1999-06-14 <160> 31 <170> FastSEQ for Windows Version 4.0 <210> 1 <21 1 > 30 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> defined sequence kernels <221> miscfeature <222> 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 13, 14, 16, 17, 19, 20, 22, 23, 25, 26, 28, 29 <223> n = A,T,C or G
<400> 1 nnknnknnkn nknnknnknn knnknnknnk 30 <210> 2 <211> 30 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> defined sequence kernels <221> miscfeature <222> 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 13, 14, 16, 17, 19, 20, 22, 23, 25, 26, 28, 29 <223> n = A,T,C or G
<400> 2 nnmnnmnnmn nmnnmnnmnn mnnmnnmnnm 30 <210> 3 <21 1 > 5 -193.2-<212> PRT
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> spacer peptide <400> 3 Gly Gly Gly Gly Ser <210> 4 <211> 15 <212> PRT
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> linker peptide <400> 4 Gly Gly Gly Gly Ser Gly Gly Gly Gly Ser Gly Gly Gly Gly Ser <210> 5 <211> 10 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> ribosome binding site (RBS) <400> 5 10 aagggaggag <210> 6 <211> 24 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> primer <221> misc_feature <222> 24 <223> n = A,T,C or G from 10 to 100 <400> 6 ctagaagaga ggagaaaacc atgn 24 <210> 7 -193.3-<211> 22 <21 2> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> primer <221> miscfeature <222> 22 <223> n = A,T,C or G from 10 to 100 <400> 7 gatcaaaggc gcgcctgcag gn 22 <210> 8 <21 1 > 23 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> primer <400> 8 ctagaaggga ggagaaaacc atg 23 <210> 9 <21 1 > 21 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> primer <400> 9 gatcaaaggc gcgcctgcag g 21 <210> 10 <21 1 > 43 <212> PRT
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> primer <221> VARIANT
<222> 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, =1, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43 <223> Xaa = Any Amino Acid <221> VARIANT
<222> 23 -193.4-<223> Xaa = Gly or Thr <400> 10 Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Asn Asn Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa <210> 11 <211> 39 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> primer <400> 11 ctagaaggga ggagaattac atgaagcggc ttttagccc 39 <210> 12 <211> 27 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> primer <400> 12 agctaagggt caaggccgca cccgagg 27 <210> 13 <21 1 > 150 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> synthetic <400> 13 aatggacaag aaacgtgtcc gtgtgtacaa cgcggagatg gcctatgtcg acacgggcca 60 gggtgattcc gttctgtttc ttcacggcaa cccgacgtcg tcgtatctgt ggaggggcgt 120 aatgcctttt gtgacggacg tcgcccgatg 150 <210> 14 <211> 149 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
-193.5-<223> synthetic <400> 14 atggagaaac accgcgtaga agttctcggt tcggagatgg cctacatcga cgtgggagag 60 ggcgacccga tcgtgttcct ccacggaaat cccacgtcgt cgtacctgtg gcggaacgtg 120 attccccacg ttgccggctt gggacgctg 149 <210> 15 <21 1 > 150 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> synthetic <400> 15 acacgacaag cgctacatcg aggtgctggg taagcgaatg gcctatgtcg agatgggcga 60 gggtgatccc atcattttcc aacacggcaa tccgacctca tcgtacctgt ggcgcaacat 120 catgccccat gtgcaacagc tcggtcgctg 150 <210> 16 <21 1 > 150 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> synthetic <400> 16 cgggcagccg aagtacctag aaatcgccgg gaagcgcatg gcgtatatcg acgaaggcaa 60 gggtgacgcc atcgtctttc agcacggcaa ccccacgtcg tcttacttgt ggcgcaacat 120 catgccgcac ttggaagggc tgggccggct 150 <210> 17 <21 1 > 150 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> synthetic <400> 17 ctacccaaaa tttcggcggt cggtcttcgg ccgcgagatg gcgtacgtgg aagtgggacg 60 gggcgacccc atcgtactct tgcacggcaa ccccacctcg tcgtacctct ggcgcaacgt 120 gttgccgcac ctggcgccgt taggccgctg 150 <210> 18 <21 1 > 1 50 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
-193.6-<223> synthetic.
<400> 18 gcatccgaga aagcggatcg ccgtgctcga ttcggagatg agctacgtcg ataccggcga 60 gggagcgccg atcgtgttcc ttcacggcaa cccgactt:cc tcctatcttt ggcgcaacat 120 catcccctat ctcgcggatc acggcagatg 150 <210> 19 <21 1 > 146 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> synthetic <400> 19 atgccagcga ttgagctatt ggattcgttc atgaactacc gcgacacggg cgtcggcgat 60 cttcccgtcg tgttcctgca cggcaacccc acgtcgtctc acgtctggcg caacgtgatc 120 ccgcacgtcg ctggccagca ccggtg 146 <210> 20 <211> 150 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> synthetic <400> 20 cccccattat gtggaagtcc tgggcgagcg tatgcactac gtcgatgttg gaccgcggga 60 tggcacgcct gtgctgttcc tgcacggtaa cccgacctcg tcctacct.gt ggcgcaacat 120 catcccgcat gtagcaccga gtcatcggtg 150 <210> 21 <21 1 > 35 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> synthetic <400> 21 aggctttcac ggaaccactc tcattgggct tcctg 35 <210> 22 <211> 1044 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> synthetic -193.7-<400> 22 catgatgcac ggcgatattt catcgagcaa tgacacggtc ggcgttgccg tcgtgaacta 60 caagatgcct cgccttcata ccaaggcgga ggttttagcg aacgccagaa agatcggcga 120 gatgatcgtc ggcatgaaga ccggcctgcc cggaatggat ctggtgatct tcccggaata 180 ttcgacccac ggcatcatgt aggactccaa ggaaatgt.ac gataccgcgt ccgtcgtgcc 240 cggcgaggag accgagattt ttgccgaagc ctgccgcaag gcgaaagtct ggggcgtgtt 300 ctcgctcacc ggcgaacgtc acgaggaaca tccgaagaag gcgccctaca acacgctgat 360 cctgatgaac gacaagggcg aggtggtcca gaaataccgc aagatcatgc cgtgggttcc 420 gatcgagggc tggtaccccg gcaactgcac ctac:gtct:cc gacgggccga agggcatgaa 480 ggtttcgctg atcatctgcg atgacggcaa ctatccggaa atctggcgcg actgcgccat 540 gaagggcgcc gagctgatcg tgcgctgcca gggctacatg tatccggcca aggaccagca 600 ggtcatcatg gcgaaggcga tggcgtgggc gaataatt.gt tacgtcgcgg tttccaatgc 660 cgcgggcttc gatggcgtct attcgtattt cggc:cact:cg gcgatcatcg gcttcgatgg 720 ccgcacgctc ggcgaatgcg gcgaggaaga atacggcatc cagtatgccc agctttcgaa 780 gatgctgatc cgcgacgccc gccgcaccgg acaatcggaa aaccatctct tcaagctggt 840 gcatcgtggc tacaccgggt tgatcaactc cggcgagqgc gaccgcggtc tcgcggcctg 900 tccttatgag ttctacaaca aatggatcgc cgai_ccggaa ggcacccgcg aaatggtcga 960 gtcctttacc cggccgacgg tgggaaccga tgaagcgccc atcgaaggca tcccgaacaa 1020 ggtcgcggtg caccgctgaa agct 1044 <210> 23 <211> 1044 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> synthetic <400> 23 catgcatcac ggcgacattt catcgagcaa tgacacggtc ggcgttgccg tcgtgaacta 60 caagatgccg cggcttcaca ccaaggctga ggtgctggcc aactgccgca agatcgccga 120 catgctggtc ggcatgaaga gcggcctgcc gggaatgqat ctggtgatct tcccggaata 180 ttccacccac ggcatcatgt acgactccaa ggagatgtac gacacggcgt cgacggtgcc 240 gggtgaagag accgagattt tcgccgaggc ctgccgcaag gccaaggtct ggggcgtgtt 300 ctcgctgacc ggcgagcgcc acgaggagca tcccaataaa gcgccgta.ca acaccctgat 360 cctgatgaac gacaagggtg aagtcgttca gaaatatcgc aagatcatgc cgtgggtgcc 420 gatcgaaggc tggtatcccg gcaactgcac gtacgtci.cc gaaggcccga agggcatgaa 480 gatgtcgctg atcatctgcg acgacggcaa ctacccggaa atctggcgtg actgcgcgat 540 gaagggcgcc gaactgatca tccgctgcca gggctacatg tatcccgc.ca aggatcagca 600 ggtgctgatg gcgaaagcaa tggcctgggc caacaacqtt tatgtcgcgg tcgccaatgc 660 ctcgggcttc gacggcgtct actcgtattt cggccattcg gcgatcatcg gcttcgacgg 720 ccgtaccctc ggcgaatgcg gcgaggagga ttatggcatc cagtatgccg ccatctccaa 780 gtcgctgatc cgcgacgcgc gccgcaccgg ccaatcggaa aaccatctct tcaagctggt 840 gcaccgtggc tacaccggca tgatcaattc cggcgagggc gaccgcggtg tcgcggcttg 900 cccgtatgat ttctattcga aatggatcgc cgatcccgag ggtacacgcg agatggtgga 960 atccttcacg cgtccgacgg tgggtgtgga ggaatgcccg atcgagggca ttccgaacaa 1020 ggccaccacg caccgctgaa agct 1044 <210> 24 <21 1 > 1 044 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence -193.8-<220>
<223> synthetic <400> 24 catgagacac ggagatatct ccagcagcaa cgattgcgtg ggcgtggccg tcgtgaacta 60 caagatgccg cggctgcata cccgcgcgga ggtgatggag aacgcccgca agatcgccga 120 catggtcgtg ggcatgaagc gcggcctgcc cggcatggac ctggtcatct tccccgagta 180 ctccacccac ggcatcatgt acgacgccaa ggaaatgtac gaaaccgctt cggccattcc 240 gggcgaagag actgctgtgt tcgccgacgc ctgccgcaag gccaacgtat ggggcgtgtt 300 ttcgctgacg ggcgagcgcc acgaagagca cccgaacaag gcgccgtaca acacgctcat 360 cctgatgaac aacaagggcg agatcgtgca gaagtaccgc aagatcatgc cctgggtgcc 420 gatcgaaggc tggtatccgg gcgattgcac ctatgtgtcg gaaggcccca agggactgaa 480 gatcagcctc atcatctgcg acgacggcaa ttac=cccgag atctggcgcg attgcgccat 540 gcgcggcgcc gagctgatcg tgcgttgcca gggatacatg tacccggcca aggaccagca 600 ggtcatggtg tccaaggcca tggcgtggat gaacaacgtc tacgtggcgg tggccaatgc 660 cgcgggcttc gacggcgtgt attcctactt cggccattcg gccatcatcg gcttcgacgg 720 ccgcacgctg ggcgaatgcg gtgaagaaga catqggcgtg cagtacgccg agctctccac 780 cagcctgatc cgcgacgcgc gcaagaacat gcaqtcgcag aaccacttgt tcaagctggt 840 gcaccgcggc tacaccggca agatcaattc cggcgaagag gccaccggcg tcgcggcatg 900 cccgtacaac ttctacgcca actggatcaa cgatccggag ggcacgcgca agatggtcga 960 atccttcacc cggtccaccg tgggcacgcc ggagtgcccc atggacggca tccccaacga 1020 ggacgccaag caccgctaga agct 1044 <210> 25 <211> 89 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> synthetic <400> 25 aaggtattgg gccttccgga ccgcttcatc gagcaggtgc tccgcttacg gaggtcgagc 60 ctgttgaccg agagccactg gccggtgag 89 <210> 26 <21 1 > 81 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> synthetic <400> 26 ataacccgga aggcctggcg aagtagctcg tccacgaggc gaatgcctcc agatcggctc 60 tcggtgaccg gccactcggg c 81 <21 0> 27 <211> 1998 <212> DNA
<213> Rhesus -193.9-<400> 27 atcgatttaa actgcccgat tgaggttgtc gctgaacact ttgtgagtct tttcgaaggt 60 agatatgaca ctgctttcca gaagtgccgc tgaagcct.gg qgtacatatc tgaagcagcg 120 agatgagcgt cccgaggacg tgatacgctg cgactacqgc gtcttcagtt tgcgtaatct 180 cgtgttccaa cgttgtctga cta.tgttaca gggt.gttt.at ctgcgacaat acgatcaacc 240 gtgtttacga gaatatatta aaaagaattc tggtactatc attccgttgc gcaacccctg 300 tagctggttt ctcgtccttc gctctggtat agatattccc caggtagaaa cccgttcgtt 360 cgacgagtat ctttgctgca aagagaaatt ggaagcac:tg ggaatattgg gggtgcagtt 420 gcgtgatggc agtgatcgca aaaaaatcca ggaqactacg tgtgtggttc tgctgggaag 480 ctatggattt gtgtacgtgt atgactggga cagtgacqga ctctttcaga taggtacctc 540 actcaaagaa ctcgcgcacc acggt.ttact gacatgt.gaa tcggtatatc gccatccgca 600 aacgcccttc tccagcaccg agcctcgttt tcaa.gtcqag aaattgtt.gt gtctcgatcc 660 gacagacgca cgtggtctag ctaagaccgc agaagagt:tt catggcgtta acgtagtagt 720 gaaaacccct gggcgatcgg aggccgatcc cttgctcctt ctgggtactg tggagaagct 780 acgtcaaatg tatccctttg ctaaaatgag agct.gat:aac tttagtaatc tcataaagta 840 tattaatcaa cgcatgtgtt gccgatggta cgtacttqgt gttactggcc gttacgctaa 900 ttttggaatt ttgctgacct gtggaataat tctgttggac gagtgcggcg tgtgttatgt 960 gctgagaatc gacgaaagcg acgtgtttcg tctagccgat aacatccaaa tgttgttcag 1020 atgcggcttt cttaagctcc gtggcattac gcgatttgac cgcggattgc gtggcgaggc 1080 tcgtctggag agtgagtgct actgctatca cggtgccc:gt aagcaagatc tctcttggtg 1140 gtctatggtc aacacagtta ccgccgagca gctctgtggt gcgtacgact ggctcacgcg 1200 cagtaatcgc gctcatgata aaatacgtac cagttgtt:.gt tggggacgta gtgatttgat 1260 gcctaccgga gtattgcaag agaatcagaa ttgqtgcttt ccgtggagca gtgtcacggt 1320 tctacaaggg ccccaaagcg gtgcgtggca agaaaatgat gagttaacgg agaaaacgtc 1380 tgatggtact gtgatgtttc gtgtagacag aggtttttct cccagaaccg taaagttcga 1440 gggtgaaagc gatgactaca cagaagagga ggaagatgat gataaccagt cagaagaaac 1500 ccctcagcat cagcctgttg tcattgtttc acatgaaaca aacggcagtg ttgattctta 1560 tgatgatgag agtgagtcat ctctgtcctc agaLacccat gatccaccac ccccagacat 1620 tatggccata atccaaaagg aatggcaaaa cgaagagc.cg gttaccaatg aaagagaatt 1680 gttactgcgg cgtgcacgac gagctaaaca tatclaaaaag tggcattgtt ccctggaaag 1740 ggttagcatt tatgacccct tgaatgctaa tatt.cagtgc tttgattaaa caatgcattt 1800 gtattcaatt atctaattcc ggtgtaccgt gtcatttctc catgcagtgg tgggaaacag 1860 attacatatt tagacacacg tatcacttgt gaaagctgag tcaacatcat gcaattgtcg 1920 gacgaggtcc gggtcgttcg ttctgtgttt ctgttacqag tttacatttt attatggttc 1980 aaagtcttct atttctaa 1998 <210> 28 <211> 1932 <212> DNA
<213> Homo sapiens <400> 28 gccatggcat ccgtactggg tcccatttcg gggcacgtgc tgaaagccgt gtttagtcgc 60 ggcgacacgc cggtgctgcc gcacgagacg cgactcctgc agacgggtat ccacgtgcgc 120 gtgagccagc cctcgctgat cctggtgtcg cagtacacgc ccgactcgac gccatgccac 180 cgcggcgaca atcagctgca ggtgcagcac acgtacttta cgggcagcga ggtggagaac 240 gtgtcggtca acgtgcacaa ccccacgggc cggagcatct gccccagcca agagcccatg 300 tcgatctatg tgtacgcgct gccgctcaag atg,.~tgaaca tccccagcat caacgtgcac 360 cactacgcgt cgggggccga gcgcaaacac cgacacctgc ccgtagctga cgctgtgatt 420 cacgcgtcgg gcaaccagat gtggcaggcg cgtctcacgg tctcgggact ggcctggacg 480 cgtcagcaga accagtggaa agagcccgac gtctactaca cgtcagcgtt cgtgtttccg 540 accaaggacg tggcactgcg gcacgtggtg tgcLlcgcacg agctggtt:tg ctccatggag 600 -193.10-aacacgcgcg caaccaagat gcaggtgata gqtgaccagt, acgtcaaggt gtacctggag 660 tccttctgcg aggacgtgcc ctccggcaag ctctttatgc acgtcacgct gggctctgac 720 gtggaagagg acctgacgat gacccgcaac ccgcaaccct tcatgcgccc ccacgagcgc 780 aacggcttta cggtgttgtg tcccaaaaat atgataatca aaccgggcaa gatctcgcac 840 atcatgctgg atgtggcttt tacctcacac gagcattttg ggctgctgtg tcccaagagc 900 atcccgggcc tgagcatctc aggtaaccta ttgatgaacg ggcagcagat cttcctggag 960 gtgcaagcga tacgcgagac cgtggaactg cgtcagtacg atcccgtggc tgcgctcttc 1020 tttttcgata tcgacttgct gctgcagcgc gggcctcagt acagcgaaca ccccaccttc 1080 accagccagt atcgcatcca gggcaagctt gagtaccgac acacctggga ccggcacgac 1140 gagggtgccg cccagggcga cgacgacgtc tggaccagcg gatcggactc cgacgaggaa 1200 ctcgtaacca ccgagcgcaa gacgccccgc gttaccggcg gcggcgccat ggggggcgcc 1260 tccacttccg cgggccggaa acgcaaatca gcatcctcgg cgacggcgtg cacggcgggc 1320 gttatgacac gcggccgcct taaggccgag tccaccgtcg cgcccgaaga ggacaccgac 1380 gaggattccg acaacgaaat ccacaatccg gccgtgttca cctggccgcc ctggcaggcc 1440 ggcatcctgg cccgcaacct ggtgcccatg gttgctacgg ttcagggtca gaatctgaag 1500 taccaggagt tcttctggga cgccaacgac atctaccgca tcttcgccga attggaaggc 1560 gtatggcagc ccgctgcgca acccaaacgt cgccgccacc ggcaagacgc cttgcccggg 1620 ccatgcatcg cctcgacgcc caaaaagcac cgaggttgag ccacccgccg cgcacgctta 1680 ggacgactct ataaaaaccc acgtccactc agacacgcga cttttggccg ccacacctgt 1740 cgccgctgct atatttgcga cagttgccgg aacccttccc gacctcccac gaagacccgt 1800 tcacctttgc gcatcccctg accccccccc tcatcccggc t.tcgcgatgt ctcaggcatc 1860 gtcctcgccc ggtgagggac cctcgtcgga agcggccgcg atcagcgagg ccgaagccgc 1920 cagcggaagc tt 1932 <210> 29 <21 1 > 538 <212> DNA
<213> Marmota monax <400> 29 ggcctaactc tctctgaaac gatgaaatac acaagttatt tcttggcttt tcagctctgc 60 atcattttgg gttcttctag ctgttactcc caggacacag ttaataaaga aatagaagat 120 ttaaaaggat attttaatgc aagtaattca aatgtatcag atggcgggtc tctcttcttg 180 gatattttgg ataaatggaa agaggagagt gacaaaaaag taatccagag ccaaattgtc 240 tctttctact tcaaactctt tgaacactta aaagacaaca agatcatcca aaggagcatg 300 gacaccatca agggggatct ttttgctaag ttcttcaaca gcagtaccaa taagctgcag 360 gacttcctaa aggtgtctca agttcaggta aatgacctga agatccagcg taaagcagtg 420 agtgaactca agaaagtgat gaatgatctg ttaccacact ctaccctaag gaagcgaaaa 480 aggagtcagt cttcgattcg gggtcggaga gcatccaaat aacagtcctc atgcctgc 538 <210> 30 <211> 567 <212> DNA
<213> Felis catus <400> 30 ctactgattt caacttcttt ggcctaactc tccgaaacga tgaattacac aagttttatt 60 ttcgctttcc agctttgcat aattttgtgt tcttctggtt attactgtca ggccatgttt 120 tttaaagaaa tagaagagct aaagggatat tttaatgcaa gtaatccaga tgtagcagat 180 ggtgggtcgc ttttcgtaga cattttgaag aactggaaag aggagagtga taaaacaata 240 attcaaagcc aaattgtctc cttctacctg aaaatgtttg aaaacctgaa agatgatgac 300 cagcgcattc aaaggagcat ggacaccatc aaggaagaca tgcttgataa gttgttaaat 360 -193.11-accagctcca gtaaacggga tgacttcctc aagctgat.tc aaatccctgt gaatgatctg 420 caggtccagc gcaaagcaat aaatgaactc ttcaaagtga tgaatgatct ctcaccaaga 480 tctaacctga ggaagcggaa aaggagccag aatctgtttc qaggccgtag agcatcgaaa 540 taatggttgt cctgcctgca atatttg 567 <210> 31 <21 1 > 438 <212> DNA
<213> Homo sapien <400> 31 tgttactgcc aggacccata tgtaaaagaa gcaqaaaacc ttaagaaata ttttaatgca 60 ggtcattcag atgtagcgga taatggaact cttttcttag gcattttgga gaattggaaa 120 gaggagagtg acagaaaaat aatgcagagc caaattgtct ccttttactt caaacttttt 180 agaaacttta aagatgacca gagcatccaa aagagtgtgg agaccatcaa ggaagacatg 240 aatgtcaagt ttttcaatag caacaaaaag aaacgagatg acttcgaaaa gctgactaat 300 tattcggtaa ctgacttgaa tgtccaacgc aaaacaatac atgaactcat ccaagtgatg 360 gctgaactgt cgccagcagc taaaacaggg aagcggaaaa ggagtcagat gctgtttcga 420 ggtcgaagag catcccag 438
Claims (76)
PROPERTY OR PRIVILEGE IS CLAIMED ARE DEFINED AS FOLLOWS:
1. A method for assembling a polynucleotide, comprising the steps of (a) providing a plurality of nucleic acid building blocks, wherein each block comprises a double-stranded subsequence of a predetermined progenitor template sequence;
(b) ligating a first block to a second block in a sequential order, wherein, prior to ligation, the first block and the second block have serviceable mutually compatible ligatable ends, thereby obtaining an assembly;
(c) in a separate step, adding a subsequent block to the assembly obtained in the previous step, and ligating the subsequent block to the assembly, in a sequential order, wherein, prior to ligation, the assembly and the subsequent block have serviceable mutually compatible ligatable ends, thereby obtaining a further assembly; and (d) optionally repeating step (c);
whereby the polynucleotide is assembled according to an overall assembly order.
(b) ligating a first block to a second block in a sequential order, wherein, prior to ligation, the first block and the second block have serviceable mutually compatible ligatable ends, thereby obtaining an assembly;
(c) in a separate step, adding a subsequent block to the assembly obtained in the previous step, and ligating the subsequent block to the assembly, in a sequential order, wherein, prior to ligation, the assembly and the subsequent block have serviceable mutually compatible ligatable ends, thereby obtaining a further assembly; and (d) optionally repeating step (c);
whereby the polynucleotide is assembled according to an overall assembly order.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein the blocks are DNA.
3. The method of claim 1, wherein at least one block is chemically synthesized.
4. The method of claim 3, wherein at least one block is the product of polymerase-based amplification.
5. The method of claim 3, wherein at least one block is the product of Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR).
6. The method of claim 3, wherein all blocks are chemically synthesized.
7. The method of claim 1, wherein at least one block is obtained by treatment with a nuclease.
8. The method of claim 7, wherein the nuclease is an exonuclease.
9. The method of claim 1, wherein at least one block comprises at least 2 bp, not including any overhangs.
10. The method of claim 1, wherein at least one block is up to 200 nucleotides in length.
11. The method of claim 1, wherein at least one block is up to 2000 nucleotides in length.
12. The method of claim 1, wherein at least one block is up to 20,000 nucleotides in length.
13. The method of claim 1, wherein at least one block comprises a sequence that is not complementary at every nucleotide, not including any overhangs.
14. The method of claim 1, wherein at least one block is provided containing degenerate codons.
15. The method of claim 1, wherein at least one block introduces an altered codon that encodes an amino acid that is different from a corresponding amino acid encoded by the template sequence.
16. The method of claim 1, wherein at least one block introduces a sequence that is homologous to a region of the template sequence.
17. The method of claim 1, wherein at least one block comprises an intron.
18. The method of claim 1, wherein at least one block comprises a regulatory sequence.
19. The method of claim 1, wherein the overall assembly order of the blocks is specified by the serviceable mutually ligatable ends.
20. The method of claim 19, wherein the serviceable mutually ligatable ends in one ligating step are not compatible with the ends in a subsequent ligating step.
21. The method of claim 19, wherein the serviceable mutually ligatable ends in one ligating step are not compatible with the ends in any other ligating step.
22. The method of claim 1, wherein the serviceable mutually ligatable ends in at least one of step (b) or (c) are blunt ends.
23. The method of claim 1, wherein the serviceable mutually ligatable ends in at least one of step (b) or (c) have overhangs of one base.
24. The method of claim 1, wherein the serviceable mutually ligatable ends in at least one of step (b) or (c) have overhangs of two bases.
25. The method of claim 1, wherein the serviceable mutually ligatable ends in at least one of step (b) or (c) are suitable for gapped ligation.
26. The method of claim 1, wherein the serviceable mutually ligatable ends can couple in a manner that does not anneal every nucleotide in the overhangs.
27. The method of claim 1, wherein the serviceable mutually ligatable ends in at least one of step (b) or (c) are not palindromic.
28. The method of claim 1, wherein the serviceable mutually ligatable ends in at least one of step (b) or (c) have an overhang having a terminal phosphate group.
29. The method of claim 1, wherein at least one block lacks a 5' phosphate group.
30. The method of claim 1, wherein the template sequence has demarcation points, whereby the blocks have a design in which the double-stranded subsequences of the blocks are delineated by the demarcation points.
31. The method of claim 30, wherein the design of the blocks is derived from the sequence of the template sequence so that the blocks can produce chimeric polynucleotides.
32. The method of claim 31, wherein the design is of specific blocks.
33. The method of claim 32, wherein the design of specific blocks is of the double-stranded subsequence of the predetermined progenitor template sequence.
34. The method of claim 31, wherein the design is of specific mutually compatible ligatable ends of a block.
35. The method of claim 31, wherein the design is of the particular order of assembly of the blocks.
36. The method of claim 32, 33, 34, or 35, wherein the design is accomplished on paper.
37. The method of claim 32, 33, 34, or 35, wherein the design is accomplished by computer modeling.
38. The method of claim 1, wherein the blocks comprise subsequences of a plurality of template sequences.
39. The method of claim 38, wherein at least one block introduces an altered codon that encodes an amino acid that is different from a corresponding amino acid encoded by one or more of said template sequences.
40. The method of claim 38, wherein at least one block introduces a sequence that is homologous to a region of one or more of said template sequences.
41. The method of claim 38, wherein the template sequences encode a family of related genes.
42. The method of claim 38, wherein a chimeric polynucleotide is assembled.
43. The method of claim 38, wherein the plurality of template sequences share aligned demarcation points whereby the double-stranded subsequences of the blocks are delineated by the demarcation points.
44. The method of claim 1, wherein there are a plurality of template sequences, and at least two of said plurality of template sequences share areas of heterology.
45. The method of claim 1, wherein there are a plurality of template sequences, and at least two of said plurality of template sequences share an area of homology.
46. The method of claim 45, wherein the template sequences share aligned demarcation points that are defined by the areas of homology, whereby the double-stranded subsequences of the blocks are delineated by the demarcation points.
47. The method of claim 46, wherein the demarcation points are within the areas of homology.
48. The method of claim 46, wherein the demarcation points are within areas of heterology.
49. The method of claim 45, wherein at least half of the template sequences share an area of homology.
50. The method of claim 45, wherein all of the template sequences share an area of homology.
51. The method of claim 38, wherein at least one template sequence encodes an enzyme.
52. The method of claim 51, wherein the enzyme is selected from the group consisting of lipase/esterase, protease, glycosidase/glycosyl transferase, phosphatase/kinase, mono-/dioxygenase, haloperoxidase, lignin peroxidase/diarylpropane peroxidase, epoxide hydrolase, nitrile hydratase/nitrilase, transaminase and amidase/acylase.
53. The method of claim 51, wherein the enzyme is a lipase/esterase.
54. The method of claim 51, wherein the enzyme is a protease.
55. The method of claim 51, wherein the enzyme is a glycosidase/glycosyl transferase.
56. The method of claim 51, wherein the enzyme is a nitrile hydratase/nitrilase.
57. The method of claim 38, wherein at least one template sequence encodes a portion of an antibody.
58. The method of claim 1, wherein at least one template sequence encodes a gene pathway.
59. The method of claim 1, wherein one or more of the ligating steps is performed using a ligase.
60. The method of claim 59, wherein the ligase is T4 DNA ligase.
61. The method of claim 38, wherein at least one template sequence has demarcation points, and the sequential order of the ligating steps is according to the order of the demarcation points.
62. The method of claim 1, wherein, prior to step (b), the first block is immobilized on a magnetic bead.
63. The method of claim 1, wherein step (c) is repeated at least 2 times.
64. The method of claim 1, wherein, prior to one or more ligating steps (c), the subsequent block has been ligated to at least one other block, whereby step (c) ligates the combination of the subsequent block and the other blocks, as a whole, to the assembly.
65. The method of claim 64, wherein step (c) ligates combinations of more than two blocks at a time.
66. The method of claim 1, further comprising the step of purifying the polynucleotide by size selection.
67. The method of claim 1, further comprising the step of (e1) expressing the assembly.
68. The method of claim 67, further comprising the step of (e2) screening or selecting an expression product obtained from expressing the assembly.
69. A method for making a library of polynucleotides, comprising the steps of (1) performing the method of claim 1, wherein a first set of blocks are ligated; thereby obtaining a first polynucleotide; and (2) performing the method of claim 1, wherein a second set of blocks are ligated, thereby obtaining a second polynucleotide;
whereby the library of polynucleotides is made.
whereby the library of polynucleotides is made.
70. The method of claim 69, wherein the first and second sets of blocks comprise subsequences of a plurality of template sequences.
71. The method of claim 70, wherein the template sequences have demarcation points, and the sequential order of the ligating steps in each of steps (1) and (2) is according to the order of the demarcation points of the template sequences.
72. The method of claim 69, wherein the method is performed exhaustively, whereby all possible ligatable combinations of blocks are represented in the library.
73. The method of claim 69, wherein, when the method is performed exhaustively, the library comprises greater than 103 polynucleotides.
74. The method of claim 69, wherein the library comprises greater than 105 polynucleotides.
75. The method of claim 69, wherein each of step (1) and (2) is performed in a separate compartment.
76. The method according to claim 69, further comprising the step of purifying the library of polynucleotides by size selection.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US09/332,835 | 1999-06-14 | ||
US09/332,835 US6537776B1 (en) | 1999-06-14 | 1999-06-14 | Synthetic ligation reassembly in directed evolution |
PCT/US2000/016838 WO2000077262A1 (en) | 1999-06-14 | 2000-06-14 | Synthetic ligation reassembly in directed evolution |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2374667A1 CA2374667A1 (en) | 2000-12-21 |
CA2374667C true CA2374667C (en) | 2008-08-26 |
Family
ID=23300064
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002374667A Expired - Fee Related CA2374667C (en) | 1999-06-14 | 2000-06-14 | Synthetic ligation reassembly in directed evolution |
Country Status (9)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (5) | US6537776B1 (en) |
EP (3) | EP2397549A3 (en) |
JP (1) | JP4699662B2 (en) |
AU (1) | AU5624600A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2374667C (en) |
HK (1) | HK1045858A1 (en) |
IL (2) | IL146937A0 (en) |
MX (1) | MXPA01013020A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2000077262A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (174)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5766891A (en) * | 1994-12-19 | 1998-06-16 | Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research | Method for molecular cloning and polynucleotide synthesis using vaccinia DNA topoisomerase |
US6537776B1 (en) * | 1999-06-14 | 2003-03-25 | Diversa Corporation | Synthetic ligation reassembly in directed evolution |
WO1999021977A1 (en) * | 1997-10-24 | 1999-05-06 | Life Technologies, Inc. | Recombinational cloning using nucleic acids having recombination sites |
US20030166169A1 (en) * | 1998-01-16 | 2003-09-04 | Padgett Hal S. | Method for constructing viral nucleic acids in a cell-free manner |
US6951719B1 (en) | 1999-08-11 | 2005-10-04 | Proteus S.A. | Process for obtaining recombined nucleotide sequences in vitro, libraries of sequences and sequences thus obtained |
US20030092023A1 (en) * | 1998-08-12 | 2003-05-15 | Daniel Dupret | Method of shuffling polynucleotides using templates |
US20040191772A1 (en) * | 1998-08-12 | 2004-09-30 | Dupret Daniel Marc | Method of shuffling polynucleotides using templates |
US6991922B2 (en) | 1998-08-12 | 2006-01-31 | Proteus S.A. | Process for in vitro creation of recombinant polynucleotide sequences by oriented ligation |
ATE439437T1 (en) * | 1999-01-05 | 2009-08-15 | Univ Boston | IMPROVED CLONING PROCESS |
US20040005673A1 (en) * | 2001-06-29 | 2004-01-08 | Kevin Jarrell | System for manipulating nucleic acids |
US6917882B2 (en) * | 1999-01-19 | 2005-07-12 | Maxygen, Inc. | Methods for making character strings, polynucleotides and polypeptides having desired characteristics |
AU3210200A (en) | 1999-01-19 | 2000-08-01 | Maxygen, Inc. | Oligonucleotide mediated nucleic acid recombination |
US7024312B1 (en) * | 1999-01-19 | 2006-04-04 | Maxygen, Inc. | Methods for making character strings, polynucleotides and polypeptides having desired characteristics |
US20070065838A1 (en) * | 1999-01-19 | 2007-03-22 | Maxygen, Inc. | Oligonucleotide mediated nucleic acid recombination |
US6961664B2 (en) * | 1999-01-19 | 2005-11-01 | Maxygen | Methods of populating data structures for use in evolutionary simulations |
IL138206A (en) * | 1999-02-04 | 2011-06-30 | Verenium Corp | Methods for non-stochastic generation of progeny polypeptides and hybrid polynucleotides |
US7430477B2 (en) * | 1999-10-12 | 2008-09-30 | Maxygen, Inc. | Methods of populating data structures for use in evolutionary simulations |
WO2001062943A1 (en) | 2000-02-25 | 2001-08-30 | Invitrogen Corporation | Topoisomerase linker-mediated amplification methods |
WO2002008408A2 (en) * | 2000-07-21 | 2002-01-31 | Trustees Of Boston University | Modular vector systems |
US7435562B2 (en) * | 2000-07-21 | 2008-10-14 | Modular Genetics, Inc. | Modular vector systems |
US7198924B2 (en) | 2000-12-11 | 2007-04-03 | Invitrogen Corporation | Methods and compositions for synthesis of nucleic acid molecules using multiple recognition sites |
AU8835601A (en) * | 2000-08-21 | 2002-03-04 | Invitrogen Corp | Methods and reagents for molecular cloning |
JP2004520047A (en) * | 2000-12-08 | 2004-07-08 | インヴィトロジェン コーポレーション | Compositions and methods for rapid production of recombinant nucleic acid molecules |
US20060008817A1 (en) * | 2000-12-08 | 2006-01-12 | Invitrogen Corporation | Methods and compositions for generating recombinant nucleic acid molecules |
DE60239386D1 (en) | 2001-01-25 | 2011-04-21 | Evolva Ltd | CELL LIBRARY |
US8008459B2 (en) | 2001-01-25 | 2011-08-30 | Evolva Sa | Concatemers of differentially expressed multiple genes |
JP4533584B2 (en) * | 2001-04-25 | 2010-09-01 | プロテウス | Template-adjusted ligation orientation method that non-randomly shuffles polynucleotides |
WO2002102820A1 (en) | 2001-06-20 | 2002-12-27 | Nuevolution A/S | Nucleoside derivatives for library preparation |
JP2005508619A (en) * | 2001-08-03 | 2005-04-07 | ディヴァーサ コーポレイション | Epoxide hydrolases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them |
US6943001B2 (en) * | 2001-08-03 | 2005-09-13 | Diversa Corporation | Epoxide hydrolases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them |
US20040009498A1 (en) * | 2002-01-14 | 2004-01-15 | Diversa Corporation | Chimeric antigen binding molecules and methods for making and using them |
US20050084907A1 (en) * | 2002-03-01 | 2005-04-21 | Maxygen, Inc. | Methods, systems, and software for identifying functional biomolecules |
US7783428B2 (en) | 2002-03-01 | 2010-08-24 | Maxygen, Inc. | Methods, systems, and software for identifying functional biomolecules |
US7747391B2 (en) * | 2002-03-01 | 2010-06-29 | Maxygen, Inc. | Methods, systems, and software for identifying functional biomolecules |
US7413854B2 (en) | 2002-03-15 | 2008-08-19 | Nuevolution A/S | Method for synthesising templated molecules |
MXPA04010215A (en) * | 2002-04-17 | 2005-03-07 | Crea Roberto | Universal libraries for immunoglobulins. |
EP2305820A1 (en) | 2002-06-14 | 2011-04-06 | Verenium Corporation | Xylanases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them |
EP1543128A4 (en) * | 2002-07-18 | 2008-02-20 | Invitrogen Corp | Viral vectors containing recombination sites |
US10730906B2 (en) * | 2002-08-01 | 2020-08-04 | Nuevolutions A/S | Multi-step synthesis of templated molecules |
US7563600B2 (en) * | 2002-09-12 | 2009-07-21 | Combimatrix Corporation | Microarray synthesis and assembly of gene-length polynucleotides |
EP3299463B1 (en) | 2002-10-30 | 2020-10-21 | Nuevolution A/S | Enzymatic encoding |
US7871799B2 (en) * | 2002-11-22 | 2011-01-18 | Lawrence Livermore National Security, Llc | Sequential addition of short DNA oligos in DNA-polymerase-based synthesis reactions |
WO2004056994A2 (en) | 2002-12-19 | 2004-07-08 | Nuevolution A/S | Quasirandom structure and function guided synthesis methods |
US7429472B2 (en) * | 2003-01-31 | 2008-09-30 | Promega Corporation | Method of immobilizing a protein or molecule via a mutant dehalogenase that is bound to an immobilized dehalogenase substrate and linked directly or indirectly to the protein or molecule |
WO2004072232A2 (en) | 2003-01-31 | 2004-08-26 | Promega Corporation | Covalent tethering of functional groups to proteins |
WO2004074429A2 (en) | 2003-02-21 | 2004-09-02 | Nuevolution A/S | Method for producing second-generation library |
US7592434B2 (en) | 2003-04-04 | 2009-09-22 | Verenium Corporation | Pectate lyases, nucleic encoding them and methods for making and using them |
WO2004109540A2 (en) * | 2003-05-30 | 2004-12-16 | Case Western Reserve University | A stochastic variable selection method for model selection |
EP1644538A4 (en) * | 2003-06-26 | 2006-11-08 | Invitrogen Corp | Methods and compositions for detecting promoter activity and expressing fusion proteins |
ATE503834T1 (en) * | 2003-08-27 | 2011-04-15 | Proterec Ltd | LIBRARIES OF RECOMBINANT CHIMERIC PROTEINS |
WO2005026387A1 (en) | 2003-09-18 | 2005-03-24 | Nuevolution A/S | A method for obtaining structural information concerning an encoded molecule and method for selecting compounds |
EP2287341B1 (en) | 2003-12-01 | 2013-02-13 | Life Technologies Corporation | Nucleic acid molecules containing recombination sites and methods of using the same |
US7972994B2 (en) * | 2003-12-17 | 2011-07-05 | Glaxosmithkline Llc | Methods for synthesis of encoded libraries |
NZ547723A (en) * | 2003-12-17 | 2009-09-25 | Praecis Pharm Inc | Methods for synthesis of encoded libraries |
US20090239211A1 (en) * | 2004-02-17 | 2009-09-24 | Nuevolution A/S | Method For Enrichment Involving Elimination By Mismatch Hybridisation |
US20080070291A1 (en) | 2004-06-16 | 2008-03-20 | David Lam | Compositions and Methods for Enzymatic Decolorization of Chlorophyll |
US7425436B2 (en) | 2004-07-30 | 2008-09-16 | Promega Corporation | Covalent tethering of functional groups to proteins and substrates therefor |
WO2006099207A2 (en) | 2005-03-10 | 2006-09-21 | Diversa Corporation | Lyase enzymes, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them |
NZ594810A (en) | 2005-03-15 | 2012-12-21 | Verenium Corp | Cellulases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them |
DE602006021580D1 (en) * | 2005-06-09 | 2011-06-09 | Praecis Pharm Inc | PROCESS FOR SYNTHESIS OF CODED LIBRARIES |
PT2314623E (en) | 2005-06-21 | 2012-10-02 | Xoma Technology Ltd | Il-1beta binding antibodies and fragments thereof |
US7541431B2 (en) * | 2005-09-07 | 2009-06-02 | Maine Medical Center | Cristin/R-spondin ligands active in the Wnt signaling pathway and methods, compositions and kits relating thereto |
US8173613B2 (en) * | 2005-09-22 | 2012-05-08 | Maine Medical Center | Modulation of mesenchymal and metastatic cell growth |
EP1940755A2 (en) * | 2005-10-28 | 2008-07-09 | Praecis Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Methods for identifying compounds of interest using encoded libraries |
JP2009515516A (en) * | 2005-11-14 | 2009-04-16 | バイオレン・インク | Superhumanization of antibodies by blasting of putative mature CDRs and generation and screening of cohort libraries |
LT3305900T (en) | 2005-12-01 | 2021-11-10 | Nuevolution A/S | Enzymatic encoding methods for efficient synthesis of large libraries |
WO2007092314A2 (en) | 2006-02-02 | 2007-08-16 | Verenium Corporation | Esterases and related nucleic acids and methods |
DK2450439T3 (en) | 2006-02-10 | 2014-02-10 | Verenium Corp | Cellulose-degrading enzymes, nucleic acids encoding them, and methods of preparing and utilizing them |
EP2548955A1 (en) | 2006-02-14 | 2013-01-23 | Verenium Corporation | Xylanases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them |
KR101588539B1 (en) | 2006-03-07 | 2016-01-25 | 바스프 엔자임스 엘엘씨 | Aldolases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them |
EP2112227B1 (en) | 2006-03-07 | 2013-05-15 | Cargill, Incorporated | Aldolases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them |
EP2010569A4 (en) | 2006-03-20 | 2009-09-09 | Xoma Technology Ltd | Human antibodies specific for gastrin materials and methods |
US20070231805A1 (en) * | 2006-03-31 | 2007-10-04 | Baynes Brian M | Nucleic acid assembly optimization using clamped mismatch binding proteins |
WO2007136834A2 (en) * | 2006-05-19 | 2007-11-29 | Codon Devices, Inc. | Combined extension and ligation for nucleic acid assembly |
CA2659820A1 (en) | 2006-08-04 | 2008-02-14 | Novartis Ag | Ephb3-specific antibody and uses thereof |
BRPI0714876B1 (en) | 2006-08-04 | 2022-04-19 | Verenium Corporation | Isolated, synthetic or recombinant nucleic acid, expression cassette, cloning vector or vehicle, transformed bacterial, fungal or yeast cell, isolated, synthetic or recombinant polypeptide, composition, as well as production methods and uses thereof |
GEP20125612B (en) | 2006-08-18 | 2012-08-27 | Novartis Ag | Prlr-specific antibody and usage thereof |
US7968691B2 (en) | 2006-08-23 | 2011-06-28 | Danisco Us Inc. | Pullulanase variants with increased productivity |
US8053191B2 (en) | 2006-08-31 | 2011-11-08 | Westend Asset Clearinghouse Company, Llc | Iterative nucleic acid assembly using activation of vector-encoded traits |
CN113789316A (en) | 2006-09-21 | 2021-12-14 | 巴斯夫酶有限责任公司 | Phytases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods of making and using them |
WO2008045380A2 (en) * | 2006-10-04 | 2008-04-17 | Codon Devices, Inc. | Nucleic acid libraries and their design and assembly |
EP2087107A2 (en) | 2006-10-30 | 2009-08-12 | Promega Corporation | Mutant hydrolase proteins with enhanced kinetics and functional expression |
WO2008070780A1 (en) | 2006-12-07 | 2008-06-12 | Novartis Ag | Antagonist antibodies against ephb3 |
US8465741B2 (en) | 2006-12-20 | 2013-06-18 | Mmrglobal, Inc. | Antibodies and methods for making and using them |
CA2673525C (en) | 2006-12-21 | 2017-12-05 | Verenium Corporation | Amylases and glucoamylases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them |
CA2674721C (en) | 2007-01-30 | 2018-04-03 | Verenium Corporation | Enzymes for the treatment of lignocellulosics, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them |
EP2139515B2 (en) | 2007-03-30 | 2023-12-20 | The Research Foundation of the State University of New York | Attenuated viruses useful for vaccines |
ES2701883T3 (en) * | 2007-07-31 | 2019-02-26 | Basf Enzymes Llc | Assembling custom-made multiple site combinations |
WO2009045627A2 (en) | 2007-10-03 | 2009-04-09 | Verenium Corporation | Xylanases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them |
PL2612868T3 (en) | 2007-11-01 | 2018-12-31 | Astellas Pharma Inc. | Immunosuppressive polypeptides and nucleic acids |
US20110039722A1 (en) * | 2007-12-31 | 2011-02-17 | Xoma Technology Ltd. | Libraries, arrays and their uses for targeted affinity enhancement |
JP5563990B2 (en) | 2008-01-03 | 2014-07-30 | ヴェレニウム コーポレイション | Transferases and oxidoreductases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them |
US8541220B2 (en) | 2008-01-03 | 2013-09-24 | Verenium Corporation | Isomerases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them |
EP2098536A1 (en) | 2008-03-05 | 2009-09-09 | 4-Antibody AG | Isolation and identification of antigen- or ligand-specific binding proteins |
WO2009133191A1 (en) * | 2008-04-30 | 2009-11-05 | Dublin City University | Compositions and methods for expressing in-frame multimeric proteins |
US8383346B2 (en) * | 2008-06-13 | 2013-02-26 | Codexis, Inc. | Combined automated parallel synthesis of polynucleotide variants |
US20090312196A1 (en) * | 2008-06-13 | 2009-12-17 | Codexis, Inc. | Method of synthesizing polynucleotide variants |
US8357503B2 (en) | 2008-08-29 | 2013-01-22 | Bunge Oils, Inc. | Hydrolases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them |
US8153391B2 (en) | 2008-08-29 | 2012-04-10 | Bunge Oils, Inc. | Hydrolases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them |
US8198062B2 (en) * | 2008-08-29 | 2012-06-12 | Dsm Ip Assets B.V. | Hydrolases, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them |
EP2376619A4 (en) | 2008-12-15 | 2012-07-04 | Greenlight Biosciences Inc | Methods for control of flux in metabolic pathways |
CN105132387A (en) * | 2008-12-22 | 2015-12-09 | 绿光生物科学公司 | Compositions and methods for the production of a compound |
KR20170119729A (en) | 2009-02-13 | 2017-10-27 | 엑스-켐, 인크. | Methods of creating and screening dna-encoded libraries |
CN102459303B (en) | 2009-05-21 | 2016-06-29 | 巴斯夫酶有限责任公司 | Phytase, the nucleic acid encoding them and preparation and their method of use |
US9885711B2 (en) | 2009-09-25 | 2018-02-06 | Xoma Technology Ltd. | Screening methods |
US8926976B2 (en) | 2009-09-25 | 2015-01-06 | Xoma Technology Ltd. | Modulators |
UA111708C2 (en) | 2009-10-16 | 2016-06-10 | Бандж Ойлз, Інк. | METHOD OF OIL REFINING |
WO2011056872A2 (en) | 2009-11-03 | 2011-05-12 | Gen9, Inc. | Methods and microfluidic devices for the manipulation of droplets in high fidelity polynucleotide assembly |
WO2011066185A1 (en) | 2009-11-25 | 2011-06-03 | Gen9, Inc. | Microfluidic devices and methods for gene synthesis |
US9217144B2 (en) | 2010-01-07 | 2015-12-22 | Gen9, Inc. | Assembly of high fidelity polynucleotides |
US11225655B2 (en) | 2010-04-16 | 2022-01-18 | Nuevolution A/S | Bi-functional complexes and methods for making and using such complexes |
WO2011140516A2 (en) | 2010-05-07 | 2011-11-10 | Greenlight Biosciences, Inc. | Methods for control of flux in metabolic pathways through enzyme relocation |
US8916358B2 (en) | 2010-08-31 | 2014-12-23 | Greenlight Biosciences, Inc. | Methods for control of flux in metabolic pathways through protease manipulation |
US9487808B2 (en) | 2010-09-24 | 2016-11-08 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Rapid assembly of multiple arbitrary length DNA fragments |
BR112013008347A2 (en) | 2010-10-06 | 2016-06-14 | Bp Corp North America Inc | cbh variant polypeptides i |
IL280133B2 (en) | 2010-11-12 | 2023-04-01 | Gen9 Inc | Methods and devices for nucleic acids synthesis |
US10457935B2 (en) | 2010-11-12 | 2019-10-29 | Gen9, Inc. | Protein arrays and methods of using and making the same |
US20140038842A1 (en) | 2010-12-28 | 2014-02-06 | Xoma Technology | Cell surface display using pdz domains |
SG10201902706VA (en) | 2011-06-03 | 2019-04-29 | Xoma Technology Ltd | Antibodies specific for tgf-beta |
ES2737957T3 (en) | 2011-08-26 | 2020-01-17 | Gen9 Inc | Compositions and methods for high fidelity nucleic acid assembly |
WO2013036810A1 (en) | 2011-09-07 | 2013-03-14 | X-Chem, Inc. | Methods for tagging dna-encoded libraries |
WO2013036787A2 (en) | 2011-09-09 | 2013-03-14 | Greenlight Biosciences, Inc. | Cell-free preparation of carbapenems |
CN104540939A (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2015-04-22 | Bp北美公司 | Polypeptides having endoglucanase activity |
US9150853B2 (en) | 2012-03-21 | 2015-10-06 | Gen9, Inc. | Methods for screening proteins using DNA encoded chemical libraries as templates for enzyme catalysis |
CN104603286B (en) | 2012-04-24 | 2020-07-31 | Gen9股份有限公司 | Method for sorting nucleic acids and multiplex preparations in vitro cloning |
LT2864531T (en) | 2012-06-25 | 2019-03-12 | Gen9, Inc. | Methods for nucleic acid assembly and high throughput sequencing |
IL236633B (en) | 2012-07-13 | 2022-07-01 | X Chem Inc | Dna-encoded libraries comprising a complex having a cross-linking oligonucleotide linkage |
SG11201505977RA (en) | 2013-01-31 | 2015-08-28 | Codexis Inc | Methods, systems, and software for identifying bio-molecules using models of multiplicative form |
GB201308828D0 (en) | 2013-03-12 | 2013-07-03 | Verenium Corp | Phytase |
GB201308843D0 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2013-07-03 | Verenium Corp | Phytase formulation |
JP2016525354A (en) | 2013-07-25 | 2016-08-25 | ビーエーエスエフ エンザイムズ エルエルシー | Phytase |
ES2943498T3 (en) | 2013-08-05 | 2023-06-13 | Twist Bioscience Corp | de novo synthesized libraries |
BR112016002494A2 (en) | 2013-08-05 | 2017-09-05 | Greenlight Biosciences Inc | PROTEINS CONSTRUCTED WITH A PROTEASE CLEAVAGE SITE, NUCLEIC ACID, VECTOR, CELL AND PROCESS ENGINEERING A RECOMBINANT PROTEIN AND A LARGE NUMBER OF NUCLEIC ACID VARIANTS THAT ENCODE RECOMBINANT PROTEINS |
CN103484492A (en) * | 2013-09-30 | 2014-01-01 | 湖南农业大学 | Method for simultaneously ligating multiple DNA (deoxyribonucleic acid) fragments to same carrier |
US11060139B2 (en) * | 2014-03-28 | 2021-07-13 | Centrillion Technology Holdings Corporation | Methods for sequencing nucleic acids |
WO2016126882A1 (en) | 2015-02-04 | 2016-08-11 | Twist Bioscience Corporation | Methods and devices for de novo oligonucleic acid assembly |
MX2017012665A (en) | 2015-03-30 | 2018-04-24 | Greenlight Biosciences Inc | Cell-free production of ribonucleic acid. |
US9981239B2 (en) | 2015-04-21 | 2018-05-29 | Twist Bioscience Corporation | Devices and methods for oligonucleic acid library synthesis |
GB2557529A (en) | 2015-09-18 | 2018-06-20 | Twist Bioscience Corp | Oligonucleic acid variant libraries and synthesis thereof |
WO2017053450A1 (en) | 2015-09-22 | 2017-03-30 | Twist Bioscience Corporation | Flexible substrates for nucleic acid synthesis |
CN108697116A (en) | 2015-10-30 | 2018-10-23 | 贝丝以色列女执事医疗中心 | For measuring the bioactivity of the cereal starch enzyme trypsin inhibitor in cereal, flour, plant and complex food, amount, removing or the method for inactivation |
BR112018011503A2 (en) | 2015-12-07 | 2018-12-04 | Zymergen Inc | corynebacterium glutamicum promoters |
US9988624B2 (en) | 2015-12-07 | 2018-06-05 | Zymergen Inc. | Microbial strain improvement by a HTP genomic engineering platform |
US11208649B2 (en) | 2015-12-07 | 2021-12-28 | Zymergen Inc. | HTP genomic engineering platform |
EP4293104A3 (en) | 2016-04-06 | 2024-04-24 | Greenlight Biosciences, Inc. | Cell-free production of ribonucleic acid |
WO2017209990A1 (en) | 2016-05-31 | 2017-12-07 | Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company | METHODS FOR lSOLATING NUCLEIC ACIDS FROM SAMPLES |
EP3472186A1 (en) | 2016-06-17 | 2019-04-24 | National Hellenic Research Foundation | Systems for recombinant protein production |
WO2018005655A2 (en) | 2016-06-30 | 2018-01-04 | Zymergen Inc. | Methods for generating a bacterial hemoglobin library and uses thereof |
JP2019519241A (en) | 2016-06-30 | 2019-07-11 | ザイマージェン インコーポレイテッド | Method for producing a glucose permease library and its use |
WO2018005517A1 (en) | 2016-07-01 | 2018-01-04 | Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company | Methods to determine conditions of a hydrocarbon reservoir |
US20190264193A1 (en) * | 2016-08-12 | 2019-08-29 | Caribou Biosciences, Inc. | Protein engineering methods |
WO2018057526A2 (en) | 2016-09-21 | 2018-03-29 | Twist Bioscience Corporation | Nucleic acid based data storage |
JP7186167B2 (en) | 2017-01-06 | 2022-12-08 | グリーンライト バイオサイエンシーズ インコーポレーテッド | Cell-free production of sugar |
US11550939B2 (en) | 2017-02-22 | 2023-01-10 | Twist Bioscience Corporation | Nucleic acid based data storage using enzymatic bioencryption |
WO2018231872A1 (en) | 2017-06-12 | 2018-12-20 | Twist Bioscience Corporation | Methods for seamless nucleic acid assembly |
WO2018231864A1 (en) | 2017-06-12 | 2018-12-20 | Twist Bioscience Corporation | Methods for seamless nucleic acid assembly |
SG11202002194UA (en) | 2017-09-11 | 2020-04-29 | Twist Bioscience Corp | Gpcr binding proteins and synthesis thereof |
AU2018347405B2 (en) | 2017-10-11 | 2022-02-03 | Greenlight Biosciences, Inc. | Methods and compositions for nucleoside triphosphate and ribonucleic acid production |
KR20240024357A (en) | 2017-10-20 | 2024-02-23 | 트위스트 바이오사이언스 코포레이션 | Heated nanowells for polynucleotide synthesis |
CN108103143B (en) * | 2017-12-15 | 2021-11-09 | 序康医疗科技(苏州)有限公司 | Method for constructing multiple PCR and rapid library in target region |
EP3814497A4 (en) | 2018-05-18 | 2022-03-02 | Twist Bioscience Corporation | Polynucleotides, reagents, and methods for nucleic acid hybridization |
EP3613855A1 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2020-02-26 | Clariant Produkte (Deutschland) GmbH | Method for the production of a nucleic acid library |
CN109023537B (en) * | 2018-09-04 | 2021-10-08 | 上海交通大学 | Construction technology of trace DNA sample high-throughput sequencing library |
WO2020049157A1 (en) | 2018-09-07 | 2020-03-12 | Basf Plant Science Company Gmbh | Improved method for the production of high levels of pufa in plants |
CN112969792A (en) | 2018-09-07 | 2021-06-15 | 巴斯夫植物科学有限公司 | Improved methods for producing high levels of PUFAs in plants |
US20210317467A1 (en) | 2018-09-07 | 2021-10-14 | Basf Plant Science Copmany Gmbh | Improved method for the production of high levels of pufa in plants |
CN113785057A (en) | 2019-02-26 | 2021-12-10 | 特韦斯特生物科学公司 | Variant nucleic acid libraries for antibody optimization |
AU2020298294A1 (en) | 2019-06-21 | 2022-02-17 | Twist Bioscience Corporation | Barcode-based nucleic acid sequence assembly |
EP4077658A1 (en) | 2019-12-20 | 2022-10-26 | Basf Se | Decreasing toxicity of terpenes and increasing the production potential in micro-organisms |
WO2021195039A1 (en) * | 2020-03-27 | 2021-09-30 | Chen Shu Chih | Methods of treating or preventing a viral infection using bacteriophages |
CN111474155B (en) * | 2020-04-28 | 2023-05-12 | 广东博创佳禾科技有限公司 | Bacterial wilt solution guiding device |
EP4162061A1 (en) | 2020-06-04 | 2023-04-12 | Isobionics B.V. | Synthetic santalene synthases |
EP4015626A1 (en) | 2020-12-18 | 2022-06-22 | Isobionics B.V. | Enzymes and methods for fermentative production of monoterpene esters |
WO2023012111A2 (en) | 2021-08-02 | 2023-02-09 | Basf Se | Novel production of aroma compounds with ionylideneethane synthases |
Family Cites Families (139)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4704362A (en) | 1977-11-08 | 1987-11-03 | Genentech, Inc. | Recombinant cloning vehicle microbial polypeptide expression |
US4946787A (en) | 1985-01-07 | 1990-08-07 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | N-(ω,(ω-1)-dialkyloxy)- and N-(ω,(ω-1)-dialkenyloxy)-alk-1-yl-N,N,N-tetrasubstituted ammonium lipids and uses therefor |
US5049386A (en) | 1985-01-07 | 1991-09-17 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | N-ω,(ω-1)-dialkyloxy)- and N-(ω,(ω-1)-dialkenyloxy)Alk-1-YL-N,N,N-tetrasubstituted ammonium lipids and uses therefor |
US4897355A (en) | 1985-01-07 | 1990-01-30 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | N[ω,(ω-1)-dialkyloxy]- and N-[ω,(ω-1)-dialkenyloxy]-alk-1-yl-N,N,N-tetrasubstituted ammonium lipids and uses therefor |
US5333675C1 (en) | 1986-02-25 | 2001-05-01 | Perkin Elmer Corp | Apparatus and method for performing automated amplification of nucleic acid sequences and assays using heating and cooling steps |
US5176995A (en) | 1985-03-28 | 1993-01-05 | Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. | Detection of viruses by amplification and hybridization |
US4965188A (en) | 1986-08-22 | 1990-10-23 | Cetus Corporation | Process for amplifying, detecting, and/or cloning nucleic acid sequences using a thermostable enzyme |
US4683202A (en) | 1985-03-28 | 1987-07-28 | Cetus Corporation | Process for amplifying nucleic acid sequences |
US4683195A (en) | 1986-01-30 | 1987-07-28 | Cetus Corporation | Process for amplifying, detecting, and/or-cloning nucleic acid sequences |
EP0316018A3 (en) | 1985-03-29 | 1989-07-26 | Cetus Oncology Corporation | Modification of dna sequences |
US6492107B1 (en) | 1986-11-20 | 2002-12-10 | Stuart Kauffman | Process for obtaining DNA, RNA, peptides, polypeptides, or protein, by recombinant DNA technique |
EP0229046B1 (en) | 1985-03-30 | 1994-05-04 | BALLIVET, Marc | Method for obtaining dna, rna, peptides, polypeptides or proteins by means of a dna recombinant technique |
US4959312A (en) | 1985-05-31 | 1990-09-25 | The University Of Tennessee Research Corporation | Full spectrum mutagenesis |
US5866363A (en) | 1985-08-28 | 1999-02-02 | Pieczenik; George | Method and means for sorting and identifying biological information |
US4800159A (en) | 1986-02-07 | 1989-01-24 | Cetus Corporation | Process for amplifying, detecting, and/or cloning nucleic acid sequences |
SU1618761A1 (en) | 1987-04-29 | 1991-01-07 | Институт Белка Ан Ссср | Method of producing peptides and proteins in cell-less translation system |
US5223409A (en) | 1988-09-02 | 1993-06-29 | Protein Engineering Corp. | Directed evolution of novel binding proteins |
DE768377T1 (en) | 1988-09-02 | 1998-01-02 | Dyax Corp | Production and selection of recombinant proteins with different binding sites |
WO1990005785A1 (en) | 1988-11-18 | 1990-05-31 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Method for site-specifically incorporating unnatural amino acids into proteins |
SU1705302A1 (en) | 1988-12-22 | 1992-01-15 | Институт Белка Ан Ссср | Method of preparative genes expression in the cell-free system of coupled transcription/translation |
US5096815A (en) | 1989-01-06 | 1992-03-17 | Protein Engineering Corporation | Generation and selection of novel dna-binding proteins and polypeptides |
US5198346A (en) | 1989-01-06 | 1993-03-30 | Protein Engineering Corp. | Generation and selection of novel DNA-binding proteins and polypeptides |
ATE143696T1 (en) | 1989-02-28 | 1996-10-15 | Canon Kk | PARTIALLY DOUBLE STRANDED OLIGONUCLEOTIDE AND METHOD FOR FORMING IT |
US5703055A (en) | 1989-03-21 | 1997-12-30 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Generation of antibodies through lipid mediated DNA delivery |
ES2200016T3 (en) | 1989-03-21 | 2004-03-01 | Vical Incorporated | EXPRESSION OF EXECUTIVE POLINUCLEOTIDIC SEQUENCES IN A VERTEBRATE. |
US5693622A (en) | 1989-03-21 | 1997-12-02 | Vical Incorporated | Expression of exogenous polynucleotide sequences cardiac muscle of a mammal |
US6291158B1 (en) | 1989-05-16 | 2001-09-18 | Scripps Research Institute | Method for tapping the immunological repertoire |
US6399323B1 (en) | 1989-07-31 | 2002-06-04 | Institute For Protein Research | Method of preparing polypeptides in a cell-free translation system |
US5023171A (en) | 1989-08-10 | 1991-06-11 | Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research | Method for gene splicing by overlap extension using the polymerase chain reaction |
US5354656A (en) | 1989-10-02 | 1994-10-11 | Stratagene | Method of DNA sequencing |
ES2118066T3 (en) | 1989-10-05 | 1998-09-16 | Optein Inc | SYNTHESIS AND ISOLATION, EXEMPTED FROM CELLS, FROM NEW GENES AND POLYPEPTIDES. |
KR950013953B1 (en) | 1990-01-26 | 1995-11-18 | 애보트 래보라토리즈 | Method of amplifying target nucleic acids applicable to ligase chain reactions |
US5427930A (en) | 1990-01-26 | 1995-06-27 | Abbott Laboratories | Amplification of target nucleic acids using gap filling ligase chain reaction |
WO1991012341A1 (en) | 1990-02-12 | 1991-08-22 | Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center | Improved method for ordered deletions from a fixed point in a cloned insert |
CA2079802C (en) * | 1990-04-05 | 2001-09-18 | Roberto Crea | Walk-through mutagenesis |
US5264618A (en) | 1990-04-19 | 1993-11-23 | Vical, Inc. | Cationic lipids for intracellular delivery of biologically active molecules |
EP0528881A4 (en) | 1990-04-24 | 1993-05-26 | Stratagene | Methods for phenotype creation from multiple gene populations |
US5427908A (en) | 1990-05-01 | 1995-06-27 | Affymax Technologies N.V. | Recombinant library screening methods |
WO1991017424A1 (en) | 1990-05-03 | 1991-11-14 | Vical, Inc. | Intracellular delivery of biologically active substances by means of self-assembling lipid complexes |
GB9011861D0 (en) | 1990-05-26 | 1990-07-18 | Beecham Group Plc | Novel compounds |
DE69128362T2 (en) | 1990-06-01 | 1998-05-20 | Chiron Corp | COMPOSITIONS AND METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING MOLECULES WITH BIOLOGICAL EFFECTIVENESS |
US5723286A (en) | 1990-06-20 | 1998-03-03 | Affymax Technologies N.V. | Peptide library and screening systems |
GB9015198D0 (en) | 1990-07-10 | 1990-08-29 | Brien Caroline J O | Binding substance |
AU8498091A (en) | 1990-08-02 | 1992-03-02 | Regents Of The University Of Colorado, The | Systematic polypeptide evolution by reverse translation |
ES2246502T3 (en) | 1990-08-29 | 2006-02-16 | Genpharm International, Inc. | TRANSGENIC NON-HUMAN ANIMALS ABLE TO PRODUCE HETEROLOGICAL ANTIBODIES. |
WO1993012227A1 (en) | 1991-12-17 | 1993-06-24 | Genpharm International, Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies |
WO1992005258A1 (en) | 1990-09-20 | 1992-04-02 | La Trobe University | Gene encoding barley enzyme |
IL99552A0 (en) | 1990-09-28 | 1992-08-18 | Ixsys Inc | Compositions containing procaryotic cells,a kit for the preparation of vectors useful for the coexpression of two or more dna sequences and methods for the use thereof |
US5858725A (en) | 1990-10-10 | 1999-01-12 | Glaxo Wellcome Inc. | Preparation of chimaeric antibodies using the recombinant PCR strategy |
US5234824A (en) | 1990-11-13 | 1993-08-10 | Specialty Laboratories, Inc. | Rapid purification of DNA |
US5187083A (en) | 1990-11-13 | 1993-02-16 | Specialty Laboratories, Inc. | Rapid purification of DNA |
WO1992014843A1 (en) | 1991-02-21 | 1992-09-03 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Aptamer specific for biomolecules and method of making |
DE69233750D1 (en) | 1991-04-10 | 2009-01-02 | Scripps Research Inst | Libraries of heterodimeric receptors using phagemids |
US5645988A (en) | 1991-05-08 | 1997-07-08 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services | Methods of identifying drugs with selective effects against cancer cells |
JPH06508983A (en) | 1991-08-02 | 1994-10-13 | トランスカリオティック セラピーズ,インコーポレイテッド | Library screening method |
US5279952A (en) | 1991-08-09 | 1994-01-18 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | PCR-based strategy of constructing chimeric DNA molecules |
US5270170A (en) | 1991-10-16 | 1993-12-14 | Affymax Technologies N.V. | Peptide library and screening method |
HU211019B (en) | 1991-12-02 | 1995-09-28 | Richter Gedeon Vegyeszet | Process for producing new 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine and piperidine derivatives substituted with n-(hydroxylalkyl) group and compositions comprising such compounds |
JPH07503372A (en) | 1992-01-23 | 1995-04-13 | バイカル・インコーポレイテッド | In vitro gene transfer |
CA2133220A1 (en) | 1992-03-31 | 1993-10-14 | Stanley R. Bouma | Method of multiplex ligase chain reaction |
JP3720353B2 (en) | 1992-12-04 | 2005-11-24 | メディカル リサーチ カウンシル | Multivalent and multispecific binding proteins, their production and use |
IL108915A0 (en) | 1993-03-18 | 1994-06-24 | Merck & Co Inc | Polynucleotide vaccine against influenza virus |
CA2161351C (en) | 1993-04-26 | 2010-12-21 | Nils Lonberg | Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies |
DE69434447T2 (en) | 1993-06-07 | 2006-05-18 | Vical, Inc., San Diego | PLASMIDE FOR GENE THERAPY |
US5426039A (en) | 1993-09-08 | 1995-06-20 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Direct molecular cloning of primer extended DNA containing an alkane diol |
US5498531A (en) | 1993-09-10 | 1996-03-12 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Intron-mediated recombinant techniques and reagents |
US5712146A (en) | 1993-09-20 | 1998-01-27 | The Leland Stanford Junior University | Recombinant combinatorial genetic library for the production of novel polyketides |
US6187579B1 (en) | 1993-10-28 | 2001-02-13 | Carlsberg A/S | Customized proteases |
US5389537A (en) | 1994-01-21 | 1995-02-14 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Nuclease having altered specificity |
US6117679A (en) | 1994-02-17 | 2000-09-12 | Maxygen, Inc. | Methods for generating polynucleotides having desired characteristics by iterative selection and recombination |
US6335160B1 (en) * | 1995-02-17 | 2002-01-01 | Maxygen, Inc. | Methods and compositions for polypeptide engineering |
US5837458A (en) | 1994-02-17 | 1998-11-17 | Maxygen, Inc. | Methods and compositions for cellular and metabolic engineering |
US5605793A (en) | 1994-02-17 | 1997-02-25 | Affymax Technologies N.V. | Methods for in vitro recombination |
US6165793A (en) | 1996-03-25 | 2000-12-26 | Maxygen, Inc. | Methods for generating polynucleotides having desired characteristics by iterative selection and recombination |
US5552278A (en) * | 1994-04-04 | 1996-09-03 | Spectragen, Inc. | DNA sequencing by stepwise ligation and cleavage |
AU3330895A (en) | 1994-08-18 | 1996-03-14 | Cytogen Corporation | Peptide librairies as a source of syngenes |
JP3412657B2 (en) | 1994-09-08 | 2003-06-03 | 三菱瓦斯化学株式会社 | Method for drying polyamide and method for solid-state polymerization |
CA2200684A1 (en) | 1994-09-21 | 1996-03-28 | Cytogen Corporation | Antigen binding peptides (abtides) from peptide libraries |
US5885577A (en) | 1994-09-21 | 1999-03-23 | Cytogen Corporation | Antigen binding peptides (abtides) from peptide libraries |
US5641665A (en) | 1994-11-28 | 1997-06-24 | Vical Incorporated | Plasmids suitable for IL-2 expression |
CA2219136A1 (en) | 1995-04-24 | 1996-10-31 | Chromaxome Corp. | Methods for generating and screening novel metabolic pathways |
AU5851296A (en) | 1995-04-27 | 1996-11-18 | Affymax Technologies N.V. | Malaria peptides and vaccines |
WO1996041865A1 (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1996-12-27 | Ariad Gene Therapeutics, Inc. | Rapamcycin-based regulation of biological events |
US6057103A (en) | 1995-07-18 | 2000-05-02 | Diversa Corporation | Screening for novel bioactivities |
US6004788A (en) | 1995-07-18 | 1999-12-21 | Diversa Corporation | Enzyme kits and libraries |
EP1213350A3 (en) | 1995-08-11 | 2002-12-04 | Novozymes A/S | Method for preparing polypeptide variants by in vivo recombination |
US5965408A (en) | 1996-07-09 | 1999-10-12 | Diversa Corporation | Method of DNA reassembly by interrupting synthesis |
US6740506B2 (en) | 1995-12-07 | 2004-05-25 | Diversa Corporation | End selection in directed evolution |
US6537776B1 (en) * | 1999-06-14 | 2003-03-25 | Diversa Corporation | Synthetic ligation reassembly in directed evolution |
US5830696A (en) | 1996-12-05 | 1998-11-03 | Diversa Corporation | Directed evolution of thermophilic enzymes |
US5939250A (en) | 1995-12-07 | 1999-08-17 | Diversa Corporation | Production of enzymes having desired activities by mutagenesis |
US5789166A (en) | 1995-12-08 | 1998-08-04 | Stratagene | Circular site-directed mutagenesis |
US5885827A (en) | 1996-01-23 | 1999-03-23 | The Regents Of The Universtiy Of California | Eukaryotic high rate mutagenesis system |
US6096548A (en) | 1996-03-25 | 2000-08-01 | Maxygen, Inc. | Method for directing evolution of a virus |
US5891718A (en) | 1996-03-27 | 1999-04-06 | Vical Incorporated | Tetracycline inducible/repressible systems |
US6242211B1 (en) | 1996-04-24 | 2001-06-05 | Terragen Discovery, Inc. | Methods for generating and screening novel metabolic pathways |
US5846946A (en) | 1996-06-14 | 1998-12-08 | Pasteur Merieux Serums Et Vaccins | Compositions and methods for administering Borrelia DNA |
US5763239A (en) | 1996-06-18 | 1998-06-09 | Diversa Corporation | Production and use of normalized DNA libraries |
JPH1066576A (en) * | 1996-08-07 | 1998-03-10 | Novo Nordisk As | Double-stranded dna having protruding terminal and shuffling method using the same |
CA2268265A1 (en) | 1996-09-27 | 1998-04-02 | Maxygen, Inc. | Methods for optimization of gene therapy by recursive sequence shuffling and selection |
CA2276064C (en) | 1997-01-17 | 2013-12-17 | Maxygen, Inc. | Evolution of whole cells and organisms by recursive sequence recombination |
CN1252102A (en) | 1997-02-19 | 2000-05-03 | 康乃尔研究基金会有限公司 | DNA construct to confer multiple traits on plants |
IL120338A0 (en) | 1997-02-27 | 1997-06-10 | Gesher Israel Advanced Biotecs | Single step DNA fragments assembly |
IL120339A0 (en) * | 1997-02-27 | 1997-06-10 | Gesher Israel Advanced Biotecs | Improved DNA assembly method |
US5948653A (en) | 1997-03-21 | 1999-09-07 | Pati; Sushma | Sequence alterations using homologous recombination |
EP0973804B1 (en) | 1997-04-07 | 2006-12-27 | Genentech, Inc. | Anti-vegf antibodies |
EA199900947A1 (en) | 1997-04-18 | 2000-04-24 | Байоджен, Инк. | HYBRID PROTEINS TGF-BETA II TYPE / CONSTANT AREA OF IMMUNOGLOBULIN |
AU7171098A (en) | 1997-05-01 | 1998-11-24 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Directed evolution of enzymes and antibodies |
GB9712512D0 (en) | 1997-06-16 | 1997-08-20 | Bioinvent Int Ab | A method for in vitro molecular evolution of protein function |
EP1987845B1 (en) | 1997-11-20 | 2012-03-21 | Vical Incorporated | Treatment of cancer using cytokine-expressing polynucleotides and compositions therefor. |
CA2318402A1 (en) | 1998-01-15 | 1999-07-22 | Ariad Gene Therapeutics, Inc. | Regulation of biological events using multimeric chimeric proteins |
JP2002507392A (en) | 1998-02-11 | 2002-03-12 | マキシジェン, インコーポレイテッド | Optimization of immunomodulatory properties of gene vaccines |
JP2002507393A (en) | 1998-02-11 | 2002-03-12 | マキシジェン, インコーポレイテッド | Antigen library immunization |
KR20010052894A (en) | 1998-06-17 | 2001-06-25 | 맥시겐, 인크. | Method for producing polynucleotides with desired properties |
US6365408B1 (en) | 1998-06-19 | 2002-04-02 | Maxygen, Inc. | Methods of evolving a polynucleotides by mutagenesis and recombination |
WO2000009682A1 (en) * | 1998-08-12 | 2000-02-24 | Maxygen, Inc. | Dna shuffling of monooxygenase genes for production of industrial chemicals |
US6436675B1 (en) | 1999-09-28 | 2002-08-20 | Maxygen, Inc. | Use of codon-varied oligonucleotide synthesis for synthetic shuffling |
US6376246B1 (en) | 1999-02-05 | 2002-04-23 | Maxygen, Inc. | Oligonucleotide mediated nucleic acid recombination |
US6368861B1 (en) | 1999-01-19 | 2002-04-09 | Maxygen, Inc. | Oligonucleotide mediated nucleic acid recombination |
US6917882B2 (en) * | 1999-01-19 | 2005-07-12 | Maxygen, Inc. | Methods for making character strings, polynucleotides and polypeptides having desired characteristics |
AU3210200A (en) | 1999-01-19 | 2000-08-01 | Maxygen, Inc. | Oligonucleotide mediated nucleic acid recombination |
AU3725600A (en) | 1999-03-02 | 2000-09-21 | Maxygen, Inc. | Surrogate orphan ligands for orphan receptors |
US6365377B1 (en) | 1999-03-05 | 2002-04-02 | Maxygen, Inc. | Recombination of insertion modified nucleic acids |
WO2000061740A1 (en) | 1999-04-10 | 2000-10-19 | Maxygen, Inc. | Modified lipid production |
WO2001000234A2 (en) | 1999-06-25 | 2001-01-04 | Maxygen, Inc. | Methods and compositions for engineering of attenuated vaccines |
AU1456101A (en) | 1999-11-03 | 2001-05-14 | Maxygen, Inc. | Antibody diversity generation |
EP1108791A1 (en) | 1999-12-16 | 2001-06-20 | Gromoll, Jörg | Genetic variants of the human FSH receptor and the influence thereof on gametogenesis |
DE59912683D1 (en) | 1999-12-18 | 2005-11-24 | Gen Ial Gen Inst Fuer Angewand | Methods and compositions for isolating and purifying nucleic acids |
US20020042055A1 (en) | 1999-12-23 | 2002-04-11 | Affholter Joseph A. | Alteration of hydrolase genes and screening of the resulting libraries for the ability to catalyze specific reactions |
US20010039014A1 (en) | 2000-01-11 | 2001-11-08 | Maxygen, Inc. | Integrated systems and methods for diversity generation and screening |
WO2001070947A2 (en) | 2000-03-20 | 2001-09-27 | Maxygen, Inc. | Method for generating recombinant dna molecules in complex mixtures |
US6376191B1 (en) | 2000-03-22 | 2002-04-23 | Mergen, Ltd. | Microarray-based analysis of polynucleotide sequence variations |
WO2001073000A2 (en) | 2000-03-24 | 2001-10-04 | Maxygen, Inc. | Methods for modulating cellular and organismal phenotypes |
AU4964101A (en) | 2000-03-30 | 2001-10-15 | Maxygen Inc | In silico cross-over site selection |
FR2813314B1 (en) | 2000-08-25 | 2004-05-07 | Biomethodes | MASSIVE DIRECTED MUTAGENESIS PROCESS |
US20060223066A1 (en) | 2005-03-29 | 2006-10-05 | Applera Corporation | Methods for normalizing and for identifying small nucleic acids |
WO2007002890A2 (en) | 2005-06-28 | 2007-01-04 | Agencourt Personal Genomics Corporation | Methods of producing and sequencing modified polynucleotides |
US10674786B2 (en) | 2011-03-08 | 2020-06-09 | Athalonz, Llc | Athletic positioning apparatus including a heel platform and applications thereof |
US9093064B2 (en) | 2013-03-11 | 2015-07-28 | The Nielsen Company (Us), Llc | Down-mixing compensation for audio watermarking |
-
1999
- 1999-06-14 US US09/332,835 patent/US6537776B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2000
- 2000-02-04 EP EP11167668A patent/EP2397549A3/en not_active Ceased
- 2000-06-14 IL IL14693700A patent/IL146937A0/en unknown
- 2000-06-14 CA CA002374667A patent/CA2374667C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2000-06-14 JP JP2001503702A patent/JP4699662B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2000-06-14 EP EP00941550A patent/EP1192280A4/en not_active Ceased
- 2000-06-14 WO PCT/US2000/016838 patent/WO2000077262A1/en active Application Filing
- 2000-06-14 MX MXPA01013020A patent/MXPA01013020A/en active IP Right Grant
- 2000-06-14 EP EP20140195944 patent/EP2865754A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2000-06-14 AU AU56246/00A patent/AU5624600A/en not_active Abandoned
- 2000-06-14 US US09/594,459 patent/US6605449B1/en not_active Ceased
-
2001
- 2001-12-05 IL IL146937A patent/IL146937A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
-
2002
- 2002-10-03 HK HK02107285.7A patent/HK1045858A1/en unknown
-
2003
- 2003-04-24 US US10/422,523 patent/US20040002103A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2007
- 2007-05-09 US US11/798,032 patent/USRE45349E1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2014
- 2014-12-23 US US14/581,571 patent/US20150119293A1/en not_active Abandoned
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US20150119293A1 (en) | 2015-04-30 |
US20040002103A1 (en) | 2004-01-01 |
JP4699662B2 (en) | 2011-06-15 |
US6537776B1 (en) | 2003-03-25 |
JP2004500027A (en) | 2004-01-08 |
WO2000077262A1 (en) | 2000-12-21 |
IL146937A (en) | 2010-11-30 |
EP2397549A2 (en) | 2011-12-21 |
CA2374667A1 (en) | 2000-12-21 |
EP2865754A1 (en) | 2015-04-29 |
USRE45349E1 (en) | 2015-01-20 |
EP2397549A3 (en) | 2013-02-20 |
MXPA01013020A (en) | 2002-07-22 |
AU5624600A (en) | 2001-01-02 |
IL146937A0 (en) | 2002-08-14 |
EP1192280A1 (en) | 2002-04-03 |
HK1045858A1 (en) | 2002-12-13 |
US6605449B1 (en) | 2003-08-12 |
EP1192280A4 (en) | 2006-04-05 |
WO2000077262A9 (en) | 2002-06-13 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA2374667C (en) | Synthetic ligation reassembly in directed evolution | |
US6773900B2 (en) | End selection in directed evolution | |
US6358709B1 (en) | End selection in directed evolution | |
US6635449B2 (en) | Exonuclease-mediated nucleic acid reassembly in directed evolution | |
US6709841B2 (en) | Exonuclease-mediated gene assembly in directed evolution | |
US6696275B2 (en) | End selection in directed evolution | |
AU4039400A (en) | Exonuclease-mediated nucleic acid reassembly in directed evolution | |
US20030175887A1 (en) | Saturation mutagenesis in directed evolution | |
AU3879300A (en) | End selection in directed evolution | |
US6939689B2 (en) | Exonuclease-mediated nucleic acid reassembly in directed evolution | |
AU2009212959B2 (en) | Synthetic ligation reassembly in directed evolution | |
US20040023327A1 (en) | End selection in directed evolution | |
AU2005203018A1 (en) | Exonuclease-mediated nucleic acid reassembly in directed evolution | |
Class et al. | Patent application title: SYNTHETIC LIGATION REASSEMBLY IN DIRECTED EVOLUTION Inventors: Jay M. Short (Del Mar, CA, US) | |
AU2005203719A1 (en) | End selection in directed evolution |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request | ||
MKLA | Lapsed |
Effective date: 20170614 |